CERTEX Catalog UK 2018 PDF

Lifting Products and Services
Products Expertise Services People

Produkter Ekspertise Tjenester Menneske
CERTEX
The Leader in Lifting Gear and Services throughout Europe
For more than 125 years CERTEX has supplied steel wire rope and lifting gear
to industry, building industry, the concrete industry, ports, engineering, the trans-
port industry, the wind turbine industry, and the renewable energy industry. With
offices and warehouses in 12 countries we offer a full range of lifting gear and
services.
In Denmark our three locations are distributed in different parts of the country, so
that we can provide our customers with excellent service and fast delivery. Our
Danish headquarters is located in Vojens near the motorway.
Across the world people’s lives depend on safe lifting gear at work.
To meet these requirements CERTEX has set the standard for product quality,
safety in lifting operations, and customer service.
PRODUCTS PEOPLE
• Latest, high-quality products with the • Solution and action-oriented, always
best availability. with a customer focus.
• Broad, global sourcing from leading • Highly committed problem-solvers
brands and manufacturers enabling us to with a passion for business.
always offer the right products or solutions. • Reliable and trustworthy.
• Well educated and trained.
SERVICES EXPERTISE
• Service and repair. • Niche expertise ranging from proven
• On-site installation, maintenance, and inspection. applications to the latest innovations
• Engineering. • Extensive technical knowhow allowing for
• In-house testing facilities and service workshops sustainable customised solutions.
• Training.
CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX

located where our customers are: Departments in Denmark: certified by DNV: In the group:
Danmark Spanien
Sweden United Kingdom Vojens • ISO 9001 = Quality CERTEX is owned by Axel John-
Norway Estonia Hvidovre • ISO 14001 = Environment son International.
Finland Latvia Nørresundby • OHSAS 18001 =
Germany Lithuania Working Environment Total turnover (2016) approx.
Holland Russia 130 years of experience Service lifts in windmills (elevators) 5,2 billion DKK
Belgium China 85 employees • GWO Basic safety training
France
The Lifting 0
KnowHow
CERTEX’ Lifting Knowhow is based on many years of
experience and a wide range of quality products, trai-
ning, inspection, services, and support. Our employees
receive continuous training to meet the requirements of
our customers. We offer our customers technical assis-
tance to provide solutions, if your lifting requirements
are unique.
Our company culture is characterized by lifting know-
how. It is the backbone of CERTEX, and our shared
ambition that our knowhow must ensure a safer lifting
workplace with zero lifting accidents.
We call this “The Lifting KnowHow”.
SAFETY QUALITY
• Zero lifting accidents A full range of products •
Meet standards •
High quality •
KNOWHOW SERVICES
• Certified experts CertMax+ •
• Customised solutions Installation and inspection •
• Experienced training Customised lifting products •
managers
EFFICIENT TOOLS SPREAD KNOWHOW

To contribute to increased safety as part of the daily
lifting work we have developed tools for you to facilitate
lifting knowhow for you.
• Traditional load tables

• The Lifting KnowHow for iOS and Androids App
• The Lifting KnowHow Pocket Handbook was
developed in cooperation with LEEA
(Lifting Equipment Engineers Association)
• Instruction videos about lifting on our You Tube channel
You can download and read more about the app on

www.certex.dk. Here you also find the film about Lift-
ing KnowHow. Contact your nearest CERTEX office for
more information.
Market segments
Construction Manufacturing industry Cranes
Wind power Entertainment Steel industry
Transportation Ports Energy
Elevatorer
Solution provider
Lifting KnowHow is our promise to customers. It defines
what we stand for and how we act to create ideal lifting
solutions and maintain high customer satisfaction.
Safe
solutions
Standard Special
products products
Services Education
Customised Solutions
– From idea to finished product
If the standard product range does not cover your
special lifting requirements, our technical depart-
ment in Vojens can produce a safe end product
that is easy to use. We build lifting applications
and lifting gear in capacities ranging from a few
kilogram to large liftings beams that handle sever-
al hundred tons.
Our production unit is located in Vojens where we

produce special CERTEX products. Here our best
trained welders work with a license to the Europe-
an standard, EN 287.
We have a wide network of sub suppliers who

provide us with mechanically processed parts and
standard components.
When you receive your lifting gear, it is CE-

marked with full documentation. The final approval
when the test load has been carried out. We per-
form test load up to 1,200 tons at our own premis-
es. Heavier test loads are performed in coopera-
tion with our external partners.
CERTEX’ database includes 35 years of experi-

ence and thousands of different designs. When
our technical advisers work closely with our cu-
stomers, the basis for a successful end-product is
provided.
Contact us anytime if you need assistance and

ideas solve a complex lifting job.
Solutions
• WLL 1.000 tons lifting beams
• Lifting gear to the windmill industry
Technical support
• Vakuum lifting beams Safety
• Hydraulic lifting beams • More than 50 years of experience
• Electrical lifting beams in developing customised solutions • Dimensioned and tested in accordance with current
• Magnet lifting beams • In-house engineering branch in legislation
• Overhead cranes cluding 10 engineers and engi- • A risk assessment is performed of all solutions
• Swing cranes neering technicians • Full documentation (including user instructions)
Special designed lifting beam WLL 30 kg
Special lifting beams for the windmill industry
Solution Center
• Draws, constructs, and installs customised solutions
• Develops in accordance with international and global
standards (AT, the Machinery Directive, DS/EN, ASME etc.)
• Uses recognized standard products and proprietary
products
• Develops and produces special solutions in-house
CE certification (including technical dossier)
Coil hook in use
CERTEX people are...

• Solution and action-oriented, always with a customer
focus
• Highly committed problem-solvers with a passion for
business
• Reliable and trustworthy
• Well educated and trained
Technology
• Latest technology for calculations and production design
(Mathcad and Solid Works)
OX lifting beam being fully assembled
Quality Products
• Safety first
• Leading brands and manufacturers
• Meet all standards
QUALITY PRODUCTS
CERTEX products meet the requirements strategy you can easily select the product
for quality and safety. We offer a wide group that provides the best match for your
range of products, which we continually requirements: a product for work hard in a
develop in close cooperation with our cus- tough working environment, for occasional
tomers and suppliers. Through our product use, or anywhere in between.
PREMIUM PRODUCTS
Our range of premium products is top quali-
ty and come from well-known brands in any
PREMIUM
• Safety first
product segment.
• The best products in the market
• For hard work in tough working
environments
• Leading brands
• Latest technology
• Meet standards and directives
STANDARD
D
• Safety important
• Good products
• For normal use
• Our own brands
• Basic functionality
• Meet standards and directives
STANDARD PRODUCTS
E X CERTEX’ range of standard products is

Y
HOBBY
ER T
• Changing quality
• Standards and directives particularly suitable for everyday use with
T C cannot be guaranteed ordinary requirements. Naturally, all our
NO
• Consumer user products meet the industry’s standard re-
quirements.
Products
• High-quality products from leading brands and manufac-
turers in the world
• Own brands and own product line (POWERTEX)
• More than 5000 articles ready for delivery
• Meet Danish and international standards
Lifting KnowHow
• The real product and quality for the relevant assignment
• CERTEX KnowHow is added to our own products and
those of other manufacturers
6
Product Groups
9KTGTQRGCPFƜVVKPIU %JCKPCPFEQORQPGPVU 6GZVKNGNKHVKPI
(CNNRTQVGEVKQPGSWKROGPV *QKUVUCPFYKPEJGU 1VJGTNKHVKPI
5RGEKCNRTQFWEVU *GCX[NKHV %TCPGU
.CUJKPI /CTKVKOGCPFƜDTGTQRGU 5VCKPNGUUCTVKENGU
5VCTEQP %QPUWNVKPICPFECNEWNCVKQP 5GTXKEGU
4GPVCN 1ƛUJQTG Wind

Catalog Sections
Contents
Wire rope
11Steelwire and
rope andaccessories
accessories 2
2 Chain
Chain and
and components
accessories
Notice Correct Wrong Warning
Steel wire rope » Chainsling and components G10 »

Not for lifting Accessories » Chainsling and components G12 »
Lubricants » Offshore chainsling and components »
Use and maintenance » Lifting points and eyebolts »
Technical description » Corner protection »
Chains G8, G5 »
Shackles »
Swivels »
3
3 Textile lifting
Texstile lifting 4
4 Other
Other lifting
lifting 5
5 Hoists
Hoists and
and winches
winches
Roundsling and webbing » Lifting clamps » Chain hoists »

Heavy lift » Safety hooks » Lever hoists »
Special webbing » Cable handling equipment » Pulling hoists »
HMPE slings » Jacks » Electric chain hoists »
Hooks and shackles » Cargo skates » Air chain hoists »
Corner and edge protection » Crane scales » Electric wire hoists »
Lifting bags and pipe plugs » Trolleys »
Starcon » Beam clamps »
Winches »
Electric winches »
6 Cranes and special products 7 Lashing 8 Maritime and fibre rope
Crane systems » Standard lashings » Fibre ropes »

Swing cranes » Chain lashings » Cables »
Vacuum beams » Accessories for lashing » Mooring links »
Lifting beams » Net » Studlinks chaincable and accessories »
Person lifting bags » Securing of the load »
Pallet forks » Dunnage bags »
Mechanical grabs » Tow sling »
Magnets » Outrigger blocks »
99 Stainless
Stainless articles
articles 10 Fall Fall
10 protection equipment
arrest equipment 11
11 Service
Services
Stainless steel wire rope » Personal fall protection equipment » Services »

Stainless steel wire accessories » Anchor points » Inspection and testing »
Stainless rigging screws and terminals » Tripods, winches and rescue » Service »
Stainless chain and accessories » Lifeline systems » CertMax+ »
Stainless lashing » Sales- and delivery terms »
All dimensions, information, and recommendations in this catalog is assumed to be correct but CERTEX disclaims responsibility for typographical errors and technical
changes. CERTEX Danmark A/S reserves the right to make changes. Visit us at www.certex.dk for updates and changes.
Steelwire rope and accessories
Steel wire rope »

Accessories »
Lubricants »
Use and maintenance »
Chapter 1
Technical description »
1
Steel wire rope and accessories
Crane steel wire ropes 1:8

Elevator ropes 1:22
Steel wire rope slings 1:24
General ropes 1:29
Braided wire rope slings 1:33
Grommet sling 1:34
Container wire slings 1:35
Thimbles 1:36
Ferrule 1:38
Wire rope clamps 1:39
Wedge sockets 1:42
Spelter sockets 1:45
Turnbuckles 1:52
Cable socks 1:54
Tighten clamps 1:56
Rigging screws 1:57
Blocks 1:62
Wire rope sheaves 1:66
Wire rope cutter 1:70
Crimping tools 1:71
Wire corner protection 1:73
Lubricants 1:74
Technical description 1:75
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
www.certex.dk HVIDOVRE +45 36 77 40 30 © Copyright CERTEX Danmark A/S 2018
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:2
Symbols
Right hand langs lay on

Right hand langs lay
Left hand langs lay on 1
request request
Ordinary right hand lay on

Left hand langs lay Ordinary right hand lay
request
Ordinary left hand lay on

Ordinary left hand lay Right spiral strand
request
Double parallell lay

Left spiral strand Hammered rope
construction
Compacted strands Not for lifting

Rotation resistant
Can be used with swivel Can not be used with swivel Galvanized
Galavanized on request Bright oiled Bright oiled on request
Stainless steel Fill factor Maks. arbejdstemperatur
RCN
23-2
Tolerance Rope Category Number)
+2% - +4%
Tower crane Mobile crane Wire rope
Kranbil Loading crane Elevator rope
Mobile port crane Lattice Overhead cranes
Piling crane Container crane ��
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
© Copyright CERTEX Danmark A/S 2018 HVIDOVRE +45 36 77 40 30 www.certex.dk
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:3
Use and maintenance

1 Packing
Wire rope is generally delivered in a coil, plywood or wooden reel. On the
European mainland a cross reel is also common. Please specify packaging
when ordering.
Coil Cross Drum
Lifting and Handling
Ensure that the rope is not damaged by fork lifts or other handling equipment, by lifting or handling.
WARNING!Wrong handling/lifting can damage the rope.
Storage
Steel wire ropes shall be stored in a dry and well ventilated location. Cover with wa-
terproof material for outside storage. Rotate the reel periodically during long periods
of storage, particuarly in warm environments. The ropes shall be examined regularly
and lubricated if necessary.
WARNING!Incorrect storing can cause damage to the wire rope. Never

store the rope in an environment with large variations in temperature.
"Breaking in"
After the rope has been installed and before it is taken into operation, several run-throughs of a normal opera-
tion cycle should be carried out under light load to let the rope adjust itself to the actual operating conditions.
Wire Rope Diameter

The rope diameter should always be checked before installation. Measure a straight part of the rope. Two parts with minimum dis-
tance of one meter should be measured. At every point two measurements should be done, with an angle of 90 degrees displace-
ment in relation to each other. The average between the two measurements should be according to the tolerance detailed in the
tables below.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:4
Steel wire ropes for general applications

Nominalrope Ø
mm
Tolerance of nominal diameter
on unloaded rope
%
1
2 to <4 0 +8
4 to <6 0 +7
6 to <8 0 +6
=8 0 +5
Nominal ��
rope Ø
Rope with strands that are exclusively of wire ��
mm max % max %
2 to <4 +7 -
4 to <6 +6 +8
6 to <8 +5 +7
=8 +4 +6
Steel wire ropes for person elevators

Nominal T�� Tolerance for nominal diameter for ropes with steel core
rope Ø synthetic core
Unloaded Loaded to 5% of min Loaded to 10% of min Unloaded Loaded to 5% of min Loaded to 10% of min
breaking load breaking load breaking load breaking load
mm max % min % min % max % min % max %
=10 +6 +1 0 +3 0 -1
>10 +5 +1 0 +2 0 -1
Nominal- ��=
rope Ø of min breaking load
Rope ovality Average diameter variation
mm max % max %
<8 +4 +3
=8 +3 +2
Unwinding
Wrong coiling can cause serious damage to the steel wire rope. Coil or wind according to the following:
- Reels should be rolled out or alternatively placed on a turnable centre.

- Cross reels and drums should be placed on a shaft that allows it to rotate.
- Wind and unwind the rope in the same direction.
- In some cases it may be necessary to brake the drum.
WARNING! Wrong "opening" of packing can cause serious ��K
Never pull a rope from a stationary reel or drum - due to the risk of kinking.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:5
Cutting
1 Usually ropes are supplied in cut lengths, with "tapered" ends made by annealing. If the rope is required to be cut during assem-
bly the rope shall be seized each side of the cut, to prevent damage from opening strands and/or changing lay length.
�� -
mum of two seizings each side of the cut will be necessary. The length of each seizing should be a minimum 2 x rope diameter.
Cutting should be made with a high speed abrasive disc cutter, cutting torch or other suitable mechanical or hydraulic shearing
equipment.
After the rope has been cut the seizing should be left until all the wires are welded or otherwise secured.
WARNING! Incorrect cutting can cause damage to the rope. Be extra careful when cutting rotation resistant ropes.
Use safety goggles and other appropriate safety equipment when using a disc cutter or other mechanical or electrical devices.
"Seizing" Disc cutter Oxy-Acetylene
Drum - Connection
When installing a new rope a cable sock or alternatively a welded pad eye can be
used as connection between the old and new rope.
Individual turn between two ropes when installing can be possible with a swivel,
which avoids turn being transmitted from the "old" rope into the new rope.
WARNING! Always check that "rope torque" does not exist during instal-
lation. A cable sock or other connection should be equipped with a swivel.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:6
Steel wire rope

Along with the world’s leading manufacturers of steel wire
CERTEX Danmark �� -
1
ry steel wire ropes as well as crane wire ropes and special
wire ropes.
W��=
guidance when choosing a steel wire rope in cooperation
with our various partners.
The crane wire ropes are designed and developed speci-

��
users, so they can satisfy all needs.
All crane wire ropes have extra security

A sample of each production has been tested and pulled to
fracture and have achieved or exceeded the required mini-
mum tensile strength.
Each product has undergone a test for steel wire-rotating

properties.
BRIDON
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:7
Verotop
1 Wire rope construction: Rotation resistant rope with
compacted outer and inner strands.
Properties:
- Rotations resistant wire rope with extremely high breaking force.
- Very good fatigue properties.
- V�� .
- Especially suitable for multiple layer spooling.
ISO 4309 Rope Category No: All Diameters RCN.23-2.
Standard: EN 12385-4.
Main hoist rope (4) Main hoist rope Main hoist rope Main hoist rope Pipe handling rope/ Main hoist rope
Pile hoist rope
RCN
23-2 +2% - +4%
Art No Wire rope Steel Min breaking strenght Weight

Galvanized, right hand langs lay Ø area 1960 N/mm2 2160 N/mm2 kg/
1960 N/mm2 mm mm2 kN tons kN tons 100m
01.G37VTP080G 8 37 61,1 6,2 62,7 6,4 31
01.G37VTP090G 9 47 77,3 7,9 79,4 8,1 40
01.G37VTP100G 10 58 95,4 9,7 98,0 10,0 49
01.G37VTP110G 11 70 115,5 11,8 118,6 12,1 59
01.G37VTP120G 12 83 137,4 14,0 141,2 14,4 71
01.G37VTP127G 12,7 93 153,9 15,7 158,1 16,1 79
01.G37VTP130G 13 98 161,3 16,4 165,7 16,9 83
01.G37VTP140G 14 114 187,0 19,1 192,2 19,6 96
01.G37VTP150G 15 130 214,7 21,9 220,6 22,5 110
01.G37VTP160G 16 148 244,3 24,9 251,0 25,6 125
01.G37VTP170G 17 168 275,8 28,1 283,3 28,9 142
01.G37VTP180G 18 188 309,2 31,5 317,7 32,4 159
01.G37VTP190G 19 209 344,5 35,1 353,9 36,1 177
01.G37VTP200G 20 232 381,7 38,9 392,2 40,0 196
01.G37VTP210G 21 256 420,8 42,9 432,4 44,1 216
01.G37VTP220G 22 281 461,9 47,1 474,5 48,4 237
01.G37VTP224G 22,4 286 437,6 48,3 495,3 50,5 245
01.G37VTP240G 24 334 549,7 56,0 564,7 57,5 282
01.G37VTP250G 25 362 596,4 60,8 612,8 62,4 306
01.G37VTP254G 25,4 374 615,7 62,7 632,5 64,5 316
01.G37VTP260G 26 392 645,1 65,7 662,8 67,5 331
01.G37VTP270G 27 423 695,7 70,9 714,7 72,8 357
01.G37VTP280G 28 454 748,2 76,2 768,7 78,3 384
01.G37VTP286G 28,6 474 780,6 79,5 802,0 81,7 401
01.G37VTP290G 29 487 802,6 81,8 824,5 84,0 412
01.G37VTP300G 30 522 858,9 87,5 882,4 89,9 441
01.G37VTP310G 31 557 917,1 93,4 942,2 96,0 471
01.G37VTP320G 32 594 977,2 99,6 1.004 102,3 502
01.G37VTP330G 33 631 1.039 105,9 1.068 108,8 533
01.G37VTP340G 34 670 1.103 112,4 1.133 115,5 566
01.G37VTP350G 35 710 1.169 119,1 1.201 122,4 600
01.G37VTP360G 36 751 1.237 126,0 1.271 129,5 635
01.G37VTP380G 38 837 1.378 140,4 1.416 144,3 707
01.G37VTP400G 40 927 1.527 155,6 1.569 159,8 784
01.G37VTP410G 41 974 1.604 163,5 1.648 167,9 823
01.G37VTP420G 42 1.022 1.683 171,5 1.729 176,2 864
01.G37VTP430G 43 1.072 1.764 179,8 1.813 184,7 906
01.G37VTP440G 44 1.122 1.848 188,3 1.898 193,4 948
01.G37VTP450G 45 1.174 1.932 196,9 1.985 202,3 992
01.G37VTP480G 48 1.335 2.199 224,0 2.259 230,2 1.129
(4)
When the lifting height requires rotation
01.G37VTP500G 50 1.449 2.386 243,1 2.451 249,8 1.225 resistant rope.
01.G37VTP520G 52 1.567 2.580 262,9 2.651 270,1 1.324
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:8
Verotop E
Wire rope construction: Rotation resistant rope with compacted outer strands.
Properties:
1
- verotop E has a high breaking strength with very strong resistance to drum crushing.
- verotop E is fully lubricated and made both of galvanized and ungalvanized wires.
��
- verotop E should be used with a swivel.
Main hoist rope (4) Main hoist rope Main hoist rope
RCN
23-2 +2% - +4%
Art No Wire rope Steel Min breaking strength Weight

01.G37VPE080G 8 35 55,2 5,6 60,2 6,1 31
01.G37VPE090G 9 45 69,8 7,1 76,2 7,8 39
01.G37VPE100G 10 55 86,2 8,8 94,1 9,6 48
01.G37VPE110G 11 67 104,3 10,6 113,9 11,6 58
01.G37VPE120G 12 79 124,1 12,6 135,5 13,8 69
01.G37VPE130G 13 93 145,7 14,8 159,1 16,2 81
01.G37VPE140G 14 108 169,0 17,2 184,5 18,8 94
01.G37VPE150G 15 124 194,0 19,8 211,8 21,6 107
01.G37VPE160G 16 141 220,7 22,5 241,0 24,6 122
01.G37VPE180G 18 178 279,3 28,5 305,0 31,1 155
01.G37VPE190G 19 198 311,2 31,7 339,8 34,6 172
01.G37VPE200G 20 220 344,8 35,1 376,7 38,4 191
01.G37VPE220G 22 266 417,2 42,5 455,6 46,4 231
01.G37VPE230G 23 291 456,0 46,5 497,9 50,7 252
01.G37VPE240G 24 317 496,5 50,6 542,1 55,2 275
01.G37VPE250G 25 344 538,8 54,9 588,3 59,9 298
01.G37VPE260G 26 372 582,7 59,4 636,3 64,8 323
01.G37VPE270G 27 401 628,4 64,0 686,2 69,9 348
01.G37VPE280G 28 431 675,8 68,9 737,9 75,2 374
01.G37VPE290G 29 462 725,0 73,9 791,6 80,7 401
01.G37VPE300G 30 495 775,8 79,1 847,1 86,3 430
01.G37VPE320G 32 563 882,7 90,0 963,8 98,2 489
01.G37VPE340G 34 636 983,8 100,3 1.077 109,8 552
01.G37VPE350G 35 673 1.043 106,2 1.142 116,3 585
01.G37VPE360G 36 713 1.103 112,4 1.208 123,1 619
01.G37VPE380G 38 794 1.229 125,2 1.346 137,1 689
01.G37VPE400G 40 880 1.362 138,8 1.491 151,9 764
(4)
When the lifting height requires rotation resistant rope.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:9
Verotop S
1 Wire rope construction: V��
compacted outer strands and very high breaking strength.
Features:
- verotop S is a very strong compacted rotation-resistant rope.
- verotop S achieves very good bending fatigue results.
��
- verotop S possesses perfect spooling behavior on multilayer drum.
- verotop S can be used either with or without swivel.
- verotop S is a category 1 rotation resistant rope in accordance with ASTM A1023.
Main hoist rope Pipe handling rope/

Pile hoist rope
RCN
+2% - +4% 23-2

Art No Wire Rope Steel Minimum breaking strength Weight
01.G37VPS130G 13 98 166,0 16,9 172,8 18,1 85
01.G37VPS140G 14 114 192,5 19,6 200,4 21,0 98
01.G37VPS150G 15 131 221,0 22,5 230,1 24,1 113
01.G37VPS160G 16 150 251,4 25,6 261,8 27,4 128
01.G37VPS170G 17 169 283,8 28,9 295,5 31,0 145
01.G37VPS180G 18 190 318,2 32,4 331,3 34,7 162
01.G37VPS190G 19 212 354,5 36,2 369,2 38,7 181
01.G37VPS200G 20 235 392,8 40,1 409,0 42,8 200
01.G37VPS210G 21 260 433,1 44,2 451,0 47,2 221
01.G37VPS220G 22 285 475,3 48,5 494,9 51,8 243
01.G37VPS224G 22,4 290 492,8 50,2 513,1 52,3 251
01.G37VPS230G 23 312 519,5 53,0 541,0 56,7 265
01.G37VPS240G 24 340 565,7 57,7 589,0 61,7 289
01.G37VPS250G 25 369 613,8 62,6 639,1 66,9 313
01.G37VPS254G 25,4 381 633,6 64,6 659,7 69,1 323
01.G37VPS260G 26 399 663,9 67,7 691,3 72,4 339
01.G37VPS270G 27 430 715,9 73,0 745,5 78,1 365
01.G37VPS280G 28 463 770,0 78,5 801,7 84,0 393
01.G37VPS286G 28,6 483 803,3 81,9 836,5 87,6 410
01.G37VPS290G 29 497 825,9 84,2 860,0 90,1 421
01.G37VPS300G 30 532 883,9 90,1 920,4 96,4 451
01.G37VPS310G 31 568 943,8 96,2 982,7 102,9 482
01.G37VPS320G 32 605 1.005,7 102,5 1.047 109,7 513
01.G37VPS330G 33 644 1.069 109,1 1.144 116,6 546
01.G37VPS340G 34 683 1.135 115,8 1.182 123,8 579
01.G37VPS350G 35 724 1.203 122,7 1.253 131,2 614
01.G37VPS360G 36 766 1.273 129,8 1.361 132,5 649
01.G37VPS380G 38 854 1.418 144,6 1.477 154,7 724
01.G37VPS400G 40 947 1.571 160,2 1.636 171,4 802
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:10
Verotop P
Wire rope construction: verotop P is a rotation resistant rope with a plastic
layer between the IWRC and 18 outer strands. All strands are compacted. 1
Features:
- The steel-plastic combination increases structural stability.
- verotop P has an extremely high breaking strength with good resistance to drum crushing.
- verotop P is fully lubricated and made both of galvanized and ungalvanized wires.
- verotop P can be used with a swivel.
RCN
Main hoist rope Pipe handling rope/ Main hoist rope 23-3
Pile hoist rope
+2% - +4%

01.G38VPP160G 16 147 241,7 24,6 252,7 25,7 125
01.G38VPP170G 17 166 272,8 27,8 285,3 29,1 141
01.G38VPP180G 18 186 319,8 31,2 319,8 32,6 158
01.G38VPP190G 19 207 340,8 34,7 356,3 36,3 176
01.G38VPP200G 20 229 377,6 38,5 394,8 40,2 195
01.G38VPP210G 21 253 416,3 42,4 435,3 44,4 215
01.G38VPP220G 22 277 456,9 46,6 477,7 48,7 236
01.G38VPP224G 22,4 283 473.6 48,8 491,9 50,1 240
01.G38VPP230G 23 303 499,3 50,9 522,2 53,2 258
01.G38VPP240G 24 330 543,7 55,4 568,6 57,9 281
01.G38VPP250G 25 358 590,0 60,2 616,9 62,9 305
01.G38VPP254G 25,4 370 609,0 62,1 655,2 66,8 314
01.G38VPP260G 26 388 638,1 65,0 667,3 68,0 329
01.G38VPP270G 27 418 688,1 70,1 719,6 73,3 355
01.G38VPP280G 28 449 740,1 75,4 773,9 78,9 382
01.G38VPP286G 28,6 469 772,1 78,7 807,8 82,3 399
01.G38VPP290G 29 482 793.9 80.9 830.1 84.6 409.9
01.G38VPP300G 30 516 849,6 86,6 888,4 90,5 439
01.G38VPP310G 31 551 907,1 92,4 948,6 96,7 468
01.G38VPP320G 32 587 966,6 98,5 1.011 103,0 499
01.G38VPP330G 33 624 1.028 104,7 1.106 112,8 531
01.G38VPP340G 34 663 1.091 111,2 1.141 116,3 563
01.G38VPP350G 35 702 1.156 117,8 1.209 123,2 597
01.G38VPP360G 36 743 1.223 124,7 1.279 130,4 632
01.G38VPP380G 38 828 1.363 139,0 1.425 142,2 704
01.G38VPP400G 40 917 1.510 153,9 1.579 160,9 780
01.G38VPP420G 42 1.011 1.665 169,7 1.741 177,4 860
01.G38VPP430G 43 1.060 1.745 177,9 1.825 186,0 901
01.G38VPP440G 44 1.110 1.827 186,2 1.911 194,7 944
01.G38VPP450G 45 1.161 1.911 194,8 1.999 203,7 987
01.G38VPP460G 46 1.213 1.997 203,5 2.089 212,8 1.031
01.G38VPP480G 48 1.321 2.175 221,6 2.340 238,6 1.123
01.G38VPP500G 50 1.433 2.360 240,5 2.468 251,5 1.218
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:11
Verotop XP
1 Wire rope construction: verotop XP is a rotary swaged rotation-resistant
rope with compacted strands and a rope core covered with a plastic layer.
Features:
- Verotop XP is the strongest of all rotation-resistant ropes.
- Very stable rope structure and achieves good bending fatigue results.
- It also avoids internal wear and protects the core in corrosive environments.
��
- Possesses perfect spooling behavior on multilayer drum.
ISO 4309 Rope Category No: All Diameters RCN.23-1
RCN
Main hoist rope

23-1 +2% - +4%

Galvanized, Right Hand Langs Lay Ø area 1960 N/mm2 2160 N/mm2 kg/
01.G38VXP120G 12 84 140,4 14,3 152,9 15,6 72
01.G38VXP127G 12,7 94 157.2 16,0 171,2 17,4 81
01.G38VXP130G 13 99 164.7 16.8 179.4 18.3 84
01.G38VXP140G 14 115 191,0 19,5 208,1 21,2 98
01.G38VXP150G 15 132 219,3 22,4 238,9 24,4 113
01.G38VXP160G 16 150 249,6 25,4 271,8 27,7 128
01.G38VXP170G 17 169 281,7 28,7 306,8 31,3 145
01.G38VXP180G 18 190 315,8 32,2 344,0 35,1 162
01.G38VXP190G 19 211 351,9 35,9 383,3 39,1 181
01.G38VXP200G 20 234 389,9 39,7 424,7 43,3 200
01.G38VXP210G 21 258 429,9 43,8 468,2 47,7 221
01.G38VXP220G 22 283 471,8 48,1 513,8 52,4 242
01.G38VXP224G 22,4 288 489,1 49,8 532,7 54,3 251
01.G38VXP230G 23 310 515,7 52,5 561,6 57,3 265
01.G38VXP240G 24 337 561,5 57,2 611,5 62,4 288
01.G38VXP250G 25 366 609,3 62,1 663,5 67,7 313
01.G38VXP254G 25,4 377 628,,9 64,1 684,9 69,8 323
01.G38VXP260G 26 396 659,0 67,1 717,7 73,2 338
01.G38VXP270G 27 427 710,6 72,4 773,9 78,9 365
01.G38VXP280G 28 459 764,3 77,9 832,3 84,9 392
01.G38VXP286G 28,6 479 797,4 81,3 868,4 88,6 409
01.G38VXP290G 29 492 819,8 83,5 892,8 91,0 421
01.G38VXP300G 30 527 877,3 89,4 955,5 97,4 450
01.G38VXP310G 31 562 936,8 95,5 1.020 104,0 481
01.G38VXP320G 32 599 998,2 101,7 1.087 110,9 512
01.G38VXP330G 33 637 1.062 108,2 1.156 117,9 545
01.G38VXP340G 34 676 1.127 114,8 1.227 125,1 578
01.G38VXP350G 35 717 1.194 121,7 1.301 132,6 613
01.G38VXP360G 36 758 1.263 128,7 1.376 140,3 648
01.G38VXP380G 38 845 1.408 143,4 1.533 156,3 722
01.G38VXP400G 40 936 1.560 158,9 1.699 173,2 800
01.G38VXP413G 41,3 998 1.663 169,4 1.811 184,7 853
01.G38VXP420G 42 1.032 1.720 175,2 1.873 191,0 883
01.G38VXP440G 44 1.133 1.887 192,3 2.055 209,6 969
01.G38VXP450G 45 1.185 1.974 201,2 2.150 219,2 1.013
01.G38VXP460G 46 1.238 2.063 210,2 2.246 228,9 1.059
01.G38VXP475G 47,5 1.320 2.199 224.1 2.395 244.1 1.129
01.G38VXP480G 48 1.347 2.246 228.9 2.446 249.3 1.153
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:12
Verostar 8
Wire rope construction: 8 strand rope made out of conventional strands, plastic layer
between the inner and outer strands.
Features:
1
- verostar 8 has a high breaking strength
- verostar 8 has a very stable rope structure and achieves good bending fatigue results
- verostar 8 achieves best service life in reeving systems with single layer drums
- verostar 8 may not be used with a swivel
ISO 4309 Rope Category No: Up to 42mm RCN.09, 43-48mm RCN.11, > 48mm RCN.13
Main hoist rope(3) Boom hoist and Boom and main Main hoist rope(2) Main hoist rope Racking, grab closing(2),
trolley rope hoist(2) rope boom and main hoist(2)
RCN
13 +2% - +4%
Art No Wire rope Steel Minimum breaking strength Weight

Galvanized, right hand ordinary lay Ø area 1770 N/mm2 1960 N/mm2 kg/
01.G11VSR080G 8 31 47,9 4,9 53,0 5,4 28
01.G11VSR090G 9 39 60,6 6,2 67,1 6,8 35
01.G11VSR100G 10 48 74,8 7,6 82,8 8,4 43
01.G11VSR110G 11 58 90,5 9,2 100,2 10,2 52
01.G11VSR120G 12 69 107,7 11,0 119,3 12,2 62
01.G11VSR130G 13 81 126,4 12,9 140,0 14,3 73
01.G11VSR140G 14 94 146,6 14,9 162,3 16,5 85
01.G11VSR150G 15 108 168,3 17,1 186,3 19,0 97
01.G11VSR160G 16 123 191,5 19,5 212,0 21,6 110
01.G11VSR170G 17 138 216,2 22,0 239,4 24,4 125
01.G11VSR180G 18 155 242,3 24,7 268,3 27,3 140
01.G11VSR190G 19 173 270,0 27,5 299,0 30,5 156
01.G11VSR200G 20 192 299,2 30,5 331,3 33,8 173
01.G11VSR210G 21 211 329,8 33,6 365,2 37,2 190
01.G11VSR220G 22 232 362,0 36,9 400,9 40,8 209
01.G11VSR230G 23 253 395,7 40,3 438,1 44,6 228
01.G11VSR240G 24 276 430,8 43,9 477,1 48,6 248
01.G11VSR250G 25 299 467,5 47,6 517,6 52,7 270
01.G11VSR260G 26 324 505,6 51,5 559,9 57,1 292
01.G11VSR270G 27 349 545,2 55,6 603,8 61,5 314
01.G11VSR280G 28 376 586,4 59,8 649,3 66,2 338
01.G11VSR290G 29 403 629,0 64,1 696,5 71,0 363
01.G11VSR300G 30 431 673,1 68,6 745,4 76,0 388
01.G11VSR310G 31 460 718,8 73,2 795,9 81,1 414
01.G11VSR320G 32 491 765,9 78,0 848,1 86,4 442
01.G11VSR330G 33 522 814,5 83,0 901,9 91,9 470
01.G11VSR340G 34 554 864,6 88,1 957,4 97,6 498
01.G11VSR350G 35 587 916,2 93,4 1.015 103,4 528
01.G11VSR360G 36 621 969,3 98,8 1.073 109,4 559
01.G11VSR380G 38 692 1.080 110,1 1.196 121,9 623
01.G11VSR400G 40 767 1.197 121,9 1.325 135,0 690
01.G11VSR420G 42 845 1.319 134,4 1.461 148,9 761
01.G11VSR440G 44 928 1.448 147,6 1.603 163,4 835
01.G11VSR450G 45 970 1.515 154,3 1.677 170,9 873
01.G11VSR460G 46 1.014 1.583 161,3 1.753 178,6 912
01.G11VSR480G 48 1.104 1.723 175,6 1.908 194,4 993
01.G11VSR500G 50 1.198 1.870 190,5 2.071 211,0 1.078 (2) When right and left-hand lay rope is used.
01.G11VSR520G 52 1.295 2.022 206,1 2.239 228,2 1.166 (3) When right and left-hand lay rope is used,
01.G11VSR540G 54 1.397 2.181 222,2 2.415 246,1 1.257 in multi reeving systems, low heights, when
rotation free rope is not needed.
01.G11VSR560G 56 1.502 2.346 239,0 2.597 264,7 1.352
01.G11VSR580G 58 1.612 2.516 256,4 2.786 283,9 1.451
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:13
Veropro 8
1 Wire rope construction: 8-strand wire rope with compacted outer
strands and steel core, plastic layer between inner and outer strands.
Features:
- Very high breaking strength
- Very stabile rope construction with very good fatigue properties
- A plastic layer between inner and outer strands prevents inner wear and protects the core from corrosion.
- V�� .
- Specially suitable for multilayer spooling.
ISO 4309 Rope Category No: Up to 42mm RCN.09, 43-48mm RCN.11, > 48mm RCN.13
Main hoist rope(3) Boom hoist and Boom hoist and Racking, boom and Boom hoist and Trolley, boom and Main hoist rope Boom hoist and
stay rope stay rope main hoist(2) rope stay rope main hoist(2) rope trolley rope
RCN RCN RCN
09 13 11 +2% - +4%
Art No / 1960 Wire rope Steel Minimum breaking strenght Weight

Ø area 1960 N/mm2 2160 N/mm2 kg/
mm mm2 kN tons kN tons 100m
01.G33VP8080G1 8 33 58 5,91 61 6,22 29
01.G33VP8090G1 9 42 73 7,44 77 7,85 36
01.G33VP8100G1 10 52 90 9,18 95 9,69 45
01.G33VP8110G1 11 63 109 11,11 115 11,73 54
01.G33VP8120G1 12 75 130 13,26 136 13,87 65
01.G33VP8127G1 12.7 85 145 14,79 152 15,50 73
01.G33VP8130G1 13 88 152 15,5 160 16,32 76
01.G33VP8140G1 14 103 177 18,05 186 18,97 88
01.G33VP8150G1 15 118 203 20,7 213 21,72 101
01.G33VP8160G1 16 134 231 23,56 242 24,68 115
01.G33VP8170G1 17 151 261 26,61 274 27,94 130
01.G33VP8180G1 18 169 292 29,78 307 31,31 146
01.G33VP8190G1 19 189 325 33,14 342 34,87 162
01.G33VP8200G1 20 209 361 36,81 379 38,65 180
01.G33VP8210G1 21 231 398 40,58 418 42,62 198
01.G33VP8220G1 22 253 436 44,46 458 46,70 218
01.G33VP8224G1 22.4 264 452 46,09 475 48,44 290
01.G33VP8230G1 23 277 477 48,64 501 51,09 238
01.G33VP8240G1 24 301 519 52,92 545 55,57 259
01.G33VP8250G1 25 327 563 57,41 592 60,37 281
01.G33VP8254G1 25.4 339 581 59,25 611 62,3 290
01.G33VP8260G1 26 354 609 62,10 640 65,26 304
01.G33VP8270G1 27 381 657 67,00 690 70,36 328
01.G33VP8280G1 28 410 707 72,09 742 75,66 353
01.G33VP8286G1 28.6 430 737 75,15 774 78,93 368
01.G33VP8290G1 29 440 758 77,29 796 81,17 378
01.G33VP8300G1 30 471 811 82,7 852 86,88 405
01.G33VP8310G1 31 503 866 88,31 910 92,79 432
01.G33VP8320G1 32 536 923 94,12 970 98,91 461
01.G33VP8330G1 33 570 982 100,14 1031 105,13 490
01.G33VP8340G1 34 605 1042 106,25 1095 111,66 520
01.G33VP8350G1 35 641 1104 112,58 1160 118,29 551
01.G33VP8360G1 36 678 1168 119,1 1227 125,12 583
01.G33VP8380G1 38 755 1301 132,67 1367 139,40 650
01.G33VP8400G1 40 837 1442 147,04 1515 154,49 720
01.G33VP8413G1 41.3 897 1537 156,73 1615 164,68 767
01.G33VP8420G1 42 923 1590 162,13 1670 170,29 794
01.G33VP8420G1 44 1013 1745 177,94 1833 186,91 871
01.G33VP8450G1 45 1059 1825 186,10 1917 195,48 911
01.G33VP8460G1 46 1107 1920 195,79 2056 209,65 952
01.G33VP8475G1 47.5 1187 2034 207,41 2136 217,81 1015
01.G33VP8480G1 48 1205 2077 211,8 2181 222,4 1036
01.G33VP8500G1 50 1308 2253 229,74 2367 241,37 1125
01.G33VP8520G1 52 1414 2437 248,5 2560 261,05 1216
01.G33VP8540G1 54 1525 2628 267,98 2761 281,54 1312 (2)
When right and left-hand lay rope is used.
01.G33VP8560G1 56 1640 2826 288,17 - 1411 (3)
When right and left-hand lay rope is used,
01.G33VP8580G1 58 1760 3032 309,18 - 1513 in multi reeving systems, low heights, when
01.G33VP8600G1 60 1883 3245 330,9 - 1619 rotation free rope is not needed.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:14
Veropro 8 RS
Wire rope construction: 8 strand rope with a plastic layer between the steel core and the
compacted outer strands. ��
Features:
1
- Very high breaking strength.
- Very stabile rope construction with very good fatigue properties.
ISO 4309 Rope Category No: Up to 42mm RCN.09, 43-48mm RCN.11, > 48mm RCN.13.
+2% - +4%
Boom hoist and Boom hoist and Boom hoist and
stay rope stay rope stay rope
RCN RCN RCN
09 11 13
01.G13V8R120G 12 77 134,4 13,7 144,7 14,7 67
01.G13V8R127G 12,7 87 150,5 15,3 162,1 16,5 75
01.G13V8R130G 13 91 157,7 16,1 169,9 17,3 78
01.G13V8R140G 14 105 182,9 18,6 197,0 20,1 91
01.G13V8R150G 15 121 210,0 21,4 226,1 23,0 104
01.G13V8R160G 16 138 238,9 24,3 257,3 26,2 118
01.G13V8R170G 17 155 269,7 27,5 290,5 29,6 134
01.G13V8R180G 18 174 302,4 30,8 325,6 33,2 150
01.G13V8R190G 19 194 336,9 34,3 362,8 37,0 167
01.G13V8R200G 20 215 373,3 38,0 402,0 41,0 185
01.G13V8R210G 21 237 411,5 41,9 443,2 45,2 204
01.G13V8R220G 22 260 451,7 46,0 486,5 49,6 224
01.G13V8R224G 22,4 265 468,2 47,3 504,3 51,4 232
01.G13V8R230G 23 285 493,7 50,3 531,7 54,2 245
01.G13V8R240G 24 310 537,5 54,8 578,9 59 267
01.G13V8R250G 25 336 583,3 59,4 628,2 64 289
01.G13V8R254G 25,4 347 602,1 61,4 648,4 66,1 299
01.G13V8R260G 26 364 630,9 64,3 679,4 69,2 313
01.G13V8R270G 27 392 680,3 69,3 732,7 74,7 337
01.G13V8R280G 28 422 731,6 74,6 788,0 80,3 363
01.G13V8R286G 28,6 440 763,3 77,8 822,1 83,8 379
01.G13V8R290G 29 452 784,8 80,0 845,3 86,1 389
01.G13V8R300G 30 484 839,9 85,6 904,6 92,2 416
01.G13V8R310G 31 517 896,8 91,4 965,9 98,4 445
01.G13V8R320G 32 551 955,6 97,4 1.029 104,9 474
01.G13V8R330G 33 586 1.016 103,6 1.095 111,5 504
01.G13V8R340G 34 622 1.079 109,9 1.162 118,4 535
01.G13V8R350G 35 659 1.143 116,5 1.231 125,5 567
01.G13V8R360G 36 697 1.209 123,2 1.303 132,7 600
01.G13V8R380G 38 777 1.348 137,3 1.451 147,9 668
01.G13V8R400G 40 861 1.493 152,2 1.608 163,9 740
01.G13V8R413G 41,3 918 1.592 162,2 1.714 174,7 789
01.G13V8R420G 42 949 1.646 167,7 1.773 180,7 816
01.G13V8R440G 44 1.042 1.807 184,1 1.946 198,3 896
01.G13V8R450G 45 1.089 1.890 192,6 2.035 207,4 937
01.G13V8R460G 46 1.138 1.975 201,2 2.127 216,7 979
01.G13V8R475G 47,5 1.214 2.106 214,6 2.268 231,1 1.044
01.G13V8R480G 48 1.240 2.150 219,1 2.316 236,0 1.066
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:15
Verosteel 8
1 Wire rope constructure: 8-strand rope with compacted outer strands.
Features:
- verosteel 8 has a high breaking load and provides good structural stability.
- verosteel 8 is intensive lubricated and produced either in galvanized or in ungalvanized
wires.
- verosteel 8 provides excellent spooling on the drum.
��
service life.
- verosteel 8 is recommended in application with high environment temperature.
- verosteel 8 should not be used with a swivel.
RCN
Main hoist rope(3)

13 +2% - +4%
RCN RCN
09 11
01.G12V8R160G 16 141 235,1 24,0 254,4 25,9 116
01.G12V8R170G 17 159 265,5 27,1 287,2 29,3 132
01.G12V8R180G 18 179 297,6 30,3 322,0 32,8 147
01.G12V8R190G 19 199 331,6 33,8 358,7 36,6 164
01.G12V8R200G 20 221 367,4 37,4 397,5 40,5 182
01.G12V8R210G 21 243 405,1 41,3 438,2 44,7 201
01.G12V8R220G 22 267 444,6 45,3 481,0 49,0 220
01.G12V8R230G 23 292 485,9 49,5 525,7 53,6 241
01.G12V8R240G 24 318 529,1 53,9 572,4 58,3 262
01.G12V8R250G 25 345 574,1 28,5 621,1 63,3 284
01.G12V8R260G 26 373 620,9 63,3 671,7 68,5 308
01.G12V8R270G 27 402 669,6 68,2 724,4 73,8 332
01.G12V8R280G 28 432 720,1 73,4 779,1 79,4 357
01.G12V8R290G 29 464 772,5 78,7 835,7 85,2 383
01.G12V8R300G 30 496 826,7 84,2 894,3 91,1 409
01.G12V8R310G 31 530 882,7 89,9 954,9 97,3 437
01.G12V8R320G 32 565 940,6 95,8 1.018 103,7 466
01.G12V8R330G 33 600 1.000 101,9 1.082 110,3 495
01.G12V8R340G 34 637 1.062 108,2 1.149 117,1 526
01.G12V8R350G 35 675 1.125 114,7 1.217 124,0 557
01.G12V8R360G 36 715 1.190 121,3 1.288 131,2 590
01.G12V8R370G 37 755 1.257 128,1 1.360 138,6 623
01.G12V8R380G 38 796 1.326 135,2 1.435 146,2 657
01.G12V8R390G 39 839 1.397 142,4 1.511 154,0 692
01.G12V8R400G 40 882 1.470 149,8 1.590 162,0 728
01.G12V8R410G 41 927 1.544 157,3 1.670 170,2 765
01.G12V8R420G 42 973 1.620 165,1 1.753 178,6 802
01.G12V8R430G 43 1.019 1.698 173,1 1.837 187,2 841
01.G12V8R440G 44 1.067 1.778 181,2 1.924 196,0 881
01.G12V8R450G 45 1.116 1.860 189,5 2.012 205,0 921
01.G12V8R460G 46 1.167 1.944 198,1 2.103 214,3 963
01.G12V8R470G 47 1.218 2.029 206,8 2.195 223,7 1.005
01.G12V8R480G 48 1.270 2.116 215,7 2.289 233,3 1.048 (3)
When right and left-hand lay rope is used,
01.G12V8R490G 49 1.324 2.205 224,7 2.386 243,1 1.092 in multi reeving systems, low heights, when
01.G12V8R500G 50 1.378 2.296 234,0 2.484 253,1 1.137 rotation free rope is not needed.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:16
Veropower 8
Wire rope construction: veropower 8 is an 8-strand non rotation resistant rope.
��K
Features:
1
- All strands are compacted and rotary swaged.
- veropower 8 has an extremely high breaking strength and is very resistant against abrasion.
- veropower 8 is suitable for multi layer spooling systems with guided loads.
- veropower 8 is fully lubricated and made both of galvanized and ungalvanized wires.
- veropower 8 should not be used with a swivel.
Main hoist rope(3) Boom hoist and Boom hoist and Racking, boom and Boom hoist and Trolley, boom and Main hoist rope Boom hoist and
stay rope stay rope main hoist(2) rope. stay rope main hoist(2) rope. trolley rope
+2% - +4%
RCN RCN RCN
09 11 13
01.G13V8P120G 12 84 147,4 15,0 158,8 16,2 72
01.G13V8P130G 13 99 173,0 17,6 186,4 19,0 84
01.G13V8P140G 14 115 200,6 20,4 216,2 22,0 98
01.G13V8P150G 15 132 230,3 23,5 248,2 25,3 112
01.G13V8P160G 16 150 262,0 26,7 282,3 28,8 128
01.G13V8P170G 17 170 296,8 30,1 318,7 32,5 144
01.G13V8P180G 18 190 331,6 33,8 357,3 36,4 161
01.G13V8P190G 19 212 369,5 37,6 398,1 40,6 180
01.G13V8P200G 20 235 409,4 41,7 441,2 45,0 199
01.G13V8P210G 21 259 451,3 46,0 486,4 49,6 220
01.G13V8P220G 22 284 495,3 50,5 533,8 54,4 241
01.G13V8P230G 23 310 541,4 55,2 583,4 59,5 264
01.G13V8P240G 24 338 589,5 60,1 635,3 64,7 287
01.G13V8P250G 25 367 639,6 65,2 689,3 70,2 311
01.G13V8P260G 26 397 691,8 70,5 745,6 76,0 337
01.G13V8P270G 27 428 746,1 76,0 804,0 81,9 363
01.G13V8P280G 28 460 802,4 81,8 864,7 88,1 391
01.G13V8P290G 29 493 860,7 87,7 927,5 94,5 419
01.G13V8P300G 30 528 921,1 93,9 992,6 101,1 448
01.G13V8P310G 31 564 983,5 100,2 1.066 108,0 479
01.G13V8P320G 32 601 1.048 106,8 1.129 115,1 510
01.G13V8P330G 33 639 1.115 113,6 1.201 122,4 542
01.G13V8P340G 34 678 1.183 120,6 1.275 129,9 576
01.G13V8P350G 35 719 1.254 127,8 1.351 137,7 610
01.G13V8P360G 36 760 1.326 135,2 1.429 145,7 646
01.G13V8P380G 38 847 1.478 150,6 1.593 162,3 719
01.G13V8P400G 40 939 1.637 166,9 1.765 179,8 797
01.G13V8P420G 42 1.035 1.805 184,0 1.946 198,2 879
01.G13V8P440G 44 1.136 1.981 201,9 2.135 217,6 964
01.G13V8P450G 45 1.188 2.072 211,2 2.233 227,6 1.009 (2)
(3)
01.G13V8P460G 46 1.241 2.166 220,7 2.334 237,8 1.054 When right and left-hand lay rope is used,
in multi reeving systems, low heights, when
01.G13V8P480G 48 1.352 2.358 240,3 2.541 258,9 1.148 rotation free rope is not needed.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:17
Veropro 10
1 Wire rope construction: 10 strand rope with a plastic layer between the steel core and the
compacted outer strands.
Features:
- veropro 10 has a very high breaking strenght
- veropro 10 has a very stable rope structure and achieves excellent bending fatigue results
��å
- veropro 10 possesses perfect spooling behavior on multilayer drum
- veropro 10 may not be used with a swivel
ISO 4309 Rope Category No: All Diameters RCN.11.
Main hoist rope(3) Boom hoist and Boom hoist and Racking, boom and Boom hoist and Trolley, boom and Boom hoist and
stay rope stay rope main hoist(2) rope. stay rope main hoist(2) rope. trolley rope
Art No Wire rope Steel Minimum breaking strength Weight

01.G13VP1300G 30 483 828 84,4 892 90,9 415
01.G13VP1320G 32 549 942 96,0 1.014 103,4 472
01.G13VP1340G 34 620 1.063 108,4 1.145 116,7 533
01.G13VP1360G 36 695 1.192 121,5 1.284 130,8 598
01.G13VP1380G 38 775 1.328 135,4 1.431 145,8 666
01.G13VP1400G 40 858 1.472 150,0 1.585 161,5 738
01.G13VP1420G 42 946 1.623 165,4 1.748 178,1 814
01.G13VP1440G 44 1039 1.781 181,5 1.918 195,4 893
01.G13VP1460G 46 1.135 1.947 198,4 2.096 213,6 976
01.G13VP1480G 48 1.236 2.120 216,0 2.283 232,6 1.063
01.G13VP1500G 50 1.341 2.300 234,4 2.477 252,4 1.153
01.G13VP1520G 52 1.450 2.488 253,5 2.679 273,0 1.247
01.G13VP1540G 54 1.564 2.683 273,4 2.889 294,4 1.345
01.G13VP1560G 56 1.682 2.885 294,0 3.107 316,6 1.447
01.G13VP1580G 58 1.805 3.095 315,4 3.333 339,6 1.552
01.G13VP1600G 60 1.931 3.312 337,5 3.566 363,4 1.661
01.G13VP1620G 62 2.062 3.536 360,4 3.808 388,1 1.773
01.G13VP1640G 64 2.197 3.768 384,0 4.058 413,5 1.890
01.G13VP1660G 66 2.337 4.007 408,4 4.315 439,7 2.010
01.G13VP1680G 68 2.480 4.254 433,5 4.581 466,8 2.133
01.G13VP1700G 70 2.628 4.508 459,4 4.854 494,7 2.261
(2)
(3)
When right and left-hand lay rope is used, in multi reeving systems, low heights, when rotation free rope is not needed.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:18
Verotech 10
Wire rope construction: 10 strand rope with a plastic layer
between the steel core and the compacted outer strands. 1
Features:
- Very high breaking strength.
- Very stabile rope construction with very good fatigue properties.
- V�� .
- Specially suitable for multilayer spooling.
Main hoist rope(3)
RCN
+2% - +4% 11
01.G13VT1060G 6 21 34,9 3,6 38,0 3,9 18
01.G13VT1070G 7 28 47,5 4,8 51,7 5,3 24
01.G13VT1080G 8 37 62,0 6,3 67,6 6,9 32
01.G13VT1090G 9 47 78,5 8 85,5 8,7 40
01.G13VT1100G 10 57 96,9 9,9 105,6 10,8 49
01.G13VT1110G 11 70 117,3 12 127,7 13,0 60
01.G13VT1120G 12 83 139,5 14,2 152,0 15,5 71
01.G13VT1130G 13 97 163,8 15,9 178,4 18,2 84
01.G13VT1140G 14 113 189,9 16,7 206,9 21,1 97
01.G13VT1150G 15 129 218,0 19,4 237,5 24,2 111
01.G13VT1160G 16 147 248,1 22,2 270,2 27,6 127
01.G13VT1170G 17 166 280,1 25,3 305,1 31,1 143
01.G13VT1180G 18 186 314,0 28,5 342,0 34,9 160
01.G13VT1190G 19 208 349,8 32 381,0 38,9 179
01.G13VT1200G 20 230 387,6 35,6 422,2 43,1 198
01.G13VT1210G 21 254 427,4 39,5 465,5 47,5 218
01.G13VT1220G 22 278 469,0 43,6 510,9 52,1 239
01.G13VT1230G 23 304 512,6 47,8 558,4 56,9 262
01.G13VT1240G 24 331 558,2 49,5 608,0 62,0 285
01.G13VT1250G 25 359 605,7 52,2 659,7 67,3 309
01.G13VT1260G 26 389 655,1 56,9 713,5 72,8 334
01.G13VT1270G 27 419 706,5 61,7 769,5 78,5 360
01.G13VT1280G 28 451 759,8 63,7 827,5 84,4 388
01.G13VT1290G 29 484 815,0 66,8 887,7 90,5 416
01.G13VT1300G 30 517 872,2 72 950,0 96,9 445
01.G13VT1310G 31 552 931,3 77,4 1.014 103,4 475
01.G13VT1320G 32 589 992,3 80,8 1.081 110,2 506
01.G13VT1330G 33 626 1.055 83 1.149 117,2 538
01.G13VT1340G 34 665 1.120 88,9 1.220 124,4 572
(3)
When right and left-hand lay rope is used, in multi reeving systems, low heights, when rotation free rope is not needed.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:19
Vero 4
1 Wire rope construction: vero 4 is a 4-strand rotation resistant rope with
compacted strands. The long lay of the strands increases resistance against
��
Features:
- vero 4 is a 4-strand rotation resistant hoist rope.
- All strands are compacted.
- The constructional chosen long lay of the strands makes it insensible against outer mechanical impacts.
- vero 4 has a high breaking load.
- vero 4 is fully lubricated and made either of galvanized or optional ungalvanized wires.
��K
Main hoist rope
RCN
22 +2% - +4%
Art No Wire rope Steel Min breaking strenght Weight

01.G32VE4080G 8 32 55,9 5,7 59,7 6,1 27
01.G32VE4090G 9 40 70,8 7,2 75,7 7,7 34
01.G32VE4100G 10 50 87,4 8,9 93,2 9,5 42
01.G32VE4110G 11 60 105,8 10,8 112,8 11,5 51
01.G32VE4120G 12 71 125,9 12,8 134,3 13,7 61
01.G32VE4140G 14 97 171,3 17,5 182,7 18,6 83
01.G32VE4150G 15 112 196,7 20,0 209,8 21,4 95
01.G32VE4160G 16 127 223,8 22,8 238,7 24,3 108
01.G32VE4180G 18 161 283,2 28,9 302,1 30,8 137
01.G32VE4190G 19 179 315,6 32,2 336,6 34,3 152
01.G32VE4200G 20 198 349,7 35,6 373,0 38,0 169
01.G32VE4220G 22 240 423,1 43,1 451,3 46,0 204
01.G32VE4240G 24 285 503,5 51,3 537,0 54,7 243
01.G32VE4250G 25 310 546,4 55,7 582,7 59,4 263
01.G32VE4260G 26 361 591,0 60,2 630,3 64,2 285
01.G32VE4270G 27 389 637,3 64,9 679,7 69,3 307
01.G32VE4280G 28 417 685,4 69,8 731,0 74,5 330
01.G32VE4290G 29 487 735,2 74,9 784,1 79,9 354
01.G32VE4300G 30 446 786,8 80,2 839,1 85,5 379
01.G32VE4310G 31 476 840,1 85,6 896,0 91,3 405
01.G32VE4320G 32 507 895,2 91,2 954,8 97,3 431
01.G32VE4330G 33 540 952,0 97,0 1.015 103,5 459
01.G32VE4340G 34 573 1.011 103,0 1.078 109,8 487
01.G32VE4350G 35 607 1.071 109,1 1.142 116,4 516
01.G32VE4360G 36 642 1.133 115,5 1.208 123,1 546
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:20
Rotation resistant wire 19x7

Main applications: Main- and auxiliary hoist line on mobile- and truck cranes. Often used as a single
point line. Large lifting heights will require a tag line to prevent excessive spinning of the load. Smaller
sizes (< 3/8”) are sometimes used on overhead cranes.
1
NOT recommended for construction tower cranes.
Standard: EN 12385-4
Rope characteristic: Using the rope to it’s maximum fatigue life will cause the rope to dete-
riorate from the inside out. Sudden rope failures may be the result. For this reason we do not
recommend this construction for tower cranes. There have been fatal and catastrophic accidents involving this rope
construction because of undetected inner rope fatigue.
Art No 1960 N/mm2 Nom. dia. mm Steel area Min. breaking force 1770 N/mm2 Min. breaking force 1960 N/mm2 Approx. weight
mm2 kN tons kN tons kg/100m
01.G30133030G0 3 3,9 5,23 0,5 3,61
01.G30133040G0 4 6,93 9,3 0,9 10,3 1,1 6,42
01.G30133050G0 5 10,8 14,5 1,5 16,1 1,6 10,0
01.G30133060G0 6 15,6 20,9 2,1 23,1 2,4 14,4
01.G30133070G0 7 21,2 28,4 2,9 32 3,3 19,6
01.G30133080G0 8 27,7 37 3,8 41 4,2 25,7
01.G30133090G0 9 35,1 47 4,8 52 5,3 32,5
01.G30133100G0 10 43,3 58 5,9 64 6,5 40,1
01.G30133110G0 11 52,4 70 7,1 78 8,0 49
01.G30133120G0 12 62,4 84 8,6 93 9,5 58
01.G30133130G0 13 73,2 98 10 109 11,1 68
01.G30133140G0 14 84,9 114 11,6 126 12,8 79
01.G30133150G0 15 97,4 131 13,4 145 14,8 90
01.G30133160G0 16 111 149 15,2 165 16,8 103
01.G30133180G0 18 140 188 19,2 208 21,2 130
01.G30133200G0 20 173 232 23,7 257 26,2 160
01.G30133220G0 22 210 281 28,7 311 31,7 194
01.G30133240G0 24 249 334 34,1 370 37,7 231
01.G30133260G0 26 293 392 40,0 435 44,4 271
01.G30133228G0 28 339 455 46,4 504 51,4 314
01.G30133300G0 30 390 523 53,3 579 59,0 361
01.G30133320G0 32 443 594 60,6 658 67,1 411
01.G30133340G0 34 501 671 68,4 743 75,8 464
01.G30133360G0 36 561 752 76,7 833 84,9 520
01.G30133380G0 38 625 838 85,5 928 94,6 579
01.G30133400G0 40 693 929 94,7 1029 104,9 642
According to EN 12385-4 (DIN 3069)
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:21
Certlift 8F - Elevator
1 Features: Fibre core as lubrication reservoir, durable, smooth running and robust design.
Typical applications: For elevators.
Construction: 8x19 Seal + FC.
Design: Ordinary right hand lay.
Finish: Ungalvanized.
Fill factor: 0,435.
8X19 (9/9/1)Fibre core
Elevatorwire
Art No Rope Ø Metallic cross Min. breaking force Weight

section 1370/1770 N/mm2
mm mm2 kN tons kg % m ca.
01.B10152065M-S 6,5 - 22,4 2,28 15,3
01.B10152080M-S 8 22,6 28,1 2.81 21,8
01.B10152090M-S 9 28,6 35,6 3.56 27,5
01.B10152100M-S 10 35,3 44,0 4.00 34
01.B10152110M-S 11 42,7 53,2 5,32 41,1
01.B10152120M-S 12 50,9 63,3 6.33 49
01.B10152130M-S 13 59,7 74,3 7.43 57,5
01.B10152140M-S 14 69,2 86,1 8.61 66,6
01.B10152150M-S 15 79,5 99,0 9,90 76,5
01.B10152160M-S 16 90,4 113 11,3 87
Other Elevator Ropes

General: Beside the wide Certlift range, we also provide elevator ropes from
other manufacturers such as Drako and Gustaf Wolf.
For instance we can provide the Drako 250T and Gustaf Wolf's PAWO F7S.
PAWO F7S Drako 250T
Elevatorwire
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:22
Open Wedge Socket acc. former DIN 15315

Typical application: For elevators.
Finish: Galvanized.
Standard: DIN 15315.
1
Note: Rope sockets acc. to DIN 15315 are not appropriate for ropes of more than 1770 N/mm2.
Art No Size Rope Ø B1 B2 B3 C D E H1 H2 H3 R S Weight

mm mm kg
10.214830 8 6-8 12 14 11 37 12 20 150 75 92 12,5 4 0,57
10.214831 11 9-11 15 17 14 48 16 26 190 95 117 16 6 1,05
10.214832 14 12-14 20 22 18 58 18 32 230 115 141 19 8 1,89
10.214833 17 15-17 23 25 21 70 22 36 260 130 162 23 10 3,26
10.214834 20 18-20 26 27 24 82 25 40 300 150 186 26 12 5,25
Wedge Socket
Typical application: For elevators.
Finish: Galvanized.
Standard: DIN 15315.
Art No Type UM Art No Type D Size Type UM Type D

a L1** L2* L3 Approx. weight kg d1 L4 Approx. weight kg
10.215897 10.215899 8 M12 450 320 150 0,78 44 167 1,42
10.215903 10.215905 11 M16 484 320 150 1,65 44 173 2,49
10.215909 10.215911 14 M20 598 400 150 3,23 53 202 4,50
10.215915 10.215917 17 M24 674 450 150 5,30 65 248 8,15
10.215918 10.215920 20 M27 760 500 150 8,00 65 254 10,95
* Standard composition.** Overall length during standard composition. Measurements in millimeters. The rope lock housing is galvanized.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:23
Steel Wire Rope Slings

1 General: Steel wire rope slings are in most cases easier and less expensive than chain slings. Galvanised wire rope provides
good protection against corrosion, in extreme environments stainless wire ropes can be used. For extremely heavy lifting wire
rope slings are usually the best option.
Material/Design: For manufacturing of wire rope slings the rope grade shall be either 1770 or 1960 N/mm². In multi-leg slings the
rope dimension and grade shall be the same for each leg. ��
��
with a thimble. For 3- and 4-leg slings a master link with intermediate link should bee used.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13414-1
Note: EN 13414-1 is valid for diameter ø8 mm to ø60 mm
All slings can

be equiped
with RFID- 6x36IWRC 6x36-FC/216-wires 6x24-FC/144-wires
chip Standard sling and slings in Standard sling Shippings- and one way slings
heat Ø 8-18 mm
Ferrule/Splicing
20 x d
Soft Eye
The peripheral length (l) of a soft eye shall be at least four rope lay lengths. CERTEX apply as standard that the length (h) of the
soft eye shall be at least 15 times the rope diameter.
d
h
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:24
Multi Leg Slings

The working load limit of any master link shall be at least equal to that of the sling. The working load limit of any intermediate link
�� of one of the legs suspended from it. 1
WARNING!When using the steel wire rope sling for projected lifting with an angel (ß) less then 45°,the working load
limit will increase. This shall be informed by the time of order.
2-leg sling 3-leg sling 4-leg sling
Length
The length (L) shall be that measured between the bearing points of the sling or the circum-
ference length of an endless sling.
Single leg and endless slings

��= L L L
more than two rope diameters or 1 % of the nominal length, whichever is the greater.
��=
four rope diameters or 2 % of the nominal length, whichever is the greater.
��
slings shall not exceed the rope diameter, or 0,5 % of the nominal length, whichever is the greater.
Multi leg slings

��
rope diameters or 1 % of the nominal length, whichever is the greater.
��
meter or 0,5 % of the nominal length, whichever is the greater.
"Laid" (cable-laid) endless slings

The measured length for cable-laid grommets with diameter <61 mm the tolerance shall be ±1d or 1% of the nominal length,
whichever is the greater. For cable-laid grommets with diameter >65mm the tolerance shall be ±0,5d or 0,5% of the nominal
length, whichever is the greater.
Marking
Each sling shall be provided with a marking plate or be marked in the ferrules (single
leg and endless slings) with the manufacturer's identifying mark, working load limit
(WLL), length, manufacturing date and CE marking.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:25
Wire Rope Fittings

1 ��
with indication of remaining percentage of steel wire min breaking force.
Pear socket Spelter socket

100 % 100 %
Wedge socket Spliced eye with ferrule

100 % 90 %
Spliced eye with ferrule and thimble Spliced eye with ferrule and solid thimble
90 % 90 %
Threaded terminal Eye terminal

90 % 90 %
Clevis terminal Wire rope clamp

90 % 80 %
Wedge socket Wedge socket for elavator

80 % 80 %
Hand spliced eye Hand spliced eye with thimble

80 % 80 %
Endstop Eureka wirelock

Steel 90 % 80-99%
Other 50 %
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:26
Dimensioning for Steel Wire Rope Slings

Working
��
load limit (WLL) for steel wire rope sling
CERTEX recommend that consideration will be taken to that the slings capacity will be lower when the bending diameter de-
Single legIf,sling
creasing. for example the rope bends around a bearing point witch have the same diameter as the rope itself the capacity will
1
WLL
��K
(ton) = (Fmin x KT) / (Zp x g)
Endless sling (choke)

WLL (ton) = (Fmin x KT x 2 x 0,8) / (Zp x g)
Multi-leg sling
WLL (ton) = (Fmin x KT x KL) / (Zp x g)
Fmin = the minimum breaking force of the rope, in kN.

KT�� for spliced 0,8.
KL = the leg factor relating to the number of legs and the angle to the vertical, see WLL-table.
Zp��
g = 9,81
d
d d
6d 5d 4d
100% 85% 80%
d d d
3d 2d 1d
70% 65% 50%
��=
CERTEX recommend that consideration will be taken to that the slings capacity will be lower when the bending diameter de-
creasing. If, for example the rope bends around a bearing point witch have the same diameter as the rope itself the capacity will
��K
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:27
Load diagram wire rope slings 6X36 FC 1960N/mm2

1 Single 2-leg sling 3- and 4-leg sling Endless
Angle of inclination 1-leg Laced U-lift 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 1-leg Laced U-lift
Load factor 1 0,8 2 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 2 1,6 4
mm WLL ton
8 0,75 0,6 1,5 1,1 0,75 1,6 1,1 1,4 1,2 3,0
9 0,9 0,8 1,8 1,26 0,9 2,0 1,4 1,8 1,5 3,6
10 1,2 0,95 2,4 1,7 1,2 2,5 1,8 2,4 1,9 4,8
11 1,4 1,1 2,8 2,0 1,4 3,0 2,2 2,8 2,3 5,6
12 1,7 1,3 3,4 2,4 1,7 3,6 2,6 3,4 2,7 6,8
13 2,0 1,6 4,0 2,8 2,0 4,2 3,0 4,0 3,2 8,0
14 2,3 1,8 4,6 3,2 2,3 4,8 3,5 4,6 3,7 9,2
16 3,0 2,4 6,0 4,2 3,0 6,3 4,5 6,0 4,8 12,0
18 3,8 3,1 7,6 5,3 3,8 8,0 5,7 7,6 6,1 15,2
20 4,7 3,8 9,4 6,6 4,7 10,0 7,1 9,4 7,6 18,8
22 5,7 4,6 11,4 8,0 5,7 12,0 8,5 11,4 9,2 23,0
24 6,8 5,4 13,6 9,5 6,8 14,3 10,2 13,6 11,0 27,0
26 8,0 6,4 16,0 11,2 8,0 16,8 12,0 16,0 12,8 32,0
28 9,3 7,4 18,6 13,0 9,3 19,5 14,0 18,6 15,0 37,0
32 12,0 9,7 24,0 16,8 12,0 25,5 18,0 24,0 19,5 48,0
36 15,0 12,0 30,0 21,0 15,0 32,0 23,0 30,0 25,0 60,0
40 19,0 15,0 38,0 27,0 19,0 40,0 28,5 38,0 30,0 76,0
Safety factor 5:1 DS/EN 13414-1
Load diagram wire rope slings 6X36 IWRC 1960N/mm2

Single 2-leg sling 3- and 4-leg sling Endless
Inclination angle 1-leg Laced U-lift 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 1-leg Laced U-lift
Load factor 1 0,8 2 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 2 1,6 4
mm WLL ton
8 0,8 0,65 1,6 1,15 0,8 1,7 1,2 1,6 1,3 3,2
9 1,05 0,8 2,1 1,45 1,05 2,2 1,8 2,1 1,7 4,2
10 1,3 1,0 2,6 1,8 1,3 2,7 1,9 2,6 2,0 5,2
11 1,5 1,2 3,0 2,2 1,5 3,3 2,3 3,0 2,5 6,0
12 1,8 1,4 3,6 2,6 1,8 3,9 2,8 3,6 3,0 7,2
13 2,2 1,8 4,4 3,0 2,2 4,5 3,2 4,4 3,5 8,8
14 2,5 2,0 5,0 3,5 2,5 5,3 3,8 5,0 4,0 10,0
16 3,3 2,6 6,6 4,6 3,3 6,9 4,9 6,6 5,2 13,2
18 4,1 3,3 8,2 5,8 4,1 8,7 6,2 8,2 6,6 16,4
20 5,1 4,1 10,2 7,2 5,1 10,7 7,7 10,2 8,2 20,4
22 6,2 5,0 12,4 8,7 6,2 13,0 9,3 12,4 10,0 24,8
24 7,4 5,9 14,8 10,3 7,4 15,5 11,1 14,8 11,8 29,6
26 8,7 7,0 17,4 12,1 8,7 18,2 13,0 17,4 13,8 34,8
28 10,0 8,0 20,0 14,0 10,0 21,0 15,0 20,0 16,0 40,0
32 13,0 10,4 26,0 18,4 13,0 27,5 19,7 26,0 21,0 52,0
36 16,6 13,3 33,0 23,0 16,6 35,0 25,0 33,0 26,5 66,0
40 20,5 16,4 41,0 29,0 20,5 43,0 31,0 41,0 33,0 82,0
44 25,0 20,0 50,0 35,0 25,0 52,0 37,0 50,0 40,0 100,0
48 29,5 23,6 59,0 41,0 29,5 62,0 44,0 59,0 47,0 118,0
52 35,0 28,0 70,0 48,0 35,0 73,0 52,0 70,0 55,0 140,0
56 40,0 32,0 80,0 56,0 40,0 84,0 60,0 80,0 64,0 160,0
60 46,0 37,0 92,0 65,0 46,0 97,0 69,0 92,0 74,0 184,0
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:28
6x36 IWRC Warrington Seale

Typical applications: Crane rope, winch rope, mooring rope, wirerope slings.
Construction: 6x36 IWRC Warrington Seale steel core.
Design: Ordinary right hand lay, ordinary left hand lay.
1
Finish: Galvanized/Ungalvanized.
Art No Rope Ø Minimum breaking strength 1960 Grade Weight

mm kN tons kg/100m
01.G10265080G0 8 44,7 4,48 26,2
01.G10265090G0 9 56,5 5,67 33,1
01.G10265100G0 10 69,8 7,00 40,9
01.G10265110G0 11 84,4 8,47 49,5
01.G10265120G0 12 100 10,03 58,9
01.G10265130G0 13 118 11,84 69,1
01.G10265140G0 14 137 13,75 80,2
01.G10265160G0 16 179 17,96 105
01.G10265180G0 18 226 22,68 133
01.G10265200G0 20 279 28,00 164
01.G10265220G0 22 338 33,92 198
01.G10265240G0 24 402 40,35 236
01.G10265260G0 26 472 47,37 276
01.G10265280G0 28 547 54,90 321
01.G10265320G0 32 715 71,76 419
01.G10265360G0 36 904 90,73 530
01.G10265400G0 40 1.120 112,40 654
01.G10265440G0 44 1.350 135,49 792
01.G10265480G0 48 9.423 945,70 943
01.G10265520G0 52 11.059 1.109,89 1.111
01.G10265560G0 56 12.826 1 287.23 1.281
6x7+1 FC
Construction: ��K
Design: Ordinary right hand lay, alternative design on request.
Note: Not for lifting.
Art No Rope Ø Minimum breaking strength 1770 N/mm2 Weight

mm kN tons kg/100m
01.G10042020E 2,0 3,67 0,368 2,2
01.G10042030E 3,0 5,29 0,530 3,1
01.G10042040E 4,0 9,40 0,943 5,5
01.G10042050E 5,0 14,70 1,475 8,6
01.G10042060E 6,0 21,20 2,127 12
01.G10042070E 7,0 28,80 2,890 17
01.G10042080E 8,0 37,60 3,773 22
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:29
6x36 FC Warrington Seale

1 Typical applications: Crane rope, winch rope, mooring rope, wirerope slings.
Construction: 6x36 FC W��K
Design: Ordinary right hand lay, ordinary left hand lay.
Finish: Galvanized.
Art No Rope Ø Steel area Minimum breaking strength Weight

1770 Grade 1770 Grade 1960 Grade
mm mm2 kN tons kN tons kg/100m
01.G10216080E0 8 25,2 37,4 3,75 41,4 4,15 23,5
01.G10216090E0 9 31,8 47,3 7,74 52,4 5,26 29,7
01.G10216100E0 10 39,3 58,4 5,86 64,7 6,49 36,7
01.G10216110E0 11 47,6 70,7 7,10 78,3 7,86 44,4
01.G10216120E0 12 56,6 84,1 8,44 93,1 9,34 52,8
01.G10216130E0 13 66,4 98,7 9,91 109 10,94 62,0
01.G10216140E0 14 77,0 114 11,44 127 12,75 71,9
01.G10216160E0 16 101 150 15,05 166 16,66 94
01.G10216180E0 18 127 189 18,97 210 21,08 119
01.G10216200E0 20 157 234 23,49 259 25,99 147
01.G10216220E0 22 190 283 28,40 313 31,41 178
01.G10216240E0 24 226 336 33,72 373 37,44 211
01.G10216260E0 26 266 395 39,64 437 43,86 248
01.G10216280E0 28 308 458 45,97 507 50,88 288
01.G10216320E0 32 402 598 60,02 662 66,44 376
01.G10216360E0 36 509 757 75,97 838 84,10 476
01.G10216400E0 40 629 935 93,84 1.040 104,38 587
01.G10216440E0 44 761 1.130 113,41 1.250 125,45 711
6x19-FC & 6x19-FC Seal

Features: Quality six strand sling and general purpose rope.
High strength.
Consistent bending fatigue performance.
Material: High Carbon Steel.
Marking: On Termination ID and CE mark.
Finish: Galvanised.
ISO 4309 Rope Category No: All Diameters RCN.02
Standard: EN 12385-4. 6x19-FC 6x19-FC Seal
Art No Rope Steel Minimum breaking force Weight

Ø mm area mm² 1770 N/mm² 180 kp/mm²
kN kp kg/100m
01.G10114030E 3 3,21 4,89 449 3,1
01.G10114040E 4 5,71 8,69 887 5,5
01.G10114050E 5 8,93 13,6 1385 8,7
01.G10114060E 6 12,9 19,6 1995 13,0
01.G10114070E 7 17,5 26,6 2715 17,0
01.G10114080E 8 22,8 34,8 3812 22,1
01.G10114090E 9 28,9 44,0 4824 28,0
01.G10114100E 10 35,7 54,4 5956 34,6
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:30
6x19M+WSC (7x19)
Construction: Steel wire rope 6x19M+WSC (7x19). Aircraft cable.
Finish: Galvanized.
1960 N/mm2 (200kp/mm2).
1
Art No Dia. mm Minimum breaking load 200 kp/mm2 Weight kg/m

01.G10133024G 2,4 381 0,0219
01.G10133030G 3,0 595 0,0342
01.G10133040G 4,0 1.059 0,0609
01.G10133050G 5,0 1.650 0,0952
01.G10133060G 6,0 2.381 0,138
01.G10133063G 6,35 2.667 0,155
01.G10133070G 7,0 3.245 0,187
01.G10133080G 8,0 4.230 0,243
01.G10133090G 9,0 5.360 0,308
01.G10133096G 9.6 6.100 0,350
01.G10133100G 10 6.611 0,381
Steel wire rope, PVC Coated

Construction: 7x19.
Design: Right regular lay, alternate versions on request.
Finish: Galvanized, transparent PVC coated.
Fill factor: 0,57.
6x19+FC 6x7+FC
Art No 6X7+FC Dia 6X7+FC 6X19+FC

mm Weight kg/m Breaking load 180 kp/mm2 Weight kg/m Breaking load 180 kp/mm2
01.G60042025E 1,5/2,5 0,012 120
01.G60042030E 2/3 0,021 239
01.G60042040E 3/4 0,041 538
01.G60042050E 4/5 0,069 957
01.G60042055E 4/6 0,083 957
01.G60042060E 5/6 0,100 1.500
01.G60042080E 6/8 0,161 1.990
01.G60114100E 8/10 0,255 3.540
01.G60114120E 10/12 0,346 5.530
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:31
Steel wire rope, red coated

1 Construction:��
Design: Ordinary right hand lay, alternative design on request.
Finish: Galvanised, red coated.
Art No Rope Ø Rope Ø Minimum breaking strength Weight

mm mm kN tons kg/100m
01.G62042030E 2 3 2,35 0,23 2,1
01.G62042040E 3 4 5,29 0,53 4,4
01.G62042050E 4 5 9,41 0,94 7,4
1x7 Wirebindsel
Construction: 1x7.
Finish: Galvanized. 40-50N/mm2.
Art No Dia. mm Approx. inches Approx. weight kg/100m

01.G90007015D 1,5 1/16 1,13
01.G90007021D 2,1 5/64 2,01
01.G90007030D 3,0 1/8 4,52
Black Steel Wire Rope

These black steel wire ropes are especially targeted towards use in theaters and scenes. W��=
from 2 mm up to 8 mm.
Construction: 7x19 - WSC Black ropes.
Art No Min breaking force 1960 N/mm2 Nom. Dia. Weight per
kN mm 100m/kg
01.T0508-020-059 2,60 2,0 1,6
01.T0508-030-059 6,39 3,0 3,6
01.T0508-040-059 11,40 4,0 6,5
01.T0508-050-059 17,70 5,0 10,1
01.T0508-060-059 25,50 6,0 14,5
01.T0508-080-059 45,41 8,0 25,8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:32
Flat Braided Slings

Material: Manufactured of preformed aircraft cable in construction 7x7 or 7x19.
Lengths as requested.
Finish: Galvanized.
1
200 kg/mm2.
Standard: Taluritspliced. Soft eyes.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Art No WLL tons Width mm Thickness mm Eye mm

10.72DK214035009XX 0,95 18 6 150
10.72DK214035016XX 1,6 25 9 200
10.72DK214035025XX 2,5 30 11 300
10.72DK214035035XX 3,5 34 12 300
10.72DK214035048XX 4,8 42 15 300
10.72DK214035058XX 5,8 46 17 400
10.72DK214035080XX 8 58 18 400
10.72DK214035110XX 11 66 25 500
Last 2 digits of article numbers indicate length in metres.
Load diagram
1-Part U-lift Laced Basket
Angle of inclination 0° - 45° 45° - 60°

Load factor 1 2 0,8 1,4
10.72DK214035009XX 0,95 t 1,9 t 0,76 t 1,33 t 0,95 t
10.72DK214035016XX 1,6 t 3,2 t 1,28 t 2,24t 1,6 t
10.72DK214035025XX 2,8 t 5,6 t 2,24 t 3,92 t 2,8 t
10.72DK214035035XX 3,8 t 7,6 t 3,04 t 5,32 t 3,8 t
10.72DK214035048XX 4,8 t 9,6 t 3,84 t 6,72 t 4,8 t
10.72DK214035058XX 5,8 t 11,6 t 4,64 t 8,12 t 5,80 t
10.72DK214035080XX 8,0 t 16 t 6,4 t 11,2 t 8t
10.72DK214035110XX 11 t 22 t 8,8 t 15,4 t 11 t
Last 2 digits of article numbers indicate length in metres.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:33
Grommet
1 General: Cable layed grommets can be used in all types of lifting operations. ��=
lengths and designs. ��
Cablelayed grommets: 7x6x36WS-CW EN 13414-3.
.
Breaking load: 1960 N/qmm2.

Diameter WLL Wire Minimum circ. Minimum breaking force Weight

Ø mm ton Ø mm m kN kg/m
30 15,369 10 1,05 753,581 3,068
33 18,596 11 1,16 911,833 3,712
36 22,131 12 1,26 1,085,156 4,417
39 25,973 13 1,37 1,273,552 5,184
42 30,123 14 1,47 1,477,018 6,012
48 39,344 16 1,68 1,929,167 7,853
54 49,795 18 1,89 2,441,602 9,939
60 61,475 20 2,10 3,014,323 12,270
66 76,245 22 2,31 3,647,331 14,847
72 93,262 24 2,52 4,340,625 17,669
78 112,584 26 2,73 5,094,206 20,736
84 134,417 28 2,94 5,908,073 24,049
90 158,987 30 3,15 6,782,227 27,608
96 186,553 32 3,36 7,716,667 31,411
102 217,405 34 3,57 8,711,394 35,460
108 251,871 36 3,78 9,766,407 39,755
114 290,326 38 3,99 10,881,707 44,295
120 333,198 40 4,20 12,057,293 49,080
126 380,980 42 4,41 13,293,165 54,111
132 434,237 44 4,62 14,589,324 59,387
138 493,630 46 4,83 15,945,770 64,908
144 559,925 48 5,04 17,362,502 70,675
150 634,025 50 5,25 18,839,520 76,688
156 692,619 52 5,46 20,376,825 82,945
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:34
Container wire sling, galvanized

General: Set with two container wire slings. Intended for loading and unloading of
containers on trucks.
Finish:��
1
Art No Dia mm Length m Thimble Min. breaking load tons

10.74DK20140803 14 8,0 HD 13,96
10.74DK20140853 14 8,5 HD 13,96
10.74DK20140903 14 9,0 HD 13,96
10.74DK20140953 14 9,5 HD 13,96
10.74DK20141003 14 10,0 HD 13,96
10.74DK20141053 14 10,5 HD 13,96
10.74DK20141103 14 11,0 HD 13,96
10.74DK20141153 14 11,5 HD 13,96
10.74DK20141203 14 12,0 HD 13,96
10.74DK20160803 16 8,0 HD 18,25
10.74DK20160853 16 8,5 HD 18,25
10.74DK20160903 16 9,0 HD 18,25
10.74DK20160953 16 9,5 HD 18,25
10.74DK20161003 16 10,0 HD 18,25
10.74DK20161053 16 10,5 HD 18,25
10.74DK20161103 16 11,0 HD 18,25
10.74DK20161203 16 12,0 HD 18,25
Thimble
Thimble - round blue for

container
Art No Type A B C S*)

10.30DK4015005 HD 90 56 24 18
S* = Max. wire diameter.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:35
Thimble A C
1 General: Protection of cable loops.

Design:��=
Finish: Galvanized. L
Standard: DIN 6899B.
B
Art No Art No Code Rope Ø A L B C Weight
mm kg/100
02.201603 10.25B689902 KOU02 2 12 19 3 6 0,5
02.201604 10.25B689903 KOU03 3 13 21 4 7,4 0,8
02.201605 10.25B689904 KOU04 4 14 23 5 8,8 1
02.201606 10.25B689905 KOU05 5 16 25 6 10,7 1,6
02.201607 10.25B689906 KOU06 6 18 28 7 11,8 1,9
02.201608 10.25B689907 KOU07 7 20 32 8 12,8 3
02.201610 10.25B689909 KOU09 9 24 38 10 15 4,7
02.201612 10.25B689911 KOU11 11 28 45 12 18,6 6,8
02.201614 10.25B689913 KOU13 13 32 51 14 23,2 10
02.201616 10.25B689915 KOU15 15 36 58 16 23,9 15
02.201617 10.25B689916 KOU16 16 40 64 18 24,6 20
02.201619 10.25B689918 KOU18 18 45 72 20 28,7 29
02.201621 10.25B689920 KOU20 20 50 80 22 32,8 32
02.201623 10.25B689922 KOU22 22 56 90 24 34,9 47
02.201625 10.25B689924 KOU24 24 62 99 26 37,6 59
02.201627 10.25B689926 KOU26 26 70 112 28 37,7 80
02.201629 10.25B689928 KOU28 28 75 120 30 40 110
02.201631 10.25B689930 KOU30 30 80 128 32 43 123
Thimble Heavy Duty G-6142

General: Heavy duty thimble for protection of steel wire. Recom-
mended for rotation resistant steel wire rope and steel wire rope with steel
core.
Material: Mild steel.
Finish: Hot dipped galvanized.
Standard:��q -276b type III.
Art No Rope dia a b c d e f Weight

mm mm kg/100 pcs.
10.25KCUS3060 6 7 55,5 38 41 22 1,6 2,7
10.25KCUS3080 8 9 63,5 46 47,5 27 2 5,1
10.25KCUS3100 9 11 73 54 54 28,5 2,8 9,1
10.25KCUS3110 11 12 82,5 60 60 32 3,2 13,9
10.25KCUS3120 13 13,5 92 70 70 38 3,6 19,9
10.25KCUS3140 14 15 92 68 70 38 3,6 20,5
10.25KCUS3160 16 16,5 108 79 82,5 44,5 4 29,8
10.25KCUS3190 19 20 127 97 95 51 5,5 60,8
10.25KCUS3220 22 24 140 108 108 57 5,5 80,4
10.25KCUS3250 25 27 156 125 114 63,5 6,3 109
10.25KCUS3280 28-32 30 178 149 130 73 6,3 147
10.25KCUS3320 32-35 33 205 172 159 89 12,7 366
10.25KSUS3350 35-38 36,5 229 181 165 89 12,7 478
10.25KSUS3420 41 43,5 286 206 203 102 12,7 731
10.25KSUS3450 45 47 310 216 229 114 12,7 778
10.25KSUS3480 48-51 50 384 264 305 152 12,7 1.150
10.25KSUS3560 57 59,5 435 302 356 178 12,7 1.935
10.25KSUS3640 664 66 464 311 378 178 19 2.640
10.25KSUS3750 76 78,5 514 356 419 200 19 3.850
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:36
Solid Thimble S-412

Features: Greater protection against wear and deformation of
the wire rope eye giving longer service life.
Fits pin for open wire rope socket, boom pendant clevis and
1
wedge socket.
Material: Steel.
Marking: Manufacturer's symbol.
Finish: Painted.
Standard: Meets the performance requirements of BSEN
13411-1.
Art No Rope dia. Dimensions (mm) Weight

(in.) mm A B C D E F G H J K L kg
10.271037121 1/2 13 71.5 44.5 6.35 26.9 19.1 14.2 7.1 22.4 54 41.4 39.6 0.28
10.271037149 5/8 16 119 76 9.65 33.3 26.9 20.6 10.4 28.7 86 57 65 1
10.271037167 3/4 18-20 119 76 9.65 38.1 26.9 20.6 10.4 35.1 86 57 65 1.05
10.271037185 7/8 22 154 97 12.7 44.5 35.1 26.9 13.5 41.4 114 82.5 87.5 2.47
10.271037201 1 24-26 154 97 12.7 54 35.1 26.9 13.5 46 114 82.5 87.5 2.38
10.271037229 1 1/8 28-30 184 116 16 60.5 44.5 33.3 16.8 52.5 137 98.5 103 4.21
10.271037247 1 1/4 - 13/8 32 -35 184 116 16 67 49.3 38.9 19.8 58.5 137 98.5 105 4.45
Solid Thimble S-6134

Material: Cast mild steel, (GTW 40).
��= A��
Finish: Self coloured.
Standard: According to DIN 3091.
Art No Rope Ø a b c d e e f Weight

mm mm kg/100 pcs.
10.27KSD91080 8 9 15 40 66 14 20 - 14
10.27KSD91100 10 11 17.5 50 82 18 25 - 21
10.27KSD91120 12 13 20 60 98 21 30 - 39
10.27KSD91140 14 16 23.5 70 114 25 35 - 73
10.27KSD91160 16 18 26 80 130 28 40 16 83
10.27KSD91180 18 20 28.5 90 145 31 45 18 113
10.27KSD91200 20 22 31 100 161 35 50 20 148
10.27KSD91220 22 24 33.5 110 177 38 55 22 193
10.27KSD91240 24 26 36 120 193 41 60 24 254
10.27KSD91260 26 29 39.5 130 209 44 65 26 355
10.27KSD91280 28 31 42 140 224 47 70 28 387
10.27KSD91320 32 35 47 160 256 53 80 32 437
10.27KSD91360 36 40 53 180 288 59 90 36 870
10.27KSD91400 40 44 58 200 320 65 100 40 1.300
10.27KSD91440 44 48 63 220 352 70 110 44 1.700
10.27KSD91480 48 53 69 240 384 76 120 48 2.000
10.27KSD91520 52 57 74 260 416 81 130 52 2.500
10.27KSD91560 56 62 80 280 448 86 140 56 3.200
10.27KSD91640 64 70 90 320 512 95 160 64 4.600
10.27KSD91720 72 79 101 360 576 104 180 72 6.600
10.27KSD91800 80 88 112 400 640 112 200 80 9.000
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:37
Talurit™ T-ferrule, alu

1 General: Clamp for splicing of steel wire rope.
Material: Aluminium.
Art No Dimension mm
10.01Txx 1-128
Last two digits indicates size
Talurit™ TK-ferrule, alu

Design: Clamp for splicing of steel wire rope. By pressing the TK clamp it gets conical.
Material: Aluminum.
Art No Dimension mm
10.01TKxx 8-60
Talurit™ R-ferrule, alu

General: Round clamp for endstop etc.
Art No Dimension mm
10.01Rxx 1-36
Talurit™ TCU-ferrule, copper

Design: The copper clamp is intended for stainless steel wire rope
to avoid galvanic corrosion.
Material: Copper.
Art No Dimension mm
10.02TCUxx 1-30
Talurit™ RCU-ferrule, copper

Material: Copper.
Art No Dimension mm
10.02RCUxx 1,5-8
Talurit™ INOX-ferrule
Design: The original ferrule design, intended for galvanized or bright wire ropes.
Material: Stainless steel, AISI 316.
Art No Dimension mm
10.04INOXxx 1-30
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:38
Wire Rope Clamp Eureka

General: Wire rope clamp is approved for lifting if assembly is carried out according to instruction
manual. ��=
core with tensile strength up to 1960 N/mm2. Correctly mounted the assembling will stand 80% of
1
the rope's minimum breaking load (MBL).
Design: 2101-2102 casted, 2103-2108 dropforged.
Finish: 2101-2102 zinc-plating, 2103-2108 hot dip galvanizing.
Warning!In case the clamps half-parts tangent each other when tightening the screws,
a smaller EUREKA wire clamp shall be used.
Note: ��=
of 1960 N/mm2. Not for use with compacted or hammered wire ropes. It is not recom-
mended to use plastic covered ropes for lifting purposes with wire rope
clamps.
Important: ��
Art No Code Rope Ø No of clamps Screw Moment Length Outer Ø Weight

mm when lifting Number pcs. Ø mm Nm mm kg/100
10.175032005 2101 4-5 2 2 5 6 27 22 6,5
10.175032006 2102 6 2 2 6 15 42 28 14
10.175032008 2103 8 2 2 6 18 50 33 24
10.175032010 2104 9-10 2 2 8 30 63 42 52
10.175032011 2105 11 2 2 8 30 62 43 52
10.175032013 2106 12-13 2 2 10 70 82 48 80
10.175032014 2107 14 2 2 10 70 106 50 115
10.175032016 2108 15-16 2 2 12 115 100 62 170
Wire Rope Grip POWERTEX

General: Wire rope clamp type Powertex is approved for lifting if assembly is car-
ried out according to instruction manual. The wire rope grip to be used with 6 and
��
N/mm2. Correctly mounted the assembling will stand 80% of the rope's minimum
breaking load (MBL).
Design: PG-4, 6, 8, 10 are drop forged. PG-12, 16, 20, 25, 35 are casted.
Finish: Galvanized.
Note:��=
max strenght of 1960 N/mm2. Not for use with compacted or hammered wire ropes. It is not recommended to use plas-
tic covered ropes for lifting purposes with wire rope grips.
Important:��K
Art No Code Rope Ø mm Thread No. of clamps Torque Weight

mm when lifting Nm kg/100
10.17PWRG04 PG-4 3-4 M5 3 5 5
10.17PWRG06 PG-6 5-6 M6 3 9 10
10.17PWRG08 PG-8 7-8 M6 3 9 14
10.17PWRG10 PG-10 9-10 M8 3 23 25
10.17PWRG12 PG-12 10-12,5 M8 3 23 32
10.17PWRG16 PG-16 13-16,5 M10 3 45 58
10.17PWRG20 PG-20 17-20 M12 3 75 95
10.17PWRG25 PG-25 21-25 M16 3 190 164
10.17PWRG35 PG-35 26-35 M16 3 190 370
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:39
Wire Rope Clip BG-S

1 General: Wire rope clips for steel wire ropes for general applications.
Design:��
Finish: KTL-cataphoresis. (Better corrosion resistance and less environmental
impact than electrogalvanization).
Colour: Mat black.
Art No Art No Code Rope Ø Rec. number of locks Weight

mm lifting not lifting kg/100
10.15BGS03 10.15BGS03 BGS-3 3 2 1 1,7
10.15BGS04 10.15BGS03 BGS-4 4 2 1 2,5
10.15BGS05 10.15BGS03 BGS-5 5 2 1 4,5
10.15BGS06 10.15BGS03 BGS-6 6 - 1 6,2
Galv. Wire Rope Clip (DIN 741)

General: Wire rope clips for steel wire rope for general applications.
d
Design: Forged u-bolts and casted bases.
Finish: Galvanised.
Standard: DIN 741.
Important:��K
A
Art No d Wire dia. Number of clips* A Weight

mm mm kg/100 pcs.
10.1574103 1/8" 2-3,5 3 5 0,7
10.1574105 3/16" 4-5 3 6 1,2
10.15741065 1/4" 5,5-6,5 3 8 1,5
10.1574108 5/16" 7-8 4 9,5 2,5
10.1574110 3/8" 8,5-9,5 4 11 5,0
10.1574111 7/16" 10-11 4 12 6,2
10.1574113 1/2" 12-13 4 14 10,6
10.1574114 9/16" 14-15 4 15 11,9
10.1574116 5/8" 16-17 4 17 18,3
10.1574119 3/4" 18-19 4 21 22,7
10.1574122 7/8" 20-23 5 24 28,7
10.1574126 1" 24-26 5 28 38,9
10.1574130 1 1/8" 27-30 6 34 62,2
10.1574134 1 1/4" 31-33 6 38 72,0
10.1574140 1 1/2" 34-40 6 42 99,5
* NOT approved for lifting
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:40
Zip-Clip
General: ��=
��i
DW144 and are UL��=
��
TUV laboratories. All the systems are compliant to
The independent testing is conducted to achieve a
1
5:1 Safety factor. Therefore a 100 kg Safe Working Load requires a break to failure
rate above 500 kg. To achieve these high results Zip-Clip only manufacture from the
highest quality material including the 1960N/mm2�� -
ings available on the market. All items are fully galvanized and available in stainless
steel to meet specialist applications.
Art No WLL Rope dia. Product code Description Pack Qty.

kg mm
10.15KL50 10 1 KL50 Rize KL50 10 kg WLL 10
10.15R200G 10 1 R200G 200 m galvanized wire reel in dispenser box 1
10.15R100GSS 8 1 R100G/SS 100 m stainless steel AISI 316 wire reel 1
10.15R200GSS 8 1 R200G/SS 200 m stainless steel AISI 316 wire reel 1

10.15R100S 50 2 R100S 100 m galvanized wire reel in dispenser box 1
10.15R200S 50 2 R200S 200 m galvanized wire reel in dispenser box 1
10.15R500S 50 2 R500S 500 m galvanized wire reel 1
10.15R100SSS 45 2 R100S/SS 100 m stainless AISI 316 wire reel 1

10.15R100Y 120 3 R100Y 100 m galvanized wire reel 1
10.15R100YSS 100 3 R100Y/SS 100 m stainless steel AISI 316 wire reel 1

10.15R100P 230 4 R100P 100 m galvanized wire reel 1
10.15R100PSS 230 4 R100P/SS 100 m stainless steel 316 wire reel 1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:41
Wedge Socket S-421T

1 Features: Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and socket to be used
in conjunction with open swage and spelter sockets.
Secures the tail or “dead end” of the wire rope to the wedge, thus eliminates
loss or “Punch out” of the wedge.
Eliminates the need for an extra piece of rope, and is easily installed.
The TERMINAT��
due to fatigue.
The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and the wedge, is left unde-
formed and available for reuse.
Incorporates Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK™ “Go” and “No-Go” feature cast into the wedge.
Utilises standard Crosby Red-U-Bolt wire rope clip.
��
Material: Cast Steel.
Marking: ID code and Manufacturer's symbol.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Painted.
Art No Wire rope dia. A B C D G H J* K* L P R S T U V

mm mm
10.201035000 9-10 145 69,1 20,6 20,6 35,1 77,7 198 47,8 22,4 39,6 11,2 54,1 11,2 31,8 35,1
10.201035009 11-13 175 88,1 25,4 25,4 41,1 95,5 226 32,0 26,9 49,3 12,7 65,0 13,5 44,5 47,8
10.201035018 14-16 210 109 31,8 30,2 53,8 114 273 50,5 31,0 57,2 14,2 82,6 17,5 51,0 55,5
10.201035027 18-19 251 130 38,1 35,1 62,0 134 314 61,2 35,6 66,8 16,8 92,2 19,8 59,5 65,0
10.201035036 20-22 286 149 44,5 41,4 68,5 156 365 63,0 42,4 79,5 19,1 109 22,4 68,5 74,5
10.201035045 24-26 325 161 51,0 51,0 74,7 177 414 77,2 51,0 95,5 22,4 119 26,2 73,0 83,5
10.201035054 28 365 176 57,0 57,0 84,0 194 466 65,0 57,0 108 25,4 138 27,9 82,6 90,5
10.201035063 30-32 415 222 66,5 63,5 90,5 239 520 74,7 59,5 114 26,9 156 30,2 117 125
* Nominal NOTE: For intermediate wire rope sizes, use next larger size socket.
The S-423T Super TERMINATORTM wedge is designed to be assembled only into the Crosby S-421T TERMINATORTM socket body.
IMPORTANT: The S-423TW for sizes 14 mm through 28 mm will fit respective size standard Crosby S-421T basket. The 30-32 mm S-423TW will only fit the
Crosby S-421T 30-32 mm basket marked with "TERMINATORTM"
Super Terminator Wedge Socket S-423TB

Features: The patented wedge socket termination solution is intended to be used with
a high-tensile compacted stainless wire rope. The wedge socket termination gives,
together with most wire ropes, a remaining strength of 80% of the wire rope's minimum
breaking load. The wire rope end is secured with a wire clamp against the wedge, this
prevents the wedge to come loose or be knocked out.
Material: Cast Steel
Marking: ID code and manufacturer's symbol.
Finish:��=
Art No Wire rope dia A B C D E F G H J L P R S T U V Weight

mm in. kg
10.201035218 14-16 5/8 210 114 31,8 30,2 76,2 103 54,1 117 313 31 57,2 14,2 82,6 19,1 175 66 5,8
10.201035227 18-19 3/4 251 132 38,1 35,1 82,6 122 62,0 136 373 35,6 66,5 16,8 92,2 22,4 194 76.7 8,8
10.201035236 20-22 7/8 286 149 44,5 41,4 96,8 146 68,3 156 431 42,4 79,5 19,1 109 25,4 241 88.1 13
10.201035245 24-26 1 325 167 50,8 50,8 96,8 146 74,7 179 471 51,1 95,3 22,4 119 28,7 264 97 17
10.201035254 28 1-1/8 365 176 57,2 57,2 102 174 85,9 198 539 57,4 108 25,4 138 31,8 300 107 26
10.201035272 30-32 1-1/4 415 219 66,5 63,5 114 197 90,7 238 612 59,4 114 26,9 168 35,1 352 148 40
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:42
Open wedge socket OWS

General: Intended for attaching of wire rope where switching often occur,
e.g. blocks of mobilecranes, or to be able to adjust the length of the wire
rope. See recommended assembly to get correct results.
1
Design: The wedge socket is delivered complete.
Material: Cast alloy steel with high mechanical properties.
Marking house and wedge: Wire ø mm.
Finish: Blue painted or hot dip galvanized (OWS 0.25 to 0.5 is standard
��
Note: ��=
socket connection is 80% of the minimum breaking load of the
wire but limited to the minimum breaking load of the socket
(MBL).
The dead end should have a length of 6 times the wire dia. with a minimum of 150mm.
Art No Code MBL Rope Ø A B C ØP T TB TL W Weight

tons mm mm kg
10.20OWS0025PGAL OWS 0,25 P 8 7-8 110 18 36 16 9 51 128 18 0.8
10.20OWS005PGAL OWS 0,5 P 12 9-10 145 23 46 20,6 11 63 165 20,5 1.7
10.20OWS01PGAL OWS 1 P 20 11-13 146 28,5 57 25 12 67 174,5 25 2.1
10.20OWS02PGAL OWS 2 P 25 14-16 176 35 70 30 15 85 211 31 4
10.20OWS03PGAL OWS 3 P 40 18-19 210 40 80 35 16 95 250 38 7
10.20OWS04PGAL OWS 4 P 55 20-22 237,5 47,5 95 41 18 110 285 44 10
10.20OWS05PGAL OWS 5 P 75 24-26 275 55 110 51 22 128 330 51 15
10.20OWS06PGAL OWS 6 P 90 27-29 310 65 130 57 25 142 375 57 21
10.20OWS07PGAL OWS 7 P 110 30-32 350 73 146 64 28 155 423 63 31
10.20OWS08PGAL OWS 8 P 125 34-36 400 74 148 64 28 160 474 70 37
10.20OWS09PGAL OWS 9 P 150 37-39 450 80 142 70 30 177 530 77 51
10.20OWS10PGAL OWS 10 P 170 40-42 500 87 160 76 33 187 587 76 64
10.20OWS11PGAL OWS 11 P 225 43-48 550 100 186 89 39 215 650 89 96
10.20OWS12PGAL OWS 12 P 280 49-52 640 105 205 95 46 244 745 101 130
10.20OWS13PGAL OWS 13 P 360 54-58 660 125 250 108 54 275 785 114 180
10.20OWS14PGAL OWS 14 P 425 60-68 835 135 270 121 60 300 970 127 275
10.20OWS15PGAL OWS 15 P 460 72-76 1.000 150 300 133 76 355 1.150 146 440
10.20OWS16PGAL OWS 16 P 625 81-86 1.100 150 300 140 79 375 1.250 159 510
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:43
Closed Wedge Socket CWS

1 General: Intended for attaching of wire rope where switching often occur, e.g. blocks of
mobilecranes, or to be able to adjust the length of the wire rope. See recommended as-
sembly to get correct results. The wedge socket is delivered complete.
Material: Cast alloy steel with high mechanical properties.
Marking house and wedge: Wire ø mm.
Finish: Blue painted or hot dip galvanized.
Note: ��=
is 80% of the minimum breaking load of the wire but limited to the minimum
breaking load of the socket (MBL).
Important:��
Art No Code MBL For wire ø A B C K TA TL Weight

tons mm mm kg
10.20CWS303GAL CWS 303 40 18-19 220 100 34 40 90 254 7
10.20CWS304GAL CWS 304 55 20-22 225 225 42 47 110 267 9
10.20CWS305GAL CWS 305 75 24-26 290 130 50 55 125 340 14
10.20CWS306GAL CWS 306 90 27-29 325 145 60 70 152 385 22
10.20CWS307GAL CWS 307 110 30-32 360 160 68 75 165 428 30
10.20CWS308GAL CWS 308 125 34-36 400 180 68 75 165 468 38
10.20CWS309GAL CWS 309 150 37-39 500 240 72 80 185 572 49
10.20CWS310GAL CWS 310 170 40-42 600 310 80 90 210 680 65
10.20CWS311GAL CWS 311 225 43-48 640 325 90 100 225 730 100
10.20CWS312GAL CWS 312 280 49-52 720 375 100 110 245 820 150
10.20CWS313GAL CWS 313 360 54-58 775 400 110 120 265 885 175
10.20CWS314GAL CWS 314 425 61-64 900 470 120 130 290 1.020 230
10.20CWS315GAL CWS 315 460 72-76 1.000 500 130 150 330 1.130 300
10.20CWS316GAL CWS 316 625 81-86 1.125 550 135 165 360 1.260 425
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:44
Closed Spelter Socket G-417

Features:��
on the catalogue strength of wire rope.
Material: Forged steel sockets through 11/2”, cast alloy steel 1-5/8” through 4”.
1
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Galvanised.
Standard: Fed Spec RR-S-550D TYPE B.
Art No Ultimate load Normal size (dia of rope) A B C D* F G H J K L Weight

tons in. mm mm kg
10.101039897 4.5 1/4 6-7 116 12.7 39.6 22.4 9.65 17.5 39.6 57.2 12.7 46 23
10.101039913 12 5/16 - 3/8 8-10 125 15.8 42.9 24.6 12.7 20.6 42.9 57.2 17.5 52.5 0.34
10.101039931 20 7/16 - 1/2 11-13 140 17.5 51.0 29.5 14.2 23.9 51.0 63.5 22.4 58.7 0.68
10.101039959 30.8 9/16 - 5/8 14-16 162 20.6 67.0 35.8 17.5 30.2 67.0 76.2 25.4 65 1.13
10.101039977 43.5 3/4 18 194 26.9 76.2 42.2 22.4 33.3 70.0 89 31.8 77.5 1.92
10.101039995 65.3 7/8 20-22 226 33.3 92.0 49.3 25.4 38.1 82.5 102 38.1 90.5 3.28
10.101040019 81.6 1 24-26 254 36.6 105 58.5 28.7 44.5 95.5 114 44.5 103 4.76
10.101040037 100 1 1/8 26-30 283 39.6 114 65 31.8 51 105 127 51 116 6.46
10.101040055 136 1 1/4 - 1 3/8 32-35 309 41.4 127 71 38.1 58.5 119 138 56.5 129 8.95
10.101040073 170 1 1/2 38 355 49.3 137 81 41.4 70.5 132 151 62.5 155 13.2
10.101040091 188 1 5/8 40-42 390 54.0 146 82.5 44.5 76.2 140 165 70 171 16.3
10.101040117 268 † 1 3/4 - 1 7/8 44-48 445 55.5 171 95.5 51 79.5 162 191 76.2 198 26
10.101040135 309 † 2 - 2 1/8 5054 505 62.0 194 111 57.2 95.5 187 216 82.5 224 35.8
10.101040153 360 † 2 1/4 - 2 3/8 56-60 546 70.0 216 127 66.8 105 210 229 92 254 47.6
10.101041759 424 † 2 1/2 - 2 5/8 64-67 597 79.5 241 140 74.5 114 235 248 102 270 64
10.101041777 549 † 2 3/4 - 2 7/8 70-73 645 79.5 273 159 79.5 124 259 279 124 286 100
10.101041795 656 † 3 - 3 1/8 75-80 689 85.6 292 171 86 133 292 305 133 298 125
10.101041811 750 † 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 82-86 743 102 311 184 92 146 311 330 146 311 142
10.101041839 820 † 3 1/2 - 3 5/8 88-92 787 102 330 197 98.5 165 330 356 159 330 181
10.101041857 1005 † 3 3/4 - 4 94-102 845 108 362 216 108 184 362 381 178 356 246
* Diameter of pin must not exceed pin used on companion 416 socket.
† Cast alloy steel.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:45
Open Spelter Socket G-416 M
1
C
N D
Features:��
on the catalogue strength of wire rope.
Material: Forged steel sockets through 11/2”, cast alloy steel 1-5/8” through 4”.
Marking: ID code and Manufacturer's symbol. L
Safety Factor: 5:1. A
Finish: Galvanised.
Standard: Fed Spec RR-S-550D TYPE A. J
F G
Art No Stock Code Ultimate load Nominal size (dia of A C D F G H J L M N Weight

rope)
tons in. mm mm kg
10.101039619 04A0170 4.5 1/4 6-7 116 19.1 17.5 9.65 17.5 39.6 57.0 39.6 33.3 9.1 .50
10.101039637 04A0180 12 5/16 - 3/8 8-10 123 20.6 20.6 12.7 20.6 42.9 57.0 44.5 38.1 11.2 .59
10.101039655 04A0090 20 7/16 - 1/2 11-13 141 25.4 25.4 14.2 23.9 47.8 63.5 51.0 47.8 12.7 1.02
10.101039673 04A0100 27 9/16 - 5/8 14-16 171 31.8 30.2 17.5 28.7 57.0 76.0 63.5 57.0 14.2 1.863
10.101039691 04A0110 43 3/4 18 202 38.1 35.1 20.6 31.8 66.5 89.0 76.0 66.5 15.7 2.64
10.101039717 04A0120 55 7/8 20-22 235 44.5 41.4 23.9 38.1 82.5 102 89.0 79.5 20.3 4.438
10.101039735 04A0140 78 1 24-26 268 51.0 51.0 28.7 44.5 95.5 114 102 95.5 22.4 7.03
10.101039753 04A0150 92 1 1/8 28-30 300 57.0 57.0 31.8 51.0 105 127 117 105 25.4 9.75
10.101039771 04A0160 136 1 1/4 - 1 3/8 32-35 335 63.5 63.5 38.1 57.0 121 140 127 121 28.7 14.1
10.101039799 170 1 1/2 38 384 76.0 70.0 41.4 70.0 133 152 152 137 30.2 21.4
10.101039815 188 † 1 5/8 40-42 413 76.0 76.0 44.5 76.0 140 165 165 146 33.3 24.9
10.101039833 268 † 1 3/4 - 1 7/8 44-48 464 89.0 89.0 51.0 79.5 162 191 178 165 39.6 37.2
10.101039851 291 † 2 - 2 1/8 50-54 546 102 95.5 57.2 95.5 187 216 229 178 46.0 59
10.101039879 360 † 2 1/4 - 2 3/8 56-60 597 114 108 63.5 102 210 229 254 197 54.0 76
10.101041633 424 † 2 1/2 - 2 5/8 64-67 648 127 121 73.0 114 235 248 274 216 60.5 114
10.101041651 511 † 2 3/4 - 2 7/8 70-73 692 133 127 79.0 124 267 279 279 229 73.0 143
10.101041679 563 † 3 - 3 1/8 75-80 737 146 133 86 133 282 305 287 241 76.0 172
10.101041697 722 † 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 82-86 784 159 140 92 146 302 330 300 254 79.0 197
10.101041713 779 † 3 1/2 - 3 5/8 88-92 845 171 152 98.5 165 314 356 318 274 82.5 255
10.101041731 875 † 3 3/4 - 4 94-102 921 191 178 108 184 346 381 343 318 89.0 355
† Cast alloy steel.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:46
Closed Spelter Socket CSS TA
1
K T
Features: Spelter socket generates the wirerope breaking load 100%.

Material: High-strength steel.
Finish: Galvanized or painted blue.
Safety factor: 5:1.
øH
Art No Rope Ø MBL A B C ØH K T TA TL Weight

mm tons mm kg
10.10CSS296.GAL 6-7 8 50 40 11 9,1 22 13 37 101 0,3
10.10CSS297.GAL 8-10 12 57 48 14 12,6 25 18 43 119 0,5
10.10CSS298.GAL 11-13 20 64 59 17,5 14,6 30 23 51 140 0,7
10.10CSS299.GAL 14-16 25 76 65 21 18,1 36 26 67 162 1,4
10.10CSS200.GAL 18-19 40 89 78 27 21,9 42 32 76 194 2,2
10.10CSS201.GAL 20-22 55 101 90 33 24,9 47 38 92 224 3,8
10.10CSS204.GAL 23-26 75 114 103 36 28,8 57 44 104 253 5,4
10.10CSS207.GAL 27-30 90 127 116 39 32,9 65 51 114 282 7
10.10CSS212.GAL 31-36 125 139 130 43 39,2 71 57 126 312 10
10.10CSS215.GAL 37-39 150 152 155 51 42,5 81 63 136 358 13
10.10CSS217.GAL 40-42 170 165 171 54 45,5 83 70 146 390 17
10.10CSS219.GAL 43-48 225 190 198 55 52,5 93 76 171 443 26
10.10CSS222.GAL 49-54 280 216 224 62 59,1 100 82 193 502 37
10.10CSS224.GAL 55-60 360 228 247 73 65,1 112 92 216 548 50
Open Spelter Socket OSS

Features: Spelter socket generates the wirerope breaking load 100%.
Material: High-strength steel.
Finish: Galvanized or painted blue.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Art No Rope Ø Strand Ø A B C D ØH ØP T TL TB W Weight (P)

mm mm mm kg
10.10OSS196P.GAL 6-7 50 40 19 34 9 16 9 109 51 19 0,4
10.10OSS197P.GAL 8-10 57 45 22 42 13 20 11 124 63 21 0,7
10.10OSS198P.GAL 11-13 64 51 27 50 15 25 12 142 67 25 1,0
10.10OSS199P.GAL 14-16 13 76 63 32 58 18 30 14 171 85 32 1,8
10.10OSS100P.GAL 18-19 14-16 89 76 40 70 22 35 16 205 95 38 3,0
10.10OSS104P.GAL 20-22 18-19 101 89 45 80 25 41 19 235 110 44 4,6
10.10OSS108P.GAL 23-26 20-22 114 101 60 104 29 51 22 275 128 51 8
10.10OSS111P.GAL 27-30 23-26 127 114 65 114 33 57 25 306 142 57 11
10.10OSS115P.GAL 31-36 27-28 139 127 72 126 39 63 28 338 155 63 15
10.10OSS118P.GAL 37-39 30-32 152 162 80 142 42 70 30 394 177 76 22
10.10OSS120P.GAL 40-42 33-35 165 165 88 156 45 76 33 418 187 76 27
10.10OSS125P.GAL 43-48 36-40 191 178 100 176 52 89 39 469 215 89 41
10.10OSS128P.GAL 49-54 42-45 216 228 108 194 59 95 45 552 244 101 60
10.10OSS130P.GAL 55-60 46-48 229 254 120 210 64 108 53 603 275 113 88
10.10OSS132P.GAL 61-68 50-54 248 273 133 236 75 121 60 654 300 127 118
10.10OSS135P.GAL 69-75 56-62 279 279 138 240 81 127 73 696 335 133 155
10.10OSS138P.GAL 76-80 64-67 305 286 146 252 88 133 76 737 355 146 186
10.10OSS140P.GAL 81-86 69-76 330 298 160 290 92 140 79 788 375 159 227
10.10OSS142P.GAL 87-93 78-86 356 318 178 320 99 152 83 852 400 171 283
10.10OSS144P.GAL 94-102 88-96 381 343 190 350 108 178 89 914 435 191 374
10.10OSS146P.GAL 108-115 98-110 450 480 215 400 129 195 100 1145 465 205 539
10.10OSS150P.GAL 120-130 112-124 500 500 250 450 147 220 110 1250 525 225 761
Also available with bolt and nut
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:47
Rope Pear Socket Nemag

1 General: The Nemag Rope Pear Socket is designed to, in combination with the
Nemag Quick Release Link, smoothly pass over cabel sheaves. The life span of
the Nemag Rope Pear Socket generally surpasses that of the steel wire rope.
��
withou the need for outside assistance, and ensures a strong connection. Nemag
Rope Pear Sockets are suited to any type of steel wire rope.
Material: High grade casted steel.
Marking: Manufacturers mark, size and batch number.
Important: ��=
For other applications, use safety factor of 5.
Art No Pear size Rope Ø WLL MBL A B C D E F G H I Weight

mm tons* tons mm kg
10.10NRPS01 1 10-11 1,5 10 81 48 22 195 12 11,5 20 24 12 0,4
10.10NRPS02 2 12-13 2 14 95 56 25 195 15,5 13,5 22 25 14 0,5
10.10NRPS03 3 14-15 2,5 17,5 109 64 28 220 17,5 15,5 24 29 16 0,6
10.10NRPS04 4 16-17 3 22,5 123 70 31 220 19,5 17,5 26 31 18 0,9
10.10NRPS05 5 18-19 4,5 27,5 135 84 33 245 21 19 30 42 20 1,3
10.10NRPS06 6 20-21 5 35 152 84 36 310 23 21 33 38 23 1,7
10.10NRPS07 7 22-24 7 42,5 166 100 40 310 26 23 37 48 26 2,3
10.10NRPS08 8 25-27 8 52,5 186 100 43 350 28 25 39 44 29 3,2
10.10NRPS09 9 28-30 11 70 202 120 45 350 31 27 40 58 32 4,1
10.10NRPS10 10 31-33 13 85 222 120 52 445 32 28,5 45 56 35 5,2
10.10NRPS11 11 34-36 15 95 239 142 55 445 36 31,5 50 70 40 6,4
10.10NRPS12 12 37-39 17 110 264 142 60 495 39 34,5 51 64 41 7,9
10.10NRPS13 13 40-42 21 125 285 166 63 555 43 36,5 59 80 44 9,5
10.10NRPS14 14 43-45 26 155 312 166 68 595 47 40 62 72 48 11,2
10.10NRPS15 15 46-48 30 180 337 170 75 595 51 44 66 68 53 13,0
10.10NRPS17 17 52-56 42,5 240 400 220 84 880 60 54 75 90 59 23,0
* Working load is max. working load for grabbing operations. For other operations apply the min. safety factor 5.
Quick Release Link for Pear Socket Nemag

General: The Nemag Quick Release Link is for connecting sockets.
Art No Link no WLL MBL A B C D E F Weight

tons tons mm kg
10.12NQRL04 4 3 25 76 76 24,5 19 30 21 0,9
10.12NQRL05 5 4,5 33 84 84 27 21 32,5 23 1,2
10.12NQRL06 6 5 37,5 92 92 29,5 23 35 25 1,5
10.12NQRL07 7 7 49 100 100 32 25 38 28 2
10.12NQRL08 8 8 54 108 108 34,5 27 40,5 31 2,5
10.12NQRL09 9 9,5 60 116 116 37 29 43,5 34 3,1
10.12NQRL10 10 12 75 128 128 40,5 32 48 37 4,4
10.12NQRL11 11 15 95 140 140 44 35 53 40 5,7
10.12NQRL12 12 17 110 152 152 47,5 38 57 43 7,2
10.12NQRL13 13 21 135 164 164 51 41 61,5 46 8,7
10.12NQRL14 14 26 160 176 173 54 44 66 50 11
10.12NQRL15 15 30 175 188 188 58 47 70,5 52 13,5
10.12NQRL17 17 42,5 260 222 222 68 56 84 62 23
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:48
Rope Pear Socket NRPSS

General: Permanent termination specially designed for compacted
steel wire ropes.
1
Marking: Manufacturers mark, size and batch number.
Important: ��=
grab operation. For other applications, use safety fac-
tor of 5.
Art No Fits Pear size Rope Ø WLL Breaking Load A B C D E F G H I Weight

tons tons mm kg
10.10NRPSS924 8,9,10 924 22-24 11 70 192 133 40 325 31 27 40 58 27 4
10.10NRPSS1026 9,10,11 1026 25-27 13 85 212 143 43 375 35 30,5 43 60 30 5
10.10NRPSS1130 10,11,12 1130 28-30 15 95 239 156 45 400 36 31,5 50 70 33 7
10.10NRPSS1232 11,12 1232 31-33 17 110 249 165 52 450 39 34,5 57 72 36 8,5
10.10NRPSS1336 12,13,14 1336 34-36 21 125 285 184 62 450 43 36,5 60 80 40 9,5
10.10NRPSS1440 13,14,15 1440 37-40 26 155 297 192 60 475 47 40 62 80 44 12
10.10NRPSS3221 15 3221 42-44 32,5 189 314 204 66 425 53 46 70 80 47 13,5
10.10NRPSS1548 14,15 1548 46-48 30 180 329 192 67 575 51 44 66 80 52 12,5
10.10NRPSS1648 15,17 1648 46-48 36 215 343 218 70 500 56 50 75 90 52 18
Socketing compound - Wirelock

General:��=
��
IMPORTANT: Follow the instructions for use.
Art No Code Packing Weight

cm³ kg
10.50134817 PL-100 100 0,2
10.50134818 PL-250 250 0,5
10.50134819 PL-500 500 1
10.50134820 PL-1000 1000 2
10.50134821 PL-2000 2000 4
Booster packet
10.50134822 Booster packet for wirelock 1000 ml
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:49
Fast Connector Socket FCS - with bolt

1 General:�� The connec-
tor can be attached to the rope either by mechanical splicing or by casting.
Delivered complete with bolt, nut and cotter pin.
The socket is also as a spin resistent model for non-rotation.
Finish: Galvanized or Painted.
Note:��=
following size.
Warning!: Compare the spelter's and the wire rope's minimum breaking load.
Art No Code Rope Ø MBL A B C øH øP T W D øD øJ K TB TL Weight

Galvanized mm tons mm kg
10.10FCS701B.GAL FCS-701B 11-13 20 62 61 27 15 25 12 25 50 33 49 46 80 150 1,6
10.10FCS702B.GAL FCS-702B 13-16 25 72 78 32 18 30 14 32 58 38 60 59 96 182 2,6
10.10FCS703B.GAL FCS-703B 16-19 40 85 93 40 21 35 16 38 70 45 70 69 107 218 4,5
10.10FCS704B.GAL FCS-704B 20-22 55 102 106 45 24 41 19 44 80 50 82 81 123 253 6,5
10.10FCS705B.GAL FCS-705B 23-26 75 115 123 60 28 51 22 51 104 60 95 90 138 298 11
10.10FCS706B.GAL FCS-706B 27-29 90 140 152 65 32 57 25 57 114 70 107 116 160 357 16
Spin resistant connector

Art No Code Rope Ø MBL A B C H P T W D øD øJ K TB TL Weight
Galvanized mm tons mm kg
10.10FCS05B.SR.GAL FCS-705B.SR 23-26 75 115 123 60 28 51 22 51 104 60 95 90 138 298 11
FCS-711B.SR 43-48 225 210 232 100 52 89 39 89 176 110 167 175 237 542 58
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:50
Crane End Stop

General: End stops for crane rope applications.
Features: These end stops are designed for full load applications of rotation resistant and low rotation ropes.
��=
1
The bore of the end stop is slightly conical to distribute the stress over a larger area.
�� -
sure a good match between stop and device.
The end stop ��= rotation resistant and low rotational ropes with a �� between
0.61 and 0.76 for other rope types please contact Certex.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Ungalvanised.
Rope size Finish dia. Finish length

mm mm mm
9 28 75
13 32 95
15 30 95
17 40 108
19 44 124
21 44 124
23 52 144
Crane End Stop with Padeye

General: End Stops for crane rope applications.
Features: These end stops are designed for full load applications of rotation resistant and low rotation ropes.
��
The bore of the end stop is slightly conical to distribute the stress over a larger area.
�� -
sure a good match between stop and device.
�� -
tween 0.61 and 0.76 for other rope types please contact Certex.
Material: mild carbon steel.
Safety factor:5:1 .
Rope size Finish dia. Finish length

mm mm mm
23 52 178
24 52 178
25 52 178
26 52 178
28 58 203
30 64 219
32 64 219
Liebherr Socket
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:51
Open Swage Socket S-501

1
B C
Features: Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank
which is the equivalent to the proper after swage dimension. Before swag- L
�� . After F
A
N
swaging, a uniform shank diameter is created allowing for a QUIC CHECK™
permanent visual inspection opportunity. Designed to quickly determine
�� E
D
H
inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform standard production M
inspections which include gauging for the proper after swage dimensions or
proof loading.
Hardness controlled by spheroidise annealing.
��K
Material: Carbon Steel.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: Crosby Drawing.
Art No Nominal size (dia of rope) A B C D E F H L M N Max. after swage dia. Weight
mm in mm mm kg
10.101039021 6 1/4 122 12,7 35,1 17,5 6,85 54,0 17,5 102 9,65 38,1 11,7 .24
10.101039049 8 5/16 159 19,6 41.1 20,6 8,65 81,0 20,6 135 11,9 44,5 18 .51
10.101039067 9-10 3/8 159 19,6 41,1 20,6 10,4 81,0 20,6 135 11,9 44,5 18 .59
10.101039085 11-12 7/16 198 24,9 51,0 25,4 12,2 108 25,4 170 14,2 51,0 23,1 .94
10.101039101 13 1/2 198 24,9 51,0 25,4 14,0 108 25,4 170 14,2 51,0 23,1 .94
10.101039129 14 9/16 241 31,8 60,5 30,2 15,5 135 31,8 207 17,3 57,0 29,5 2,12
10.101039147 16 5/8 241 31,8 60,5 30,2 17,0 135 31,8 207 17,3 57,0 29,5 2.05
10.101039165 18-20 3/4 294 39,4 70,0 35,1 20,3 162 38,1 254 20,3 70,0 36,1 3,62
10.101039183 22 7/8 341 43,2 79,5 41,1 23,9 189 44,5 295 23,9 82,5 39,4 5,23
10.101039209 24-26 1 393 50,5 93,5 51,0 26,9 216 51,0 340 26,9 95,5 45,7 8,07
10.101039227 28 1 1/8 440 57,0 105 57,0 30,2 245 57,0 381 30,2 108 52 11,5
10.101039245 32 1 1/4 484 64,5 114 63,5 33,8 272 63,5 419 31,0 119 58,5 16,1
10.101039263 34-36 1 3/8 532 71,0 127 63,5 36,8 297 63,5 461 35,1 133 65 19,8
10.101039281 38-40 1 1/2 589 78,0 140 70,0 40,1 325 76,0 502 43,4 145 71,5 26,5
10.101039307 44 1 3/4 676 86,0 170 89,0 47,2 378 89,0 584 53,6 171 77,5 40,3
10.101042767 48-52 2 799 100 203 95,5 53,5 432 102 683 60.0 203 90,5 66
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:52
Closed Swage Socket S-502

Features: Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is the
equivalent to the proper after swage dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious
�� . After swaging, a uniform shank diameter is cre-
1
ated allowing for a QUIC CHECK™ permanent visual inspection opportunity. Designed to
quickly determine whether the socket has been through the swaging operation and assist B D C
�� -
tions which include gauging for the proper after swage dimensions or proof loading. L
Hardness controlled by spheroidise annealing. A
��= F
strength of wire rope. E H
Material: Carbon Steel.

Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: Crosby Drawing.
Art No Nominal size (dia of rope) A B C D E F H L Max. after swage dia. Weight
mm in mm kg
10.1039325 6 1/4 109 12,7 35,1 19,1 6,85 54 12,7 89,0 11,7 0,15
10.1039343 8 5/16 138 19,6 41,1 22,4 8,65 81 17 114 18,0 0,34
10.1039361 9-10 3/8 138 19,6 41,1 22,4 10,4 81 17 114 18,0 0,33
10.1039389 11-12 7/16 176 24,9 51,0 26,9 12,2 108 21,8 146 23,1 0,64
10.1039405 13 1/2 176 24,9 51,0 26,9 14,0 108 21,8 146 23,1 0,64
10.1039423 14 9/16 220 31,8 60,5 31,8 15,5 135 28,7 184 29,5 1,32
10.1039441 16 5/8 220 31,8 60,5 32,5 17 135 28,7 184 29,5 1,29
10.1039469 18-20 3/4 261 39,4 73 36,6 20,3 162 33,3 219 36,1 2,27
10.1039487 22 7/8 303 43,2 79 44 23,9 189 38,1 257 39,4 3,08
10.1039502 24-26 1 344 50,5 92 52,5 26,9 216 44,5 292 45,7 4,72
10.1039520 28 1 1/8 382 57,0 102 58,5 30.2 243 51 324 52,0 6,72
10.1039548 32 1 1/4 430 64,5 114 65 33,8 270 57 365 58,5 9,78
10.103956 334-6 1 3/8 473 71 127 65 36,8 297 57 400 65,0 12,9
10.1039584 38-40 1 1/2 511 78 140 71,5 40,1 325 63 432 71,5 17,3
10.1039600 44 1 3/4 598 86 159 90,5 47,2 378 76 508 77,5 23,1
10.1042589 48-52 2 702 100 184 96,5 53,5 432 82,5 584 90,5 40,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:53
Cable Sock type 501

1 General: Tool for mounting of wire ropes.
Design: One end closed with pressed thimble one end open.
Material: Galvanized wire netting.
Also available in special editions in larger sizes and stainless material.
Also with wire clamp.
Warning: Not approved for lifting!
Art No Type Rope Ø Length Working load

mm mm kp
10.42501006010300 501 6-10 300 80
10.42501010015350 501 10-15 350 120
10.42501015024400 501 15-24 400 200
10.42501022032600 501 22-32 600 325
10.42501032045900 501 32-45 900 750
10.425010450551100 501 45-55 1.100 1.250
10.425010550701350 501 55-70 1.350 1.250
10.425010700901450 501 70-90 1.450 1.600
10.425010901101900 501 90-110 1.900 1.800
10.425011101302500 501 110-130 2.500 1.800
Cable Sock type 502

General: Tool for mounting of wire ropes.
Design: Both ends open with double pressed thimbles.
Also with double wire clamp (type 507).

mm mm kp
10.42502006010300 502 6-10 300 80
10.42502010015350 502 10-15 350 120
10.42502015024400 502 16-24 400 200
10.42502022032600 502 22-32 600 325
10.42502032045900 502 32-45 900 750
10.425020450551100 502 45-55 1.100 1.250
10.425020550701350 502 55-70 1.350 1.250
10.425020700901450 502 70-90 1.450 1.600
10.425020901101900 502 90-110 1.900 1.800
10.425021101302500 502 110-130 2.500 1.800
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:54
Cable Sock type 503

Design: Both ends open with double pressed thimbles and and strands for lacing.
1

mm mm kp
10.42503006010300 503 6-10 300 80
10.42503010015350 503 10-15 350 120
10.42503015024400 503 15-24 400 200
10.42503022032600 503 22-32 600 325
10.42503032045900 503 32-45 900 750
10.425030450551100 503 45-55 1.100 1.250
10.425030550701350 503 55-70 1.350 1.250
10.425030700901450 503 70-90 1.450 1.600
10.425030901101900 503 90-110 1.900 1.800
10.425031101302500 503 110-130 2.500 1.800
Cable Sock type 504

Design: Double with both ends open.
Also available with a swivel.

mm mm kp
10.42504006010650 504 6-10 650 80
10.42504010015750 504 10-15 750 120
10.42504015024900 504 15-24 900 200
10.425040220321300 504 22-32 1.300 325
10.425040320451700 504 32-45 1.700 750
10.425040450552200 504 45-55 2.200 1.250
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:55
Rope Pulling Clamp

1 General: For installation and pulling of ropes, strand and steel or copper cables. The
enclosed spring construction maintains the grip on the rope even when the rope is
unloaded.
Design: Forged.
Warning: Not for lifting!
Art No Art No Capacity Code Rope Ø Stay rope Breaking load Eye size Weight
tons mm mm² tons mm kg
10.4012504 10.4012504 0,5 4101 1-5 1-16 1,25 20 0,25
10.4012511 10.4012511 1,0 4102 3-9 6-35 2,5 22 0,85
10.4012528 10.4012528 1,7 4103 4-12 16-70 4,5 27 1,27
10.4012535 10.4012535 3,0 4104 6-18 50-150 7 25x38 1,83
10.4012542 10.4012542 3,5 4105 10-28 90-400 8 30x40 4
10.4012559 10.4012559 4,0 4106 20-40 240-800 9 30x40 6
Wire Rope Pulling Clamp LMG

General: The cable grip ”Little Mule” is a device for gripping, pulling and tensioning
wire rope and cables up to a tensile strength of 1770N/mm2.
The parallel jaws do not cause damage to the wire rope.
A��
The model LMG II-X is supplied with grooved jaws and is suitable for wire ropes with
a tensile strength of up to 1960Nmm2.
Important! Tighten clamp ”Little Mule” does not work on greased wire.
Must not be used for lifting and hoisting purpose.
Art No Code Pulling For wire rope dia Eye dia Weight
daN mm mm kg
10.40LMG-1 LMG I 2.000 5-15 31x44 1,6
10.40LMG-2 LMG II 3.000 8-20 31x44 2,9
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:56
Turnbuckle - Jaw/Jaw POWERTEX

Design: Jaw-jaw. Delievered complete with locking nuts. For adjustment of the length at
number 1420 and 1421 the hole (h) is replaced with a key grip in both sides of the socket.
Material: General construction steel 4.6, split in stainless steel AISI 304.
1
Marking: POWERTEX, WLL xxT, batch number**.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Hot dip galvanized, except from M6 and M8, which are electro galvanized.
Warning!The turnbuckles are normally not intended for lifting. If they are to
be used for lifting every individual turnbuckle shall be proof loaded, this is
made on request. The turnbuckles are not allowed to be ajusted in length
when they are used for lifting!
Art No Thread WLL A B C D E G d h L Weight

tons mm min max kg
11.50PRSJ002 M6 0,2 19 7 16 14,5 100 12 M5 6,5 180 255 0,13
11.50PRSJ003 M8 0,32 23 9 22 17,2 108 14 M6 8,5 210 285 0,25
11.50PRSJ005 M10 0,5 20 10 16 17,2 150 18 M8 7 225 335 0,3
11.50PRSJ007 M12 0,7 25 13 25 21,3 195 24 M10 8 315 470 0,65
11.50PRSJ012 M16 1,2 34 18 38 27 230 31 M12 8 380 565 1,25
11.50PRSJ015 M20 1,5 36 20 42 34 270 39 M16 12 450 660 2,2
11.50PRSJ022 M22 2,2 44 25 50 34 295 46 M20 12 500 720 3,3
11.50PRSJ032 M24 3,2 51 28 54 42 325 52 M22 12 555 800 4,6
11.50PRSJ048 M33 4,8 62 38 71,5 50 370 60 M27 12 700 970 8,5
11.50PRSJ060 M39 6 79 45 83,5 60,3 400 75 M33 16 780 1060 15
11.50PRSJ085 M45 8,5 94 50 86 76 400 85 M39 16 800 1050 21
11.50PRSJ110 M52 11 98 58 97,5 76 400 92 M45 16 870 1100 24
11.50PRSJ150 M56 15 110 60 125 90 540 120 48 NV80 1010 1410 48
11.50PRSJ250 M64 25 132 72 145 100 720 140 56 NV90 1250 1820 69
Other dimensions and preformance on request.
Rigging Screw, Fork/Eye

General: For tensioning of ropes, cables and the like.
Design: Hot dip galvanized.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Important: W��
-
vidual tested and numbered.
Art No Threads WLL Load limit Take up B N L M K H G F Approx. weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.50402406 M6 0,20 80 100 175 5 18 8 11 11 5 0,1
11.50402408 M8 0,32 85 110 210 6 25 9 12 12 6 0,17
11.50402410 M10 0,5 0,56 90 125 225 8 20 10 13 13 7 0,33
11.50402412 M12 0,7 0,7 155 195 315 10 30 13 30 15 10 0,68
11.50402416 M16 1,2 1,2 185 230 380 12 44 18 40 20 12 1,2
11.50402420 M20 1,5 1,5 210 270 450 16 50 20 50 24 16 2,095
11.50402422 M22 2,2 - 230 295 500 20 60 25 50 24 16 2,7
11.50402424 M24 3,2 - 250 325 555 22 65 28 56 28 19 4,00
11.50402430 1.1/4” 4,8 - 290 370 680 28 85 38 70 35 22 7,50
11.50402439 1.1/2” 6,0 - 300 400 760 32 100 45 80 40 25 12,085
11.50402445 1.3/4” 8,0 - 290 400 760 38 105 50 90 45 30 20,90
11.50402452 2” 10,0 - 290 400 820 45 120 58 100 45 35 22,00
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:57
Closed body rigging screws G-6340

1 General: For tensioning of ropes, cables and the like.
Safety factor: MBL equals 5 x WLL.
Note:��
Art No WLL a b c d e f g h Weight

t mm kg/pcs.
11.50SSGHOO0600 0.2 6 100 160 240 5.5 11 11 6 0.13
11.50SSGHOO0800 0.32 8 108 175 255 6 12 12 8 0.2
11.50SSGHOO1000 0.5 10 125 205 300 8.5 13 13 8 0.6
11.50SSGHOO1200 0.7 12 195 320 480 11 30 15 10 0.8
11.50SSGHOO1600 1.2 16 230 380 555 12 40 20 11 1.4
11.50SSGHOO1900 1.5 20 270 455 660 16 50 24 12 2.4
11.50SSGHOO2200 2.2 22 295 495 720 16 50 24 12 3
11.50SSGHOO2500 3.2 24 325 540 790 19 56 28 12 4
11.50SSGHOO3200 4.8 33 370 660 940 29 70 35 14 9
11.50SSGHOO3800 6 39 400 720 1.020 35 80 40 15 11.5
11.50SSGHOO4500 8.5 45 400 721 879 31 49 49 16 20.8
11.50SSGHOO5000 11 48 400 767 1.032 37 52 52 16 24
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:58
Rigging Screws
General: For tensioning of ropes,
cables and the like.
Design: Hot dip galvanized.
1
Safety factor: 5:1.
Type 801
Type 804
Art No Art No Art No Threads WLL Tensioning B N L M K H G F Weight kg

Type 801 Type 802** Type 804 tons length mm Type Type Type
801 802 804
11.50A801420 11.50A802420 11.50A804420 M20 2,5 210 270 455 16 50 20 50 24 16 2,26 2 2
11.50A801424 11.50A802424 11.50A804424 M24 5,0 250 340 570 22 65 28 56 28 19 4,78 5 5
11.50A801432 11.50A802432 11.50A804432 1 1/4” 7,0 270 370 680 28 85 38 70 35 22 8,62 7 7
11.50A801438 11.50A802438 11.50A804438 1 1/2” 10,0 300 420 790 32 100 45 78 40 25 15,5 15 14
11.50A801445 11.50A802445 11.50A804445 1 3/4” 13,0 360 500 870 39 105 50 90 45 30 22,8 22 22
11.50A801450 11.50A802450 11.50A804450 2” 17,0 450 600 1.030 45 120 58 100 45 35 33,2 30 24,25
11.50A801464* 2 1/2” 27,2 600 800 1.490 57 140 75 - - - 73,0
11.50A801470* 2 3/4” 34,0 600 800 1.570 70 145 89 - - - 98,0
* Open body without safetybolt in jaw.
**Also available in type 802 jaw-eye.
Certificate can be delivered on this type.
Turnbuckle T2 Heavy Duty

On request deliverable with 2 securing nuts or plates.
Custom designed screws can be constructed in any size and capacity.
Rigging screws are supplied with trapezium thread.
Also deliverable with jaw/jaw or eye/eye.
Material: High tensile steel.
Safety: 5:1.
Finish: Painted.
Art No WLL L in L out Thread K N M L P F H G Weight

Jaw/Eye tons mm mm mm kg
11.5042013002 13,5 935 1.260 55x8 55 20 122 51 120 50 120 53 52
11.5042017002 17 1.010 1.360 65x8 65 28 130 63 140 55 140 65 69
11.5042025002 25 1.085 1.415 70x8 76 30 145 70 140 70 140 72 85
11.5042030002 30 1.160 1.530 75x8 80 35 160 72 150 70 150 74 100
11.5042035002 35 1.250 1.650 80x8 90 40 175 80 170 80 170 82 140
11.5042045002 45 1.300 1.780 90x8 100 45 175 90 190 90 190 93 180
11.5042055002 55 1.380 1.890 100x8 110 50 175 100 210 100 210 103 240
11.5042070002 70 1.480 2.025 110x8 110 55 175 108 230 100 230 111 340
11.5042085002 85 1.565 2.200 120x8 130 75 175 127 270 125 270 130 420
11.5042100002 100 1.630 2.360 130x8 140 90 175 140 290 125 290 143 510
11.5042120002 120 1.745 2.340 140x8 155 90 190 152 340 140 340 155 600
11.5042160002 160 1.870 2.470 160x8 170 100 210 178 380 160 380 181 700
11.5042200002 200 2.020 2.640 180x8 190 110 250 190 400 170 400 193 960
11.5042250002 250 2.170 2.840 200x8 210 120 280 250 520 190 520 253 1.120
Tolerance ± 5%
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:59
Galv. Turnbuckles DIN 1478

1 General: For tightening of ropes, cables and the like.
Material: Carbon steel.
Surface: Galvanized body, stud ends.
Standard: DIN 1478.
Art No d1 d4 l1 l3 l5 ad l6 Package Weight

mm kg/%
11.505000006V M6 6 110 120 240-330 90 65 10 14
11.505000008V M8 8 110 120 240-325 85 65 10 18
11.505000010V M10 8 125 150 300-395 95 75 10 32
11.505000012V M12 10 125 150 300-390 90 75 10 45
11.505000016V M16 10 170 200 400-520 120 100 10 90
11.505000020V M20 12 200 220 400-540 140 120 1 150
11.505000024V M24 12 255 260 520-700 180 150 1 275
11.505000030V M30 16 255 260 520-680 160 160 1 394
Turnbuckles, Hook/Eye
General: For tightening of ropes, cables and the like.
Finish: Galvanized.
Standard: DIN 1480.
Art No d1 d3 b l1 l3 l4 l5 ad Package Weight

mm kg/%
11.561480JEM06 M6 9 8,5 110 85 80 172-252 80 10 9,5
11.561480JEM08 M8 10 11,0 110 85 84 182-257 75 10 16,5
11.561480JEM10 M10 14 13,5 125 112 105 213-298 85 10 29
11.561480JEM12 M12 16 15,5 125 117 115 238-318 80 10 43
11.561480JEM14 M14 18 18,5 140 122 122 263-353 90 10 62
11.561480JEM16 M16 22 19,0 170 138 165 320-430 110 10 92
11.561480JEM20 M20 24 20,5 200 170 167 367-497 130 5 163
11.561480JEM22 M22 27 26,0 220 185 167 398-543 145 1 220
11.561480JEM24 M24 27 26,0 255 205 205 447-617 170 1 300
11.561480JEM30 M30 31 33,0 255 225 255 512-662 160 1 460
11.561480JEM36 M36 43 44,0 295 255 276 568-748 180 1 768
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:60
Turnbuckles, Eye/Eye
General: For tightening of ropes, cables and the like.
Finish: Galvanized.
1
Standard: DIN 1480.
Art No d1 d3 l1 l4 l5 ad Package Weight

mm kg/%
11.561480EEM06 M6 9 110 80 167-247 80 10 9,0
11.561480EEM08 M8 10 110 84 179-254 75 10 15,5
11.561480EEM10 M10 14 125 105 210-295 85 10 27
11.561480EEM12 M12 16 125 115 230-310 80 10 41
11.561480EEM14 M14 18 140 122 250-340 90 10 60
11.561480EEM16 M16 22 170 165 330-440 110 10 100
11.561480EEM20 M20 24 200 167 335-465 130 5 154
11.561480EEM22 M22 27 220 167 368-513 145 1 200
11.561480EEM24 M24 27 255 205 420-590 170 1 270
11.561480EEM30 M30 31 255 255 510-670 160 1 435
11.561480EEM36 M36 43 295 276 560-740 180 1 725
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:61
Green Pin Snatch Block type 601S P-6951

1 General: Snatch block with Green Pin shackle.
Material:��
and 4 t, these are equipped with bronze bushes.
2t

Finish: Painted.
Standard: EN 13157.
Note: WLL��K
Art No WLL Wire dia. a b c d Weight

tons mm mm kg
16.15BKOFFSS0302 2 7-9 75 293 75 82 3,8
16.15BKOFFSS0404 4 10 - 12 115 363 102 120 6,1
16.15BKOFFSS0604 4 12 - 14 152 417 102 160 9,5
16.15BKOFFSS060816 8 14 - 16 152 477 118 160 12,6
16.15BKOFFSS061216 12 14 - 16 152 555 147 160 25
16.15BKOFFSS0608 8 20 - 22 152 477 118 160 14,6
16.15BKOFFSS0612 12 20 - 22 152 555 147 160 25
16.15BKOFFSS0615 15 24 - 26 152 585 175 160 30
16.15BKOFFSS0804 4 10 - 12 203 478 102 210 12
16.15BKOFFSS081216 12 14 - 16 203 580 147 210 27,5
16.15BKOFFSS0808 8 20 - 22 203 526 118 210 16
16.15BKOFFSS0812 12 20 - 22 203 580 147 210 32
16.15BKOFFSS0815 15 24 - 26 203 646 175 210 35
16.15BKOFFSS100816 8 14 - 16 254 582 118 260 19,5
16.15BKOFFSS1008 8 20 - 22 254 582 118 260 18
16.15BKOFFSS1012 12 20 - 22 254 680 147 260 39
16.15BKOFFSS1015 15 24 - 26 254 705 175 260 43
16.15BKOFFSS1208 8 20 - 22 305 612 118 310 27
16.15BKOFFSS1212 12 20 - 22 305 745 147 310 53
16.15BKOFFSS1215 15 24 - 26 305 771 175 310 55
16.15BKOFFSS1408 8 20 - 22 357 662 118 360 31
16.15BKOFFSS1412 12 20 - 22 357 770 147 360 60
16.15BKOFFSS1415 15 24 - 26 357 798 175 360 63
16.15BKOFFSS1608 8 20 - 22 406 712 118 410 35
16.15BKOFFSS1612 12 20 - 22 406 820 147 410 67
16.15BKOFFSS1615 15 24 - 26 406 848 175 410 70
16.15BKOFFSS1808 8 20 - 22 457 762 118 460 42
16.15BKOFFSS1812 12 20 - 22 457 878 147 460 75
16.15BKOFFSS1815 15 24 - 26 457 898 175 460 78
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:62
Green Pin Snatch Block type 601H P-6952

General: Snatch block with hook.
Material:��=
WLL 2t and 4t, these are equipped with bronze bushes.
1
Finish: Painted.
Note: WLL��K
Art No WLL Wire dia. a b c d Weight

tons mm mm kg
16.15BKOFFSH0302 2 7-9 75 292 57 82 4
16.15BKOFFSH0404 4 10 - 12 115 343 83 120 6,1
16.15BKOFFSH0604 4 12 - 14 152 384 83 160 6
16.15BKOFFSH0608 8 20 - 22 152 445 108 160 11,8
16.15BKOFFSH0612 12 20 - 22 152 572 127 160 23
16.15BKOFFSH0615 15 24 - 26 152 587 127 160 23
16.15BKOFFSH0804 4 10 - 12 203 435 83 210 8
16.15BKOFFSH0808 8 20 - 22 203 495 108 210 16,9
16.15BKOFFSH0812 12 20 - 22 203 622 127 210 25
16.15BKOFFSH0815 15 24 - 26 203 638 127 210 26
16.15BKOFFSH1008 8 20 - 22 254 546 108 260 19
16.15BKOFFSH1012 12 20 - 22 254 673 127 260 28
16.15BKOFFSH1015 15 24 - 26 254 689 127 260 28
16.15BKOFFSH1208 8 20 - 22 305 597 108 310 23
16.15BKOFFSH1212 12 20 - 22 305 724 127 310 31
16.15BKOFFSH1215 15 24 - 26 305 740 127 310 31
16.15BKOFFSH1408 8 20 - 22 357 648 108 360 31
16.15BKOFFSH1412 12 20 - 22 357 775 127 360 33
16.15BKOFFSH1415 15 24 - 26 357 791 127 360 33
16.15BKOFFSH1608 8 20 - 22 406 699 108 410 36
16.15BKOFFSH1612 12 20 - 22 406 825 127 410 36
16.15BKOFFSH1615 15 24 - 26 406 841 127 410 36
16.15BKOFFSH1808 8 20 - 22 457 749 108 460 40
16.15BKOFFSH1810 10 20 - 22 457 876 127 460 42
16.15BKOFFSH1815 15 24 - 26 457 892 127 460 43
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:63
Snatch Block Type LS

1 General: Intended for general lifting purposes.
Design: Snatch block type with covering side plates.
Provided with shackel and ��
Furnished with bronze bushing.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL).
Safety factor: 4:1.
Finish: Painted.
Art No WLL Sheave dia. A1 B C Rope Ø Weight

tons mm mm mm kg
16.15PSBS020075 2 75 286 82 70 7-9 4
16.15PSBS040115 4 115 345 120 70 10-12 6
16.15PSBS040150 4 150 399 160 70 16-19 14
16.15PSBS080200 8 200 528 210 93 19-22 16
16.15PSBS100250 10 250 679 260 115 24-26 38
16.20PSBS120250 12 250 702 260 125 20-22 39,5
16.15PSBS120300 12 300 767 310 133 24-26 56
16.15PSBS150200 15 200 663 210 102 22-24 24
16.15PSBS150300 15 300 884 310 133 24-26 65
16.15PSBS220365 22 365 952 365 140 28-32 90
16.15PSBS300300 30 300 1.023 310 193 28-30 125
16.15PSBS300400 30 400 1.126 415 155 32-35 135
16.15PSBS350350 35 350 1.058 365 193 32-35 130
16.15PSBS500600 50 600 1.525 625 275 46-50 418
Snatch Block Type LH

General: Intended for general lifting purposes.
Design: Snatch block type with covering side plates. Provided with swiveling
��
Marking: Working load limit (WLL).
Safety factor: 4:1.
Finish: Painted.
Art No WLL Sheave dia. A2 B C Rope Ø Weight

tons mm mm mm kg
16.15PSBH020075 2 75 292 82 70 7-9 4
16.15PSBH040115 4 115 358 120 70 10-12 6
16.15PSBH040150 4 150 412 160 70 16-19 14
16.15PSBH080200 8 200 549 210 93 19-22 16
16.15PSBH100250 10 250 695 260 115 24-26 38
16.15PSBH120300 12 300 797 310 133 24-26 56
16.15PSBH150200 15 200 672 210 102 22-24 24
16.15PSBH150300 15 300 797 310 133 24-26 65
16.15PSBH220365 22 365 960 365 140 28-32 90
16.15PSBH300300 30 300 993 310 193 28-30 125
16.15PSBH300400 30 400 1.085 415 155 32-35 135
16.15PSBH350350 35 350 1.028 365 193 32-35 130
16.15PSBH500600 50 600 1.495 625 275 46-50 418
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:64
Easylift Crane Block - Crosby

Features: Quick delivery
Easy to Reeve - Removeable housing allows block to be reeved without
complete disassembly. Bearing life and Design Factors meet: ASME HST-4,
1
Class H4 - CMAA 70 Class D - FEM 9.511 Class 2M ISO 4301.1 Class M5.
Sheave pitch diameter minimum of 16 times rope diameter on standard sizes
(see yellow boxes in tables left).
All single point shank hooks are genuine Crosby®, forged alloy steel,
Quenched and Tempered, contain the patented QUIC-CHECK® markings
and come with a “world class” latch that integrates with hook tip.
Sheave bearings are maintenance free and sealed for life (10,000hrs).
Wide range of product available (see table left).
Ability to attach optional “anti two-block” device.
Available with shackle as lower connection point.
Art No WLL Sheave O.D. Pitch dia. Sheave wire

tons in. in. mm in. mm
16.151003542 2 6,5 5,69 151 1/4, 5/16, 3/8 6,5, 8, 9-10
16.151003551 3 8 7,38 187 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2 6,5, 8, 9-10, 11, 12-13
16.151003560 5 10 9,25 235 3/8, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8 9-10, 11, 12-13, 14, 16
16.151003579 7,5 12 11,0 279 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 3/4 12-13, 14, 16, 19
16.151003588 10 14 12,5 318 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1 16, 19, 22, 25-26
McKissick Split Overhaul Ball

General: Attaches easily to wire rope.
Marking: Weight.
Finish: Painted.
Art No Art No Code Wire rope Ø Ball diameter A Weight

mm mm kg
11.592003822 10.992003822 SHB-15 6-8 129 6,8
11.592003830 10.992003830 SHB-20 10 137 9,1
11.592003831 10.992003831 SHB-50 13-16 181 23
11.592003832 10.992003832 SHB-100 16-19-22 233 45
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:65
Wire Pulley Wheel, type SR

1 General: Rope pulleys in maintenance-free design for manual and power operation.
Material: Rope pulleys made of material S355J2, surface galvanized.
��
Art No Type Max. load Wire Ø D d a b R Weight

tons mm mm kg/pcs.
10.35SR50 SR 050 G 0,1 2-6 50 10 38 16 8 0,1
10.35SR75 SR 075 G 0,2 3-8 75 12 59 20 10 0,3
10.35SR100 SR 100 G 0,3 4-9 100 16 80 25 12 0,6
10.35SR125 SR 125 G 0,5 6-10 125 16 103 25 14 0,9
10.35SR150 SR 150 G 0,75 8-12 150 20 126 25 16 1,4
10.35SR200 SR 200 G 1,5 6-10 200 30 166 38 - 4,5
10.35SR250 SR 250 G 2 10-12 250 40 213 41 - 7,9
10,35SR300 SR 300 G 4 12-16 300 50 257 62 - 12,8
Wire Pulley Wheel, type BR

General:��=
with honed steel axle. d
Material: Cast block made of gray cast iron GG20, painted.
Rope pulley made of material S355J2, surface galvanized.
��
Art No Type Max. load Wire Ø D R a b c d e f h g Weight

tons mm mm kg/pcs.
10.35BR50 BR 050 G 0,30 2-6 50 8 65 67 67 38 50 50 35 7 0,6
10.35BR75 BR 075 G 0,60 3-8 75 10 75 75 10 60 60 60 50 9 1,4
10.35BR100 BR 100 G 0,90 4-9 100 12 90 90 10 80 70 70 65 12 2,5
10.35BR125 BR 125 G 1,10 6-10 125 14 92 92 10 103 70 70 75 12 3,2
10.35BR150 BR 150 G 1,25 8-12 150 16 120 100 12 126 90 75 90 14 4,8
Wire Pulley Block, type SB

General:��K
Material: Welded side holder material S355J2, surface galvanized.
Rope pulley made of material S355J2, surface galvanized.
��
Art No Type Wire Ø Max. load D R a b e f g h k Weight

mm tons mm kg
10.35SB50 SB 50 2-6 0,05 50 8 115 30 95 - 9,5 17 38 0,40
10.35SB75 SB 75 3-8 0,10 75 10 140 30 120 - 11 21 42 0,71
10.35SB100 SB 100 4-9 0,15 100 12 175 40 145 - 11 22 47 1,21
10.35SB125 SB 125 6-10 0,25 125 14 200 60 170 30 11 25 53 2,20
10.35SB150 SB 150 8-12 0,50 150 16 230 60 200 30 13 26 53 2,97
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:66
Pulley Block 73
Generally: Pulley with permanently greased slide bearings.
��K
Material: Cast iron.
1
Finish: Galvanized.
Marking: Marked with its own manufacturing number and load
tested. T��
Art No WLL Model A B ØC ØD E F G H ØK ØR Weight

tons mm kg
10.357312A 0,5 7312A 120 60 78 100 90 30 8 60 10 7 1,5
10.357314A 1 7314A 140 60 98 125 110 35 10 77 12 8 2,4
10.357316A 2 7316A 180 80 118 150 140 40 12 92 14 10 4,5
10.357317A 3 7317A 230 100 160 200 180 50 15 120 18 12 8,2
10.357319A 5 7319A 320 120 225 275 260 60 20 165 23 15 18
Pulley Block, jointed 74

General: Pulley with permanently greased slide bearings.
��K
Material: Cast iron.
Finish: Galvanized.
Marking: Marked with its own manufacturing number and load tested.
T��
Art. nr. WLL Model A B ØC ØD E F G H ØK ØR Weight

tons mm kg
10.357412A 0,5 7412A 150 60 78 150 130 30 10 108 10 7 2,6
10.357414A 1 7414A 175 60 98 178,5 150 35 12 124 12 8 3,5
Swing Block
General: Intended for general lifting or pulling purposes. To be used with
��
Design: The block opens by twisting the cover plates. Oval eye, can be
connected to hook, shackle etc.
Material: Cover plates of construction steel, polyamid sheave, shaft in
stainless steel. Swing-3 ��
Marking: WLL.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Cover plates are galvanized.
Art No Art No Code WLL Max. rope Ø A B C D E L T Weight

tons mm kg
16.15KSW1-N 16.15KSW1-N SWING-01 1 15 48 24 22 80 70 190 11 1
16.15KSW2-N 16.15KSW2-N SWING-02 2 18 56 28 31 110 100 255 11 1,9
16.15KSW3-N 16.15KSW3-N SWING-03 3 28 60 42 37 150 140 350 14 4
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:67
Sheave Block, Single d1
1 General: Sheave block, single-spindled

Material: Spindle made from nylon. Frame cast alloy.
E L
d2
Art No Art.No Art No Code Rope Ø d2 d1 L

mm mm mm mm
02.69PYLYK5 99.NO6012120000 11.56BG16 PYLYK5 5 15 10 50
02.69PYLYK6 99.NO6012120100 11.56BG19 PYLYK6 6 20 11 60
02.69PYLYK7 99.NO6012120200 11.56BG25 PYLYK7 7 25 12 70
02.69PYLYK8 99.NO6012120300 11.56BG30 PYLYK8 8 30 13 80
02.69PYLYK9 99.NO6012120400 11.56BG40 PYLYK9 9 40 14 93
02.69PYLYK12 99.NO6012120500 11.56BG50 PYLYK12 12 50 16 115
Sheave Block, Double d1

General: Sheave block, double-spindled
Material: Spindle made from nylon. Frame cast alloy.
d2
Art No Art.No Art No Code Rope Ø d2 d1 L

mm mm mm mm
02.69PYLKK5 99.NO6012121000 11.56BGD15 PYLKK5 5 15 10 50
Wire Rope Sheave Polyamid

General: Polyamid sheaves extends the wire rope life and reduces the weight to up to
40-60%. ��=
with a minimum of machining required permitting competetive pricing to hardened steel
sheaves. Can be used for general purpose, for example mobile cranes and over head
cranes.
Design: Standard sheaves are available in a range of 250 up to 1260 mm outside diam-
eter. ��=
��=
requirements in dimensions, performance and bearings.
Material: Polyamide (Nylon).
Color: White or black.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:68
Crane Blocks from McKissick

CER��K
1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:69
Hydraulic Wire Rope Cutter

1 Hydraulic wire rope cutter, for cutting cables up to Ø 100 mm.
The wire rope cutter is portable, and is easy for carrying and operating everywhere.
Art No For wire rope max dia. Dimensions Weight

mm mm kg
10.47DK5052020 20 310 x 90 x 152 10
10.47DK5052030 30 380 x 105 x 180 15
10.47DK5052040 40 400 x 120 x 200 20
10.47DK5052050 50 485 x 130 x 220 30
10.47DK5052060 60 630 x 175 x 270 70
10.47DK5052100 100 1000 x 600 x 360 200
Felco Wire Rope Cutter C7
Art No Type Length mm For wire mm Weight kg

10.47C7 C-7 190 5 0,27

10.47C9 C9 325 7 0,75

10.47C12 C-12 500 8 1,50

10.47C16 C-16 630 14 2,30
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:70
Wire Rope Cutter IG-28

Design: Pistons can be blocked in opened position, which make it easier to place the rope in the tool.
A rubber grommet recieves the recoil from the piston.
Finish: Painted
1
Warning! Only use original blades.
Art No Code Max rope Ø* Height Foot Ø Weight

mm mm mm kg
10.471528 4002 28 165 125 5
*The specified diameter is of standard wire. For compacted wire is max. wire Ø 22 mm.
HSC Clamp Compression Tool

With built-in wirerope cutter.
Art No Rope dia mm Length mm Wire rope cutter capacity Weight kg

10.47HSC350 1,5-3,5 430 Max. 3,5 mm 1,1
10.47HSC600 1,5-5,0 650 Max. 5,0 mm 2,5
Talurit™ Crimping Tool, battery operated

General:��=
The crimping tool is delivered in a plastic case, including:
18V Li-Ion battery 2,0 Ah.
18V Li-Ion battery 3,0 Ah.
Charger 220V, 18VLi-Ion 60 min.
Charger, cigar lighter 12V LiIon.
Carrying strap.
Material: Plastic housing with rubber grip handle.
Working temperature: -10°C up to +50°C.
Number of crimps: Approx. 90 per charging..
Crimping cycle: 8 s up to 9 s. (depending on cross section).
Charging time: 30 min.
Note! This tool is not designed for serial production.

For serial production, we recommend our hydraulic swagers from 20 ton and upwards.
Compatible dies for this crimping tool should be ordered separately.
Art No Crimping force Stroke/Opening width Crimping range T-ferrules and TCU-ferrules Dimen- Weight incl. battery
sions
kN mm Single stage Multi stage mm kg
10.47KW- 35 8 01-02,5 03-05 340x75x128 2,1
BPL-031
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:71
20T 1-Pillar Swager TaluritTM

1 The 20-ton swager has a single pillar open throat design and the built in pump is
��
��K
The pump handle is also used as a carrying handle in its locked position.
In a single stage swage T-ferrules up to No. 6,5 can be swaged. Multi stage
swaging makes it possible to swage T-ferrules up to No. 9.
Note! All our dies are manufactured from hardened and tempered die steel for long life and
durability.
Operating the pump: Close the relief valve on the pump and start pumping the handle to close
the dies. Open the relief valve to open the dies.
Art No Max. swag- ��- Length of Capacity Type Max. die Dimensions Weight
ing force sure approx. stroke of die length (LxWxH)
kN bar mm Single stage (T) Multi stage (T/UM) mm mm kg
10.47P0020T1P 200 630 13 6,5 9/10 A 39 400x150x160 18,7
40T 1-Pillar Swager TaluritTM System

General: The 40 ton swager has a single pillar open design and can be used either vertically,
horizontally and upside down. Options such as a stabilizing plate or a tilted adjustable stand are
available. ��
weight and easy operation.
• Portable
• Powerful
• Economical
• Versatile
• Reliable
• User friendly
• Short process cycle time
• Automatic shut down
• Environmentally friendly
• Compatible with size A and A1 dies
• Quick couplings on all hydraulic hoses
Optional features
• Hold position
• Automatic return
• Pressure presetting
Art No Max. swag- Max. oil Length of Capacity single Capacity multi Type of dies Dimensions Weight
ing force pressure stroke stage stage (LxWxH)
kN bar mm mm kg
10.47P0040T1P 400 700 22 8 (T- 9 (T- 10 (T- 13 (T- A A1 146x146x340 37
ferrule) ferrule) ferrule) ferrule) (38x42) (38x50)
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:72
AVL-5000 & AVL-5000B TaluritTM Uncoiling Machines

AVL-5000 and AVL-5000B are made to handle a maximum wire rope drum load of 5000 kg.
Engineered with spherical roller bearings.
AVL-5000 is ideal as a manual stand alone uncoiling unit. It can however be upgraded to an
1
AVL 5000B by installing an electro magnetic brake. Contact Certex for more info about this.
AVL-5000B is primarily designed to be an integrated part of a TALURITTM Wire Rope Handling
System for automatic cutting, coiling and measuring.
The AVL-5000B is equipped with an electro magnetic brake, controlled by a control voltage of
24 VDC.
When the power is on, the brake is released.
The brake can either be controlled by another TALURITTM automatic machine, or by an external
��
• Compact design
• Removale center pin
• Long life
• Low maintenance
• Roller bearings for smooth running
Art No Code Maximum load Dimensions, Equipped with an Electrical brake Weight approx.
diameter x height electrical brake control signal
kg mm kg
10.47AVL-5000 AVL-5000 5.000 1000 400/250 No No 300
10.47AVL-5000B AVL-5000B 5.000 1000x400/250 Yes 24 V DC 300
STOBITEX chain and wire protection PU-S

Design: Closed, slidable wear protection for both chain and wire rope.
Material: Polyurethane.
Note: Delivered in standard length of 2 meters.
Art No Inside Ø Outside axb For gr 10 chain Weight

mm mm mm kg/m
12.4000203010 12 22 x 22 0,50
12.4000203020 14 24 x 24 0,65
12.4000203040 18 28 x 28 0,75
12.4000203050 20 30x30 0,80
12.4000203060 22 32 x 32 6 1,00
12.4000203070 26 36 x 36 7 1,20
12.4000203080 28 38 x 38 8 1,25
12.4000203090 32 42 x 42 8 1,50
12.4000203100 35 45 x 45 10 1,65
12.4000203110 42 52 x 52 10 2,05
12.4000203120 45 55 x 55 13 2,35
12.4000203130 50 60 x 60 13 2,65
12.4000203140 63 73 x 73 16 3,40
Double version can be supplied on request
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:73
BRIDON Brilube Lubricant

1
A��K
Art No Type Volumen

10.50LUBE30 Brilube 30 400 ml.
10.50LUBE32 Brilube 30 5 ltr.
��
Art No Type Volumen
Oil based lubricant with additives to increase adherence and enhance corrosion protection.
Art No Type Volumen
Gel lubricant with excellent corrosion protection and stable properties over a wide temperature range.
Art No Type Volumen
10.50LUBE62 Brilube 60 12,5 kg
10.50LUBE63 Brilube 60 50 kg
Gel lubricant with stable properties over a wide temperature range and excellent corrosion protection against marine working
conditions.
Art No Type Volumen
Biodegradable gel lubricant developed by BRIDON to meet the needs of wire rope working in highly aggressive conditions and the
demand for environmental acceptability.
Art No Type Volumen
verolubeS Spray
General: High-performance relubrication-Fluid for wire ropes. Optimal corrosion and wear
protection as well as particularly good adhesion provide a higher wire-rope lifetime expectancy.
Compatible with conventional lubricants used in rope production.
Shake well before use.
Art No Designation Value DIN/Regulation

10.50VEROLUBES Colour Black
Service temperature range -35º/+65° LLS 134
Due to oil Min
Fixed lubricants C
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:74
Technical description
What is a Steel Wire Rope?
A steel wire rope is made up of individual steel wires spun into a strand. A number of strands are
Core of steel
or fibre
1
closed over a central core to make up a rope. The number and size of wires will determine the Wire
best compromise possible between large wires for maximum corrosion protection and resistance
Corewire in the strand
to abrasion, and smaller wires for the �� of steel or fibre
The construction of a steel wire rope is expressed according to the following: Strand
e.g 6x36-FC
6 is the number of strands in the steel wire rope
36 is the number of wires in the strand
FC is the type of the core Steel wire rope
From Rod to Rope **
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:75
The Wire
1 ��
The most common grades are:
Rope grade Wire tensile strength grades Hardness app.

EN API 9A Min Max Brinel Rockwell
kp/mm² N/mm² kp/mm² N/mm² HB HRC
1570 PS 140 1370 180 1770 405/425 45
1770 IPS 160 1570 200 1960 445/470 49
1960 EIPS (XIP) 180 1770 220 2160 470/480 51
2160 EEIPS (XXIP) 200 1960 220 2160 480/500 52
Finish
The wire is either untreated (bright), galvanised or stainless. Galvanised wire gives the rope greater protection for corrosive envi-
ronments. For extreme cases a stainless rope is used. Steel wire ropes can also be provided with plastic impregnation.
The Strand
The strand is built up by individual wires which are laid around the core in one or more layers, typically to one of the following
constructions:
Ordinary:
Ordinary lay wires - all wires are in the same size.
Seale (S):
Parallel ��
.
Warrington (W):
Parallel ��K
Warrington-Seale (WS):
Parallel lay wires - a combination between Seale and Warrington, with three or more layers of wire.
Filler wire (F):
Parallel lay wires ��
spaces between the large wires.
Compacted strand:
A��
.
Ordinary Seale (S) Warrington (W) Warrington-Seale (WS) Filler wire (F) Compacted strand
Strand Lay
In a strand construction with several layers of wire of the same diameter the
�� cross each other (cross lay). In an strand construction with
unequal wire diameters the layers of wires lie parallel to each other (equal or
parellel lay).
Cross lay
Parallel lay
In equal laid strands the steel area increases compared to cross lay strands.
Other advantages of parallel laid strands are the improved fatigue and wear
resistance resulting from the same wire lay length and strand angle.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:76
The Core
The strands in a rope are laid around a core ��
FC is used, e.g. 6x19-FC.

��
1
Ropes with steel cores should be chosen if the rope is exposed to high working temperature, hard strains, high work rate,
hard pressures on drums and blocks etc. The steel core gives better support for the strands, which result in the rope retaining its
shape better and giving a better distribution of the stresses in the individual wires.
If the steel core of the rope consists of a single strand the term -WSC is used, e.g. 6x19-WSC.
If the steel core of the rope consists of a steel wire rope the term -IWRC is used, e.g. 6x19-IWRC.
Some steel wire ropes can have a plastic encapsulated core which provides increased stability to the rope and also reduces
the wear and corrosion in and around the core, e.g. Dyform 8 PI.
6x19-FC 6x19-WSC 6x36-IWRC Turboplast
Rope Lay
Ordinary hand lay
The direction of the lay of the outer layer of wires in the strands is opposite to the direction of lay of the strands in the rope. Ordi-
nary lay is more resistant to kinking and untwisting, and less likely to fail as a result of crushing and distortion.
Lang's lay
The direction of lay of the outer layer of wires in the strands are in the same direction of lay of the strands in the rope. The ad-
vantage of using Lang's lay is that the rope ��
cases to last longer. Lang's lay ropes produce relatively high torque values under working conditions and must not be used on
applications where one end of the rope is free to rotate or where problems from rope turn are likely to occur.
Right hand lay

The strands are twisted to the right around the core. Right hand lay is the most common lay direction in a rope.
Left hand lay

The strands are twisted to the left around the core.
Ordinary right hand lay (sZ) Ordinary left hand lay (zS) Right Lang's lay (zZ) Left Lang's lay (sS)
Rotation Resistance
To minimise the tendency to rotate especially with high lifting heights "rotation resistant"
or "Low Rotation" ropes should be used.
Rotation resistant ropes are made out of many layers of strands. Every layer is laid in the
opposite direction to the next layer��
opposing forces in the rope.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:77
Preforming
1 Preforming is a process that puts a helix in the strands to match the helical shape it
�� rope. Advantages of preforming include:
– The ropes are free from liveliness and twisting tendencies allowing easier installa-
tion and handling.
– The ropes can be cut with minimal seizing as exposed ends will not untwist.
Preforming takes place in a preformhead where the strand pass immediately before
the closing operation.
Preforming
Lay Length
Lay length is the term used for the length of a "wire- or strand helix". Lay length is
determined for each wire rope construction and has to be retained, otherwise the life
of the wire rope is considerably reduced.
��
Minimum breaking load
The Minimum breaking force (minimum breaking load), in kilonewtons, is the lowest
breaking strain of the rope when tested to destruction.
Calculated breaking load

The value calculated from the product of the sum of the crossectional metallic areas
of all the individual wires in the rope and the tensile strength grade(s) of the wires. The total metallic area is directly proportional to
the square of the nominal diameter of the rope. A standard spinning loss factor that results from the twisting of strands and wire is
then applied.
Special Wire Ropes

Demands for longer operation life and higher breaking loads have contributed to the development of "special wire ropes". These
are to be used in demanding and tough environments when the ropes are used intensively.
The special wire ropes are often manufactured with high tensile wires and the strands are in many cases compacted to give
a larger steel area and consequently a higher breaking load. This results in an increased working load for a �� rope diam-
eter. Compacting of the rope also results in longer life and therefore a lower life cost.
Some areas of use demand wire ropes with better stability and extra low inner friction. For that purpose ropes are manufactured
with a plastic coated steel core.
Special wire ropes can be double parallel which means that both wires and strands lay parallel to each other. This prevents wire
cross over which can lead to wire indentations. Special wire ropes have a few things in common: less outer and inner friction, nar-
�� contact surface against sheaves and drums. This results in a longer life
in tough working conditions.
Compacted Steel core coated in plastic Double parallel laid
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:78
Properties of Extension of Steel Wire Ropes

Any assembly of wires spun into a helical formation (either as a strand or a wire
rope), when subjected to a tensile load, can extend in three seperate phases, de-
pending on the magnitude of the applied load:
1
Phase 1: initial extension
Phase 2: elastic extension
Phase 3: permanent extension (thermal elongation and contraction, rotation, wear and corrosion)
Phase 1 and 2 are very important because they are a normal part of the rope bedding in and working of the rope. Phase 3, on the
other hand, can be caused by the wrong choice of rope or lack of rope inspection. The phases occure in sequence in all ropes that
are exposed to a gradual increased load. Due to this a new rope, when overloaded, will go through phase 1 and 2 before the third
phase (permanent extension) begins.
Phase 1: Initial or permanent extension

This phase of extension of the rope depends on the construction of the rope and can be explained as follows:
When loading a new product, extension is created by the bedding down of the assembled wires with a corresponding reduction
in overall diameter. This reduction in diameter creates an excess length of wire which is accommodated by a lengthening of the
helical lay.
��=
loads, this mechanically created extension ceases and the extension in phase 2 commences.
The initial extention can not be accurately determined and depends on, apart from the strand or the rope construction, the various
loads and the current load frequency.
It is not possible to quote any exact values for various constructions but the following approximate values can be used to give
reasonably accurate results.
Load Safety factor Extension in % of the total length of the rope

�� Rope with steel core
Lightly loaded 8 0,25 0,125
Normally loaded 5 0,5 0,25
Heavily loaded 3 0,75 0,5
Heavily loaded with many "bends" 2 Up to 2 Up to 1
Phase 2: Elastic extension (elongation)

Following Phase 1, the rope extends in a manner which complies approximately with Hookes Law, i.e. stress is proportional to
strain.
The proportionality factor normally is a material constant called Modulus of Elasticity (E-modulus). To steel wire ropes the E-modu-
lus is more of a construction constant than a material constant.
The elastic extension can be calculated as follows (Hookes law):
Elastic extension (mm) = (W x L) / (E x A)
W = applied load (kg)
L = rope length (mm)
E = elastic modulus (kg/mm2)
A = area of rope - circumscribed circle (mm2)
��= ��
��
value of a certain rope ��
that rope.
The elastic extension is valid until the proportionality or elasticity limit is reached. Once the load exceeds this limit , extension ac-
cording to phase 3 takes place. The elasticity limit ��í force where the rope returns to its original length when
unloaded.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:79
General E-module of the rope construction
1 Type of steel wire rope
Spiral strand, type 1x7

E-module
kp/mm²
12600
Spiral strand, type COMPACTED 1x7 14000
Spiral strand, type 1x19 10900
Spiral strand, type COMPACTED 1x19 13600
�� 6300
6-part single constructions with steel core, e.g. 6x7-WRC 7000
6-part assemblies �� 5000
6-part assemblies with steel core, e.g. 6x36-IWRC 6000
Compacted constructions with steel core, e.g. ROPETEX 6 6400
Compacted constructions with steel core, e.g. DSC- DYFORM 7900
Multi strand, rotation resistant constructions, e.g. 18x7 4200
Multi strand, rotating resistant constructions, e.g. 35x7 6900
Multi strand, rotating resistant compacted constructions, e.g. RopeTex 88 7200
Elevator rope TRULIFT 8F (8x19S-FC) 4000
Elevator rope TRULIFT 8SPC (8x19S-SPC) 4300
Type of steel wire rope E-module

kp/mm²
Elevator rope TRULIFT 8S (8x19S-IWRC)/TRULIFT 9S (9x19S-IWRC) 6000
These values are valid for ropes operating with a safety factor of 5:1. With lower safety factors the modulus of elasticity
indicated are increased and for higher safety factors they reduce.
Phase 3: Permanent extension

The permanent, non-elastic extension of the steel caused by tensile loads exceeding the yield point of the material. If the load ex-
ceeds the Limit of Proportionality, the rate of extension will accelerate as the load is increased, until a loading is reached at which
continuous extension will commence, causing the wire rope to fracture without any further increase of load.
Thermal Expansion and Contraction

��= o
C and therefore the change in length of
1 metre of rope produced by a temperature change of t C would be;
o
Change in length Δ| = ∝ |o t
where:
��å
|o = original length of rope (m)
t = temperature change (o C)
The change will be an increase in length if the temperature rises and a decrease in length if the temperature falls.
Extension due to Rotation

The elongation caused by a free rope end being allowed to rotate.
Extension due to Wear

The elongation due to inter-wire wear which reduces the cross-sectional area of steel and produces extra constructional exten-
sion.
Example:
The total elongation of a 200 m length of steel wire rope type 28 mm 265-wires (6x36-IWRC) at a tension of 10 tonnes (safety fac-
tor 5:1) and with an increase in temperature of 20°C.
According to phase 1:
Permanent constructional extension = 0,25% x total rope length = 0,25% x 200 m = 500 mm.
Elastic extension = (W x L) / (E x A) = (10000 x 200000) / (6000 x 615,4) = 540 mm.
Thermal expansion = 0,0000125 x L x t = 0,0000125 x 200 x 20 = 50 mm.
Total extension = 500 mm + 540 mm + 5+ mm = 1090 mm.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:80
Temperature ��torking Load Limit (WLL)

Account should be taken of the maximum temperature that can be reached by the wire rope sling in ser-
vice. ��K
The table below summarises the necessary de-rated working load limits of a sling due to temperature, tak-
1
ing into account the type of rope termination, the ferrule material and the core of the rope.
When wire rope slings are to be used in temperatures below -40 °C CERTEX should be consulted.
The use of wire rope slings within the permissible temperature ranges given in the table does not require
any
permanent reduction in working load limit when the rope is returned to ambient temperature.
Termination Ferrule- Rope De-rated working load limit expressed as % of WLL of the sling
type material core Temperature (t) ºC
-40 - 100 101 - 150 151 - 200 201 - 300 301 - 400 400<t
Ferrule Aluminium Fibre 100 Do not use Do not use Do not use Do not use Do not use
Ferrule Aluminium Steel 100 100 Do not use Do not use Do not use Do not use
Ferrule Steel Fibre 100 Do not use Do not use Do not use Do not use Do not use
Ferrule Steel Steel 100 100 90 75 65 Do not use
Splice - Fibre 100 Do not use Do not use Do not use Do not use Do not use
Splice - Steel 100 100 90 75 65 Do not use
Socket zinc/alloy Fibre -40 - 80ºC 100%
Socket zinc/alloy Steel -40 - 120ºC 100%
Socket 2-component Fibre -50 - 80ºC 100%
Socket 2-component Steel -50 - 80ºC 100%
Wire ropeshould
CERTEX slings should
be consulted
not be in
used
caseeither
the slings
immersed
are toinbe
acidic
exposed
solutions
to chemicals
or exposed
combined
to acid with
fumes.
high temperature.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:81
Use and maintenance

1 Drum - Correct Coiling
The rotation direction and the attachment point of the rope determines whether right or left hand lay rope should be used. To de-
termine the correct rope the following rule should be followed:
Right thread groove on the drum - left hand lay rope.

Left thread groove on the drum - right hand lay rope.
Warning!��K
Pass a shaft through the reel and place the reel in a suitable stand which allows it to rotate and be braked to avoid over run during
installation. Where multi-layer coiling is involved it may be necessary for the reel to be placed in equipment which has the capabil-
ity of providing a back tension to the rope as it is being transferred from reel to drum. This is to ensure that the underlaying (and
subsequent) laps are wound tightly on the drum.
Warning! Incorrect coiling may cause severe damage to the wire rope as well as its performance.
Right hand lay rope Right hand lay rope Left hand lay rope Left hand lay rope
From right to left From left to right From right to left From left to right
Drum - Groove
Check the general condition of the drum. If the drum is grooved, check the radius and pitch are compatible with the diameter of the
new rope.
Warning! The drum can in some cases cause damage to the rope and lead to early discard. If the drum diameter is
too small this can cause permanent distortion to the rope which will cause to early discard of the rope.
Drum - Multiple Layers

�� distortion etc) in the lower layers
if the wrong rope construction is used and/or by incorrect winding.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:82
Drum - Fleet Angle

Too large a ��=
adjacent wrap on the drum. This can also lead to torsional problems. 1
Drum - Capacity
The following formula gives an approximate indication of the length of a rope of a given
diameter (d), which can be installed onto a drum.
Rope length (m) = (A+B) x A x C x π x 106 / d2
A, B and C are quoted in metres and d in millimetres.
Note that ropes are normally manufactured to a maximum oversize tolerance of up to 5%.
Sheaves
Before installing a new rope the sheave grooves, layers and lubrication should be checked.
Measure the groove diameter with a radius gauge and check the general condition of the groove.
Groove diameter shall be nominal rope diameter +8% to +14% (0,54 x d to 0,57 x d).
Warning! Worn sheaves should be replaced/refurbished.
Sheave groove correctthe rope Sheave groove too narrow- Sheave groove too widerope Groove_profile
has maximal contact surface. wires and strands in the rope has bad support, risk for de-
deformed, which means short form of the rope and damages
life of the rope. in the groove profile.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:83
Maintenance - Lubrication
1 When a wire rope is in operation the individual wires rub against each other. To reduce the friction the rope is lubricated during
manufacture. The lubrication improves the performance of the rope and increases its life.
Check the lubrication of the rope immediately after installation and clean the rope from inappropriate material, for example
sand and dirt, periodically the rope should also be lubricated before use.
It is also important that lubrication is made in intervals of time depending on operating conditions and intensity of use.
WARNING! ��
reduced life.
Contact CERTEX for further advice and help on lubrication.
Examination
During examination of steel wire ropes attention should be made ��
-
ence, to be exposed to wear and damage.
Wear, broken wires, distortion and corrosion are the most common visible signs of deterioration.
Wear is a normal feature of rope service and the correct rope construction ensures that it remains a secondary aspect of deterio-
ration. Correct lubrication of the rope may help to reduce both outer and inner wear.
Broken wires are normal features of rope service towards the end of the rope's life, resulting from bending fatigue and wear. The
local break up of wires may indicate some mechanical fault in the equipment. Correct lubrication in service will increase fatigue
performance.
��
Distortions��
Corrosion, both outer and inner, indicate unsuitable grease. Pitting on the external wire surface can result in broken wires. Inner
corrosion occurs in some environments when lubrication is inadequate or of a unsuitable type. A reduction in rope diameter will
frequently indicate ��K
WARNING! Do not cut the wire, bend it until it breaks close to the inside of the strajd. This reduces the risk of the ends of wires
sticking out of the rope.
Inspection Inspection Inspection How to remove broken wires How to remove broken wires
Wrong Right
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:84
Rope discard
Discard the wire rope in accordance with current regulations or according to the manufacturers recommendations.
��
The pictures show typical examples of wire rope deterioration.
1
Warning! Failure to take adequate precautions could result in injury.
1. Mechanical damage due 2. Localised wear due to abra- 3. Narrow path of wear 4. Two parallel paths of broken
to rope movement over sharp sion on supporting structure. resulting in fatigue fractures, wires indicative of bending
edge projection whilist under Vibration of rope between caused by working in a grossly through an undersize groove
load. drum and jib head sheave. oversize groove, or over small in the sheave.
support rollers.
5. Severe wear, associated 6. Severe wear in Langs Lay, 7. Corrosion of severe degree 8. Portrusion of steel core
with high tread pressure. caused by abrasion at cross- caused by immersion of rope resulting from shock loading.
Protrusion of fribre main core. over points on mulit-layer in chemically treated water
coiling application.
9. Typical wire fractures as a 10. Wire fractures at the 11. Break up of the steel core 12. Strand core protrusion as
result of bend fatigue. strand, or core interface, as resulting from higt stress ap- a result of torsional unbalance
distict from "crown" fractures, plication. Note nicking of wires created by "drop ball" applica-
caused by failure of core sup- in outer strands. tion (i.e. shock loading).
port.
13. Typical exampel of local- 14. Multi strand rope "bird 15. Internal corrosion promi- 16. Substantial wear and
ised wear and deformation caged" due to torsional unbal- nent while external surface severe internal corrosion. High
created at a previously kinked ance. Typical of build up seen shows little evidence of tension abrasion and corrosive
portion of rope. at anchorage end of multifall deterioration. Complete lack of environment are combined in
crane application. strand gap suggests internal this example.
degradation.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:85
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
1:86
Chain and components
Chainsling and components G10 » Corner protection »

Chainsling and components G12 » Chains G8, G5, G3 »
Offshore chainsling and components » Shackles »
Lifting points and eyebolts » Swivels »
Chapter 2
Chain and components

Chainsling G10 2:3
2
Chain G10 2:8
Master links G10 2:8
Master link assembly G10 2:10
Load distributor G10 2:16
Connecting link G10 2:17
Safety hooks G10 2:18
Eye sling hook G10 2:19
Swivel hooks 2:20
Foundry hooks G10 2:21
Shortening hooks G10 2:22
End links 2:26
Sheet metal plate hook 2:27
Transition assembly 2:28
Spare parts G10 2:29
Clevis choker hook 2:31
Chainsling G12 2:32
Chain G12 2:33
Connecting link G12 2:33
Master link G12 2:34
Master link assembly G12 2:35
Load distributor G12 2:35
Safety hook G12 2:37
Load hook G12 2:38
Grab hook G12 2:39
Spare parts G12 2:40
Offshore chain and components 2:41
Super Lock hook 2:42
Sorting hook 2:43
Barrel hook 2:43
Lifting eye 2:44
Eye bolt 2:58, 2:61
Weld-on lifting device 2:63
Weld-on hook 2:65
Shackle fitting 2:66
Eyebolt and nut DIN 2:67
Container lifting lug 2:68
Shackles 2:69
Swivels 2:82
Chain G8, G5 2:86
Snap hook 2:88
Quick link 2:89
Pins 2:89
Chain corner protection 2:91
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
Specifications and products are subjects to change
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:2
Pewag Winner chainsling, chain and accessories G10
Approc. 30% weight saved resulting in easier handling

25% higher load capacity than G8
G8
G8
pewag winner G10
pewag winner G10
Compatible with our Class 8.
25% more load capacity (WLL) compared to Grade 80.

Safety factor 4:1 - Proofload 2,5 x WLL
Wide range of accessories, dim ø 5 mm – ø 26 m.
10-Edge loadsign
Full loadcapacity between -40º to +200ºC
Full compatibility with most Grade 80 systems
Acc. to EN 818-2
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:3
Chain slings
CERTEX Danmark A/S produces complete chainslings according to customer demand.
Production as well as marking of all chainslings is according to the danish worksupervison directorate and/or relevant EN-rules.
The table underneath shows different sling-compositions available to meet customer demand.
2 WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
Chain G10
AW MW BW VW VMW VAW VXKW 1 VXKW 2 VXKW 4
Connex system
VLW 1 VLW 2 VSAW 1 VSAW 2 LXKW 1 LXKW 2 LXKW 4 CW CLW
LHW WLHW WSBW KLHW HSW KHSW BKHSW FW KFW
PW PSW KPW KPSW XKW KSCHW KOW KRW BWW GHW
Chain quality Leg Top of chain End of chain Chain diameter mm

RF S (1-leg) O O 5 Welded system
GR 8 D (2-leg) VXKW LHW 6 Option
8W (GR10) T (3-leg) VXKW WLHW 7
Q (4-leg) VXKW WSBW 8
VXKW KLHW 10
VXKW HSW 13
VXKW KHSW 16
PW 19
PSW 22
KPW 26
32
Order key ex.:

TO-PW - 07 - 3000 - KHSW
T =Number of legs (ex. 3)

O = Top of chain (ex. Masterlink)
PW = Possible shortening (to be excluded if shortening is not required)
07 = Chainsize in mm (ex. 7)
3.000 = Chainlength in mm. (to fit customer demand)
KHSW = Bottom of chain (ex. Clevishook)
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:4
Pewag chain and components G10

pewag winner load capacities
The load capacities listed are maximum values of the various sling types, stated according to the standard (Uniform Load) method
of rating.
Safety fac-
tor 4
1-leg chains 2-leg chains 3- and 4 leg
chains
3- and 4 leg
chains with
load distributor
Endless
chain
sling
Single lifting
sling
Double lifting
sling 2
- - 0º-45º 45º-60º 0º-45º 45º-60º 0º-45º 45º-60º 0º-45º 45º-60º - 0º-45º 45º-60º 0º-45º 45º-60º
Load factor 1 0,8 1,4 1 1,12 0,8 2,1 1,5 2,8 2 1,6 1,4 1 2,1 1,5
Code d load capacity tons
WIN 5 5 1 0,8 1,4 1 1,12 0,8 2 1,5 2,8 2 1,6 1,4 1 2 1,5
Ni 5 G8 5 0,8 0,64 1,12 0,8 0,9 0,64 1,6 1,18 2,24 1,6 1,25 1,12 0,8 1,6 1,18
WIN 6 6 1,4 1,12 2 1,4 1,6 1,12 3 2,12 4 2,8 2,24 2 1,4 3 2,12
Ni 6 G8 6 1,12 0,9 1,6 1,12 1,25 0,9 2,36 1,7 3,15 2,24 1,8 1,6 1,12 2,36 1,7
WIN 7 7 1,9 1,5 2,65 1,9 2,12 1,5 4 2,8 5,3 3,75 3 2,65 1,9 4 2,8
Ni 7 G8 7 1,5 1,2 2,12 1,5 1,7 1,2 3,15 2,24 4 3 2,5 2,12 1,5 3,15 2,24
WIN 8 8 2,5 2 3,55 2,5 2,8 2 5,3 3,75 7,1 5 4 3,55 2,5 5,3 3,75
Ni 8 G8 8 2 1,6 2,8 2 2,24 1,6 4,25 3 5,6 4 3,15 2,8 2 4,25 3
WIN 10 10 4 3,15 5,6 4 4,25 3,15 8 6 11,2 8 6,3 5,6 4 8 6
Ni 10 G8 10 3,15 2,5 4,25 3,15 3,55 2,5 6,7 4,75 8,5 6,3 5 4,25 3,15 6,7 4,75
WIN 13 13 6,7 5,3 9,5 6,7 7,5 5,3 14 10 19 13,2 10,6 9,5 6,7 14 10
Ni 13 G8 13 5,3 4,25 7,5 5,3 5,9 4,25 11,2 8 14 10,6 8,5 7,5 5,3 11,2 8
WIN 16 16 10 8,1 14 10 11,2 8 21,2 15 28 20 16 14 10 21,2 15
Ni 16 G8 16 8 6,3 11,2 8 9 6,3 17 11,8 22,4 16 12,5 11,2 8 17 11,8
WIN 19 19 14 11,2 20 14 16 11,2 30 21,2 - - 22,4 20 14 30 21,2
Ni 19 G8 19 11,2 8,95 16 11,2 12,5 8,95 23,6 17 - - 18 16 11,2 23,6 17
WIN 22 22 19 15 26,5 19 21,2 15 40 28 - - 30 26,5 19 40 28
Ni 22 G8 22 15 12 21,2 15 17 12 31,5 22,4 - - 23,6 21,2 15 31,5 22,4
WIN 26 26 26,5 21,2 37,5 26,5 30 21,2 56 40 - - 42,5 37,5 26,5 56 40
Ni 26 G8 26 21,2 16,95 30 21,2 23,7 16,95 45 31,5 - - 33,5 30 21,2 45 31,5
WIN 32 32 40 31,5 56 40 45 31,5 85 60 - - 63 56 40 85 60
Ni 32 G8 32 31,5 25,2 45 31,5 35,2 25,2 67 47,5 - - 50 45 31,5 67 47,5
If the chain slings are used in severe conditions (e.g. high temperature, asymmetric load distribution, edge load, impact/ shock loads), the maximum load capacity
values in the table must be reduced by the load factors below. The lastfactors underneath then has to be used.
Temperature -40º - 200º C Above 200º - 300º C Above 300º - 380º C

Load factor pewag winner 200 1 not permissible not permissible
Load factor pewag winner 400 1 0,9 0,75
Asymmetric load distribution The WLL has to be reduced by at least 1 leg. In case of doubt only consider 1 leg as load-bearing.
Edge load R = larger than 2 x chain Ø R = larger than chain Ø R = chain Ø or smaller
Load factor 1 0,7 0,5

Shock Light shocks Medium shocks Strong shocks
Load factor 1 0,7 not permissible
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:5
Chain standard sling types

The chain slings shown here are standard sling types. They can – to some degree – also be produced and supplied in other
assembly systems than the ones listed below.
SO-xx-xxxx-HSW SO-xx-xxxx-LHW SO-xx-xxxx-PSW SO-xx-xxxx-AW SHSW-xx-xxxx-HSW SVXKW-xx-xxxx-KLHW
DO-xx-xxxx-HSW DO-xx-xxxx-LHW DO-xx-xxxx-PSW DO-xx-xxxx-AW
DVXKW-xx-xxxx-HSW DAGWW-xx-xxxx-HSW DVXKW-xx-xxxx-KLHW DO-PW--xx-xxxx-HSW
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:6
2
TO-xx-xxxx-HSW TO-xx-xxxx-LHW TO-xx-xxxx-PSW
TO-xx-xxxx-AW QVXKW-xx-xxxx-KLHW QAGWW-xx-xxxx-HSW
QVXKW-xx-xxxx-HSW QO-xx-xxxx-HSW QO-xx-xxxx-AW
Type O Type O m/master link Type doublet O m/master link
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:7
Winner Chain Grade 10

General: Round steel chains for use in lifting or lashing chains.
Material: High duty chain in grade 10.
Working temperature: -40ºC up to +200°C.
Marking: Each chain link is marked with 10 for grade 10 and the
chain is marked pewag 10 (PWA 100).
Finish: Blasted, clear painted.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 818-2.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code Breaking force Nominal dia. d Std. length Pitch t Inside width Outside width Weight
b1 min
tons kN tons mm m mm kg/m
11.6532264 1 WIN 5 200 39,3 4,01 5 100/50 16 8 19 0,61
11.653959 1,4 WIN 6 200 56,5 5,76 6 150/50 18 9 22 0,96
11.653973 1,9 WIN 7 200 77,0 7,85 7 300/50 21 10 25 1,20
11.653975 2,5 WIN 8 200 101 10,3 8 250/50 24 11 29 1,57
11.653976 4 WIN 10 200 157 16,01 10 150/50 30 14 36 2,46
11.653986 6,7 WIN 13 200 265 27,02 13 80/50 39 18 47 4,18
11.653988 10 WIN 16 200 402 40,99 16 50/25 48 22 58 6,28
11.653989 14 WIN 19 200 567 57,82 19 40/25 57 27 69 8,92
11.654043 19 WIN 22 200 760 77,5 22 30/25 66 30 79 11,88
11.6572801 26,5 WIN 26 200 1.060 108,09 26 25 78 35 94 16,18
11.6514245 40 WIN 32 200 1.610 164,17 32 20 96 43 115 24,10
Also available as Pewag winner 400 - 380°C max.
Master Link AW Grade 10

General: AW Master links are designed for the assembly of chain slings. For
pewag connex and welded system.
Master link for 1-leg chain AI.
Master link for 2-leg chain AII.
Master link for 3- and 4-leg chain AIII/IV - only with transition link BW as on VW.
Can also be used as end link AI - for chain classification see column AI.
Material: High duty grade 10.
Marking: Pewag or PW, winner or 10, H16, CE, batch code and type.
Finish: Orange powder coated.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0-45º Code Use for hook d t w s For chain Ø in mm Weight
tons DIN 15401 Nr mm 1-leg AW I 2-leg AW II kg/pcs.
11.0246774 1,4 AW 10 1,6 10 80 50 10 5 5 0,14
11.0246775 2,3 AW 13 2,5 13 110 60 10 6+7 6 0,34
11.0246776 3,5 AW 16 2,5 16 110 60 14 8 7 0,53
11.0246777 5 AW 18 5 19 135 75 14 10 8 0,92
11.0246778 7,6 AW 22 6 23 160 90 17 13 10 1,60
11.0246779 10 AW 26 8 27 180 100 20 16 13 2,46
11.0246780 14 AW 32 10 33 200 110 26 19 16 4,14
11.0246781 25,1 AW 36 16 36 260 140 29 22 19 6,22
11.0246782 30,8 AW 45 25 45 340 180 - 26 22 12,82
11.0260723 40 AW 50 32 50 350 190 43 32 26 16,55
11.0271783 64 AW 56 32 60 400 200 - - 32 27,01
11.0254786 85 AW 72 50 70 460 250 - 45,00
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:8
Enlarged Master Link MW Grade 10

General: MW Enlarged master links are designed for the assembly of chain
slings. Can also be attached to wire rope slings. For pewag connex and
welded system.
Master link SAW: Without flattened part for transition link and special colour.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0-45º Code Use for hook d t w s For chain Ø in mm Weight
tons DIN 15401 Nr mm 1-leg MW I 2-leg MW II kg/pcs.
11.0261990 1,4 MW 10 2,5 11 90 65 10 5 5 0,22
11.0261993 2,3 MW 13 4 14 120 70 10 6+7 6 0,44
11.0261996 3,2 MW 16 5 16 140 80 13 8 7 0,67
11.0262001 4,2 MW 18 6 19 160 95 14 10 8 1,09
11.0298533 6,7 MW 22 10 23 170 105 17 13 10 1,74
11.0262008 10,1 MW 26 10 27 190 110 20 16 13 2,65
11.0262011 16 MW 32 12 33 230 130 26 19 16 4,78
11.0262014 21,2 MW 36 20 38 275 150 29 22 19 7,48
11.0270801 40 MW 56 50 56 350 250 46 32 26 21,98
Transition Link BW G10

General: For pewag welded system.
Intermediate link or transition link and securing link.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0-45º Code d t w s For chain Ø in mm Weight

tons mm 1- + 2-leg BW I/II kg/pcs.
11.0220861 1 BW 7 7 36 16 7 5 0,03
- 1,4 BW 8* 8 36 16 - 6 0,03
11.0220889 1,9 BW 9 9 44 20 - 7 0,07
11.0261065 2,5 BW 10 10 44 20 - 8 0,09
11.0222008 4 BW 13 13 54 25 10 10 0,17
11.0222009 6,7 BW 16 17 70 34 14 13 0,36
11.0222005 10 BW 20 20 85 40 14 16 0,68
11.0222006 12,5 BW 22 23 115 50 17 - 1,16
- 14 BW 23* 23 115 45 17 19 1,15
11.0222007 16,2 BW 26 27 140 65 20 - 1,92
- 19 BW 27* 27 140 55 20 22 1,92
11.0261068 26,5 BW 32 33 150 70 26 26 3,16
11.0261071 31 BW 36 36 170 75 - - 4,12
11.0270798 40,4 BW 40 40 170 80 - 32 5,37
1.02574333 42,4 BW 45 45 170 80 - - 7,15
11.0254789 64 BW 50 50 200 100 - - 10,80
* Only in welded slings
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:9
Master Link Assembly VW Grade 10

General: VW Master link assemblies are designed for pewag connex and
welded system.
For assembling III- and IV-leg chains with connex links, and for rope slings
For assembling of welded chain slings with BW by pewag.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0-45º Code* Consists of Can be used up e t w Weight

to single hook
according to
DIN 15401
tons mm kg/pcs.
11.0201726 2,3 VW 5 AW 13 + 2 BW 10 2,5 154 110 60 0,52
11.0246797 4,2 VW 6 AW 18 + 2 BW 13 5 189 135 75 1,26
11.0246798 7,6 VW 7/8 AW 22 + 2 BW 16 6 230 160 90 2,32
11.0246799 9,6 VW 10 AW 26 + 2 BW 20 8 265 180 100 3,68
11.0246800 14. VW 13 AW 32 + 2 BW 22 10 315 200 110 6,46
11.0246801 21,2 VW 16 AW 36 + 2 BW 26 16 400 260 140 10,06
11.0246802 34,1 VW 19/20 AW 50 + 2 BW 32 32 500 350 190 22,87
11.0246803 40 VW 22 AW 50 + 2 BW 36 32 520 350 190 24,79
11.0271787 56 VW 26 AW 56 + 2 BW 45 32 570 400 200 41,31
11.0254793 85 VW 32 AW 72 + 2 BW 50 50 660 460 250 66,60
* The allocation does not apply to suspension systems with a load distributor.
Enlarged Master Link Assembly VMW Grade 10

General: VMW Enlarged master link assemblies are designed for pewag connex
and welded system. For assembling 3- and 4-leg chains with connex links CW.
For assembling of welded chain slings with BW by pewag. Similar to VW 4-leg
set, but also suitable for larger crane hooks and special hooks.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0-45° Code* Consisting of Use for hook e t w Weight

tons DIN 15401 Nr mm kg/pcs.
11.0262075 4,2 VMW 6 MW 18 + 2 BW 13 6 214 160 95 1,43
11.0262076 6,6 VMW 7/8 MW 22 + 2 BW 16 10 240 170 106 2,46
11.0262078 10,1 VMW 10 MW 26 + 2 BW 20 10 275 190 110 4,01
11.0262080 15,7 VMW 13 MW 32 + 2 BW 22 12 345 230 130 6,90
11.0262082 21,2 VMW 16 MW 36 + 2 BW 26 20 415 275 150 11,12
11.0244238 34,1 VMW 19/20 MW 56 + 2 BW 32 50 500 350 250 28,08
11.0270814 40 VMW 22 MW 56 + 2 BW 36 50 520 350 250 30,62
* The allocation does not apply to suspension systems with a load distributor.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:10
Special Master Link Assembly VAW Grade 10

General: VAW For pewag connex and welded system. For assembling
3- and 4-leg chains with connex links CW, when shortening hooks are to
be assembled separately, and for slings with thimbled eyes.
For use in rope slings please consider that load capacity is listed according
to EN 1677-4 with safety factor 4.
For assembling of welded slings with BW by pewag.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0-45° Code* Consisting of Use for hook e t w Weight

tons DIN15401 Nr mm kg/pcs.
11.0231892 5 VAW 6/7 AW 18 + 2 AW 14 5 245 135 75 1,72
11.0231940 6,3 VAW 8 AW 22 + 2 AW 16 6 270 160 90 2,66
11.0231941 9,5 VAW 10 AW 26 + 2 AW 18 8 315 180 100 4,30
11.0231950 16,1 VAW 13 AW 32 + 2 AW 26 10 380 200 110 9,06
11.0231955 25,1 VAW 16 AW 36 + 2 AW 32 16 460 260 140 14,50
11.0231973 41,1 VAW 19/20 AW 50 + 2 MW 36 32 625 350 190 31,51
11.0231992 47,4 VAW 22 AW 50 + 2 AW 45 32 690 350 190 42,19
11.0271790 58 VAW 26 AW 56 + 2 AW 50 32 750 400 200 60,11
11.0254806 85 VAW 32 AW 72 + 2 AW 56 50 860 460 250 99,02
Clevis Master Set VXKW 1 G10

General: VXKW Clevis master sets are designed for the assembly of
1-leg chain slings with welded-in XKW shortening element.
Master sets with welded-in XKW shortening element.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 818-4.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code Chain size Use for hook d t w e Weight

11.0287876 1 VXKW 1-5 5 1,6 10 80 50 164 0,44
11.0287877 1,4 VXKW 1-6 6 2,5 13 110 60 194 0,64
11.0240434 1,9 VXKW 1-7 7 2,5 13 110 60 232 0,96
11.0287878 2,5 VXKW 1-8 8 2,5 16 110 60 232 1,16
11.0240435 4 VXKW 1-10 10 5 19 135 75 294 2,11
11.0240437 6,7 VXKW 1-13 13 6 23 160 90 363 4,30
11.0240438 10 VXKW 1-16 16 8 27 180 100 413 7,26
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:11

2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 818-4.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0°-45° WLL 45°-60° Code Chain size Use for hook d t w e Weight
tons tons DIN 15401 Nr mm kg/pcs.
11.0287879 1,4 1 VXKW 2-5 5 1,6 10 80 50 164 0,74
11.0287880 2 1,4 VXKW 2-6 6 2,5 13 110 60 194 0,94
11.0240439 2,65 1,9 VXKW 2-7 7 2,5 16 110 60 232 1,77
11.0287881 3,55 2,5 VXKW 2-8 8 5 19 135 75 257 2,12
11.0240448 5,6 4 VXKW 2-10 10 6 23 160 90 319 4,10
11.0240449 9,5 6,7 VXKW 2-13 13 8 27 180 100 383 7,86
11.0240450 14 10 VXKW 2-16 16 10 33 200 110 433 13,74

Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 818-4.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0°-45° WLL 45°-60° Code Chain size Use for hook d t w e Weight
tons tons DIN 15401 Nr mm kg/pcs.
11.0287882 2 1,5 VXKW 4-5 5 2,5 13 110 60 238 1,72
11.0287883 3 2,12 VXKW 4-6 6 5 19 135 75 273 2,40
11.0240451 4 2,8 VXKW 4-7 7 6 23 160 90 352 4,84
11.0287884 5,3 3,75 VXKW 4-8 8 6 23 160 90 352 4,84
11.0240457 8 6 VXKW 4-10 10 8 27 180 100 424 8,82
11.0240458 14 10 VXKW 4-13 13 10 33 200 110 518 17,26
11.0240459 21,2 15 VXKW 4-16 16 16 36 260 140 633 29,26
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:12
Oversize Master Link Assembly VLW 1 Grade 10

General: VLW Oversize master link assemblies are designed for the
assembly of 1-leg chain slings with Connex CW.
For hook no. 25 DIN 15401.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
PEW
WIN AG
NER
G 10
Art No WLL Code Consisting of Can be used up to single e d t w Weight

tons hook acc. to DIN 15401 Nr mm kg/pcs.
11.0268803 2,5 VLW 1-6/7/8 LW 22 + BW 13 25 394 22 340 180 3,4
11.0260028 4 VLW 1-10 LW 27 + BW 16 25 410 27 340 180 4,8
11.0260030 6,7 VLW 1-13 LW 27 25 340 27 340 180 4,4
11.0260056 10 VLW 1-16 LW 32 25 340 33 340 180 6,7
11.0258588 19 VLW 1-19/22 LW 40 25 340 40 340 180 10,0
Oversize Master Link Assembly VLW 2 Grade 10

General: VLW Oversize master link assemblies are designed for the
assembly of multi-leg chain slings with Connex CW.
For hook no. 25 DIN 15401.
Safety factor: 4:1.
PEW
WIN AG
NER
G 10
Art No WLL 0°-45° Code Consisting of Can be used up to single e d t w Weight

tons hook acc. to DIN 15401 Nr mm kg/pcs.
11.0268805 3,55 VLW 2-6/7/8/4-6 LW 22 + 2 BW 13 25 394 22 340 180 3,5
11.0260061 5,6 VLW 2-10/4-7/8 LW 27 + 2 BW 16 25 410 27 340 180 5,1
11.0260063 9,5 VLW 2-13/4-10 LW 32 + 2 BW 20 25 425 33 340 180 8,0
11.0260065 14 VLW 2-16/4-13 LW 40 + 2 BW 22 25 455 40 340 180 12,3
11.0260067 21,2 VLW 2-19/4-16 LW 40 + 2 BW 26 25 480 40 340 180 13,8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:13
Master Link Assembly VSAW 1 Grade 10

General: VSAW is designed for assembling of welded chain slings with transition
links BW by pewag. For assembling of chain slings with Connex CW.
For single hooks acc. to DIN 15401 up to No. 50 resp. no.100 – see table
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code Consisting of Can be used up to single d t w Weight

tons hook acc. to DIN 15401 mm kg/pcs.
11.0298029 10 VSAW 1-10/13 SAW 32+BW 20 50 33 500 250 10,00
11.0298019 10 VSAW 1-16 SAW 32 50 33 500 250 9,33
11.0298021 16 VSAW 1-19 SAW 40 50 40 460 250 13,13
11.0298023 22,4 VSAW 1-22 SAW 45 50 45 500 250 17,81
11.0298025 33,6 VSAW 1-26 SAW 50 50 50 460 250 21,00
11.0298027 40 VSAW 1-32 SAW 56 50 56 460 250 26,10
11.0215475 40 VSAW 1-32 320 SAW 60 100 60 800 320 48,00
Master Link Assembly VSAW 2 Grade 10

General: VSAW is designed for assembling of welded chain slings with transition
links BW by pewag. For assembling of chain slings with Connex CW.
For single hooks acc. to DIN 15401 up to No. 50 resp. no.100 – see table
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code Consisting of Can be used up to single e d t w Weight

tons hook acc. to DIN 15401 mm kg/pcs.
11.0298031 9,5 VSAW 2-10/13/4-10 SAW 32+2 BW 20 50 585 33 500 250 10,69
11.0298033 14 VSAW 2-16/4-13 SAW 40+2 BW 22 50 575 40 460 250 15,45
11.0298035 21,2 VSAW 2-19/20/4-16 SAW 45+2 BW 26 50 640 45 500 250 21,65
11.0298037 30 VSAW 2-22/4-19/20 SAW 50+2 BW 32 50 610 50 460 250 27,32
11.0298039 40 VSAW 2-26/4-22 SAW 56+2 BW 32 50 610 56 460 250 34,30
11.0298041 40 VSAW 2-26/4-22/320 SAW 60+2 BW 32 100 950 60 800 320 54,32
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:14
Oversize Clevis Master Set LXKW 1 Grade 10

General: LXKW Oversize clevis master sets are designed for the assembly of 1-leg
chain slings with welded-in XKW shortening element.
For hook no. 25 DIN 15401. Particularly for large crane hooks (mobile cranes).
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 818-4.
PEW
WIN AG
NER
G 10
Art No WLL Code Use for hook d t w e Weight

tons DIN 15401 no. mm kg/pcs.
11.0287885 1,4 LXKW 1-6 25 23 340 180 478 3,7
11.0287886 2,5 LXKW 1-8 25 23 340 180 516 4,0
11.0287887 4 LXKW 1-10 25 27 340 180 569 6,0
11.0287888 6,7 LXKW 1-13 25 27 340 180 629 7,8
11.0287889 10 LXKW 1-16 25 33 340 180 688 12,7

General: LXKW Oversize clevis master sets are designed for the assembly of 2-leg
chain slings with welded-in XKW shortening element.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 818-4.
PEW
WIN AG
NER
G 10
Art No WLL 0°-45° WLL 45°-60° Code Use for hook d t w e Weight
tons DIN 15401 no. mm kg/pcs.
11.0287890 2 1,4 LXKW 2-6 25 23 340 180 478 4,14
11.0287891 3,55 2,5 LXKW 2-8 25 23 340 180 516 4,80
11.0287892 5,6 4 LXKW 2-10 25 27 340 180 569 7,60
11.0287893 9,5 6,7 LXKW 2-13 25 33 340 180 629 13,5
11.0287894 14 10 LXKW 2-16 25 40 340 180 688 21,9
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:15

General: LXKW Oversize clevis master sets are designed for the assembly of
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 818-4.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0°-45° WLL 45°-60° Code Use for hook d t w e Weight
11.0287895 3 2,12 LXKW 4-6 25 23 340 180 478 4,7
11.0287896 5,3 3,75 LXKW 4-8 25 27 340 180 532 7,6
11.0287897 8 6 LXKW 4-10 25 33 340 180 584 13,1
11.0287898 14 10 LXKW 4-13 25 40 340 180 659 23,1
11.0287899 21,2 15 LXKW 4-16 25 40 340 180 713 33,1
Load Distributor AGWW Grade 10 h h1

General: For assembling 4-leg slings with connex connecting links, possibly all four legs can be consid-
ered as carrying. If two 2-leg slings are used at the same time and one of them is provided with a load
e d2
d1
distributor, this system can possibly also be considered as a 4-leg sling where all four legs carry the
load. Because of higher WLL compared to standard 4-leg slings, keep attention to the WLL of the master a
link assembly. Should operational wear occur, the load distributor can be turned 180° – this
increases the life cycle of the distributor and reduces the costs immensely!
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 818-4.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL 0° - 45° WLL 45° -60° Code Connex* a e d1 d2 h h1 Difference L1/L2 Weight
tons tons mm chain links kg/pcs.
11.5995025 2 1,4 AGWW 5/6 CW 8 148 35 16 22 11 9 6 for 5 mm chain 5 0,54
for 6 mm chain
11.5995027 3,55 2,5 AGWW 7/8 CW 10 210 51 22 25 15,5 14 6 for 7 mm chain 5 1,75
for 8 mm chain
11.5995029 5,6 4 AGWW 10 CW 13 180 32 25 32 23 15,5 4 1,56
11.5995031 9,5 6,7 AGWW 13 CW 16 240 53 32 40 27 20 4 3,6
11.5995036 14 10 AGWW 16 CW 19/20 300 77 40 50 32 25 4 7,18
11.5903778 20 14 AGWW 19/20 CW 26 390 79 50 70 45 30 5 13,20
11.5904009 26,5 19 AGWW 22 CW 32 350 124 60 70 50 35 5 15
11.5904013 37,5 26,5 AGWW 26 CW 32 400 130 70 75 60 40 4 25,6
3OHDVHXVHWKLVFRQQH[WRDVVHPEOHWKHORDGGLVWULEXWRURQWRWKHPDVWHUOLQNDVVHPEO\6WDWLFWHVWFRHI¿FLHQW [FDUU\LQJFDSDFLW\RIWKHUHVSHFWLYHFKDLQ
VHFWLRQVDIHW\IDFWRU
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:16
Connex Connecting Link CW Grade 10

General: CW Connex connecting link for pewag connex system.
Load pin and collar CBH are also separately available.
Connecting link for:
Master link - chain, chain - chain, hook - chain.
Only for straight pull.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e c s t d b g Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.0604757 1 CW 5 38 7 9 12 7 34 13 0,06
11.0604457 1,4 CW 6 44 8 11 13 8 39 14 0,08
11.0602823 1,9 CW 7 53 10 13 16 9 46 17 0,14
11.0689347 2,5 CW 8 62 12 14 20 10 55 19 0,24
11.0689340 4 CW 10 72 15 18 22 13 64 24 0,42
11.0602693 6,7 CW 13 88 20 22 26 17 79 28 0,85
11.0690112 10 CW 16 112 24 29 35 24 105 34 1,9
11.0690085 16 CW 19/20 126 32 35 45 25 123 42 3,1
11.0690041 19 CW 22 157 36 39 46 26 148 51 4,6
11.0689021 26,5 CW 26 190 40 46 49 30 175 60 6,8
11.0689023 40 CW 32 206 47 56 63 35 216 80 11,2
Connex Connecting Link CLW Grade 10

General: CLW Connex connecting for pewag connex system. For applications
where the pin must not e removed or must be secured by positive locking.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e c s t d b g Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.064752 1,9 CLW 7 51 10 13 14 9 47 17 0,12
11.0693058 4 CLW 10 72 15 18 22 13 64 24 0,42
11.0640698 6,7 CLW 13 88 20 22 26 17 79 28 0,84
11.064766 10 CLW 16 103 21 29 31 21 106 33 1,40
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:17
Safety Hook LHW Grade 10

General: LHW Safety hooks are designed for the assembly of pewag connex
system.
This hook has a large eye, which is suitable for ropes and webbing slings.
Automatically closes and locks under load and requires the load to be grounded
before load can be released.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Note: Not for welded system!
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e h a b d1 d2 g s max Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1649496 1,4 LHW 5/6 110 20 17 71 21 11 28 1 0,50
11.1649497 2,5 LHW 7/8 136 26 20 88 25 12 34 1 0,90
11.1649498 4 LHW 10 169 30 29 107 35 15 45 1 1,50
11.1649499 6,7 LHW 13 205 40 35 138 40 20 52 1,5 2,70
11.1649500 10 LHW 16 251 50 41 168 50 27 60 2 5,70
11.1667163 16 LHW 19/20 290 62 50 194 60 30 70 2 9,80
11.1667165 19 LHW 22 322 65 52 211 70 32 81 2 12,40
Clevis Safety Hook KLHW Grade 10

General: KLHW Clevis safety hooks are designed for the assembly of chain slings.
Closes and locks automatically.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e h a b d g s max Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1632024 1,4 KLHW 5/6 94 20 17 71 7 28 1 0,5
11.1632047 1,9 KLHW 7 123 26 20 88 9 34 1 0,9
11.1632011 2,5 KLHW 8 123 26 20 88 10 34 1 0,9
11.1632052 4 KLHW 10 144 30 29 107 12,5 45 1 1,6
11.1632054 6,7 KLHW 13 180 40 35 138 16 52 1,5 2,9
11.1632056 10 KLHW 16 218 50 41 168 20 60 2 5,8
11.1684653 16 KLHW 19/20 259 62 50 194 24 70 2 9,9
11.1684657 19 KLHW 22 286 65 52 211 27 81 2 12,8
11.1684740 26,5 KLHW 26 338 79 61 253 33 100 2 20,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:18
Swivel Safety Hook WLHBW Grade 10

General: WLHBW Swivel safety hooks are designed for the assembly of chain slings.
Swivel hook with bearing to rotate when loaded.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Note: Not for welded system.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e h a w w1 d2 g s max Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1645298 1,4 WLHBW 5/6 161 20 17 35 36 12 28 1 0,6
11.1665802 2,5 WLHBW 7/8 181 26 20 35 35 13 34 1 1,1
11.1665790 4 WLHBW 10 218 30 29 42 41 16 45 1 2,0
11.1665793 6,7 WLHBW 13 269 40 35 49 47 20 52 1,5 4,0
11.1665796 10 WLHBW 16 319 50 41 60 60 24 60 2 6,8
Eye Sling Hook HSW Grade 10

General: HSW Eye sling hooks are designed for the assembly of chain slings.
All hooks with forged safety catch.
For general lifting applications.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e h a d1 d2 g1 b Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1167237 1,4 HSW 5/6 85 21 17 20 10 19 68 0,3
11.1167239 2,5 HSW 7/8 106 27 19 25 11 26 88 0,5
11.1167241 4 HSW 10 131 33 26 34 16 31 109 1,1
11.1167243 6,7 HSW 13 164 44 33 43 19 39 134 2.2
11.1167245 10 HSW 16 183 50 40 50 25 45 155 3,5
11.1167247 16 HSW 19/20 205 55 48 55 27 53 178 5.8
11.1167187 19 HSW 22 225 62 50 60 29 62 196 8,0
11.1170516 26,5 HSW 26 259 75 70 70 37 73 235 13,4
11.1188728 40 HSW 32 299 97 82 66 45 87 291 27,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:19
Swivel Hook WSBW

General: WSBW swivel hooks for pewag connex system. Swivel hook
with bearing to rotate when loaded.
Not for welded system.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e h a d1 d2 g1 Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1693072 2,25 WSBW 7/8 1534 28 19 37 13 26 0,85
11.1693071 4 WSBW 10 183 33 25 41 16 30 1,56
11.1693073 6,7 WSBW 13 221 40 30 47 20 38 2,71
Clevis Sling Hook KHSW Grade 10

General: KHSW Clevis sling hooks are designed for the assembly of chain
slings.
General purpose hook, can be used without transition link and without connect-
ing link.
With forged safety catch.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e h a d g1 b Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1117753 1,4 KHSW 5/6 69 20 15 7 19 66 0,20
11.114890 1,9 KHSW 7 95 28 19 9 26 90 0,60
11.1117754 2,5 KHSW 8 95 28 19 10 26 90 0,60
11.1117755 4 KHSW 10 109 35 25 12,5 31 108 1,10
11.1117756 6,7 KHSW 13 136 41 34 16 39 131 2,00
11.1117757 10 KHSW 16 155 49 37 20 45 153 3,48
11.1160548 16 KHSW 19/20 184 53 51 24 53 177 5,00
11.1160551 19 KHSW 22 214 62 52 27 62 196 9,00
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:20
Oversize Clevis Sling Hook BKHSW G10

General: BKHSW Wide bowl sling hooks can be attached directly to the chain,
and they serve as end hook or suspension hook for the attachment of the chain
to the load.
Alternative for the KHSW with larger hook opening.
2
Dimension for maximum opening marked in hook.
Safety factor: 4:1.
PEW
WIN AG
NER
G 10
Art No WLL Code e h a d g1 b Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1197773 2,5 BKHSW 8 93 27 25 10 32 98 0,9
11.1197774 4 BKHSW 10 111 33 30 12,5 38 119 1,5
Foundry Hook FW Grade 10

General: Hook for applications where jaw size "g" of the HSW hook is inad-
equate, mainly foundries.
Before using the hook, check whether hooks without safety latch are allowed
to be used for this particular application.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Note: Can't be mounted with Unilock U!
PEW
WIN AG
NER
G 10
Art No WLL Code e h a d1 d2 g b Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1454866 2,5 FW 7/8 131 29 25 24 11 64 118 0,92
11.1454867 4 FW 10 158 35 32 31 14 76 143 1,77
11.1454868 6,7 FW 13 190 42 40 39 17 89 170 2,82
11.1454869 10 FW 16 224 50 46 47 22 102 200 5,03
11.1454870 16 FW 19/20 260 61 54 56 28 114 231 9,24
11.1007272 15 F 22 265 70 61 47 30 127 260 9,31
11.1002706 21,2 F 26 * 305 80 72 54 34 136 280 19,21
11.1015125 31,5 F 32 327 93 83 60 37 152 336 28.00
* Can't be mounted with Unilock U.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:21
Clevis Foundry Hook KFW Grade 10

General: KFW for direct chain connection. For applications where jaw size "g" of
the KHSW hook is inadequate, mainly foundries.
Before using the hook, check whether hooks without safety catch are allowed to
be used for this particular application.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e h a g d b Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1460779 1,9 KFW 7 121 29 25 64 9 118 1,00
11.1460780 2,5 KFW 8 120 29 25 64 10 118 1,00
11.1460781 4 KFW 10 140 35 32 76 12,5 143 1,78
11.1460782 6,7 KFW 13 170 42 40 89 16 170 2,96
Grab Hook PW Grade 10

General: Thanks to the special design of the chain contact area, this stand-
ard shortening hook ensures optimal interaction between chain and hook.
Even when shortened, the load capacity is not reduced.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e b d1 d2 g Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.2150214 1,0 PW 5 47 40 11 9 7 0,13
11.2150229 1,4 PW 6 50 44 12 9 7 0,15
11.2150247 2,5 PW 7/8 65 57 16 12 9 0,37
11.2150237 4 PW 10 77 71 20 14 12 0,70
11.2150242 6,7 PW 13 101 92 26 19 15 1,56
11.2150243 10 PW 16 121 113 32 23 19 2,90
11.2160820 16 PW 19/20 151 150 36 27 25 6,15
11.2160821 19 PW 22 170 165 42 31 27 8,30
11.2170809 26,5 PW 26 201 195 50 37 32 13,80
11.2188710 40 PW 32 243 242 60 43 38 25,00
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:22
Grab Hook PSW with Safety Catch Grade 10

General: This standard shortening hook ensures optimal interaction between
chain and hook thanks to the special design of the chain contact area. Moreo-
ver, the integrated safety catch protects the chain from an accidental release.
Tip loading is not allowed as well as the assembling with Unilock connection
links. Further, the usage in the welded system has to be prevented.
Even when shortened, the load capacity is not reduced.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e b d1 d2 g Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.2150186 2,5 PSW 7/8 65 57 16 12 9 0,37
11.2150102 4 PSW 10 77 71 20 14 12 0,70
11.2150104 6,7 PSW 13 101 92 26 19 15 1,56
11.2150158 10 PSW 16 121 113 32 23 19 2,9
Clevis Grab Hook KPW Grade 10

General: KPW Clevis grab hooks are designed for the mounting of chain slings.
For shortening and for slings that must not tighten.
Reduction of load capacity not required thanks to 4-fold safety.
Safety factor: 4:1.
PEW
WIN AG
NER
G 10
Art No WLL Code e b d g Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.2118306 1,4 KPW 6 47 44 7,4 7 0,17
11.2127130 1,9 KPW 7 63 57 9 9 0,44
11.2132496 2,5 KPW 8 63 57 10 9 0,44
11.2127159 4 KPW 10 78 71 12,5 12 0,85
11.2127173 6,7 KPW 13 93 92 16 15 1,75
11.2127330 10 KPW 16 115 113 20 19 3,30
11.2160612 16 KPW 19/20 141 150 24 25 6,15
11.2160613 19 KPW 22 158 165 27 27 9,00
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:23
Clevis Grab Hook KPSW with Safety Catch Grade 10

General: KPSW Clevis grab hook with safety catch against accidental release
of the chain. Designed for the mounting of chain slings. For shortening and for
slings that must not tighten.
Reduction of load capacity not required thanks to 4-fold safety.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e b d g Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.2165625 1,9 KPSW 7 63 57 9 9 0,44
11.2165626 2,5 KPSW 8 63 57 10 9 0,44
11.2165622 4 KPSW 10 78 71 12,5 12 0,85
11.2165623 6,7 KPSW 13 93 92 16 15 1,75
11.2165624 10 KPSW 16 115 113 20 19 3,30
Clevis Shortening Hook XKW G10

General: XKW Clevis shortening hooks are designed to be mounted on
pewag chain slings.
Shortening hook for VXKW and LXKW master link assemblies.
Can be mounted in any chain leg thanks to clevis connecting link.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e b a d1 d2 g Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.2118343 1,4 XKW 5/6 84 37 29 18 9 8 0,30
11.2167337 1,9 XKW 7 122 54 39 24 12 11 0,62
11.2118344 2,5 XKW 8 122 54 39 24 12 11 0,63
11.2118345 4 XKW 10 159 70 50 31 14 13 1,25
11.2118346 6,7 XKW 13 203 92 64 37 18 15 2,70
11.2118348 10 XKW 16 234 102 80 48 24 20 4,80
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:24
Clevis Shortening Hook KVS G8

General: Clevis for securing and shortening chains.
Also for forming slings that must not tighten.
Marking: 8, PW and/or Pewag and/or H16.
Finish: Red powder coated.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Notice: Does not correspond to grade 10.
Warning instruction:
Only load inside chain.
Only using with safetyy device
Make sure that the chain fits properly.
PE
ALL WAG
OY G
R8
Art No WLL Code e b d Weight

tons mm mm mm kg/pc.
11.2720696 1,12 KVS 6 45 36 7 0,27
11.2720697 1,5 KVS 7 58 44 9 0,50
11.2720698 2 KVS 8 58 44 10 0,50
11.2720699 3,15 KVS 10 70 55 13 0,80
11.2720700 5,3 KVS 13 90 70 16 1,53
Clevis Shackles KSCHW G10

General: KSCHW Clevis shackles are designed for the assembling of
chain slings. They are used as end fittings or suspension elements in chain
slings.
Directly attached to the chain. Allows direct connection with other compo-
nents such as spreader beams.
Safety factor: 4:1.
PEW
WIN AG
NER
G 10
Art No WLL Code e e1 b a d c d1 Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.3949621 1,9 KSCHW 7 76 54 26 12 9 31 16 0,49
11.3921357 2,5 KSCHW 8 76 54 26 12 10 31 16 0,49
11.3921358 4 KSCHW 10 105 76 32 16 12,5 39 20 0,95
11.3921359 6,7 KSCHW 13 113 77 42 21 16 50 24 1,89
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:25
Clevis Reeving Link KOW G10

General: KOW Clevis reeving links are designed for the assembling of
chain slings. They are used as master links and end links.
Master set for 1-leg chains. No danger of confusing this master link
with any other master link.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e t w d s Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.024896 1,9 KOW 7 92 70 34 9 9 0,28
11.024910 2,5 KOW 8 91 70 34 10 9 0,30
11.025252 4 KOW 10 128 102 50 13 12 0,70
11.024912 6,7 KOW 13 169 136 66 16 15 1,40
11.025598 10 KOW 16 214 172 83 20 18 2,74
Coupling Ring KRW G10

General: KRW Coupling rings are designed for the assembling of chain slings.
They serve as a linking element for pewag winner lifting chains of the same
nominal size when building chain slings.
Connecting part for clevis master links, and as a chain-connecting component
in specific designs.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e s a b f d Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.041766 1,4 KRW 5/6 31 7 18 38 8 7 0,08
11.041767 1,9 KRW 7 43 10 24 54 11 9 0,20
11.041773 2,5 KRW 8 43 10 24 54 11 10 0,20
11.041774 4 KRW 10 51 12 28 63 14 12,5 0,36
11.041775 6,7 KRW 13 63 15 33 76 17 16 0,70
11.041776 10 KRW 16 74 18 40 88 20 20 1,21
11.041777 16 KRW 19/20 94 23 50 114 24 24 2,38
11.041778 19 KRW 22 102 25 50 122 27 27 3,21
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:26
Sheet Metal Plate Hook BWW Grade 10

General: BWW Sheet metal plate hooks are designed for the assembling of chain
slings. They serve for loading and transporting sheet metal stacks and plates.
For lifting sheet metal stacks and boards.
Recommended angle of inclination of the sling: β 15-30°.
Use min. 3-leg chain sling.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code e s b h d1 g Weight

tons/pcs. mm kg/pcs.
11.1466058 2,5 BWW 7/8 131 80 50 15 28 55 1,20
11.1466061 4 BWW 10 170 100 70 20 36 65 2,89
11.1466065 6,7 BWW 13 209 130 80 25 40 90 5,23
11.1466069 10 BWW 16 263 160 100 30 50 110 9,79
11.1466073 16 BWW 19/20 306 185 120 40 60 130 18,39
11.1466077 19 BWW 22 368 220 140 50 75 150 31,65
Fork Hook GHW G10

General: GHW Fork hooks are designed for the assembling of chain slings.
They serve for lifting and transporting sheet, metal stacks, boards and
frames.
For lifting large sheet metal stacks and boards. Use only in pairs.
Recommended angle of inclination of the sling: β 30-45°.
Safety factor: 4:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code s b g d e BW-link Weight

tons/pcs. mm kg/pc.
11.1466259 1,4 GHW 5/6 100 190 65 23 203 BW 13 2,80
11.1466263 2,5 GHW 7/8 150 254 100 30 300 BW 16 6,50
11.1466267 4 GHW 10 200 380 130 40 402 BW 22 16,10
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:27
Transition assembly for single hook ÜW G10

General: Transition assemblies for single hooks according DIN 15401, for hooking in small chain slings which do
not fit on single hook.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 818-4.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code Single hook Consisting of Weight

tons DIN 15401 kg/pcs.
11.0223975 4,0 ÜW 50/4 I VSAW-HSW Connex 50 VSAW 1-16/CW 16/HSW 10 11,8
11.0223977 6,7 ÜW 50/6,7 I VSAW-HSW Connex 50 VSAW 1-16/CW 16/HSW 13 12,9
11.0224068 10,0 ÜW 50/10 I VSAW- HSW Connex 50 VSAW 1-16/CW 16/HSW 16 14,2
11.0268772 16,0 ÜW 32/16 I AW-HSW Connex 32 AW 50/CW 26/HSW 19/20 29,1
11.0268773 19,0 ÜW 32/19 I AW-HSW Connex 32 AW 50/CW 26/HSW 22 31,3
11.0270195 26,5 ÜW 32/26,5 I AW-HSW Connex 32 AW 50/CW 26/HSW 26 36,7
11.0224069 16,0 ÜW 50/16 I VSAW-HSW Connex 50 VSAW 1-22/CW 22/HSW 19/20 27,8
11.0224362 19,0 ÜW 50/19 I VSAW-HSW Connex 50 VSAW 1-22/CW 22/HSW 22 30,0
11.0224364 26,5 ÜW 50/26,5 I VSAW-HSW Connex 50 VSAW 1-26/CW 26/HSW 26 41,1
11.0224366 40,0 ÜW 50/40 I AW-HSW Connex 50 AW 72/CW 32/HSW 32 83,7
11.0270210 26,5 ÜW 100/26,5 I VSAW-HSW Connex 100 VSAW 1-32/320/CW 26/HSW 26 68,1
11.0224367 40,0 ÜW 100/40 I VSAW-HSW Connex 100 VSAW 1-32/320/CW 32/HSW 32 86,7
Transition assembly for double hook ÜW G10

General: Transition assemblies for double hooks according DIN 15402, for hooking in small chain slings which do
not fit on double hooks.
Safety factor: 4.
Standard: EN 818-4.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL* Code Double hook Consists of Weight

tons DIN 15402 Nr. kg/pcs.
11.0224409 4 ÜW 50/4 II VSAW-HSW Connex 50 2xVSAW 1-16/AW36/CW16/HSW10 27,4
11.0224416 6,7 ÜW 50/6,7 II VSAW-HSW Connex 50 2xVSAW 1-16/AW36/CW16/HSW13 28,5
11.0224418 10 ÜW 50/10 II VSAW- HSW Connex 50 2xVSAW 1-16/AW36/CW16/HSW16 29,8
11.0224419 16 ÜW 50/16 II VSAW-HSW Connex 50 2xVSAW 1-16/AW36/CW19/20/HSW19/20 33,1
11.0224439 26,5 ÜW 50/26,5 II VSAW-HSW Connex 50 2xVSAW 1-22/AW50/CW26/HSW26 72,3
11.0270212 26,5 ÜW 100/26,5 II VSAW-HSW Connex 100 2xVSAW 1-32/320/AW50/CW26/HSW26 132,7
11.0295904 40 ÜW 100/40 II VSAW-HSW Connex 100 2xVSAW 1-32/320/AW50/CW32/HSW32 151,3
$QJOHRILQFOLQDWLRQRI96$:PD[
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:28
Bolt + Safety Bush CBHW Grade 10

Spare parts set for CW Connex connecting links and CARW
round sling connecting links.
Art No Code For accessory part

11.06PEW46574 CBHW 5 G10 CW 5
2
11.06PEW46575 CBHW 6 G10 CW 6
11.06PEW46578 CBHW 7 G10 CW 7
11.06PEW46581 CBHW 8 G10 CW 8, CARW 8
11.06PEW46599 CBHW 10 G10 CW 10, CARW 10
11.06PEW46600 CBHW 13 G10 CW 13, CARW 13
11.06PEW46621 CBHW 16 G10 CW 16, CARW 16
11.06PEW46622 CBHW 19/20 G10 CW 19/20
11.06PEW46625 CBHW 22 G10 CW 22, CARW 22
11.06PEW84174 CBHW 26 G10 CW 26
11.06PEW62129 CBHW 32 G10 CW 32
Bolt + washer + nut UBMS G10

Spare parts for U Unilock.

11.07PEW12854 UBMS 5/6 U 5/6
11.07PEW67737 UBMS 7 U7
11.07PEW12856 UBMS 8 U8
11.07PEW12857 UBMS 10 U 10
11.07PEW12858 UBMS 13 U 13
11.07PEW12859 UBMS 16 U 16
11.07PEW12860 UBMS 19/20 U 19/20
11.07PEW12861 UBMS 26 U 26
Bolt + nut + split pin KBMSW G10

Spare parts for KSCHW Clevis shackles.

11.06PEW21360 KBMSW 7/8 G10 KSCHW 7, KSCHW 8
11.06PEW21361 KBMSW 10 G10 KSCHW 10
11.06PEW21362 KBSMW 13 G10 KSCHW 13
Trigger Sets VLHW Grade 10

General: Trigger sets for LHW, KLHW and WLH(B)W safety hooks consist of a high-
strength safety lever, a spring made from rust-proof spring steel and a retaining pin. The
sets come with auxiliary material to facilitate assembly as well as detailed assembly
instructions to make sure that your safety standards leave nothing to be desired.
Art No Code For hook type

11.16PEW49247 VLHW 5/6 G10 LHW 5/6, KLHW 5/6, WLH(B)W 6
11.16PEW49248 VLHW 7/8 G10 LHW 7/8, KLHW 7, KLHW 8, WLH(B)W 7/8
11.16PEW49249 VLHW 10 G10 LHW 10, KLHW 10, WLH(B)W 10
11.16PEW67121 VLHW 19/20/22/26 G10 LHW 19/20, LHW 22, KLHW 19/20, KLHW 22, KLHW 26
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:29
Clevis Load Pins KBSW Grade 10

General: Standard clevis load pins for pewag clevis system.
For a few parts special pins must be used (2nd table).
Standard: According to EN 1677-1 with increased load capacity.
2 Art No Code L d L1 d1 Weight

mm kg/pcs.
11.11PEW46538 KBSW 5/6 16,5 7,4 16 2,5 0,006
11.11PEW46555 KBSW 7 23 9 22 3 0,01
11.11PEW46557 KBSW 8 23 10 22 3 0,01
11.11PEW46558 KBSW 10 29,5 12,5 28 3,5 0,03
11.11PEW46560 KBSW 13 37 16 36 4 0,06
11.11PEW46562 KBSW 16 52 20 40 4,5 0,10
11.11PEW46563 KBSW 19/20 73 24 50 5 0,20
11.11PEW46571 KBSW 22 71 27 55 5 0,32
11.11PEW84749 KBSW 26 86 33 55 5 0,58
KBS-KLH-KSS
Art No Code d x l (mm) For accessory part
11.11PEW58951 KBS-KLH/KLHW PWH 6 7,5 x 17,5 + 7,4 x 16,5 KLH/KLHW-PWH 5/6
11.11PEW58952 KBS-KLH/KLHW PWH 7 9 x 22,5 KLH/KLHW-PWH 7
11.11PEW58953 KBS-KLH/KLHW PWH 8 10 x 22,5 + 10 x 23 KLH/KLHW-PWH 8
11.11PEW58950 KBS-KLH/KLHW PWH 10 13 x 31,5 + 12,5 x 29,5 KLH/KLHW-PWH 10
11.11PEW58954 KBS-KLH/KLHW PWH 13 16 x 42 + 16 x 37 KLH/KLHW-PWH 13
11.11PEW58955 KBS-KLH/KLHW PWH 16 21 x 51,5 + 20 x 52 KLH/KLHW-PWH 16
11.11PEW58989 KBS-KSS 7 8 x 22,5 KSS 7
11.11PEW58990 KBS-KSS 8 10 x 27,2 KSS 8
11.11PEW58991 KBS-KSS 10 12 x 32,2 KSS 10
11.11PEW58992 KBS-KSS 13 16 x 45,7 KSS 13
Forged Safety Catch SFGW-A Grade 10

Safety catch for AWHW, UKN.

11.11PEW88304 SFG-A 1 AWHW 1.3, UKN 1
11.11PEW88305 SFG-A 3 AWHW 3.8, UKN 3
11.11PEW88306 SFG-A 6 AWHW 6.3, UKN 5, AWHW 10, UKN 8
Safety Catch Sets SFGW Grade 10

General: These SFGW safety catch sets with die-forged and electro-galvanised safety
catch and a spring from rust-proof spring steel are all about safety and security.

11.11PEW18086 SFGW 5/6 HSW 5/6, KHSW 5/6
11.11PEW12946 SFGW 7/8 HSW 7/8, KHSW 7, KHSW 8, EHS 7/8, WSBW 7/8
11.11PEW12948 SFGW 10 HSW 10, KHSW 10, EHS 10, WSBW 10
11.11PEW12949 SFGW 13 HSW 13, KHSW 13, EHS 13, WSBW 13
11.11PEW18088 SFGW 16 HSW 16, KHSW 16
11.11PEW63760 SFGW 19/20 HSW 19/20, KHSW 19/20
11.11PEW63761 SFGW 22 HSW 22, KHSW 22
11.11PEW63762 SFGW 26/32 HSW 26, HSW 32, HS 32
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:30
Unilock Connecting Link U G8

General: U Unilock connecting links are designed for the assembly of pewag
chain slings. Special accessory in grade 8.
UB bolts, UM safety nut and US washers are also separately available.
General connecting link for:
Master link - chain or rope, hook - chain or rope, chain - various securing eyes.
Always ensure that the nut is not overtightened and that the bolt can rotate.
2
Cannot be assembled to PW (PSW).
Marking: .
Finish: Red powder coated.
Safety factor: 4:1.
PE
ALL WAG
OY G
R8
Art No WLL Code e b d s a M Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.0520823 1,12 U 5/6 34 21 9 11 16 7 0,07
11.0520824 1,5 U7 49 28 13 16 22 8 0,20
11.0520825 2 U8 48 28 13 16 22 10 0,22
11.0520826 3,15 U 10 60 35 16 20 27 12 0,38
11.0520827 5,3 U 13 72 39 18 24 34 16 0,67
11.0520828 8 U 16 80 47 23 32 44 20 1,21
11.0520829 12,5 U 19/20 96 56 26 36 52 24 1,97
11.0520830 21,2 U 26 132 77 33 49 66 30 4,06
Clevis Choker Hook KSRV G10

General: Allows an easy hanging and taking out of the chain. Designed d
to prevent the chain from slipping out. Only for pulling.
s
Working temperature: -40ºC up to +380°C. e
Finish: Blue powder coated.
Safety factor: 4:1.
PEW
WIN AG
NER
G 10
Art No Code Tension force d e s Weight

daN mm kg/pcs.
11.1417008 KSRV 5/6 3.250 7,4 43 8 0,22
11.1417009 KSRV 7 4.500 9 58 10 0,32
11.1417010 KSRV 8 6.000 10 59 10 0,38
11.1417011 KSRV 10 8.500 12,5 81 12 0,76
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:31
Pewag Grade 120 - Kæde og komponenter

pewag winner pro load capacities
The load capacities listed are maximum values of the various sling types, stated according to the standard (Uniform Load) method
of rating.
Safety 1-leg 2-leg chains 3- and 4 leg 3- and 4 leg Endless Single lifting Double lifting
factor 4 chains chains chains with chain sling sling
load distributor sling
- -
0º-45º 45º-60º 0º-45º 45º-60º 0º-45º 45º-60º 0º-45º 45º-60º - 0º-45º 45º-60º 0º-45º 45º-60º
Load factor 1 0,8
1,4 1 1,12 0,8 2,1 1,5 2,8 2 1,8 1,4 1 2,1 1,5
Code d load capacity tons
WINPRO 7 7 2,36 1,9 3,35 2,36 2,65 1,9 5 3,55 6,7 4,75 3,75 3,35 2,36 5 3,55
WIN 7 7 1,9 1,5 2,65 1,9 2,12 1,5 4 2,8 5,3 3,75 3 2,65 1,9 4 2,8
Ni 7 G8 7 1,5 1,2 2,12 1,5 1,7 1,2 3,15 2,24 4 3 2,5 2,12 1,5 3,15 2,24
WINPRO 8 8 3 2,36 4,25 3 3,35 2,36 6,3 4,5 8,5 6 4,75 4,25 3 6,3 4,5
WIN 8 8 2,5 2 3,55 2,5 2,8 2 5,3 3,75 7,1 5 4 3,55 2,5 5,3 3,75
Ni 8 G8 8 2 1,6 2,8 2 2,24 1,6 4,25 3 5,6 4 3,15 2,8 2 4,25 3
WINPRO 10 10 5 4 7,1 5 5,6 4 10,6 7,5 14 10 8 7,1 5 10,6 7,5
WIN 10 10 4 3,150 5,6 4 4,25 3,15 8 6 11,2 8 6,3 5,6 4 8 6
Ni 10 G8 10 3,15 2,5 4,25 3,15 3,5 2,5 6,7 4,75 8,5 6,3 5 4,25 3,15 6,7 4,75
WINPRO 13 13 8 6,3 11,2 8 9 6,3 17 11,8 - - 12,5 11,2 8 17 11,8
WIN 13 13 6,7 5,3 9,5 6,7 7,5 5,3 14 10 - - 10,6 9,5 6,7 14 10
Ni 13 G8 13 5,3 4,25 7,5 5,3 5,9 4,25 11,2 8 - - 8,5 7,5 5,3 11,2 8
WINPRO 16 16 12,5 10 17,5 12,5 14 10 26,5 19 20 17,5 12,5 26,5 19
WIN 16 16 10 8 14 10 11,2 8 21,2 15 16 14 10 21,2 15
Ni 16 G8 16 8 6,3 11,2 8 9 6,3 17 11,8 12,5 11,2 8 17 11,8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:32
Winpro Lifting Chain Flex 200

General: Profile steel chain in grade 12 for lifting.
Material: Alloy steel grade 12.
Working temperature: -40ºC up to +200ºC.
Marking: Every link is marked with manufactor ID and grade.
t dn
Finish: Light grey powdercoated. b2 b1
Safety factor: 4:1.

max. min.
Note: Not to be heat-treated.

2
Art No WLL Code Breaking force dn t b1 b2 Weight

tons kN tons mm kg/m
11.6658065 2,36 WINPRO 7 FLEX 200 92,6 9,44 7 22 10 26 1,36
11.6658068 3 WINPRO 8 FLEX 200 118 12,03 8 25 11 29 1,64
11.6658069 5 WINPRO 10 FLEX 200 196 19,99 10 33 14 37 2,70
11.6658070 8 WINPRO 13 FLEX 200 314 32,02 13 41 19 50 4,80
11.6658071 12,5 WINPRO 16 FLEX 200 491 50,07 16 51 23 60 7,17
Connecting Link CWP Grade 12

General: Universal connecting link consisting of two die-forged identical
halves, a bolt and a safety sleeve.
Marking: Pewag or PW, winner pro or 12, H16, CE, batch code and type.
Finish: Light blue powdercoated.
Safety factor: 4:1.
WARNING! Not to be heat-treated.
Art No WLL Code LC L F s d A B Weight

tons kN mm kg/pcs.
11.0785823 2,36 CWP 7 47 63 12 16 9 47 17 0,13
11.0787965 3 CWP 8 60 62 14 20 10 58 20 0,30
11.0789315 5 CWP 10 100 78 18 25 13 66 22 0,55
11.0789316 8 CWP 13 160 107 22 34 17 84 25 1,24
11.0750093 12,5 CWP 16 - 128 27 41 21 120 48 2,26
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:33
Master Link AWP Grade 12

General: Standard master link for creating I- and II- leg chain slings using
the CWP connex connecting links.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL 0°-45° Code Usable up to single hooks D L B Weight

tons following DIN 15401 No. mm kg
11.0387970 2,36 AWP 13 2,5 13 110 60 0,34
11.0387972 3,5 AWP 16 2,5 17 110 60 0,53
11.0387974 5,3 AWP 18 5 19 135 75 0,92
11.0387976 8 AWP 22 6 23 160 90 1,60
11.0387978 12,5 AWP 27 10 28 200 110 2,85
11.0328814 17,5 AWP 33 10 33 200 110 4,14
Master Link MWP Grade 12

General: Enlarged master link with extra-large inner width compared to the
AWP master link.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL Code Usable up to single hooks D L B Weight

tons following DIN 15401 No. mm kg
11.0387984 2,36 MWP 13 4 14 120 70 0,46
11.0387986 3,2 MWP 16 5 17 140 80 0,74
11.0387988 5 MWP 18 6 19 160 95 1,05
11.0387990 10,1 MWP 26 10 27 190 110 2,47
11.0344788 17,5 MWP 36 10 38 275 150 7,48
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:34
Master Link assembly VMWP Grade 12

General: Enlarged master link assembly for creating II- III- and IV-leg chain
slings for all chain dimensions.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL 0º-45º Code D L B d l b EWL Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.0387994 4,25 VMWP 7/8 19 160 95 13 54 25 214 1,47
11.0387996 8,8 VMWP 10/7,8 27 190 110 17 70 34 260 3,45
11.0387998 12,3 VMWP 13/10 33 230 130 20 85 40 315 6,28
11.0387992 21,2 VMWP -/13 38 275 150 27 140 65 415 11,5
11.0332132 26,5 VMWP -/16 38 275 150 33 150 70 425 13,8
Load Distributer AGWP G12

General: Superior weight distribution with longer lifespan. The newly developed load dis-
tributors not only conform to the requirements of a conventional load distributor, but also
convince by being more effective at overall weight distribution. Due to its extremely flat de-
sign, this load distributor can be used in situations where the inclination angle is up to 60°.
To improve the wear resistance of the newly developed load distributors, are produced by
using Q&T steel. Should operational wear occur, the load distributor can be turned 180°
– this increases the life cycle of the distributor and reduces the costs immensely. Experts
value the 30% increase in carrying capacity with the same nominal diameter meaning
that all four chain strands of a four-leg-sling carry the weight of the load simultaneously.
Furthermore, it is possible to use a smaller dimension in order to save on weight without
minimising the overall carrying capacity.
Material: Alloy steel.
Marks: Code and grade.
Art No WLL WLL Code Connecting link* a e d1 d2 h h1 Difference L1/L2 Weight

0 °- 45° 45°- 60° chain links
tons tons mm kg/pcs
11.0302914 4,25 3 AGWP 7/8 CWP 10 210 51 22 25 15,5 14 6 for 7 mm chain, 5 for 8 mm chain 1,75
11.0303297 7,1 5 AGWP 10 CWP 13 180 32 25 32 23 15,5 4 1,56
* Please use this connex to assemble the load distributor onto the master link assembly.
6WDWLFWHVWFRHI¿FLHQW [FDUU\LQJFDSDFLW\RIWKHUHVSHFWLYHFKDLQVHFWLRQVDIHW\IDFWRU
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:35
Oversize Master Link assembly VLWP 1 Grade 12

General: Oversize asymmetrical master link assembly for assembly of I-leg
chain slings.
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL Code e d t w d1 t1 w1 Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.0377085 3 VLWP 1-7/8 394 23 340 155 13 54 25 3,37
11.0377119 5 VLWP 1-10 410 26 340 155 17 70 34 3,56
11.0377126 8 VLWP 1-13 340 28 340 155 - - - 4,4
11.0377129 12,5 VLWP 1-16 340 33 340 155 - - - 6,6
Oversize Master Link assembly VLWP 2/4 Grade 12

General: Oversize asymmetrical master link assembly for assembly of II- and IV-leg
chain slings.
Safety factor: 4:1.
WARNING!Not to be heat-treated.
Art No WLL Code e d t w d1 t1 w1 Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.0324857 4,25 VLWP 2-7/8 394 23 340 155 13 54 25 3,6
11.0324853 7,1 VLWP 2-10/4-7/8 410 27 340 155 17 70 34 5,2
11.0355652 11,2 VLWP 2-13/4-10 425 33 340 155 20 85 40 8
11.0324862 17 VLWP 4-13 480 38 340 155 27 140 65 12,8
11.0324855 17,5 VLWP 2-16 640 38 340 155 - - - 8,9
11.0324863 26,5 VLWP 4-16 490 40 340 155 33 150 70 16,3
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:36
Safety Hook LHWP Grade 12 - Eye F
General: This safety hook with eye closes and locks automatically when
placed under load, for greater safety. T
Material: Alloy steel grade 12. B
Marking: Pewag or PW, winner pro or 12, H16, CE, batch code and type. L
2
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 1677-3. k
g
Art No Art No WLL Code L T g k F B b Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1787237 11.1787237 3 LHWP 7/8 126 25 25 25 14 34 89 0,9
11.1787238 11.1787238 5 LHWP 10 158 31 28 31 17 45 112 1,6
11.1787239 11.1787239 8 LHWP 13 205 41 34 40 22 54 145 3,5
Clevis Safety Hook KLHWP Grade 12

General: KLHWP Clevis safety hook closes and locks automatically under load.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL Code e h a b d g s max. Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1776293 2,36 KLHWP 7 116 24,5 23,6 90 9,5 32 1 0,9
11.1776294 3 KLHWP 8 115 24,5 23,6 90 10,7 32 1 0,9
11.1776393 5 KLHWP 10 136 31,5 27,8 113 14 45 1 1,6
11.1776394 8 KLHWP 13 179 39,8 33,7 146 17,5 54 1,5 3,42
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:37
Load Hook HSWP Grade 12 - Eye/Latch

General: Hook with eye, with forged and galvanised safety catch.
Safety factor: 4:1.
2

b
Art no WLL LC Code B F L T g k b Weight

tons kN mm kg/pcs.
11.1288001 3 60 HSWP 7/8 26 11 106 25 19 27 88 0,65
11.1288003 5 100 HSWP 10 31 16 131 34 26 33 108 1,29
11.1288005 8 160 HSWP 13 39 19 164 43 33 43 132 2,43
Clevis Sling Hook KHSWP Grade 12

General: Application for general lifting.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL LC Code e h a d g1 b Weight

tons kN mm kg/pcs.
11.1218504 2,36 47 KHSWP 7 105 26 19 9,5 36 101 0,85
11.1211598 3 60 KHSWP 8 105 26 19 10,7 38 101 0,85
11.1218463 5 100 KHSWP 10 121 33 26 14 41 118 1,68
11.1218475 8 160 KHSWP 13 148 43 30 17,5 49 147 2,99
11.1218481 12,5 - KHSWP 16 173 51 35 21 59 176 5,10
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:38
Grab Hook PWP Grade 12 - Eye

General: Application for shortening of chain and chain slings that must not tighten.
Safety factor: 4:1.
2
Art No Art No WLL Code L Width T F B Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.2288007 11.2288007 3 PWP 7/8 68 63 18 11 10 0,51
11.2288009 11.2288009 5 PWP 10 88 81 22 14 13 1,04
11.2288011 11.2288011 8 PWP 13 110 103 26 18 17 2,19
Grab Hook with Safety Pin PSWP Grade 12 - Eye

General: For pewag winner pro connex system. Hook for shortening which prevents
the accidential release of the chain. Special design of the chain contact area for optimal
interaction between chain and hook.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL Lashing capacity LC Code L Width T F B Weight

tons kN mm kg/pcs.
11.2288013 3 60 PSWP 7/8 68 63 18 11 10 0,53
11.2288014 5 100 PSWP 10 88 81 22 14 13 1,05
11.2288015 8 160 PSWP 13 110 103 26 18 17 1,89
Clevis Grab Hook KPWP Grade 12 g1
General: KPWP Clevis grab hook is suitable for the shortening of chains and the forming
of slings that must not tighten.
Material: Alloy steel grade 12. e

Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: EN 1677-1. b
Art No WLL tons Code e mm b mm d mm g1 mm Weight kg/pcs.

11.229958 12,5 KPWP 16 124 123 21 19 4,32
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:39
Connex Bolt and Bushing Set Grade 12

High-strength, tempered bolt and a double tensioning sleeve, for CWP Connex.
Art No Code For connex type

11.07PEW85842 CBHWP 7 CWP 7
2
11.07PEW85843 CBHWP 8 CWP 8
11.07PEW85844 CBHWP 10 CWP 10
11.07PEW85845 CBHWP 13 CWP 13
11.07PEW85846 CBHWP 16 CWP 16
Forged Safety Catch Set Grade 12

Safety catch set for HSWP eye sling hook.

11.12PEW85854 SFGWP 7/8 HSWP 7/8
11.12PEW85855 SFGWP 10 HSWP 10
11.12PEW85856 SFGWP 13 HSWP 13
Forged Safety Catch Set Grade 12

Safety catch set for KHSWP clevis sling hook.

11.0749186 SFGWP-K 7/8 KHSWP 7 + KHSWP 8
11.0779230 SFGWP-K 10 KHSWP 10
11.0749231 SFGWP-K 13 KHSWP 13
SFGWP-K 16 KHSWP 16
Clevis Load Pins Grade 12

Clevis load pins for KHSWP clevis sling hook.

11.12PEW23508 KBSWP 7 KHSWP 7
KBSWP 16 KHSWP 16 + KPWP16
Trigger Set Grade 12

Trigger set for LHWP safety hooks.

11.17PEW69472 VLHWP 7/8 LHWP 7/8
11.17PEW69473 VLHWP 10 LHWP 10
11.17PEW69474 VLHWP 13 LHWP 13
Safety Pin Set Grade 12

General: The sparte parts for PSWP parallel hooks with safety mecanism consist of
a safety bolt, a spring made from stainless steel and a nut.
We recommend protecting the nut against accidental release by using a prick-punch
or glue.

11.17PEW85846 PSGWP 7/8 PSWP 7/8
11.17PEW85847 PSGWP 10 PSWP 10
11.17PEW85848 PSGWP 13 PSWP 13
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:40
Pewag Offshore
Lifting equipment for container transportation and offshore lifting operations often produce high
dynamic forces and excessive impact loadings especially in rough seas. Low temperatures also
affect the resilience of the materials causing unsuitable material to become brittle leading to
equipment failures.
In addition products that are used offshore tend to corrode due to permanent high air humidity,
2
particularly in warmer sea areas, this may lead to increases in stress corrosion cracking.
The pewag winner offshore programme has been specially developed for use in these extreme conditions, the products being
manufactured from higher alloyed materials with special heat treatments to give long service life even at temperatures down to
-40°C.
pewag has consistently set industry leading high standards with innovative design, with the focus clearly on manufacturing prod-
ucts with safety, reliability and functionality as the prime motive.
DNV 2.7-1 approved

All individual parts of a chain sling or wire rope sling for lifting offshore containers must be checked and certified by DNV in ac-
cordance with the Standard for Certification 2.7-1. This is possible through extensive case-by-case tests and approvals (costly and
time consuming often means a longer delivery time), or by subjecting the products to a type approval by DNV beforehand.
pewag has followed the route of type approval and is now in a position to supply products at short notice (individual components
or complete chain slings), which correspond to the Standard for Certification 2.7-1. Due to the type approval, pewag is authorised
by DNV to certify/confirm to compliance with regulation.
Therefore, the risk of the case-by-case approval, namely that a product may not pass the test, is omitted.
pewag winner offshore chains

With special heat treatment to increase toughness, crack detection tested, Charpy-V notch impact result min.
42J (27J in the weld) at -20°C. Stated working load limit applies with safety factor 4. Proof tested at 2.5 x work-
ing load limit. Higher alloyed steel than required according to standard. Production according to EN 818-2 and
DNV 2.7-1 and/or EN 12079-2.
Can be equiped pewag winner offshore

with RFID-chip master links and subassemblies With special heat treatment to increase toughness, crack tested, Charpy-V
notch impact result min. 42J (27J in the weld) at -40°C (DNV 2.7-1 only demands -20°C). Stated working load
limit applies at safety factor 4 and 5 (apart from BW-DNV 2.7-1, VW-DNV 2.7-1). Proof tested at 2.5 x working
load limit. Higher alloyed steel than required according to standard. Production similar to EN 1677-4 and DNV
2.7-1 and/or EN 12079-2.
Stamped with DNV 2.7-1 for clear identification.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:41
Super Lock Hook 8-019

General: Self locking hook with a wide mouth opening.
Suits well for handling large bags as well as lifting items with holes directly.
Material: Quenched and tempered alloy steel.
Finish: Yellow painted.
Safety factor: 5:1.
2
Art No WLL A B C D H K P T Weight

tons mm Kg
11.198-019-02 2 32 177 41 16 30 290 108 29 3.5
11.198-019-03 3 32 177 41 16 30 290 108 29 3.5
Swivelhook with Bearing G8

General: The hook can swivel under load.
Material: Grade 8.
Finish: Red painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Note: Can rotate with load.
Art No WLL Code Chain Ø A B C D D1 E F H L M N P R Weight

tons mm mm kg/pc.
11.10168010ES 1,25 168010 ES 6 10 34 77 24 20 21 15 31 133 38 63 39 12,5 0,75
11.10168015ES 1,6 168015 ES 7 10 33 82 26 22 23 18 34 140 38 63 39 12,5 1
11.10168020ES 2,5 168020 ES 8 12,5 42 94 27 23 27 23 38 163 47 79 48 16 1,4
11.10168030ES 3,2 168030 ES 10 12,5 40 106 32 27 31 23 42 172 47 79 48 16 1,66
11.10168045ES 5,4 168045 ES 13 15 50 132 40 35 37 30 50 213 58 96 60 19 3,65
11.10168070ES 8 168110 ES 16 17,5 65 165 51 43 49 37 62 266 72 120 70 24 5,87
11.10168110ES 11,5 168150 ES 19 22 68 198 58 53 60 43 75 310 82 136 82 27 9,75
11.10168150ES 16 168150 ES 22 24 84 222 66 58 67 52 84 352 92 154 92 31 15,30
11.10168200ES 22 168200 ES 26 29 107 283 87 78 80 64 110 434 115 191 108 38 26,50
11.10168300ES 31,5 168300 ES 32 34 117 339 97 87 94 80 120 512 132 222 132 45 50,00
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:42
Snap Hook G-3315

General: Hook for small lifting tasks. Pressed steel latches and
stainless steel springs, bolts and nuts.
Material: Forged carbon steel.
Finish: Quenched and tempered.
Safety factor: 4:1.
2
Art No WLL Hook size A B C D E F L R Weight
tons mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/pc.
11.101023056 0,34 12 6,35 19,1 19,1 11,2 57,0 19,1 100 82,5 0,11
11.101023074 0,45 14 8,65 28,4 20,6 14,2 68,5 22,4 120 97,5 0,22
Crosby Sorting Hook A-378

General: Deep straight throat permits efficient handling of flat plates or large cylindrical shapes.
Material: Forged alloy steel - Quenched and tempered.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1
Art.no WLL at tip WLL at bottom Dimensions (mm) Weight

of hook tons of hook tons I.D. ofeye Overall length Openingat top of hook Radius at bottom of hook kg
11.291028033 1,8 6,8 35,0 246 71,4 15,9 2,9
Crosby Barrel Hook Grade 6 S377

General: For steel wire rope and chain. To be used in pairs for lifting of barrel.
Material: Forged carbon steel - quenched and tempered.
Marking: WLL.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL Code Inner Ø of hole Outer Øof hole Length Width Weight
tons/pair mm kg
11.291028248 1 2610 39,6 71,4 127 73,2 1,6
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:43
Lifting Eye PLDW

General: Ball-bearing 360° under load rotatable lifting point. High resistant lifting
eye 180° movable. The special screws are 100% crack-tested as well as protected
against corrosion. The table with the load capacities depending on the method of
lifting as lifting gear, number of legs and angle of inclination is a part of the user
manual and packed together with each lifting point.
2
Marking: WLL, thread size and an individual serial number.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Note: Also available in special length (SL) and maximum lenght (MAXL)
as well.
b
d
Can be equiped
with RFID-chip
c
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0 n
Art No WLL (straight lift) Code Thread a b c Ød Øe n n max Weight
tons mm kg/pcs.
11.4291742 0,6 PLDW M8 M8 30 38 54 13 38 20 100 34 0,45
11.4291743 1,2 PLDW M10 M10 30 38 54 13 38 20 180 34 0,45
11.4291744 1,8 PLDW M12 M12 35 48 54 13 38 22 200 34 0,48
11.4291745 2,4 PLDW M14 M14 35 48 54 13 38 22 200 34 0,49
11.4291746 2,8 PLDW M16 M16 35 48 54 13 38 33 250 34 0,51
11.4291747 5 PLDW M20 M20 35 55 75 16 55 33 250 46 1,10
11.4291748 7 PLDW M24 M24 40 66 82 17 63 40 300 50 1,50
11.4291749 10 PLDW M30 M30 50 70 92 23 72 40 300 60 2,50
11.4291750 12,5 PLDW M36 M36 50 91 124 23 92 55 300 75 4,30
11.4291751 16 PLDW M42 M42 65 91 124 27 92 60 300 75 5,10
11.42321166 16 PLDW M45 M45 65 91 124 27 92 68 300 75 5,20
11.4291752 16 PLDW M48 M48 65 116 124 27 92 68 300 75 5,40
11.4232170 28 PLDW M56 M56 70 105 154 33 110 84 300 95 10,2
11.4232173 28 PLDW M64 M64 70 105 154 33 110 96 300 95 11
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:44
Permissible usage
Load capacity acc. to the inspection certificate respectively table of WLL in the
mentioned directions of pull (see picture 1).
Non permissible usage

Make sure when choosing the assembly that improper load can not arise e.g. if:
- The direction of pull is obstructed
- Direction of pull is not in the foreseen area (see picture 2)
- Loading ring rests against edges or load
To calculate the necessary thread length (L):

Picture 1 3LFWXUH 2
L=H+S+K+X
H = Material height
S = Thickness of the washer
K = Height of the nut (depending on the thread size of the screw)
X = Excess length of the screw (twofold pitch of the screw)
L max. = n max.
Method of lifting
Number of legs 1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
Angle of inclination 0° 90° 0° 90° 0°-45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60° asymm. asymm.
Code Thread Fastening Load capacity
torque
mm Nm tons
PLDW M8 M8 10 0,6 0,3 1,2 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,3
PLDW M10 M10 10 1,2 0,5 2,4 1 0,7 0,5 1 0,75 0,5 0,5
PLDW M12 M12 15 1,8 0,7 3,6 1,4 0,95 0,7 1,4 1 0,7 0,7
PLDW M14 M14 25 2,4 1 4,8 2 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 1 1
PLDW M16 M16 30 2,8 1,5 5,6 3 2,1 1,5 3,1 2,1 1,5 1,5
PLDW M20 M20 80 5 2,5 10 5 3,5 2,5 5,3 3,5 2,5 2,5
PLDW M24 M24 150 7 4 14 8 5,5 4 8,4 6 4 4
PLDW M30 M30 230 10 6,7 20 12 8,4 6 12,6 9 6 6
PLDW M36 M36 450 12,5 8 25 16 11,2 8 16,8 12 8 8
PLDW M42 M42 600 16 10 32 20 14 10 21 15 10 10
PLDW M45 M45 600 16 12 32 24 16,9 12 25,4 18 12 12
PLDW M48 M48 600 16 12,5 32 25 17,5 12,5 26,2 18 12,5 12,5
PLDW M56 M56 800 28 24 56 48 33,9 24 50,9 36 24 24
PLDW M64 M64 800 28 25 56 50 35,3 25 53 37,5 25 25
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:45
Lifting Eye PLGW

General: pewag winner profilift gamma supreme – tighten by hand, then align in the
load direction, a lifting point that has been developed and produced with the new
standards in mind. The patented system has proven itself from the beginning.
It is 360° rotatable, contains a patented and interchangeable special screw, which
is 100% crack-tested as well as covered with a chrome VI-free finish-protection
against corrosion and marked with WLL and thread size.
2 Tool-free assembly and disassembly.

The latch in pos.1 does not have any contact with the screw (picture 1).
- The latch is kept in position with a patented spring
PLGW Basic
screw on with tools
PLGW Supreme
tool-free assembling
- Eye bolt is rotatable
The latch in pos. 2 has contact with the screw (picture 2).
- The latch is kept in position with a patented spring
- Eye bolt is not rotatable i.e. the fastening torque is transmitted to the screw and
thus the eye bolt can be (re)assembled.
A considerably simplified alternative is the pewag PLGW pewag winner profilift
gamma basic. With the same benefits as the pewag PLGW supreme in terms of
measurement, carrying capacity and application, the pewag PLGW basic differs
solely in the assembly: mounting and removing requires the use of a hexagon Allen Picture 1 3LFWXUH
wrench. PLGW Supreme PLGW Supreme
Material: Alloy steel. rotatable dis-/assembly
Marking: WLL, thread size and ID number.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Can be equiped
with RFID-chip
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
Art No Art No WLL Code Thread a b c d e Øf n n max. Weight
tons mm kg/pcs.
11.4291753 11.4291753 0,3 PLGW 0,3 t M8 25 45 10 27 53 35 15 90 6 0,17
11.4291754 11.4291754 0,5 PLGW 0,5 t M10 25 45 10 27 53 35 15 160 6 0,18
11.4291755 11.4291755 0,7 PLGW 0,7 t M12 30 55 12 32 63 43 20 160 8 0,29
11.4291756 11.4291756 1,5 PLGW 1,5 t M16 35 64 14 36 70 50 25 160 10 0,45
11.4291757 11.4291757 2,3 PLGW 2,3 t M20 40 73 16 41 81 54 30 160 12 0,62
11.4291758 11.4291758 3,2 PLGW 3,2 t M24 50 86 18 50 93 69 35 - 14 1,10
11.4291759 11.4291759 4 PLGW 4 t (4,9 t) M30 60 110 25 60 114 90 45 - 17 2,20
11.4291760 11.4291760 7 PLGW 7 t M36 70 132 31 70 136 108 55 - 19 3,90
11.4291761 11.4291761 9 PLGW 9 t M42 80 152 36 72 153 126 65 - 22 5,80
11.4291762 11.4291762 12 PLGW 12 t M48 95 179 42 88 179 148 75 - 24 8,90
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:46
Permissible usage
Load capacity acc. to the inspection certificate table of WLL in the shown directions
of pull (see picture 3).
- Adjust the lifting point in the permitted load direction before loading
- Loadable with a 4-fold safety under break in all directions
2
Make sure when choosing the assembly that improper loading can not arise e.g. if:
- Direction of pull is not in the foreseen area (see picture 4) Picture 3 Picture 4
- Loading ring rests against edges or loads

L= H + S + K + X
H = Material height
L max. = n max.
In case of requesting a lifting point with a special thread length, please mention the re- H
quested thread length “L”. n max.
pewag provides, along with the standard and maximum thread lengths, specially custom-
ised thread lengths. S
Supplied customised and maxium thread lengths include a washer and a crack-tested,
K
corrosion-proofed screw nut.

X
Method of lifting
Number of legs 1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
Code Thread Load capacity tons
PLGW 0,3 t M8 1,0 0,3 2,0 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,3
PLGW 0,5 t M10 1,5 0,5 3,0 1 0,7 0,5 1 0,7 0,5 0,5
PLGW 0,7 t M12 2 0,7 4 1,4 1 0,7 1,4 1 0,7 0,7
PLGW 1,5 t M16 4 1,5 8 3 2,1 1,5 3 2,2 1,5 1,5
PLGW 2,3 t M20 5 2,3 10 4,6 3,2 2,3 4,8 3,4 2,3 2,3
PLGW 3,2 t M24 6,5 3,2 13 6,4 4,5 3,2 6,7 4,8 3,2 3,2
PLGW 4 t M30 12 4,0 24 8,0 5,6 4,0 8,2 6,0 4,0 4,0
PLGW 4,9 t* M30 12 4,9 24 9,8 6,9 4,9 10,3 7,3 4,9 4,9
PLGW 7 t M36 15 7 30 14 9,8 7 14,7 10,5 7 7
PLGW 9 t M42 22 9 44 18 12,6 9 18,9 13,5 9 9
PLGW 12 t M48 30 12 60 24 16,8 12 25 18 12 12
* Higher carrying capacity soon only available in this design.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:47
Lifting Eye PLGW-SN G10

General: A revolutionary lifting eye which, thanks to the patented system
with the red latches (see images) can be mounted by hand (latches in
the upright position) and then freely rotate 360° around its own axis after
installation (latches in the down position). The eye can be loaded within
a range of 180°. The eye can be used individually or in combination with
multiple eyes and should be tightened only by hand. This version of PLGW
2
is used in those areas where a threaded bolt on the load is used instead
of a simple thread. there is also the possibility to mount the lifting point
PLGW-SN with a commercially available (standard) screw through the
clearance hole. The benefit with the eye nut is that no matter the width
of the load, the same lifting points ca be used. All you need are standard
screws with different screw lenghts.
Safety factor: 4:1
Marking: WLL, and an individual serial number.
Finish: Painted.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Can be equipped with

RFID-chip
Art. nr. WLL Type Gevind a b c d e Øf Vægt
tons mm mm kg/stk.
11.428441 0,3 PLGW-SN 0,3 t M8 25 45 10 21 55 35 12 0,17
11.428449 0,5 PLGW-SN 0,5 t M10 25 45 10 21 55 35 12 0,17
11.4298428 0,7 PLGW-SN 0,7 t M12 30 55 12 25 65 43 14 0,28
11.4298783 1,5 PLGW-SN 1,5 t M16 35 64 14 29 72 50 19 0,42
11.4298784 2,3 PLGW-SN 2,3 t M20 40 69 16 34 80 54 22 0,50
11.4298785 3,5 PLGW-SN 3,5 t M24 50 86 18 40 95 69 27 1
11.4298185 4,9 PLGW-SN 4,9 t M30 60 110 25 47 115 90 36 2
Løftemetode
Antal parter 1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
Hældningsvinkel 0° 90° 0° 90° 0°-45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60° asymm. asymm.
Type Gevind WLL tons
PLGW-SN 0,3 t M8 1,0 0,3 2,0 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,3
PLGW-SN 0,5 t M10 1,5 0,5 3,0 1 0,7 0,5 1 0,7 0,5 0,5
PLGW-SN 0,7 t M12 2 0,7 4 1,4 1 0,7 1,4 1 0,7 0,7
PLGW-SN 1,5 t M16 4 1,5 8 3 2,1 1,5 3 2,2 1,5 1,5
PLGW-SN 2,3 t M20 5 2,3 10 4,6 3,2 2,3 4,8 3,4 2,3 2,3
PLGW-SN 3,5 t M24 6,5 3,5 13 7 4,9 3,5 7,4 5,2 3,5 3,5
PLGW-SN 4,9 t* M30 12 4,9 24 9 6,9 4,9 10,3 7,3 4,9 4,9
PLGW-SN with
standard bolt
PLGW with special
length thread
Applikation 1: Use PLGW or PLGW-SN $SSOLNDWLRQ'LIIHUHQFHORDGWKLFNQHVV Applikation 3: Bolts with thread

width available
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:48
Comparison between PLGW/PLGW-SN pewag profilift gamma and eyebolt DIN 580
and eyenut DIN 582
Why should I use PLGW pewag profilift gamma?
1*) What size DIN 580/582 is needed to carry the same load as the pewag profilift gamma (in the
2
appropriate direction of loading).
Application: Single-sling, direct load, Load = 2 t.

Required thread size pewag PLGW: M12
Required thread size eye bolt acc. to DIN 580/582: M30
Application: Multi leg sling

2*) The carrying capacity of DIN 580/582 shall apply only if the screws are screwed incompletely and
rest on the load with the entire contact surface. Since it is very likely in this case, that at least one
screw is loaded in the wrong direction, pewag recommends the adjustable eye bolts PLGW.
Those can always be aligned in the tensile direction.
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1 6L]HFRPSDULVRQ3/*:0±
0
',10
PLGW pewag profilift gamma supreme eyebolt resp. Eye bolt according to DIN 580 resp.
PLGW-SN pewag profilift gamma supreme eye nut Eye bolt according to DIN 582
Product PLGW (SN) DIN 580 / DIN 582 PLGW (SN) DIN 580 / DIN 582
Thread size M12 M12 1*) 2*) M36 M36 1*) 2*)
Nominal load capacity 0,7 t 0,34 t 7t 4,6 t
Working load limit WLL 2t 0,34 t M30 15 t 4,6 t M64
Breaking load limit 8t 2,04 t 60 t 27,6 t
WLL (< 45°) 0,7 t 0,24 t M20 7t 3,3 t M56
Breaking load limit (< 45°) 2,8 t 1,44 t 28 t 19,8 t
WLL (< 45° side loaded) 0,7 t 0,17 t M24 7t 2,3 t M64
Breaking load limit (< 45° side

loaded)
2,8 t 1,02 t 28 t 13,8 t
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:49
Lifting Eye PLAW

General: 360° rotatable lifting point. The load ring is loadable in a range of 130° and
can be positioned at any required angle due to its replaceable and patented spring.
Likewise interchangeable is the hexagon-special screw from grade 10.9 material,
which is secured against loss. The screw is 100% crack detection tested as well as
covered with a chromate VI-free protection against corrosion.
pewag winner profilift alpha is able to withstand a 4-fold safety against break in all
2
directions. It is avaliable with metric or UNC-thread, whereas the lifting points with
metric thread is also obtainable with customized thread lengths.
3/$: 3/$:
Finish: Painted.
b
a
Safety factor: 4:1. d
c
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G1 0 n
3/$:0
h
k
RFID-chip
Art No WLL Code Thread a b c d e g h k n n max. Weight
tons mm kg/pcs.
11.4258491 0,3 PLAW 0,3 t M8 45 67 40 11 41 95 36 55 20 150 10 24 0,57
11.4258493 0,63 PLAW 0,63 t M10 45 67 40 11 41 95 36 55 20 150 10 24 0,58
11.4258496 1 PLAW 1 t M12 45 67 40 11 41 95 36 55 33 170 10 24 0,60
11.4242778 1,5 PLAW 1,5 t M16 45 67 40 11 41 95 36 55 33 260 10 24 0,62
11.4261003 2,5 PLAW 2,5 t M20 54 81 50 13 55 112 50 67 33 335 8 24 1,10
11.4261954 4 PLAW 4 t M24 54 87 50 17 67 142 45 70 36 361 14 36 1,60
11.4261968 6 PLAW 6 t M30 75 115 67 20 68 143 67 100 49 364 14 36 3,10
11.4235029 7 PLAW 7 t * M36 75 115 67 20 65 143 60 100 55 374 27 - 3,30
11.4261979 8 PLAW 8 t M36 93 147 85 27 87 188 85 120 55 365 19 36 6,10
11.4262009 10 PLAW 10 t M42 93 147 85 27 87 188 85 120 65 290 32 - 6,40
11.4235028 15 PLAW 15 t M42 115 181 105 33 108 246 106 150 63 340 19 55 12,0
11.4289137 20 PLAW 20 t M48 115 181 105 33 108 246 106 150 73 340 19 55 12,3
* Special models only availability on request. Attention: Subject to technical changes.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:50
Permissible usage
Load capacity acc. to the inspection certificate respectively
table of WLL in the mentioned directions of pull (see picture
1).
Make sure when choosing the assembly that improper load
can not arise e.g. if:
- Direction of pull is not in the foreseen area (see picture 2)
- Load ring rests against edges or loads (picture 3) 3LFWXUH 3LFWXUH 3LFWXUH 2
The load ring must be placed in the direction of pull before
loading - do not turn under load. For more details please
have a look into our user manual.

L = H + S +K + X
H = Material height
K = Height of the nut (depending on the thread size of the
screw)
L max. = n max.
pewag provides, along with the standard and maximum

thread lengths, specially customised thread lengths.
Supplied customised and maxium thread lengths include a
washer and a crack-tested, corrosion-proofed screw nut.
Method of lifting
Number of legs 1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
torque
mm Nm tons
PLAW 0,3 t M8 35 0,3 0,3 0,6 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,3
PLAW 0,63 t M10 70 0,63 0,63 1,25 1,25 0,85 0,63 1,3 0,9 0,63 0,63
PLAW 1 t M12 120 1 1 2 2 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 1 1
PLAW 1,5 t M16 150 1,5 1,5 3 3 2,1 1,5 3,1 2,2 1,5 1,5
PLAW 2,5 t M20 170 2,5 2,5 5 5 3,5 2,5 5,3 3,7 2,5 2,5
PLAW 4 t M24 400 4 4 8 8 5,6 4 8,4 6 4 4
PLAW 6 t M30 500 6 6 12 12 8,5 6 12,7 9 6 6
PLAW 7 t* M36 800 7 7 14 14 9,8 7 14,8 10,4 7 7
PLAW 8 t M36 800 8 8 16 16 11,3 8 16,9 12 8 8
PLAW 10 t M42 1500 10 10 20 20 14 10 21 15 10 10
PLAW 15 t M42 1500 15 15 30 30 21 15 31,5 22,5 15 15
PLAW 20 t M48 2000 20 20 40 40 28 20 42 30 20 20
* Only on request
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:51
Lifting Eye PLBW G10

General: Screwable, 360° rotatable lifting point. The load ring is 180° movable and
can be positioned at any required angle due to its replaceable and patented spring.
Likewise interchangeable is the hexagon-special screw of grade 10.9 material, which
is secured against loss.
The screw is 100% crack-tested as well as covered with a chromate VI-free protection against corrosion. It can
be tightened with a hexagon wrench or spanner wrench.
2 pewag winner profilift beta is available with metric or UNC-thread, whereas the lifting points with metric thread
are also obtainable with customized thread lengths.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 5:1.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10

RFID-chip
Art No Art No WLL Code Thread a b c e f g h n n max. Weight
tons mm mm mm kg/pcs.
11.4214229 11.4214229 0,3 PLBW 0,3 t M8 29 56 30 38 18 27 94 13 80 8 15 0,32
11.4214230 11.4214230 0,6 PLBW 0,6 t M10 29 56 30 38 18 27 94 15 100 8 15 0,33
11.4214236 11.4214236 1 PLBW 1 t M12 29 56 30 38 18 27 94 17 180 8 15 0,34
11.4214231 11.4214231 1,3 PLBW 1,3 t M14 43 79 45 55 25 38 138 22 220 10 24 1,03
11.4214232 11.4214232 1,6 PLBW 1,6 t M16 43 79 45 55 25 38 138 24 260 10 24 1,04
11.4214237 11.4214237 2 PLBW 2 t M18 43 79 45 55 25 38 138 27 295 10 24 1,07
11.4214188 11.4214188 2,5 PLBW 2,5 t M20 43 79 45 55 25 38 138 30 335 10 24 1,08
11.4214238 11.4214238 3 PLBW 3 t M22 64 118 68 85 38 58 209 33 355 14 36 3,50
11.4214239 11.4214239 4 PLBW 4 t M24 64 118 68 85 38 58 209 36 355 14 36 3,53
11.4214240 11.4214240 5 PLBW 5 t M27 64 118 68 85 38 58 209 40 355 14 36 3,58
11.4214241 11.4214241 6,3 PLBW 6,3 t M30 64 118 68 85 38 58 209 45 355 14 36 3,66
11.4214242 11.4214242 8 PLBW 8 t M33 106 188 108 132 60 91 331 54 328 19 55 14,50
11.4214233 11.4214233 10 PLBW 10 t M36 106 188 108 132 60 91 331 59 328 19 55 14,60
11.4214234 11.4214234 12,5 PLBW 12,5 t M42 106 188 108 132 60 91 331 69 328 19 55 14,90
11.4214235 11.4214235 15 PLBW 15 t M48 106 188 108 132 60 91 331 74 328 19 55 15,20
Attention: Subject to technical changes.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:52
Permissible usage
mentioned directions of pull – see picture 1 and 2.
- The direction of pull is obstructed.
- Direction of pull is not in the foreseen area (see picture 3).
2
- Loading ring rests against edges or load (picture 4).
The load ring must be placed in the direction of pull before loading – do not turn
under load.
Picture 1 3LFWXUH
Picture 3 Picture 4

L= H + S + K + X
H = Material height
L max. = n max.
pewag provides, along with the standard and maximum thread lengths, specially
customised thread lengths.
Supplied customised and maxium thread lengths include a washer and a crack-
tested, corrosion-proofed screw nut.
Method of lifting
Number of legs 1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
torque
mm Nm tons
PLBW 0,3 t M8 6 0,5 0,3 1 0,6 0,4 0,3 0,6 4,5 0,3 0,3
PLBW 0,6 t M10 10 1 0,6 2 1,2 0,8 0,6 1,3 9 0,6 0,6
PLBW 1 t M12 15 1,3 1 2,6 2 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 1 1
PLBW 1,3 t M14 30 2 1,3 4 2,6 1,8 1,3 2,7 1,9 1,3 1,3
PLBW 1,6 t M16 50 2,5 1,6 5 3,2 2,2 1,6 3,4 2,4 1,6 1,6
PLBW 2 t M18 70 3 2 6 4 2,8 2 4,2 3 2 2
PLBW 2,5 t M20 100 3,5 2,5 7 5 3,5 2,5 5,3 3,7 2,5 2,5
PLBW 3 t M22 120 4,5 3 9 6 4,2 3 6,3 4,5 3 3
PLBW 4 t M24 160 5,5 4 11 8 5,6 4 8,4 6 4 4
PLBW 5 t M27 200 6,5 5 13 10 7 5 10,5 7,5 5 5
PLBW 6,3 t M30 250 7 6,3 14 12,6 8,8 6,3 13,2 9,4 6,3 6,3
PLBW 8 t M33 270 9 8 18 16 11 8 16,5 12 8 8
PLBW 10 T M36 320 11 10 22 20 14 10 21 15 10 10
PLBW 12,5 T M42 400 13,5 12,5 27 25 17,5 12,5 26,3 18,7 12,5 12,5
PLBW 15 T M48 600 16 15 32 30 21 15 32 22,5 15 15
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:53
Lifting Eye TP Grade 10

General: The eyes can be loaded with working load limit in all directions. All the eyes
are pivoted to avoid breakage in the eyes, which also make it possible to fold it aside
when it is not in use. Furthermore it has a ball beared swivel which makes the lifting
eye to always stand in the correct direction to the load.
Material: Eye and swivel of alloy steel grade 10.
Marking: WLL.
2
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Note: The surface that the lifting eyes shall be attatched to shall be flat
and tolerate the load it is going to be exposed to.
Art No WLL Code Thread version Tightening Pitch Øb g SW width t Link Weight
straight lift dxe torque across flats
tons mm Nm DIN mm Ø x t1 x bi kg
13
11.420381400001 1,0 TP 0,7 M 10x18 10-40 1,5 36,5 48 34 41 13x55x32 0,42
11.420381400000 1,4 M 12x18 15-40 1,75 36,5 48 34 41 13x55x32 0,43
11.420381400002 1,4 M 12x25 15-40 1,75 36,5 48 34 41 13x55x32 0,43
11.420381400003 2,0 M 14x20 30-40 2 36,5 48 34 41 13x55x32 0,43
11.420381401000 2,8 TP 1,4 M 16x20 45-130 2 36,5 48 34 41 13x55x32 0,43
11.420381401001 2,8 M 16x30 45-130 2 36,5 48 34 41 13x55x32 0,44
11.420381401002 3,4 M 20x30 75-130 2,5 36,5 48 34 41 13x55x32 0,46
11.420381401003 3,4 M 24x30 90-130 3 36,5 48 34 41 13x55x32 0,49
11.420381402000 5 TP 2,5 M 20x30 100-170 2,5 52 68 46 57 16x71x34 0,95
11.420381402001 5 M 20x40 100-170 2,5 52 68 46 57 16x71x34 0,94
11.420381402002 5 M 20x50 100-170 2,5 52 68 46 57 16x71x34 1,04
11.420381402003 5 M 20x70 100-170 2,5 52 68 46 57 16x71x34 1,07
11.420381404000 8 TP 4 M 24x30 190-280 3 57 75 50 63 18x85x45 1,43
11.420381404001 8 M 24x45 190-280 3 57 75 50 63 18x85x45 1,48
11.420381404002 8 M 24x50 190-280 3 57 75 50 63 18x85x45 1,5
11.420381404003 8 M 30x35 190-280 3,5 57 75 50 63 18x85x45 1,5
11.420381406000 12 TP 6,7 M 30x35 230-400 3,5 70 95 65 78 20x85x45 2,33
11.420381406001 12 M 30x45 230-400 3,5 70 95 65 78 20x85x45 2,37
11.420381406002 12 M 30x50 230-400 3,5 70 95 65 78 20x85x45 2,44
11.420381406003 12 M 30x60 230-400 3,5 70 95 65 78 20x85x45 2,45
11.420381408000 12 TP 8 M 30x35 270-600 3,5 81 106 75 86 23x115x60 3,59
11.420381408001 12 M 30x45 270-600 3,5 81 106 75 86 23x115x60 3,64
11.420381410000 15 TP 10 M 36x50 270-600 4 81 106 75 86 23x115x60 3,72
11.420381410001 15 M 36x54 270-600 4 81 106 75 86 23x115x60 3,82
11.420381412003 15 TP M 42x50 270-700 4,5 81 106 75 86 23x115x60 3,82
11.420381412002 15 12,5 M 42x60 270-700 4,5 81 106 75 86 23x115x60 3,91
11.420381412000 15 M 42x63 270-700 4,5 81 106 75 86 23x115x60 3,94
11.420381412013 15 M 45x60 270-700 4,5 81 106 75 86 23x115x60 4,03
11.420381412001 15 M 48x72 270-700 5 81 106 75 86 23x115x60 4,33
11.420381417003 20 TP 17 M 42x60 350-800 4,5 104 127 95 106 30x140x70 7,34
11.420381417000 252 M 45x60 350-800 4,5 104 127 95 106 30x140x70 7,50
11.420381417001 25 M 48x60 350-800 5 104 127 95 106 30x140x70 7,57
11.420381417002 25 M 56x78 350-900 5,5 104 127 95 106 30x140x70 8,00
11.420381420000 25 TP 20 M 64x96 350-900 6 104 127 95 106 30x140x70 8,85
11.420381420001 25 M 64x110 350-900 6 104 127 95 106 30x140x70 9,20
11.420381428000 32,5 TP 28 M 64x96 500-1.000 6 129 174 115 135 35x170x80 16,3
11.420381428001 32,5 M 72x120 500-1.200 6 129 174 115 135 35x170x80 17,6
11.420381428002 32,5 M 80x150 500-1.200 6 129 174 115 135 35x170x80 19,5
11.420381435000 40 TP 35 M 80x120 500-1.400 6 148 187 135 146 43x220x100 25,1
11.420381435001 40 M 90x150 500-1.500 6 148 187 135 146 43x220x100 27,6
11.420381440002 50 TP 40 M 80x120 500-1.500 6 170 233 150 182 46x240x110 35,5
11.420381440000 50 M 90x115 500-1.500 6 170 233 150 182 46x240x110 36,5
11.420381440003 50 M 90x150 500-1.500 6 170 233 150 182 46x240x110 38,0
11.420381440001 50 M 100x150 500-1.700 6 170 233 150 182 46x240x110 39,8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:54
Load diagram
Kind of attachment
2
Number of legs 1 1 2 2 2 3+4
Angle of inclination 0° 90° 0° 90° 0°-45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60°
Code Thread Load capacity tons
TP 0,7 M 10 1,0 0,5 2,0 1,0 0,7 0,5 1,0 0,75
M 12 1,4 0,7 2,8 1,4 1,0 0,7 1,4 1,0
M 14 2,0 1,0 4,0 2,0 1,4 1,0 2,12 1,5
TP 1,4 M 16 2,8 1,4 5,6 2,8 2,0 1,4 3,0 2,12
M 20 3,4 1,7 6,8 3,4 2,4 1,7 3,55 2,5
M 24 3,4 1,7 6,8 3,4 2,4 1,7 3,55 2,5
TP 2,5 M 20 5,0 2,5 10,0 5,0 3,55 2,5 5,3 3,75
TP 4 M 24 8,0 4,0 16,0 8,0 5,6 4,0 8,5 6,0
M 30 8,0 4,0 16,0 8,0 5,6 4,0 8,5 6,0
TP 6,7 M 30 12,0 6,7 24,0 13,4 9,5 6,7 14,0 10,0
TP 8 M 30 12,0 8,0 24,0 16,0 11,2 8,0 16,0 12,0
TP 10 M 36 15,0 10,0 30,0 20,0 14,0 10,0 21,2 15,0
TP 12,5 M 42 15,0 12,5 30,0 25,0 17,0 12,5 25,0 18,0
M 45 15,0 12,5 30,0 25,0 17,0 12,5 25,0 18,5
M 48 15,0 12,5 30,0 25,0 17,0 12,5 25,0 18,0
TP 17 M 42 20,0 13,0 40,0 26,0 18,0 13,0 27,0 19,0
M 45 25,0 17,0 50,0 34,0 23,5 17,0 35,0 25,0
M 48 25,0 17,0 50,0 34,0 23,5 17,0 35,0 25,0
M 56 25,0 18,0 50,0 36,0 25,0 18,0 37,5 26,5
TP 20 M 64 25,0 20,0 50,0 40,0 28,0 20,0 42,5 30,0
TP 28 M 64 32,5 28,0 65,0 56,0 38,0 28,0 58,0 42,0
M 72 32,5 28,0 65,0 56,0 39,0 28,0 58,0 42,0
M 80 32,5 28,0 65,0 56,0 39,0 28,0 58,0 42,0
TP 35 M 80 40,0 35,0 80,0 70,0 49,0 35,0 74,0 52,5
M 90 40,0 35,0 80,0 70,0 49,0 35,0 74,0 52,5
TP 40 M 80 50,0 40,0 100 80,0 56,0 40,0 84,0 60,0
M 90 50,0 40,0 100 80,0 56,0 40,0 84,0 60,0
M 100 50,0 40,0 100 80,0 56,0 40,0 84,0 60,0
,QWKHFDVHRIDQXQV\PPHWULFDOORDGGLVWULEXWLRQWKHOLIWLQJFDSDFLWLHVDSSOLFDEOHWRWKHDQGOHJVOLQJVDUHWKHVDPHDVIRUOHJW\SHVDW
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:55
Lifting Eye TP-S Grade 10

General: The eyes can be loaded with working load limit in all directions. All the
eyes are pivoted to avoid breakage in the eyes, which also make it possible to fold
it aside when it is not in use. Furthermore it has a ball beared swivel which makes
the lifting eye to always stand in the correct direction to the load.
The advantages:
- Marks on the swivel give a clear indication of inclination angels.
2
- Additional ball bearing system allows for smooth swiveling under load.
- Crimpfeature on the link prevents the link from kinking.
- Both internal and external surfaces are protected against corrosion by a tough
galvanized coating.
- Improved swivel to surface contact is due to special machining.
- Ball bearing wear can be visually recognized by the gap on the wear ring without measuring instruments.
- Secured four times against breakage in all load directions.
Marking: WLL.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Note: The surface that the lifting eyes shall be attatched to shall be flat and tolerate the load it is going to be exposed to.
All welding has to be done by competent welder.
Art No WLL straight lift Code a Øb g t Link Weight

tons mm Ø x t1 x b1 kg
11.420381502000 5 TP-S 2,5 5,5x45° 52 68 57 16x70x34 0,95
11.420381504000 8 TP-S 4 7,0x45° 57 74 62 18x85x45 1,3
11.420381506000 12 TP-S 6,7 8,5x45° 70 95 78 20x85x45 2,2
11.420381510000 15 TP-S 10 10x45° 80 102 83 23x115x60 3,8
11.420381517000 25 TP-S 17 12x45° 100 129 106 30x140x70 6,66
Load diagram
Kind of attachment
Code Load capacity tons
TP-S 2,5 5,0 2,5 10 5,0 3,55 2,5 5,3 3,75
TP-S 4 8,0 4,0 16 8,0 5,6 4,0 8,5 6,0
TP-S 6,7 12 6,7 24 13,4 9,5 6,7 14,0 10
TP-S 10 15 10 30 20 14 10 21,2 15
TP-S 17 25 17 50 34 23,5 17 35 25
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:56
Lifting Eye Theipa Point - F Grade 10

General: The eyes can be loaded with working load limit in all directions. All the
eyes are pivoted to avoid breakage in the eyes, which also make it possible to
fold it aside when it is not in use. Furthermore it has a ball beared sviwel which
makes the lifting eye to always stand in the correct direction to the load.
The advantages:
- The stamped WLL applies to the kind of attachment by 90°.
2
- Bolts of the quality class 10.9 crack-tested are permitted as connecting ele-
ments.
- Different threaded versions and lengths can be supplied on request.
Marking: WLL.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL straight Code Thread version Tightening Pitch a Øb g SW width t Link Weight
lift dxe torque across flats
tons mm Nm DIn 13 mm Ø x t1 x b1i kg
11.420381800000 1,4 TP-F M 12x15 15-40 1,75 45 36,5 73 34 66 13x55x32 0,61
0,5
11.420381801000 2,8 TP-F 1 M 16x20 45-130 2 52 36,5 80 34 73 13x55x32 0,65
11.420381802000 5 TP-F M 20x25 100-170 2,5 66 52 106 46 95 16x70x34 1,5
1,7
11.420381804000 8 TP-F M 24x30 190-280 3 80 57 120 50 108 18x85x45 2,15
2,1
11.420381806000 12 TP-F M 30x40 230-400 3,5 94 70 148 65 131 20x85x45 3,7
3,2
11.420381808000 15 TP-F 5 M 36x45 270-600 4 107 80 164 75 145 23x115x6 5,75
Load diagram
Kind of attachment
Code Load capacity tons
TP-F 0,5 1,4 0,5 2,8 1,0 0,7 0,5 1,0 0,75
TP-F 1 2,8 1,0 5,6 2,0 1,4 1,0 2,12 1,5
TP-F 1,7 5,0 1,7 10,0 3,4 2,4 1,7 3,55 2,5
TP-F 2,1 8,0 2,1 16,0 4,0 2,8 2,1 4,25 3,15
TP-F 3,2 12,0 3,2 24,0 6,4 4,25 3,15 6,7 4,75
TP-F 5 15,0 5,0 30,0 10,0 6,7 5,0 10 7,5
,QFDVHRIDQXQV\PPHWULFDOORDGGLVWULEXWLRQWKHOLIWLQJFDSDFLWLHVDSSOLFDEOHWRWKHDQGOHJVOLQJVDUHWKHVDPHDVIRUOHJW\SHVDW
Specialløfteøjer
On top of our regular range of eyes CERTEX also offers a large variety of special liftingeyes, below you see some examples.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:57
Key Eye Point 8-291K M10 Yoke

General: The lifting eye rotates through 360° adjustable in the direction of
the load.
Material: Alloy steel, quenched and tempered. Captive bolt with high WLL.
Marking: WLL, size, steel quality, CE, manufacturer logo and traceability.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1
2 All Yoke lifting points meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26.
Art No WLL straight pull Thread version Dimensions Torque Weight

tons M E Pitch A B C D F S W
mm mm DIN13 mm Nm kg
11.418-291K-003 1 M8 12 1,25 36 25 8 9 25 6 44 10 0,1
11.418-291K-004 1 M 10 15 1,5 36 25 8 9 25 6 44 10 0,1
11.418-291K-007 2 M 12 18 1,75 45 30 10 11 33 8 52 10 0,2
11.418-291K-015 4 M 16 24 2 52 35 14 13 35 10 61 30 0,3
11.418-291K-023 6 M 20 30 2,5 60 40 16 15 44 12 70 70 0,6
11.418-291K-032 8 M 24 36 3 72 48 19 18 52 14 84 150 1.0
11.418-291K-045 12 M 30 45 3,5 90 60 24 22 60 17 105 350 1,8
11.418-291K-070 16 M 36 54 4 109 72 29 27 76 22 126 410 3,2
11.418-291K-090 24 M 42 63 4,5 123 82 34 32 88 24 147 550 5.0
11.418-291K-120 32 M 48 72 5 144 94 38 37 104 27 168 550 7,6
11.418-291K-140 32 M 56 84 5,5 147 102 40 43 124 27 178 800 9,2
11.418-291K-150 32 M 64 95 6 147 102 40 43 124 27 178 800 10.0
Eyebolt
General: For a maximum angle of use 90º between the two legs - divide the WLL by
two. Approved for lifting. Stated WLL is at 0º.
Marking: WLL, sizes, steel quality, CE, productname, traceable.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: ISO 3266.
Art No WLL Thread a d ØD L Weight

tons mm kg
11.40DK2014008 0,4 M8 34 7 20 24 0,05
11.40DK2014010 0,7 M10 38 8 22 30 0,10
11.40DK2014012 1,0 M12 47 10 26 36 0,20
11.40DK2014016 1,5 M16 65 15 35 55 0,40
11.40DK2014020 2,5 M20 73 17 39 59 0,60
11.40DK2014024 4,0 M24 96 20 54 64 1,20
Other sizes on request
1 2 2 2 3 or 4 legs 3 or 4 legs
0° 0° 0°-45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60°
Size Single leg 2 legs 2 legs 2 legs 3 or 4 legs 3 or 4 legs
M8 0,4 0,8 0,14 0,10 0,20 0,14
M10 0,7 1,4 0,25 0,18 0,35 0,25
M12 1,0 2,0 0,35 0,25 0,50 0,35
M16 1,5 3,0 0,53 0,38 0,75 0,53
M20 2,5 5,0 0,86 0,63 1,25 0,86
M24 4,0 8,0 1,40 1,00 2,00 1,40
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:58
Swivel Eye Bolt with Screw 801

General: Swivel eye bolt with screw, to be screwed with appropriate spanner.
Material: Alloy steel 8.8.
Marking: Marked with WLL, sizes, steel quality, CE, producername, tracability.
Safety factor: 4:1.
2
Note: Approved for lifting.
Art No WLL Thread D L A B C E H Weight

tons mm mm kg
11.40C80106 0,4 M6x15 15 25 45 25 10 45 0,090
11.40C80108 0,8 M8x15 15 25 45 25 10 45 0,090
11.40C80110 1 M10x16 16 25 45 25 10 45 0,110
11.40C80112 1,6 M12x22 22 35 63 35 14 62 0,270
11.40C80114 3 M14x20 20 35 63 35 14 62 0,290
11.40C80116 4 M16x29 29 35 63 35 14 62 0,310
11.40C80120 6 M20x32 32 50 90 50 20 90 0,880
11.40C80124 8 M24x40 40 50 90 50 20 90 0,900
11.40C80130 12 M30x45 45 60 108 65 24 109 1,700
Load diagram
0° 0° 90° 90° 0°-45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60°

WLL tons
Size Single leg 2 legs Single leg 2 legs 2 legs 3 or 4 legs
M6X15 0,4 0,8 0,1 0,2 0,14 0,1 0,2 0,14
M8X15 0,8 1,6 0,2 0,4 0,28 0,2 0,4 0,28
M10X16 1,0 2,0 0,25 0,5 0,35 0,25 0,5 0,35
M12X22 1,6 3,2 0,4 0,8 0,56 0,4 0,8 0,56
M14X20 3,0 6,0 0,75 1,5 1,0 0,75 1,5 1,0
M16X29 4,0 8,0 1,0 2,0 1,4 1,0 2,0 1,4
M20X32 6,0 12 1,5 3,0 2,1 1,5 3,0 2,1
M24X40 8,0 16 2,0 4,0 2,8 2,0 4,0 2,8
M30X45 12 24 3,0 6,0 4,2 3,0 6,0 4,2
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:59
Eye Bolt 803

General: Eye bolt to be screwed by hand.
Marking: Marked with WLL, sizes, steel quality, CE, producername, tracability.
Safety factor: 4:1.
2
Art No WLL Size DxL A B C E F H Weight

tons mm mm kg
11.40C80306 0,4 M6X13 25 45 25 10 10 45 0,090
11.40C80308 0,8 M8X13 25 45 25 10 10 45 0,090
11.40V80310 1 M10X17 25 45 25 10 10 45 0,110
11.40C80312 1,6 M12X21 35 63 35 14 14 62 0,270
11.40C80314 3 M14X21 35 63 35 14 14 62 0,290
11.40C80316 4 M16X27 35 63 35 14 14 62 0,310
11.40C80318 5 M18X27 50 90 50 20 20 90 0,840
11.40C80320 6 M20X30 50 90 50 20 20 90 0,860
11.40C80322 7 M22X36 50 90 50 20 20 90 0,900
11.40C80324 8 M24X36 50 90 50 20 20 90 0,900
11.40C80327 10 M27X45 60 108 65 24 24 109 1,660
11.40C80330 12 M30X45 60 108 65 24 24 109 1,700
0° 0° 0°-45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60°

WLL tons
Size Single leg 2 legs 2 legs 3 or 4 legs
M6X13 0,4 0,8 0,14 0,1 0,2 0,14
M8X13 0,8 1,6 0,28 0,2 0,4 0,28
M10X17 1,0 2,0 0,35 0,25 0,5 0,35
M12X21 1,6 3,2 0,56 0,4 0,8 0,56
M14X21 3,0 6,0 1,0 0,75 1,5 1,0
M16X27 4,0 8,0 1,4 1,0 2,0 1,4
M18X27 5,0 10 1,8 1,25 2,5 1,8
M20X30 6,0 12 2,1 1,5 3,0 2,1
M22X36 7,0 14 2,4 1,75 3,5 2,4
M24X36 8,0 16 2,8 2,0 4,0 2,8
M27X45 10 20 3,5 2,5 5,0 3,5
M30X45 12 24 4,2 3,0 6,0 4,2
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:60
Eye Nut 802

General: Eye nut to be screwed by hand.
Marking: Marked with WLL, sizes, steel quality, CE, producername,
tracability.
Safety factor: 4:1.

2
Art No WLL Size DxL A B C E F H Weight
tons mm mm kg
11.40C80206 0,4 M6 25 45 25 10 10 45 0,100
11.40C80208 0,8 M8 25 45 25 10 10 45 0,100
11.40C80210 1 M10 25 45 25 10 10 45 0,100
11.40C80212 1,6 M12 35 63 35 14 14 62 0,260
11.40C80214 3 M14 35 63 35 14 14 62 0,260
11.40C80216 4 M16 35 63 35 14 14 62 0,260
11.40C80218 5 M18 50 90 50 20 20 90 0,750
11.40C80220 6 M20 50 90 50 20 20 90 0,750
11.40C80224 8 M24 50 90 50 20 20 90 0,750
11.40C80227 10 M27 60 108 65 24 24 109 1,400
11.40C80230 12 M30 60 108 65 24 24 109 1,400
0° 0° 0°-45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60°

WLL tons
Size Single-leg 2-leg 2-leg 3- or 4-leg
M6 0,4 0,8 0,14 0,1 0,2 0,14
M8 0,8 1,6 0,28 0,2 0,4 0,28
M10 1,0 2,0 0,35 0,25 0,5 0,35
M12 1,6 3,2 0,56 0,4 0,8 0,56
M14 3,0 6,0 1,0 0,75 1,5 1,0
M16 4,0 8,0 1,4 1,0 2,0 1,4
M18 5,0 10 1,8 1,25 2,5 1,8
M20 6,0 12 2,1 1,5 3,0 2,1
M24 8,0 16 2,8 2,0 4,0 2,8
M27 10 20 3,5 2,5 5,0 3,5
M30 12 24 4,2 3,0 6,0 4,2
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:61
Eye Bolt S-276

General: Shaft without thread.
Features: Lifting at 45º to angular only 30% WLL. Lifting at 90º to angular only 25%
WLL. WLL ratings are with metric threading.
Material: Forged steel. Quenched and tempered.
Safety factor: 4:1.
2
Note: Please inform item type and length when ordering.
Art No WLL Shank DxL Rec. thread A B C D E F G H Weight

tons mm mm kg/100 pcs.
11.401045746 0,22 6,35 x 51 M5 6,35 51,0 63,5 74,5 12,7 22,4 4,85 11,9 2,49
11.401045764 0,22 6,35 x 102 M5 6,35 102 114 125 12,7 22,4 4,85 11,9 3,18
11.401045782 0,275 7,94 x 57 M6 7,85 57 74,5 89,0 16,0 28,7 6,35 14,2 2,86
11.401045808 0,275 7,94 x 108 M6 7,85 108 125 140 16,0 28,7 6,35 14,2 6,71
11.401045826 0,5 9,53 x 63,5 M8 9,65 63,5 83,5 101 19,1 35,1 7,85 16,8 8,53
11.401045844 0,5 9,53 x 114 M8 9,65 114 134 152 19,1 35,1 7,85 16,8 11,3
11.401045862 0,75 12,7 x 82,5 M10 12,7 82,5 108 130 25,4 44,5 9,65 23,1 15,0
11.401045880 0,75 12,7 x 152 M10 12,7 152 178 200 25,4 44,5 9,65 23,1 22,7
11.401045906 1,575 15,9 x 102 M14 16,0 102 135 164 31,8 57,0 12,7 28,4 31,2
11.401045924 1,575 15,9 x 152 M14 16,0 152 186 214 31,8 57,0 12,7 28,4 34
11.401045942 2,16 19,1 x 114 M16 19,1 114 154 189 38,1 70,0 15,7 35,1 57
11.401045960 2,16 19,1 x 152 M16 19,1 152 192 227 38,1 70,0 15,7 35,1 68
11.401045988 3,375 22,2 x 127 M20 22,4 127 174 215 44,5 82,5 19,1 39,6 91
11.401046022 4,225 25,4 x 152 M22 25,4 152 205 253 51,0 95,5 22,4 46,0 135
11.401046040 4,225 25,4 x 229 M22 25,4 229 282 329 51,0 95,5 22,4 46,0 193
11.401046068 7,8 31,8 x 203 M30 31,8 203 266 323 63,5 114 25,4 58,0 297
11.401046086 7,8 31,8 x 305 M30 31,8 305 368 425 63,5 114 25,4 58,0 323
11.401046102 9,75 38,1 x 381 M36 38,1 381 457 527 76,0 140 31,8 70,0 646
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:62
PLE pewag profilift eta

General: Weldable lifting point. High-tensile eyebolts pewag profilift eta, for welding onto machine parts or
vehicle bodies. Ideal for hanging of lifting and lashing parts. Due to the integrated spring, the ring will be
kept in each requested position.
The instructions according to DIN EN ISO 14341 are valid for the welding. The welding may only be car-
ried out by a welding operator with a valid qualification according to EN 287-1.
The lifting points will be packed individually and together with a user manual and welding instructions
2
Marking: WLL and the load capacity is clearly marked on the welding pad.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: The weldable lifting point PLE is manufactured according to EG-Machine Directive 2006/42/EG and tested according to
EN 1677-1.
Permissible usage
mentioned directions of pull (see picture 1 and 2).
Make sure when choosing the assembly that im-
proper load can not arise e.g. if:
• The direction of pull is obstructed
• Direction of pull is not in the foreseen area
• Loading ring rests against edges and load
3LFWXUH
Standard: EN 1677-1. Picture 1
Art No Code WLL a b d e f h l Weight

tons mm kg/pcs
11.4192458 PLE/N 6 1,12 36 40 11 67 42 26 35 0,31
11.4192459 PLE/N 8 2 37 42 13 73 45 28 37 0,40
11.4192460 PLE/N 10 3,15 41 45 16,5 80 47 34 40 0,63
11.4164471 PLE/N 13 5,3 61 55 22 97 53 44 50 1,46
11.4192462 PLE/N 16 8 63 70 25 120 73 48 64 2,30
11.4192463 PLE/N 22 15 89 97 33 163 92 70 90 5,40
Method of lifting
Number of legs 1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
Angle of inclina- 0° 90° 0° 90° 0°-45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60° asymm. asymm.
tion
Code Load Load capacity
capacity
tons tons
PLE/N 6 1,12 1,12 1,12 2,24 2,24 1,5 1,12 2,3 1,6 1,12 1,12
PLE/N 8 2 2 2 4 4 2,8 2 4,2 3 2 2
PLE/N 10 3,15 3,15 3,15 6,3 6,3 4,4 3,15 6,6 4,7 3,15 3,15
PLE/N 13 5,3 5,3 5,3 10,6 10,6 7,4 5,3 11,2 7,9 5,3 5,3
PLE/N 16 8 8 8 16 16 11,3 8 16,9 12 8 8
PLE/N 22 15 15 15 30 30 21 15 31,8 22,5 15 15
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:63
Lifting Point PLEW

General: Lifting point for welding onto machine parts or vehicle bodies. Ideal
for hanging of lifting and lashing parts. Due to the integreated spring, the ring
will be kept in each requested position.
The instructions according to DIN EN ISO 14341 are valid for the welding.
The welding may only be carried out by a welding operator with a valid quali-
fication according to EN 287-1 or EN ISO 9606-1.
2
The lifting points will be packed individually and together with a user manual
and welding instructions.
Marking: WLL and the load capacity is clearly marked on the welding pad.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Permissible usage
mentioned directions of pull (see picture 1 and 2).
Non permissible usage 3LFWXUH 3LFWXUH

- Direction of pull is not in the foreseen area
- Loading ring rests against edges and load
Art No WLL Code a b c d e f h l Weight

tons mm kg/pcs
11.4257631 1,5 PLEW 1,5 t 32 38 65 14 65 40 25 35 0,32
11.4257643 2,5 PLEW 2,5 t 37 44 75 16 76 47 28 41 0,5
11.4245122 4 PLEW 4 t 43 48 84 18 83 51 32 45 0,75
11.4257647 6,7 PLEW 6,7 t 58 60 107 24 108 64 44 56 1,7
11.4257635 10 PLEW 10 t 69 66 126 27 123 69 54 61 2,8
11.4257639 19 PLEW 19 t 92 95 171 38 168 100 68 89 6,5
Method of lift-
ing
Number of legs 1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
Code WLL tons
PLEW 1,5 t 2,5 1,5 5 3 2,1 1,5 3,1 2,2 1,5 1,5
PLEW 2,5 t 4 2,5 8 5 3,5 2,5 5,3 3,7 2,,5 2,5
PLEW 4 t 6 4 12 8 5,6 4 8,4 6 4 4
PLEW 6,7 t 10 6,7 20 13,4 9,4 6,7 14,2 10 6,7 6,7
PLEW 10 t 15 10 30 20 14,1 10 21,2 15 10 10
PLEW 19 t 25 19 50 38 26,8 19 40,3 28,5 19 19
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:64
Weld-on Lifting Device TAPSK

Typical applications: Weld-on lifting device for edgy surfaces.
Material: Grade 80.
Features: 180º swing.
Safety factor: 4:1 in all directions.
2
Art No Type WLL a b c d l Weight
tons mm kg
11.41380703100 TAPSK 3 3,15 12 56 50 18 53 1,01
11.41380705100 TAPSK 5 5,3 15 67 60 22 63 1,84
11.41380708100 TAPSK 8 8 20 80 70 26 68 3,14
Kind of attachment
Number of lifting points 1 2 2 3 or 4
Angle of inclination 0° 0° 0°-45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60°
Type WLL tons
TAPSK 3 3,15 6,3 4,25 3,15 6,3 4,75
TAPSK 5 5,3 10,6 7,1 5,3 11,2 8,0
TAPSK 8 8 16 11,2 8,0 16 12
Weld-on hook AWHW Grade 10

General: Safety hook to be welded on the excavator bucket.
Marking: WLL.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Important: Observe welding instructions.
P
WIN EWAG
NER
G10
Art No WLL Code L H G B C Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.2884430 1,3 AWHW 1,3 95 74 25 25 34 0,6
11.2884431 3,8 AWHW 3,8 132 106 29 35 40 1,3
11.2884432 6,3 AWHW 6,3 167 133 34 45 49 2,8
11.2884433 10 AWHW 10 175 136 34 50 49 3,7
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:65
Weld-on Lifting Device VRBS-FIX

General: Load ring for plane surfaces. 180º pivoting.
Working temperature: -20°C to +200°C.
Finish: Pink powder coated.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: Forged suspension ring acc. to EN 1677-1.
2
Art No WLL Code A B C D E F T Weight
tons mm kg/pcs.
11.427999019 4 VRBS-FIX - 4 t 60 14 39 48 132 69 74 0,94
11.427999020 6,7 VRBS-FIX - 6.7 t 88 20 50 60 16 91 97 2,24
11.427999021 10 VRBS-FIX - 10 t 100 22 60 65 191 100 108 3,72
11.427999301 16 VRBS-FIX - 16 t 130 30 72 90 267 134 134 8,23
11.427999302 31,5 VRBS-FIX - 31,5 t 160 42 99 130 336 195 202 18,36
11.427906272 50 VRBS-FIX - 50 t 246 70 148 230 596 335 330 64,70
11.427906273 100 VRBS-FIX - 100 t 320 97 195 250 763 392 390 148,20
Weld-on Lifting Device VRBK-FIX

General: Load ring for edge attachments. Welded on the corner
reduces the number of lifting points. Loadable in any direction.
Low profile and 270º pivoting.
Working temperature: -20° to +200°C.
Finish: Pink powder coated.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: Forged suspension ring acc. to EN 1677-1.
Art No WLL Code A B C D E F T Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.427902149 4 VRBK-FIX 4 t 32 14 28 48 141 30 65 1
11.427902150 6,7 VRBK-FIX 6.7 t 40 20 35 60 181 34 84 2,16
11.427902256 10 VRBK-FIX 10 t 52 22 46 65 212 46 94 4,4
11.427904653 50 VRBK-50 t 134 70 118 230 626 96 303 76,35
CERTEX Shackle Fittings

Typical applications: For lifting and turning concrete elements etc.
Construction: Supplied without bolt.
Finish: Blue painted.
Art No WLL Size H1 H2 B Ø

tons
11.2904-9012002 2,5 M16 105 52 27 90
11.2904-9012005 5 M20 138 70 37 110
11.2904-9012006 6,5 M24 160 80 43 130
11.2904-9012009 9,5 M30 212 111 52 150
11.2904-9012012 12 M36 229 118 60 175
11.2904-9012016 16 M42 300 152 73 210
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:66
Lifting Eye Nut DIN 582

Material: Steel C15E.
Proof: 2 x WLL.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Marking: WLL, manufacturer C15, thread & CE
Finish: Electro galvanized.
Standard: DIN 582.
2
WARNING: The lifting eyes shall be screwed tight against the surface. When
two lifting eyes are used their mutual position shall result in the two eyes at the same level. Larger angle between the
slings than 90° are not tolerated. Lifting eyes can not be assembled against a surface that differ essentialy from a surface
perpendicular to the direction of the lift.
User information
Eyebolts/eyenuts to this standard are intended as permanent attachments on equipment such as motors, control cabinets, gear
boxes, etc.
The values given for eyebolts/eyenuts used with double-strand slings (cf. table line 2) apply only if the angle between each sling
branch and the vertical does not exceed 45°. Larger angles and any lateral loading of eyebolts/eyenuts should be avoided.
Art No WLL tons Thread D L S T Weight kg

11.40582C15E08 0,14 0,095 M8 20 36 8 20 0,05
11.40582C15E10 0,23 0,17 M10 25 45 10 25 0,09
11.40582C15E12 0,34 0,24 M12 30 53 12 30 0,16
11.40582C15E16 0,7 0,5 M16 35 62 14 35 0,24
11.40582C15E20 1,2 0,83 M20 40 71 16 40 0,36
11.40582C15E24 1,8 1,27 M24 50 90 20 50 0,72
11.40582C15E30 3,2 2,6 M30 65 109 24 60 1,3
11.40582C15E36 4,6 3,7 M36 75 128 28 70 2,1
11.40582C15E42 6,3 5 M42 85 147 32 80 3,1
11.40582C15E46 8,6 6,1 M48 100 168 38 90 5
2WKHUGLPHQVLRQVDQGW\SHRIWKUHDGRQUHTXHVW
Lifting Eye Bolt DIN 580

Material: Steel C15E.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Marking: WLL, manufacturer C15, thread & CE
Standard: DIN 580.
WARNING: The lifting eyes shall be screwed tight against the surface. When two
lifting eyes are used their mutual position shall result in the two eyes at the same
level. Larger angle between the slings than 90° are not tolerated. Lifting eyes can
not be assembled against a surface that differ essentialy from a surface perpendicular to the direction of the lift.
User information
Eyebolts/eyenuts to this standard are intended as permanent attachments on equipment such as motors, control cabinets, gear
boxes, etc.
The values given for eyebolts/eyenuts used with double-strand slings (cf. table line 2) apply only if the angle between each sling
branch and the vertical does not exceed 45°. Larger angles and any lateral loading of eyebolts/eyenuts should be avoided.
Art No WLL tons Thread D L S T k Weight kg

11.40580C15E08 0,14 0,095 M8 20 36 8 20 13 0,06
11.40580C15E10 0,23 0,17 M10 25 45 10 25 17 0,11
11.40580C15E12 0,34 0,24 M12 30 53 12 30 20,5 0,18
11.40580C15E16 0,7 0,5 M16 35 62 14 35 27 0,28
11.40580C15E20 1,2 0,83 M20 40 71 16 40 30 0,44
11.40580C15E24 1,8 1,27 M24 50 90 20 50 36 0,83
11.40580C15E30 3,2 2,6 M30 65 109 24 60 45 1,7
11.40580C15E36 4,6 3,7 M36 75 128 28 70 54 2,7
11.40580C15E42 6,3 5 M42 85 147 32 80 63 4
11.40580C15E48 8,6 6,1 M48 100 168 38 90 68 6,4
2WKHUGLPHQVLRQVDQGW\SHRIWKUHDGRQUHTXHVW
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:67
Container Lifting Lug CLT Grade 8

General: For lifting of standard containers in the corner fittings on top. Only for
vertical lifting slings. Is delivered 4 lugs/set and to be used together with a lifting
beam.
Design: Provided with barrier which locks in the corner fittings after the lug is L
rotated 90° which prevent the lug to unhook. No part of the lug is outside the
containers sides.
2
Material: Alloy steel grade 8. K
Marking: WLL G A
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No Art No WLL* Code A G K L S T Weight*

tons/4 pcs mm kg/4 pcs
11.27CLT56 11.27MK2 56 CLT-56 123 101 57 160 39 45 28
*Regarding a set of 4 pcs.
Container Lifting Lug CLB Grade 8 S
General: The CLB model is mounted horizontally to the side of the container at U
either the top or the bottom fixing holes.. Is delivered 4 lugs/set, 2 left-, and 2
right - turned lugs and to be used together with a lifting beam. L
B
Design: Provided with spring-loaded barrier which prevent the lug to unhook
when the slings are unloaded.
Marking: WLL and max lifting angle. A G
Proof: 2 x WLL.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
WARNING! Not for toplift (in the hole facing upwards).
Art No WLL Top angle between chains A B G L S T U Weight*

tons/4 pcs mm kg/4 pcs
11.27CLB 32 50º 152 181 75 73 40 45 37 18
11.27CLB 40 36º 152 181 75 73 40 45 37 18
11.27CLB 50 Vertical 152 181 75 73 40 45 37 18
*Per set of 4 pcs.
Container Hook CH-3

Marking: Code.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Note: Not for toplift!
Art No Art No Code Model WLL E G K L S T Weight

tons kg
11.2709050004 11.27Z101220 CH-3 Straight 12,5 46 75 47 187 25 70 3,8
11.2709050003 11.27Z101221 CH-3L 45° left 12,5 46 75 47 187 25 70 3,8
11.2709050005 11.27Z101219 CH-3R 45° right 12,5 46 75 47 187 25 70 3,8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:68
Green Pin® Bow Shackles with Screw Collar Pin G-4161

General: Bow shackles with screw pin.
Material: Bow and pin high tensile steel, Grade 6, quenched and
tempered.
Temperature range: -40°C up to +200°C.
Certification: At no extra charges this product can be supplied with a
2
works certificate, 3.1 material certificate, manufacturer test certificate,
EC Declaration of Conformity. All shackles starting from 2 t can be
supplied with DNV 2.7-1 certificate.
Standard: EN 13889 and meets performance requirements of US
Fed. Spec. RR-C-271 Type IVA Class 2, Grade A.
Standard: EN 13889.
Art No WLL a b c d e f g h i j Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.31GPGHBB05 0,33 5 6 12 5 9,5 22 16 36 29,5 26 0.02
11.31GPGHBB06 0,5 7 8 16,5 7 12 29 20 48,5 38 34 0.05
11.31GPGHBB08 0,75 9 10 20 9 13,5 32 22 56 46,5 40 0.10
11.31GPGHBB10 1 10 11 22,5 10 17 36,5 26 63,5 54 46 0.14
11.31GPGHBB11 1,5 11 13 26,5 11 19 43 29 74 59,5 51 0.19
11.31GPGHBB13 2 13,5 16 34 13 22 51 32 89 73 58 0.36
11.31GPGHBB16 3,25 16 19 40 16 27 64 43 110 89 75 0.63
11.31GPGHBB19 4,75 19 22 46 19 31 76 51 129 103 89 1,01
11.31GPGHBB22 6,5 22 25 52 22 36 83 58 144 119 102 1.50
11.31GPGHBB25 8,5 25 28 59 25 43 95 68 164 137 118 2,21
11.31GPGHBB28 9,5 28 32 66 28 47 108 75 185 153 131 3,16
11.31GPGHBB32 12 32 35 72 32 51 115 83 201 170 147 4,31
11.31GPGHBB35 13,5 35 38 80 35 57 133 92 227 186 162 5,55
11.31GPGHBB38 17 38 42 88 38 60 146 99 249 203 175 7,43
11.31GPGHBB45 25 45 50 103 45 74 178 126 300 243 216 12,84
11.31GPGHBB50 35 50 57 111 50 83 197 138 331 272 238 18,15
11.31GPGHBB57 42,5 57 65 130 57 95 222 160 377 310 274 26,29
11.31GPGHBB65 55 65 70 145 65 105 260 180 433 344 310 37,60
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:69
Green Pin® Dee Shackles with Screw Collar Pin

G-4151
General: Dee shackle with screw collar pin.
Material: Bow and pin high tensile steel, Grade 6, quenched and tem-
pered.
2 Certification: At no extra charges this product can be supplied with a

works certificate, 3.1 material certificate, manufacturer test
certificate, EC Declaration of Conformity. All shackles starting from 2 t can be supplied with DNV 2.7-1 certificate.
Standard: EN 13889 and meets performance requirements of US Fed. Spec. RR-C-271 Type IVB Class 2, Grade A.
Standard: EN 13889.
Art No WLL a b c d e f g h Weight

tons mm kg/pc
11.30GPGDBB05 0,33 5 6 12 5 9,5 19 33 29,5 0,02
11.30GPGDBB06 0,5 7 8 16,5 7 12 22 41,5 38 0,05
11.30GPGDBB08 0,75 9 10 20 9 13,5 26 50 46,5 0,09
11.30GPGDBB10 1 10 11 22,5 10 17 32 59 54 0,14
11.30GPGDBB11 1,5 11 13 26,5 11 19 37 68 59,5 0,19
11.30GPGDBB13 2 13,5 16 34 13 22 43 81 73 0,32
11.30GPGDBB16 3,25 16 19 40 16 27 51 97 89 0,54
11.30GPGDBB19 4,75 19 22 46 19 31 59 112 103 0,87
11.30GPGDBB22 6,5 22 25 52 22 36 73 134 119 1,34
11.30GPGDBB25 8,5 25 28 59 25 43 85 154 137 2,08
11.30GPGDBB28 9,5 28 32 66 28 47 90 167 153 2,77
11.30GPGDBB32 12 32 35 72 32 51 94 180 170 3,72
11.30GPGDBB35 13,5 35 38 80 35 57 115 209 186 5,14
11.30GPGDBB38 17 38 42 88 38 60 127 230 203 6,85
11.30GPGDBB45 25 45 50 103 45 74 149 271 243 11,45
11.30GPGDBB50 35 50 57 111 50 83 171 305 272 16,86
11.30GPGDBB57 42,5 57 65 130 57 95 190 345 310 24,61
11.30GPGDBB65 55 65 70 145 65 105 203 376 344 32,65
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:70
Green Pin® Bow Shackles with Safety Bolt G-4163

Material: Bow and pin high tensile steel, Grade 6, quenched and tempered.
Certification: At no extra charges this product can be supplied with a works
certificate, 3.1 material certificate, manufacturer test
certificate, EC Declaration of Conformity. All shackles starting from 2 t can be
2
supplied with DNV 2.7-1 certificate.
Standard: EN 13889 and meets performance requirements of US Fed. Spec. RR-C-271 Type IVA Class 3, Grade A.
Standard: EN 13889.
Note: This shackle can also be delivered with fixed nut (an extra AISI 316 securing bolt is drilled through both the nut
and shackle pin. This securing bolt is fastened with two sets of Nord-Lock® washers and a securing
nut. These washers lock when subjected to movement and keep the nut safely in position).
Art No WLL a b c d e f g h i j k Weight

tons mm kg/pc
11.31GPGHMB06 0,5 7 8 16,5 7 12 29 20 48,5 42 34 4 0.06
11.31GPGHMB08 0,75 9 10 20 9 13,5 32 22 56 50 40 5 0.11
11.31GPGHMB10 1 10 11 22,5 10 17 36,5 26 63,5 60 46 8 0.16
11.31GPGHMB11 1,5 11 13 26,5 11 19 43 29 74 67 51 11 0.22
11.31GPGHMB13 2 13,5 16 34 13 22 51 32 89 82 58 13 0.42
11.31GPGHMB16 3,25 16 19 40 16 27 64 43 110 98 75 17 0.74
11.31GPGHMB19 4,75 19 22 46 19 31 76 51 129 114 89 19 1.18
11.31GPGHMB22 6,5 22 25 52 22 36 83 58 144 130 102 22 1.77
11.31GPGHMB25 8,5 25 28 59 25 43 95 68 164 150 118 25 2.58
11.31GPGHMB28 9,5 28 32 66 28 47 108 75 185 166 131 27 3.66
11.31GPGHMB32 12 32 35 72 32 51 115 83 201 178 147 30 4.91
11.31GPGHMB35 13,5 35 38 80 35 57 133 92 227 197 162 33 6.54
11.31GPGHMB38 17 38 42 88 38 60 146 99 249 202 175 19 8.19
11.31GPGHMB45 25 45 50 103 45 74 178 126 300 249 216 23 14.22
11.31GPGHMB50 35 50 57 111 50 83 197 138 331 269 238 26 19.85
11.31GPGHMB57 42,5 57 65 130 57 95 222 160 377 301 274 29 28.33
11.31GPGHMB65 55 65 70 145 65 105 260 180 433 330 310 32 39.59
11.31GPGHMB75 85 75 83 162 73 127 329 190 527 380 340 39 62.00
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:71
Green Pin® Dee Shackles with Safety Bolt G-4153

General: Dee shackle with safety bolt.
Material: Bow and pin high tensile steel, Grade 6, quenched and tem-
pered.
2
works certificate, 3.1 material certificate, manufacturer test
certificate, EC Declaration of Conformity. All shackles starting from 2 t can
be supplied with DNV 2.7-1 certificate.
Standard: EN 13889.
Art No WLL a b c d e f g h i Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.30GPGDMB13 2 13,5 16 34 13 22 43 81 82 13 0,39
11.30GPGDMB16 3,25 16 19 40 16 27 51 97 98 17 0,67
11.30GPGDMB19 4,75 19 22 46 19 31 59 112 114 19 1,08
11.30GPGDMB22 6,5 22 25 52 22 36 73 134 130 22 1,66
11.30GPGDMB25 8,5 25 28 59 25 43 85 154 150 25 2,46
11.30GPGDMB28 9,5 28 32 66 28 47 90 167 166 27 3,40
11.30GPGDMB32 12 32 35 72 32 51 94 180 178 30 4,51
11.30GPGDMB35 13,5 35 38 80 35 57 115 209 197 33 6,10
11.30GPGDMB38 17 38 42 88 38 60 127 230 202 19 7,63
11.30GPGDMB45 25 45 50 103 45 74 149 271 249 23 12,88
11.30GPGDMB50 35 50 57 111 50 83 171 305 269 26 17,35
11.30GPGDMB57 42,5 57 65 130 57 95 190 345 301 29 25,94
11.30GPGDMB65 55 65 70 145 65 105 203 376 330 32 35,33
11.30GPGDMB75 85 75 83 162 73 127 229 427 380 39 52,97
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:72
Green Pin® Super Shackles G-5263

General: Bow shackles with safety bolt.
Material: Bow and pin alloy steel, Grade 8, quenched and tempered.
Finish: Hot dipped galvanized (175 ton shackle is painted).
Certification: At no extra charges this product can be supplied with works
certificate, 3.1 material certificate, manufacturer test certificate, EC Declaration
2
of Conformity. All shackles starting from 150 tons are supplied with a Lloyd’s
Register of Shipping Certificate on proof load.
Standard: Meets performance requirements of US Fed. Spec. RR-C-271 Type IVA Class 3, Grade B.

tons mm kg/pc
11.31SUGHMB13 3,3 13.5 16 34 13 22 51 32 89 82 58 13 0.44
11.31SUGHMB16 5 16 19 40 16 27 64 43 1110 98 75 17 0.79
11.31SUGHMB19 7 19 22 46 19 31 76 51 129 114 89 19 1.26
11.31SUGHMB22 9,5 22 25 52 22 36 83 58 144 130 102 22 1.88
11.31SUGHMB25 12,5 25 28 59 25 43 96 68 164 150 118 25 2.78
11.31SUGHMB28 15 28 32 66 28 47 108 75 185 166 131 27 3.87
11.31SUGHMB32 18 32 35 72 32 51 115 83 201 178 147 30 5.26
11.31SUGHMB35 21 35 38 80 35 57 133 92 227 197 162 33 6.94
11.31SUGHMB38 30 38 42 88 38 60 146 99 249 202 175 19 8.79
11.31SUGHMB45 40 45 50 103 45 74 178 126 300 249 216 23 15
11.31SUGHMB57 55 57 57 117 57 83 197 138 341 286 252 26 22
11.31SUGHMB70 85 70 70 143 70 105 260 180 437 344 320 32 42
11.31SUGHMB83 120 83 83 162 83 127 329 190 535 403 356 40 70
11.31SUGHMB150 150* 95 95 208 91 147 400 238 647 511 428 50 112
11.31SUGHMB175 175* 105 108 238 102 169 410 275 688 561 485 60 160
* Round headed bolt.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:73
Green Pin® Heavy Duty Shackle P-6036

General: Bow shackles with saftety bolt.
Material: Bow and pin alloy steel, Grade 8 quenched and tempered.
Finish: Shackle bow painted silver, pin painted green (120 tons shackle is hot
dipped galvanized).
certificate, 3.1 material certificate, manufacturer test certificate, EC Declara-
2
tion of Conformity. All shackles starting from 150 tons are supplied with a
Lloyd's Register of Shipping Certificate on proof load.

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.31HDGPHM0120 120 95 95 208 91 147 400 238 647 440 428 50 110
11.31HDGPHM0150 150 105 108 238 102 169 410 275 688 490 485 60 160
11.31HDGPHM0200 200 120 130 279 113 179 513 290 838 520 530 60 235
11.31HDGPHM0250 250 130 140 299 118 205 554 305 904 560 565 65 285
11.31HDGPHM0300 300 140 150 325 123 205 618 305 996 575 585 70 340
11.31HDGPHM0400 400 170 175 376 164 231 668 325 1.114 690 665 70 560
11.31HDGPHM0500 500 180 185 398 164 256 718 350 1.190 720 710 70 685
11.31HDGPHM0600 600 200 205 444 189 282 718 375 1.243 810 775 70 880
11.31HDGPHM0700 700 210 215 454 204 308 718 400 1.263 870 820 70 980
11.31HDGPHM0800 800 210 220 464 204 308 718 400 1.270 870 820 70 1.100
11.31HDGPHM0900 900 220 230 485 215 328 718 420 1.296 920 860 70 1.280
11.31HDGPHM1000 1.000 240 240 515 215 349 718 420 1.336 940 900 70 1.460
11.31HDGPHM1250 1.250 260 270 585 230 369 768 450 1.456 1.025 970 70 1.990
11.31HDGPHM1500 1.500 280 290 625 230 369 818 450 1.556 1.025 1.010 70 2.400
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:74
Green Pin® Sling Shackle P-6033

works certificate, 3.1 material certificate, manufacturer test certificate,
EC Declaration of Conformity and all shackles from 75 t and up are
2
supplied with a Lloyd’s Register of Shipping Certificate on proof load.
For shackles 75 t and up an MPI and/or US inspection certificate can
be supplied on request.
Finish: Shackle bow painted silver, pin painted green.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Note: for details on dimensions and tolerances please consult our CAD drawings, these are available on request.
This shackle can also be delivered with fixed nut (an extra AISI 316 securing bolt is drilled through
both the nut and shackle pin. This securing bolt is fastened with two sets of Nord-Lock® washers and
a securing nut. These washers lock when subjected to movement and keep the nut safely in posi-
tion).
Art No WLL a b c d e f g h i j k l Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.31SLGPF0007 7 22 22 46 19 32 96 64 153 115 110 19 41 2
11.31SLGPF0012 12,5 28 28 61 25 44 121 82 197 151 146 24 54 4
11.31SLGPF0018 18 35 35 69 30 52 148 102 239 175 180 29 64 7
11.31SLGPF0030 30 40 42 90 35 69 165 126 279 211 200 34 79 13
11.31SLGPF0040 40 55 51 109 45 84 199 140 331 252 235 38 97 21
11.31SLGPF0055 55 60 57 115 55 90 240 160 389 299 270 45 100 30
11.31SLGPF0075 75 68 70 125 54 110 290 185 473 327 317 54 120 48
11.31SLGPF0125 125 85 80 154 85 137 366 220 583 426 390 64 150 92
11.31SLGPF0150 150 94 95 179 89 147 391 253 645 435 434 50 170 140
11.31SLGPF0200 200 110 105 199 100 158 481 280 759 470 482 50 205 205
11.31SLGPF0250 250 126 120 227 110 179 542 300 859 519 530 60 240 264
11.31SLGPF0300 300 135 134 245 122 195 601 350 947 575 620 70 265 360
11.31SLGPF0400 400 160 160 293 145 231 576 370 985 675 690 80 320 580
11.31SLGPF0500 500 170 180 328 160 263 681 450 1.131 748 790 90 339 780
11.31SLGPF0600 600 190 200 348 170 289 741 490 1.234 809 865 100 370 980
11.31SLGPF0700 700 200 215 392 190 315 751 540 1.284 879 901 100 400 1.360
11.31SLGPF0800 800 218 230 420 200 342 851 554 1.426 942 947 110 420 1.430
11.31SLGPF0900 900 242 255 466 220 368 851 580 1.488 1.023 1.023 120 440 1.650
11.31SLGPF1000 1.000 260 270 490 240 399 851 614 1.532 1.103 1.107 120 460 2.970
11.31SLGPF1250 1.250 285 300 510 260 452 931 650 1.666 1.227 1.182 150 530 3.700
11.31SLGPF1550 1.550 285 320 550 280 483 950 680 1.710 1.300 1.253 150 560 4.000
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:75
Green Pin® Power Sling Shackle

General: Sling shackel with a revolutionary design. Save up to 20% on syn-
thetic- and wire rope costs, with the optimal D/d ratio.
Batc 0T
8
h TC
60
Holla
WLL
nd
2
certificate, material certificate, manufacturer test certificate, EC Declaration
of Conformity. All shackles from 125 t are be supplied with Lloyd's Register of
Shipping Certificate on proof load.
Supplied on request: An MPI and/or US inspection certificate.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Art No WLL b c d e f g h i j k l Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.31SLPGP0125 125 80 166 85 134 364 220 631 382 370 36 205 95
11.31SLPGP0150 150 95 182 90 144 389 250 703 408 420 42 248 134
11.31SLPGP0200 200 105 204 100 154 479 276 838 446 475 47 290 195
11.31SLPGP0250 250 120 238 110 174 539 300 938 503 515 60 314 271
11.31SLPGP0300 300 134 260 121 189 599 350 1.031 550 605 60 345 368
11.31SLPGP0400 400 160 305 140 224 620 370 1.078 645 652 80 392 563
11.31SLPGP0500 500 180 340 152 255 679 450 1.239 714 763 85 440 786
11.31SLPGP0600 600 200 365 170 280 739 490 1.353 788 820 90 475 1.009
11.31SLPGP1250 1.250 300 470 245 442 928 650 1.812 1.164 1.144 140 670 2.933
Green Pin® Sunken Hole Shackle G-4159

General: Dee shackles with square sunken hole screw pin.
Material: Bow and pin high tensile steel, Grade 6, quenched and tempered.
certificate, 3.1 certificate, manufacturer test certificate and/or EC Declaration
of Conformity.
Safety factor: MBL equals 6x WLL.
Standard: EN 13889 and meets performance requirements of US Fed. Spec.
RR-C271, Grade A.
Standard: EN 13889.
Note: Key for (un)screwing the pin sold separately.
Art No a b c d e f g h i Weight
mm kg/pcs.
11.31GPGDVV13 13.5 16 34 13 22 43 81 51 11 0.34
11.31GPGDVV16 16 19 40 16 27 51 97 63 11 0.60
11.31GPGDVV19 19 22 46 19 31 59 112 74 11 0.98
11.31GPGDVV22 22 25 52 22 36 73 134 85 13 1.26
11.31GPGDVV25 25 28 59 25 43 85 154 99 13 2.14
11.31GPGDVV28 28 32 66 28 47 90 167 110 17 3.05
11.31GPGDVV32 32 35 72 32 51 94 180 122 17 3.56
11.31GPGDVV35 35 38 80 35 57 115 209 135 17 5.17
11.31GPGDVV38 38 42 88 38 60 127 230 145 17 6.84
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:76
Green Pin® Wide Mouth Shackle G-4263

works certificate, 3.1 material certificate, manufacturer test certificate
2
and/or EC Declaration of Conformity.
and shackle pin. This securing bolt is fastened with two sets of Nord-Lock® washers and a securing nut. These wash-
ers lock when subjected to movement and keep the nut safely in position).

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.31ASGHMB22 4,75 22 25 52 22 63 112 88 173 157 132 23 2.08
11.31ASGHMB25 6,5 25 28 59 25 75 135 105 204 183 155 25 3.14
11.31ASGHMB28 8,5 28 32 66 28 82 148 115 225 205 171 27 4.36
11.31ASGHMB32 9,5 32 35 72 32 90 162 126 248 224 190 30 5.95
11.31ASGHMB35 12 35 38 79 35 100 180 140 274 245 210 33 7.87
11.31ASGHMB38 16 38 42 88 38 106 216 159 319 248 235 19 12,50
11.31ASGHMB45 25 45 50 103 45 127 248 175 370 296 265 23 16.70
11.31ASGHMB50 30 50 57 118 50 146 273 207 411 332 307 26 25
11.31ASGHMB65 55 65 70 145 65 165 314 213 487 391 343 32 45
11.31ASGHMB75 75 83 83 164 83 184 330 254 537 460 420 39 70
Shackle with screw pin, Blackline H1

a d2
General: Forged alloy steel shackle. Supplied with alloy screw pin.
Material: Forged, quenched and tempered.
d1
Marking: WLL, charge number and manufactor ID.
Standard: Meets the performance requirements of US Federal
Specification RR-C-271. c
Finish: Mat black painted.
Safety factor: 6:1. e
Max. proof load: 2 times the WLL.
d
Art No Stock Code Code WLL Pin Ø d1 a* c* d d2 e Weight

tons mm kg
11.31PBSP00050BK 05A4200 1332 0,5 8 13 29 6,5 17,5 20 0,048
11.31PBSP00075BK 05A4205 1333 0,75 9,5 13,5 31 8 21 21,5 0,082
11.31PBSP00100BK 05A4210 1334 1 11,2 17 36,5 10 25 26,2 0,150
11.31PBSP00200BK 05A4230 1336 2 15,8 20,6 47,75 12,7 30,5 33,3 0,30
11.31PBSP00325BK 05A4240 1337 3,25 19 27 60 16 40 43 0,65
11.31PBSP00475BK 05A4250 1338 4,75 22 32 71,5 19 48 51 1,01
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:77
Shackle G-209
Design: Screw pin anchor shackle.
Material: Carbon steel with headbolt in alloy steel.
Marking: WLL.
Proof load: 2 x WLL.
Finish: Galvanized with painted bolt.
Safety factor: 6:1.
2
WDQGXS
Art No Stock code WLL Nominalsize A B C D E F G H L M P Weight

tons In. mm kg/pc.
11.311018357 05A0190 0,33 3/16 9,65 6,35 22,4 4,85 15,2 14,2 24,9 37,3 4,06 28,4 4,85 0,03
11.311018375 05A0200 0,5 1/4 11,9 7,85 28,7 6,35 19,8 15,5 32,5 46,7 4,85 35,1 6,35 0,05
11.311018393 05A0180 0,75 5/16 13,5 9,65 31,0 7,85 21,3 19,1 37,3 53,0 5,60 42,2 7,85 0,09
11.311018419 05A0210 1 3/8 16,8 11,2 36,6 9,65 26,2 23,1 45,2 63,0 6,35 51,5 9,65 0,14
11.311018437 05A0220 1,5 7/16 19,1 12,7 42,9 11,2 29,5 26,9 51,5 74,0 7,85 60,5 11,2 0,17
11.311018455 05A0230 2 1/2 20,6 16,0 47,8 12,7 33,3 30,2 58,5 83,5 9,65 68,5 12,7 0,33
11.311018473 05A0240 3,25 5/8 26,9 19,1 60,5 16,0 42,9 38,1 74,5 106 11,2 85,0 17,5 0,62
11.311018491 05A0250 4,75 3/4 31,8 22,4 71,5 19,1 51,0 46,0 89,0 126 12,7 101 20,6 1,07
11.311018516 05A0260 6,5 7/8 36,6 25,4 84,0 22,4 58,0 53,0 102 148 12,7 114 24,6 1,64
11.311018534 05A0270 8,5 1 42,9 28,7 95,5 25,4 68,5 60,5 119 167 14,2 129 26,9 2,28
11.311018552 05A0280 9,5 1 1/8 46,0 31,8 108 29,5 74,0 68,5 131 190 16,0 142 31,8 3,36
11.311018570 05A0300 12 1 1/4 51,5 35,1 119 32,8 82,5 76,0 146 210 17,5 156 35,1 4,31
11.311018598 05A0310 13,5 1 3/8 57,0 38,1 133 36,1 92,0 84,0 162 233 19,1 174 38,1 6,14
11.311018614 05A0320 17 1 1/2 60,5 41,4 146 39,1 98,5 92,0 175 254 20,6 187 41,1 7,80
11.311018632 05A0330 25 1 3/4 73,0 51,0 178 46,7 127 106 225 313 25,4 231 57,0 12,6
11.311018650 05A0340 35 2 82,5 57,0 197 53,0 146 122 253 348 31,0 263 61,0 20,4
11.311018678 05A0350 55 2 1/2 105 70,0 267 69,0 184 145 327 453 35,1 330 79,5 38,9
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:78
Crosby Shackle G-2130 L
E D
Design: Bolt type anchor shackle. Headbolt with nut and pin.
Forged according to U.S. specification RR-C-271.
Material: Carbon steel with headbolt in alloy steel.
Marking: WLL, RFID chip for 25T and higher.
Finish: Galvanized with painted bolt.
2
Safety factor: 6:1.
A F
WDQGXS
Art No Stock Code WLL Nominalsize A B C D E F H L M N C A Weight

tons In. mm Tolerance kg/pcs.
+/-
11.311019464 0,33 3/16 9,65 6,35 22,4 4,85 15,2 14,2 37,3 24,9 32,8 4,85 1,50 1,50 0,03
11.311019466 05A0010 0,5 1/4 11,9 7,85 28,7 6,35 19,8 15,5 46,7 32,5 39,6 6,35 1,50 1,50 0,05
11.311019468 05A0020 0,75 5/16 13,5 9,65 31,0 7,85 21,3 19,1 53 37,3 46,2 7,85 1,50 1,50 0,10
11.311019470 05A0040 1 3/8 16,8 11,2 36,6 9,65 26,2 23,1 63,0 45,2 55,1 9,65 3,30 1,50 0,15
11.311019471 05A0030 1,5 7/16 19,1 12,7 42,9 11,2 29,5 26,9 74,0 51,5 63,8 11,2 3,30 1,50 0,22
11.311019472 05A0050 2 1/2 20,6 16,0 47,8 12,7 33,3 30,2 83,5 58,5 71,1 12,7 3,30 1,50 0,36
11.311019490 05A0060 3,25 5/8 26,9 19,1 60,5 16,0 42,9 38,1 106 74,5 90,4 17,5 3,30 1,50 0,62
11.311019515 05A0070 4,75 3/4 31,8 22,4 71,5 19,1 51,0 46,0 126 89,0 105 20,6 6,35 1,50 1,23
11.311019533 05A0080 6,5 7/8 36,6 25,4 84,0 22,4 58,0 53,0 148 102 122 24,6 6,35 1,50 1,79
11.311019551 05A0090 8,5 1 42,9 28,7 95,5 25,4 68,5 60,5 167 119 137 26,9 6,35 1,50 2,28
11.311019579 05A0100 9,5 1-1/8 46,0 31,8 108 28,7 74,0 68,5 190 131 150 31,8 6,35 1,50 3,75
11.311019597 05A0110 12 1-1/4 51,5 35,1 119 31,8 82,5 76,0 210 146 170 35,1 6,35 1,50 5,31
11.311019613 05A0120 13,5 1-3/8 57,0 38,1 133 35,1 92,0 84,0 233 162 183 38,1 6,35 3,30 7,18
11.311019631 05A0130 17 1-1/2 60,5 41,4 146 38,1 98,5 92,0 254 175 196 41,1 6,35 3,30 8,62
11.311019659 05A0140 25 1-3/4 73,0 51,0 178 44,5 127 106 313 225 246 57 6,35 3,30 15,4
11.311019677 05A0150 35 2 82,5 57,0 197 51,0 146 122 348 253 275 61 6,35 3,30 23,7
11.311019695 05A0160 55 2-1/2 105 70,0 267 66,5 184 145 453 327 345 79,5 6,35 6,35 44,6
11.311019711 05A0170 85 3 127 82,5 330 76,0 200 165 546 365 384 92 6,35 6,35 70
11.311019739 120 3-1/2 133 95,5 372 92,0 229 203 626 419 432 105 6,35 6,35 120
11.311019757 150 4 140 108 368 104 254 229 653 468 451 116 6,35 6,35 153
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:79
Bow Shackle US.std - Screw Pin H1

a d2
Design: Forged according to. U.S. specification RR-C-271D Type IVA,
Grade A, Class 2.
d1
Material: Forged alloy steel, supplied with alloy screw pin. Not to be
heat-treated.
Marking: WLL, CE, size, grade, charge number and manufacturer ID. c
Finish: Hot dip galvanized. e
2
Safety factor: 6:1.
d
Art No Code WLL Nominel size Pin Ø d1 a* c* d d2 e Weight

tons In. mm kg
11.31PBSP00033 1331 0,33 3/16 6,3 10 22,6 5 14,5 15,5 0,026
11.31PBSP00050 1332 0,5 1/4 8 13 29 6,5 17,5 20 0,048
11.31PBSP00075 1333 0,75 5/16 9,5 13,5 31 8 21 21,5 0,082
11.31PBSP00100 1334 1 3/8 11,2 17 36,5 10 25 26,2 0,150
11.31PBSP00150 1335 1,5 7/16 12,7 18,5 42,9 11,3 27 29,5 0,20
11.31PBSP00200 1336 2 1/2 15,8 20,6 47,75 12,7 30,5 33,3 0,30
11.31PBSP00325 1337 3,25 5/8 19 27 60 16 40 43 0,65
11.31PBSP00475 1338 4,75 3/4 22 32 71,5 19 48 51 1,01
11.31PBSP00650 1339 6,5 7/8 25 37 84,5 22 54 58 1,5
11.31PBSP00850 1340 8,5 1 28 43,5 96,25 26,5 60 68,5 2,25
11.31PBSP00950 1341 9,5 1-1/8 32 48 109 29 68 75 3,25
11.31PBSP01200 1342 12 1-1/4 35 53 120,5 32 76 84 4,45
11.31PBSP01350 1343 13,5 1-3/8 38 59 134 35 84 94 5,95
11.31PBSP01700 1344 17 1-1/2 42 62 148,5 38 92 99 7,72
11.31PBSP02500 1345 25 1-3/4 50 75 178 45 106 128 12,64
11.31PBSP03500 1346 35 2 55 84 197,5 52 122 148 18,72
11.31PBSP05500 1347 55 2-1/2 70 107 269,5 66 145 186 37
11.31PBSP08500 85 3 80 130 325 76 165 205 58
Bow Shackle US.std - Safety Bolt H1

d2
Design: Forged according to U.S. specification RR-C-271D Type IVA,
Grade A, Class 2. Supplied with head-bolt with nut and cotter pin. d1
Material: Forged alloy steel. Head-bolt in alloy steel. Not to be heat-treated.
Marking: WLL, CE, size, grade, charge number and manufacturer ID.
c
Finish: Hot dip galvanized.
Safety factor: 6:1.
e
d
Art No Code WLL Nominel size Pin Ø d1 a* c* d d2 e H1 Weight

tons In. mm kg
11.31PBSB00033 0,33 3/16 6 10 23 5 14,5 15,5 33,5 0,03
11.31PBSB00050 1232 0,5 1/4 8 13 29 6,5 17,5 20 42,5 0,05
11.31PBSB00075 1233 0,75 5/16 9,5 13,5 31 8 21 21,5 47 0,10
11.31PBSB00100 1234 1 3/8 11,2 17 37 10 25 26,2 56,5 0,15
11.31PBSB00150 1235 1,5 7/16 12,7 18,5 43 11,3 27 29,5 63,5 0,22
11.31PBSB00200 1236 2 1/2 15,8 20,6 48 12,7 30,5 33,3 75,5 0,36
11.31PBSB00325 1237 3,25 5/8 18,8 27 60 16 40 43 92 0,76
11.31PBSB00475 1238 4,75 3/4 22 32 72 19 48 51 106 1,2
11.31PBSB00650 1239 6,5 7/8 25 37 85 22 54 58 120 1,8
11.31PBSB00850 1240 8,5 1 28 43,5 96 26,5 60 68,5 135 2,6
11.31PBSB00950 1241 9,5 1-1/8 32 48 109 29 68 75 143 3,8
11.31PBSB01200 1242 12 1-1/4 35 53 121 32 76 84 164 5,3
11.31PBSB01350 1243 13,5 1-3/8 38 59 134 35 84 94 182 7,2
11.31PBSB01700 1244 17 1-1/2 42 62 149 38 92 99 195 9,4
11.31PBSB02500 1245 25 1-3/4 50 75 178 45 106 128 224 15
11.31PBSB03500 1246 35 2 56 84 197 52 122 148 248 24
11.31PBSB05500 1247 55 2-1/2 70 107 270 66 145 186 302 45
11.31PBSB08500 1248 85 3 80 130 325 76 165 205 395 70
7ROHUDQFH
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:80
D Shackle
General: Commercial D-shackle.
Note: Not approved for lifting.
2
Art No Thread B C D
mm mm
11.5503-3011005 5 10 32 20
11.5503-3011006 6 13 42 26
11.5503-3011008 8 16 53 30
11.5503-3011010 10 19 61 36
11.5503-3011011 11 22 73 44
11.5503-3011012 12 24 80 50
11.5503-3011014 14 28 92 56
11.5503-3011016 16 32 103 62
11.5503-3011020 20 39 125 74
11.5503-3011022 22 42 140 86
11.5503-3011024 24 50 170 105
11.5503-3011028 28 60 185 114
11.5503-3011030 30 67 205 127
11.5503-3011032 32 75 250 146
H Shackle
General: Commercial H-shackle.
Art No Thread A B C D
mm mm
11.5503-3011105 5 14 10 34 18
11.5503-3011106 6 19 13 40 22
11.5503-3011108 8 27 15 55 34
11.5503-3011110 10 31 19 63 35
11.5503-3011111 11 35 23 73 43
11.5503-3011112 12 40 25 78 46
11.5503-3011116 16 54 32 100 60
11.5503-3011120 20 68 39 120 70
11.5503-3011122 22 70 44 145 88
11.5503-3011124 24 76 55 165 100
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:81
Regular Swivel G-7713 - Eye/Eye

Material: High tensile steel, quenched and tempered.
Standard: Generally to US Federal Spec. RR-C-271, Type VII, Class 2.
Certification: Test certificates can be supplied upon request.
Finish: Hot dipped galvanised.
2
Art No WLL a b c d e f g Weight
tons mm kg/pcs.
11.45WTGPOO06 0,39 6 87 32 18 19 27 75 0,10
11.45WTGPOO08 0,57 8 106 41 21 25 32 90 0,18
11.45WTPGOO10 1,02 10 129 51 24 32 38 109 0,32
11.45WTGPOO13 1,6 13 164 64 33 38 51 138 0,60
11.45WTGPOO16 2,4 16 199 76 40 44 60 167 1,13
11.45WTGPOO19 3,3 19 221 89 44 51 67 183 1,82
11.45WTGPOO22 4,5 22 257 102 52 57 78 213 2,83
11.45WTGPOO25 5,7 25 295 114 59 64 89 245 4,06
11.45WTGPOO32 8,2 32 337 143 68 80 94 273 7,43
11.45WTGPOO38 20,5 38 501 178 102 102 150 425 20,8
Regular Swivel G-7723 - Jaw/Eye

Material: High tensile steel, quenched and tempered.
Standard: Generally to RR-C-271, Type VII, Class 3.
Certification: Test certificates can be supplied upon request.
Art No WLL a b c d e f g h i Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.45WTGPGO06 0,39 6 84 32 18 19 22 67 12 6 0,09
11.45WTGPGO08 0,57 8 98 41 21 25 22 75 13 8 0,16
11.45WTGPGO10 1,02 10 121 51 24 32 27 92 16 10 0,32
11.45WTGPGO13 1,6 13 154 64 33 38 33 114 19 13 0,57
11.45WTGPGO16 2,4 16 186 76 40 44 38 135 24 16 1,12
11.45WTGPGO19 3,3 19 211 89 44 51 44 154 29 19 1,76
11.45WTGPGO22 4,5 22 242 102 52 57 52 178 30 22 2,66
11.45WTGPGO25 5,7 25 290 114 59 64 71 217 44 29 4,02
11.45WTGPGO32 8,2 32 329 143 68 80 71 230 52 35 7,14
11.45WTGPGO38 20,5 38 501 178 106 102 113 364 73 50 24,8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:82
Crosby Swivel S1 - Jaw / Hook

Design: Jaw and hook swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing.
Suitable for frequent rotation under load.
Marking: WLL.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Painted.
Important: Crosby swivels should only be used with the recommended

wire rope. 2
Art No Swivel No WLL Rope Ø A F G H J K L M N O P V Weight

tons mm mm kg
11.46297011 3-S-1 3 13 291 123 70,0 19,1 22,4 41,1 38,9 35,8 33,3 25,4 36,6 28,4 4,45
11.46297217 5-S-1 5 16 339 160 76,0 22,4 25,4 57,0 49,3 42,9 41,1 28,4 46,0 36,6 7,04
11.46297413 8-S-1 8,5 19 418 192 102 25,4 39,5 71,5 62,5 56,5 54,0 35,1 57,0 41,1 13,3
11.46297618 10-S-1 10 22 502 212 114 38,1 44,5 86,0 66,0 61,0 89,0 44,5 66,0 49,3 21,2
11.46297814 15-S-1 15 26 565 263 127 38,1 44,5 86,0 71,5 81,0 89,0 44,5 76,0 60,5 33,5
11.46298118 25-S-1 25 - 680 346 152 51,0 51,0 117 87,5 92,0 93,5 60,5 93,0 76,0 64
11.46298216 35-S-1 35 - 760 357 165 51,0 51,0 117 98,5 95,5 93,5 60,5 116 81,0 100
11.46298314 45-S-1 45 - 891 392 178 57,0 63,5 127 121 108 102 76,0 129 82,5 114
Crosby Swivel S2 - Jaw / Jaw

Design: Jaw and jaw swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing.
Marking: WLL.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Painted.
Important! Crosby swivels should only be used with the recommended

wire rope.
Art No Swivel No. WLL Rope Ø B G H J K N O Weight

tons mm mm kg
11.46297020 3-S-2 3 13 236 70,0 19,1 22,4 41,1 33,3 25,4 4,37
11.46297226 5-S-2 5 16 262 76,0 22,4 25,4 57,0 41,1 28,4 6,21
11.46297422 8-S-2 8,5 19 321 102 25,4 39,5 71,5 54,0 35,1 11,9
11.46297627 10-S-2 10 22 426 114 38,1 44,5 86,0 89,0 44,5 20,8
11.46297823 15-S-2 15 26 435 127 38,1 44,5 86,0 89,0 44,5 28,5
11.46298127 25-S-2 25 - 527 152 51,0 51,0 117 93,5 60,5 64
11.46298225 35-S-2 35 - 527 165 51,0 51,0 117 93,5 60,5 70
11.46298323 45-S-2 45 - 641 178 57,0 63,5 127 102 76,0 107
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:83
Crosby Swivel S3 - Jaw / Eye

Design: Jaw and eye swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing.
Marking: WLL.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Painted.
2 Important! Crosby swivels should only be used with the recom-

mended wire rope.
Art No Swivel No. WLL Rope Ø C G H J K N O Q R S T Weight

tons mm mm kg
11.46297039 3-S-3 3 13 237 70,0 19,1 22,4 41,1 33,3 25,4 19,1 26,2 28,4 31,8 4,14
11.46297235 5-S-3 5 16 256 76,0 22,4 25,4 57,0 41,1 28,4 25,4 32,5 31,8 31,8 6,12
11.46297431 8-S-3 8,5 19 311 102 25,4 39,5 71,5 54,0 35,1 31,8 35,8 41,1 38,1 11,3
11.46297636 10-S-3 10 22 409 114 38,1 44,5 86,1 89,0 44,5 42,9 42,9 70,0 47,8 19,7
11.46297832 15-S-3 15 26 425 127 38,1 44,5 86,0 89,0 44,5 49,3 51,5 70,0 54,0 27,7
11.46298136 25-S-3 25 546 152 51,0 51,0 117 93,5 60,5 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 61
11.46298234 35-S-3 35 546 165 51,0 51,0 117 93,5 60,5 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 68
11.46298332 45-S-3 45 657 178 57,0 63,5 127 102 76,0 63,5 64,5 102 76,0 102
Crosby Swivel S4 - Eye / Jaw

Design: Eye and jaw swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing.
Marking: WLL
Proof load: 2 x WLL
Safety factor: 5:1
Finish: Painted
Important! Crosby swivels should only be used with the recom-

mended wire rope.
Art No Swivel nr. WLL Rope Ø C G H J K N O Q R S T Weight

tons mm mm kg
11.46297048 3-S-4 3 13 237 70,0 19,1 22,4 41,1 33,3 25,4 19,1 26,2 28,4 31,8 4,08
11.46297244 5-S-4 5 16 256 76,0 22,4 25,4 57,0 41,1 28,4 25,4 32,5 31,8 31,8 5,6
11.46297440 8-S-4 8,5 19 311 102 25,4 39,5 71,5 54,0 35,1 31,8 35,8 41,1 38,1 13,2
11.46297645 10-S-4 10 22 409 114 38,1 44,5 86,0 89,0 44,5 42,9 42,9 70,0 47,8 20,0
11.46297841 15-S-4 15 26 425 127 38,1 44,5 86,0 89,0 44,5 49,3 51,5 70,0 54,0 27,7
11.46298145 25-S-4 25 - 546 152 51,0 51,0 117 93,5 60,5 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 61
11.46298243 35-S-4 35 - 546 165 51,0 51,0 117 93,5 60,5 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 68
11.46298341 45-S-4 45 - 657 178 57,0 63,5 127 102 76,0 63,5 64,5 102 76,0 102
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:84
Crosby Swivel S5 - Eye / Eye

Design: Eye & eye swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing.
Marking: WLL.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Painted.

2
mended wire rope.
Art No Swivel No. WLL Rope Ø D G Q R S T Weight

tons mm mm kg
11.46297057 3-S-5 3 13 239 70,0 19,1 26,2 28,4 31,8 3,86
11.46297253 5-S-5 5 16 249 76,0 25,4 32,5 31,8 31,8 5,13
11.46297459 8-S-5 8,5 19 302 102 31,8 35,8 41,1 38,1 13,3
11.46297654 10-S-5 10 22 394 114 42,9 42,9 70,0 47,8 19,1
11.46297850 15-S-5 15 26 416 127 49,3 51,5 70,0 54,0 22,2
11.46298154 25-S-5 25 - 565 152 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 59
11.46298252 35-S-5 35 - 565 165 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 66
11.46298350 45-S-5 45 - 673 178 63,5 64,5 102 76,0 98
Crosby Swivel S6 - Eye / hook

Design: Eye and hook swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing.
Marking: WLL.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Finish: Painted.

mended wire rope.
Art No Swivel No. WLL Rope Ø E F G L M P Q R S T V Weight

tons mm mm kg
11.46297066 3-S-6 3 13 292 123 70,0 38,9 35,8 36,6 19,1 26,2 28,4 31,8 28,4 4,23
11.46297262 5-S-6 5 16 332 160 76,0 49,3 42,9 46,0 25,4 32,5 31,8 31,8 36,6 6,46
11.46297468 8-S-6 8,5 19 408 192 102 62,5 56,5 57,0 31,8 35,8 41,1 38,1 41,1 14,5
11.46297663 10-S-6 10 22 486 212 114 66,0 61,0 66,0 42,9 42,9 70,0 47,8 49,3 20,6
11.46297869 15-S-6 15 26 540 263 127 71,5 61,0 76,0 49,3 51,5 70,0 54,0 60,5 28,6
11.46298163 25-S-6 25 - 699 346 152 87,5 92,0 93,0 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 76,0 61
11.46298261 35-S-6 35 - 780 357 165 98,5 95,5 116 57,0 58,5 98,5 60,5 81,0 98
11.46298369 45-S-6 45 - 907 392 178 121 108 129 63,5 64,5 102 76,0 82,5 122
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:85
Ball Bearing Swivel

General: Tapered roller thrust bearing.
Greaseable.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Black painted.
2
Art No WLL Type A B C D E F G Weight
5:1 mm kg
11.46A401 1,0 401 126 43 16 15 36 18 35 0,60
11.46A402 2,0 402 157 54 20 20 45 22 45 1,50
11.46A403 3,0 403 189 65 27 26 55 28 55 2,75
11.46A405 5,0 405 220 70 33 30 64 33 60 3,90
11.46A408 8,0 408 250 85 42 34 73 39 75 6,70
11.46A412 12,0 412 295 95 50 41 86 45 86 10,60
11.46A417 17,0 417 360 120 57 45 113 55 108 18,50
11.46A422 22,0 422 435 131 60 52 118 63 118 29,70
11.46A432 32,0 432 500 160 65 59 132 73 140 45,00
11.46A445 45,0 445 700 220 102 74 190 100 200 130,00
Chain-Long Link Grade 8

General: Chain for lashing.
Material: Alloy steel grade 8. Not to be heat-treated.
Marking: One link per m. chain is marked with grade. E D
Finish: Painted.
H
WARNING! Not for lifting.
Art No Code Min breaking load Chain E H Weight

tons ØD mm kg/m
14.1410651300 LLP-9-8 102 9 53 15 1,4
14.1410651500 LLP-11-8 154 11 64 18 2,1
14.1410651700 LLP-13-8 212 13 80 22 2,6
14.1410652000 LLP-16-8 322 16 88 27 4,6
Half-long Link Chain Grade 50

General: Anchorchain, barrier, common non-lifting assignments.
Finish: Untreated as standard. Can also be delivered as hot dip galvanized.
WARNING: Not for lifting.
Art No Breaking load d e h Max. payload Weight

Blank kp mm kp kg/m
11.634021008 5.500 8 52 16 1.375 1,10
11.634021009 7.000 9 54 16 1.750 1,45
11.634021010 8.500 10 50 14 2.125 1,80
11.634021013 13.500 13 65 18 3.375 3,05
11.634021016 21.000 16 80 22 5.250 4,60
11.634021020 31.000 20 70 27 7.750 8,20
11.634021023 43.500 23 80 31 10.875 10,8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:86
Long Link Chain Grade 50

General: Anchorchain, barrier, common non-lifting assignments.
Finish: Untreated as standard. Can also be delivered as hot dip galvanized.
Art No Blank Breaking load

kp
d e
mm
h Max. payload
kp
Weight
kg/m
2
11.634022016 21.000 16 100 32 5.250 4,4
11.634022020 31.000 20 125 35 7.750 7,0
11.634022022 42.000 22 120 28 10.500 8,3
11.634022025 54.000 25 140 32 13.500 11
11.634022028 68.000 28 150 37 17.000 14
11.634022032 88.000 32 170 44 22.000 19
11.634022035 106.000 35 180 47 26.500 22
11.634022040 138.000 40 200 54 34.500 29
Chain DIN 766-A

General: Use for anchorchain, barrier, insurance against burglary, common non-lifting
assignments. E D
Finish: Hot dip galvanized as standard. Also available as untreated on request.

Material: Grade 30. Not calibrated. H
Breaking loads are estimated ratings.

Standard: DIN 766.
Note: As standard in bundles a 50 m.
Art No Breaking load D E H Weight

Galvanized tons mm kg/m
11.61CA76ZIF040 0,6 4 16 6 0,32
11.61CA76ZIF050 1,26 5 18,5 7 0,50
11.61CA76ZIF060 1,8 6 18,5 8 0,75
11.61CA76ZIF070 2,52 7 22 9 1,00
11.61CA76ZIF080 3,2 8 24 10 1,35
11.61CA76ZIF100 5 10 28 14 2,25
11.61CA76ZIF120 7 12 36 16 3,10
11.61CA76ZIF160 12,6 16 45 22 5,80
11.61CA76ZIF200 20 20 56 27 9,00
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:87
Chain DIN 5685C - short Link

General: Long link chain for lighting fittings, exhibition designs etc. Available as
untreated and hot dip galvanized. Available as electro galvanized on request.
Material: Steel DIN 17151.
Finish: Galvanized.
Standard: DIN 5685.
2
Note: As standard in bundles a 30 m.
Warning: Not for lifting/not tested.
Art No Art No Breaking load kg d e h Number of links Weight

Blank Galvanized tons mm kg/100 m
11.62CALULUC025 11.62CALUZIF025 0,2 2,5 24 5 41,7 9,0
11.62CALULUC030 11.62CALUZIF030 0,28 3,0 26 6 38,5 14,6
11.62CALULUC035 11.62CALUZIF035 0,385 3,5 28 7 35,7 19,0
11.62CALULUC040 11.62CALUZIF040 0,5 4,0 32 8 31,3 25,0
11.62CALULUC045 11.62CALUZIF045 0,63 4,5 34 9 29,4 32,2
11.62CALULUC050 11.62CALUZIF050 0,775 5,0 35 10 28,6 40,7
11.62CALULUC060 11.62CALUZIF060 1,15 6,0 42 12 23,8 59
11.62CALULUC070 11.62CALUZIF070 1,5 7,0 49 14 20,4 80
11.62CALULUC080 11.62CALUZIF080 2 8,0 52 16 19,2 108
Snap Hook
Finish: Galvanized.
Standard: DIN 5299 C.
Art No Code MBL B D L S T Weight

kg kg/100
11.565299C04 2400 70 7 6 40 4 7 1,2
11.565299C05 2401 100 8 5 50 5 7 1,7
11.565299C06 2402 120 8 6 60 6 8 2,8
11.565299C07 2403 180 8 7 70 7 10 4,5
11.565299C08 2404 230 9 9 80 8 12 6,7
11.565299C09 2405 250 10 9 90 9 12 9,5
11.565299C10 2406 350 11 11 100 10 15 13
11.565299C11 2408 400 13 12 120 11 16 19
2WKHUGLPHQVLRQVSHUIRUPDQFHDQGPDWHULDORQUHTXHVW
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:88
Galvanized Quick Links

Availble in short and long type.
Not for lifting.
2
Art No Size A B Opening Breaking load Weight/100 pcs.
Ø mm mm mm tons kg
11.56PLED04 4 32 11 5,5 0,18 1,2
11.56PLED05G 5 39 13 6,5 0,28 2,1
11.56PLED06GK 6 45 14 7,5 0,4 3,5
11.56PLED06GL 6 59 14 16 0,35 4,2
11.56PLED08GK 8 58 17 10 0,7 7,7
11.56PLED08GL 8 72 17 18 0,65 9,3
11.56PLED10G 10 69 20 12 1,5 13,8
11.56PLED12G 12 82 25 15 2 20,0
11.56PLED14G 14 94 28 17 3,1 35,4
11.56PLED16G 16 116 29 20 4 53,3
Spring Pins type L
Art No Dia. Di L A B C E H R1 R2 Weight/1000 pcs.

mm mm kg
11.56FSP2L 2 9,0 41 13 16 5 1 3 4 2 2,21
11.56FSP3L 3 13,0 67 25 27 3 1 4 4 4 8,02
11.56FSP3.5L 3,5 17,5 75 25 31 5 1 4 3 3 12,20
11.56FSP4L 4 19,0 75 25 38 2 2 4 8 2 16,21
11.56FSP5L 5 26,0 105 33 48 9 2 7 6 4 34,53
11.56FSP6L 6 31,0 117 43 49 9 2 8 12 4 58,13
Spring Pins type B
Art No Dia. Di L A B C E H R1 R2 Weight/1000 pcs.

mm mm kg
11.56FSP2B 2,0 10 43 16 16 4 2 3 3 2 2,32
11.56FSP2.5B 2,5 10 45 17 17 5 1 2 4 2 2,59
11.56FSP3B 3,0 13 54 18 22 3 1 3 4 2 6,26
11.56FSP3.5B 3,5 17 67 21 27 8 1 4 5 4 10,72
11.56FSP4B 4,0 19 75 26 31 4 2 4 7 5 16,56
11.56FSP5B 5,0 ´27 107 33 44 9 2 5 14 5 35,49
11.56FSP6B 6,0 31 117 42 52 5 3 11 20 6 55,89
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:89
Cotter Pins
Other sizes cotter pins available.
2 Art No
11.56SPLIT4X30
Thickness
mm
4
Length
mm
30
Suitable for shackles size
t
2 + 3.25
11.56SPLIT5X40 5 40 4.75 + 6.5
11.56SPLIT6X50 6 50 8.5 + 9.5 + 12
11.56SPLIT8X60 8 60 13.5 + 17
11.56SPLIT10X70 10 70 25 + 35
11.56SPLIT10X90 10 90 42.5 + 55
11.56SPLIT10X100 10 100 85
Ring Pins
Art No Thickness c f l Weight/100 pcs.

mm mm kg
11.56SSP045 4,5 34 3,4 40 2,0
11.56SSP050 5,0 41 3,4 40 2,18
11.56SSP060 6,0 41 3,4 40 2,80
11.56SSP080 8,0 41 3,4 40 3,50
11.56SSP090 9,0 41 3,4 40 3,80
11.56SSP100 10,0 41 3,4 40 4,40
11.56SSP110 11,0 41 3,4 40 5,72
Galvanized Safety Pin a
c
f
Art No d a b c f Weight
mm kg/%
11.56520103 3 100 102 20 31 1,9
11.56520104 4 140 133 21 39 3,9
11.56520105 5 180 180 36 53 8,3
11.56520106 6 190 180 38 58 13,1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:90
STOBITEX chain and wire protection PU-S

Design: Closed, slidable wear protection for both chain and wire rope.
Material: Polyurethane.
Note: Delivered in standard length of 2 meters.
Art No Inside Ø Outside axb For gr 10 chain Weight

2
mm mm mm kg/m
12.4000203010 12 22 x 22 0,50
12.4000203020 14 24 x 24 0,65
12.4000203040 18 28 x 28 0,75
12.4000203050 20 30x30 0,80
12.4000203060 22 32 x 32 6 1,00
12.4000203070 26 36 x 36 7 1,20
12.4000203080 28 38 x 38 8 1,25
12.4000203090 32 42 x 42 8 1,50
12.4000203100 35 45 x 45 10 1,65
12.4000203110 42 52 x 52 10 2,05
12.4000203120 45 55 x 55 13 2,35
12.4000203130 50 60 x 60 13 2,65
12.4000203140 63 73 x 73 16 3,40
Double version can be supplied on request
STOBIFORM Corner Protection KW

General: Equiped with magnet for easier fixation to the goods. Can be offered
with or without magnets and in other designs, including conducting, equiped with
steel reinforcement.
Material: Polyurethan-Elastomer. a
Art No Type Web width Magnet (Option) Weight kg

mm without magnet with magnet
12.40KW025 Stobiform 25 25 2 0,6 0,7
12.40KW040 Stobiform 40 40 2 0,7 0,8
12.40KW065 Stobiform 65 65 2 0,8 1,0
12.40KW075 Stobiform 75 75 4 0,9 1,2
12.40KW100 Stobiform 100 100 4 1,1 1,5
12.40KW125 Stobiform 125 125 4 1,3 1,6
12.40KW150 Stobiform 150 150 4 1,5 1,9
12.40KW200 Stobiform 200 200 6 2,1 2,6
12.40KW300 Stobiform 300 300 8 2,8 3,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:91
Pewag Conveyor Systems

CERTEX DANMARK A/S offers Pewag conveyor chains and accessories up to ø 38 mm
chainsize with corresponding connecting links, chainwheels, attachments etc. for Scraper
conveyors and Bucket Conveyors plus other assignments according to
customers requests.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
2:92
Textile lifting
Roundsling and webbing »

Heavy lift »
Special webbing »
HMPE slings »
Hooks and shackles » Chapter 3
Corner and edge protection »
3:1
Textile lifting
Round sling 3:4

Black round sling 3:5
Heavy lift roundsling 3:6
Extreema® roundsling 3:8
3 Coil lifting sling 3:10

Track Record Extreema® Sling 3:11
Selantic lifting belt 3:12
Webbing sling 3:13
Marine sling 3:15
Coated sling 3:15
Lift-belt-sling 3:16
Roundsling components 3:17
Shackles 3:18
Corner and edge protection 3:22
Own sewing room 3:25
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:2
Roundslings and webbings slings

General: CERTEX manufactures and distributes textile lifting products throughout Europe. We can provide you with our standard
range, such as round sling, webbing slings and cargo securing (lashing) systems. Our range of products also include HMPE prod-
ucts, such as Dyneema®. If you can not find what you are looking for, please contact us directly with your request of customized
products.
Round slings and webbing slings are mostly used without being combined with other lifting components, but can if necessary be
combined with Grade 8, 10 or 12 chain components. Soft lifting gear has low weight relative to its load-bearing capacity, and soft
area against the load to prevent damaging it. The equipment is very flexible which makes these products ideal for pay-loads of all
sizes and shapes. Soft lifting equipment is also colour-coded for each payload, according to the relevant Directives & Regulations
(e.g. CE, EN 1492-1&2) or Offshore lifting regulations.
EN 1492-1 (flat webbing slings).
EN 1492-2 (round slings).
Safety factor: 7:1.
Use of textile roundsling

Use in adverse environments or hazardous applications
3
The resistance to chemicals varies between the material from which round slings and webbing slings are manufactured.
The effects of different chemicals to synthetic fibres is summarized below:
a) polyester (PES) is resistant to most mineral acids, but is damaged by alkalis
b) polyamides (PA) are virtually immune to the effect of alkalis; however, they are attacked by mineral acids
c) polypropylene (PP) is little affected by acids or alkalis, and is suitable for applications where the highest resistance to chemi-
cals, other than solvents, is required.
d) Dyneema® is very good resistant against acids and alkalis.
ATTENTION
Solutions of acids or alkalis which are harmless, can become sufficiently concentrated by evaporation and cause damage. Con-
taminated slings should be taken out of service at once, soaked in cold water, dried naturally and referred to a competent person
for examination. In case of any doubts, always contact your supplier for more information.
Slings with grade 8/10/12 fittings and multi-leg slings with grade 8/10/12 master links should not be used in acidic conditions.
Contact with acids or acidic fumes causes hydrogen embrittlement to grade 8/10/12 materials. If exposure to chemicals is likely,
CERTEX should be consulted.
Temperature affects
Rounds lings are suitable for use and storage in the following temperature ranges:
a) polyester and polyamide: -40°C to +100°C,
b) polypropylene: -40°C to +80°C.
c) Dyneema® -50°C to +70°C.
At low temperatures ice formation will take place if moisture is present. This may act as a cutting agent and an abrasive causing
internal damage to the sling. Further, ice will lessen the flexibility of the sling, in extreme cases rendering it unserviceable for use
in extreme cases.
These ranges vary in a chemical environment, in which case the advice of CERTEX should be sought.
For drying the slings, limited indirect ambient heating, is acceptable within these ranges.
Dyneema® does not take up (absorb) water, unlike the other raw materials such as polyester and polyamide.
Affects of ultra-violet radiation

The man-made fibres from which the round sling is produced are susceptible to degradation if exposed to ultra-violet radiation.
Round slings should not be stored in direct sunlight or sources of ultraviolet radiation.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:3
Roundsling PRS - Standard

Design: Load carrying yarn covered with double layer color coded protection sleeve.
Roundsling of polyester can be delivered up to WLL 300 tons.
Material: Polyester.
Chemical resistance: Resistant to most acids, but not strong alkalizes.
Working temperature: Between -40°C - +100°C.
Stretch with working load: 2-3%.
Length tolerance: Nominal length (EWL) ±2%.
Marking: The slings are provided with a blue label with manufacturer’s symbol, working
load limit (WLL), length, CE marking and a label with handling instruction.
Safety factor: 7:1.
L (EWL)
According EN 1492-2:2000+A1:2008:
3 D.3.6: Slings should be protected from edges, friction and abrasion, whether from the load or the lifting appliance.
Where reinforcements and protection against damage from edges and/or abrasion is supplied as part of the sling, this
should be correctly positioned. It may be necessary to supplement this with additional protection.
CERTEX always recommends using protection.
Art No Code Colour Working load limit (WLL) in tons
Straight pull Choke hitch Basket hitch

0° 0°-45° 45°-60°
12.20PRS010XXX PRS-010 Violet 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
12.20PRS020XXX PRS-020 Green 2 1,6 4 2,8 2
12.20PRS030XXX PRS-030 Yellow 3 2,4 6 4,2 3
12.20PRS040XXX PRS-040 Grey 4 3,2 8 5,6 4
12.20PRS050XXX PRS-050 Red 5 4 10 7 5
12.20PRS060XXX PRS-060 Brown 6 4,8 12 8,4 6
12.20PRS080XXX PRS-080 Blue 8 6,4 16 11,2 8
12.20PRS100XXX PRS-100 Orange 10 8 20 14 10
12.20PRS120XXX PRS-120 Orange 12 9,6 24 16,8 12
12.20PRS360XXX PRS-360 Orange 36 28,8 72 50,4 36
Factor (M) 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:4
Roundsling - Blackline
General: Typically used in connection with theaters, scenes etc. where the round
sling preferably should not be visible.
Design: Load carrying yarn covered with “seamless” black protection sleeve.
Material: Polyester. Resistant to most acids but not to strong alkalizes.
Working temp: Approx. -40° up to +100°C.
Marking: The slings are provided with a blue label with manufacturer´s symbol,
working load limit (WLL), length, CE marking and a label with handling instruction.
Safety factor: 7:1.
L (EWL)
Art No Code Colour Working load limit (WLL) in tons 3

0° 0°-45° 45°-60°
12.2014292011XX PRS-011.B Black 1,1 0,9 2,2 1,5 1,1
12.2014292021XX PRS-021.B Black 2,1 1,7 4,2 2,9 2,1
12.2014292031XX PRS-031.B Black 3,1 2,5 6,2 4,3 3,1
Factor (M)
Roundsling - Wire rope

Design: Especially developed for spotlight installations in theater and show busi-
ness. Steel wire ropes covered with “seamless” black protection sleeve.
Marking: The slings are provided with a white label with manufacturer´s symbol,
working load limit (WLL), length, CE marking.
Length: Available in standard lengths 1 m, 1,5 m and 2 m. Other length on request.
Safety factor: 5:1.
L (EWL)
Art No Colour Working load limit (WLL) in tons

0° 0°-45° 45°-60°
10.74LSTS010XXXBK Black 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
10.74LSTS020XXXBK Black 2 1,6 4 2,8 2
Faktor (M) 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
Other dimensions, WLL and special lengths on request.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:5
Roundsling Polyester - Heavy-Lift

General: High quality product with very small length tolerances produced in Europe.
Produced in capacities (WLL) up to 300 tons. Available with different types of protec-
tion.
Material: 100% High Tenacity Polyester core and cover.
Chemical resistance: Resistant to most acids, but not strong alkalizes.
Working temperature: Between -40°C - +100°C.
Marking: The slings are provided with a blue label with manufacturer’s symbol,
The label is always protected with transparent thick pvc protection cover.
Certificate: CE-Declaration. DNV/Lloyd's Proofload certificates on demand.
Characteristics:
- High life cycle if correctly used (with proper protections).
3
- Very flexible, cost saving and easy to handle.
- Excellent technical performance.
- High lifting capacity. (Be aware of big diameters in polyester in combination with shackles/hooks).
- Different sling configurations (on demand).
- Small length tolerances.
- More options for RFID.
- Extra protection on demand. The use of (extra) appropriate protections is always recommended on the bearing points.
- Different protections for sharp edges, corners, etc. (PES, PU, PVC, HMPE).
According EN 1492-2:2000+A1:2008:
D.3.6: Slings should be protected from edges, friction and abrasion, whether from the load or the lifting appliance.
Where reinforcements and protection against damage from edges and/or abrasion is supplied as part of the sling, this should be
correctly positioned. It may be necessary to supplement this with additional protection.
All slings can be equi-

ped with RFID-chip
Art No Art No with RFID Colour WLL tons Ø approx.

12.20HDY120XXX 12.20HDY120XXX.RFID Orange 12 43
XXX = EWL. Last 3 digits in the article number indicates the effective working lenght (EWL) in meters. E.g. XXX (020) = 2 m. Please be informed that the
DERYH¿JXUHVDUHLQGLFDWLYHDQGPLJKWFKDQJHDVDUHVXOWRISURGXFWLPSURYHPHQWVZLWKRXWQRWLFH1RULJKWVFDQEHFODLPHGIURPWKHP
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:6
Optional Heavy Duty Label Protection. Additional textil protection

Fluorescent Innersleeve (shrinking sock). Additional textile protection sleeves with
Extra core protection, possibility to repair woven in safe working load.
outer sleeve. Extra compact, smaller Easy to identify.
diameter.
3
Lifting table
WLL in tons

0° 0°-45° 45°-60°
12 9,6 24 16,8 12
15 12 30 21 15
20 16 40 28 20
25 20 50 35 25
30 24 60 42 30
40 32 80 56 40
50 40 100 70 50
60 48 120 84 60
80 64 160 112 80
100 80 200 140 100
Load factor (M) 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
Roundsling - slim
General: A very compact type of roundsling, easy to use, especially on smaller hooks. Besides its
compacted design another advantage is its stiffness, which is provided by the elasticated weft in sleev-
ing. This makes it easier for the user to handle the sling when there is an need to wrap the sling around
the cargo through small lifting points or underneath the lifted cargo where spaces is limited. The sling
is also easy to use in confined spaces or aloft.
Elongation: 2-3%.
Working temperature: Approx. -40°C up to +100°C.
Material: 100% Polyester.
Safety factor: 7:1.
Code Colour ~Ø Working load limit (WLL) in tons

mm 0° 0°-45° 45°-60°
12.20SLM010XXX Violet 14 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
12.20SLM020XXX Green 18 2 1,6 4 2,8 2
12.20SLM030XXX Yellow 22 3 2,4 6 4,2 3
12.20SLM050XXX Red 28 5 4 10 7 5
;;; /DVWGLJLWVLQ$UW1RLQGLFDWHVWKHHIIHFWLYHZRUNLQJOHQJWKLQPHWHUV(:/([DPSOH;;; PHWHUV
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:7
EXTREEMA® Roundslings
In on- and offshore projects the lifting equipment such as polyester round
slings or wire rope grommets are at some point no longer suitable because of
their size, weight and health & safety requirements.
The solution is called EXTREEMA®. EXTREEMA® round slings are made from
100% Dyneema® fibers. This makes the slings 15 times stronger than steel
on weight to weight basis. Compared to polyester, EXTREEMA® slings are 3
times lighter with a much smaller diameter. Notb only are the core yarns of the
sling 100% Dyneema®, the protective covers are also made from Dyneema®.
This makes the EXTREEMA® slings the most durable slings on the market.
Depending on the type of lifting operation, other protection sleeves can be

proposed, such as Cordura® or polyester.
3
Features:
- 100% Dyneema® (HMPE)
- Up to 4.000T MBL in straight lift, and 8.000T MBL in U-lift
- Extremely low weight (8 to 10 times lighter than steel).
- Extremely flexible and soft, easy to handle.
- Extremely small diameter.
- Extremely low elongation (less 1% at WLL).
- Extremely high cut resistance.
- Extremely high abrasion resistance.
- Extremely good puncture resistance.
- Extremely high resistance to UV exposure.
- D:d = 1:1 (>WLL 200T D:d = 1:1,5)
- Good resistance to chemicals.
- Does not absorb water.
- Less back and hand injuries, increased efficiency.
- Cost saving, long service life.
- Repairable sling.
- No scrap, no damage to coil.
- Proofload of sling on demand. (DNV, Lloyds Register,etc).
Applications:
- Offshore Wind Industry. (Load-out, transportation & installation).
- Offshore Oil & Gas lifting & installation projects
- Engineered Heavy lifts.
- Subsea installation, rigging, mooring & lifting projects
- Defense & Nuclear Industry lifting projects.
- Renewable Foundations, Jackets, Monopile, Turbine & Blades manufacture.
- Offshore Decommissioning & Salvage.
- DNV Proofload –or Breakload test certificates, CE-declarations (on demand)
EXTREEMA® is a registered trademark of LIFT-TEX® from Netherland. Use of this trademark is prohibited unless strictly authorized.
Dyneema® is a registered tredemark of DSM Dyneema®. Use of this trademark is prohibited unless strictly authorized.
Can be delivered in up to MBL 4.000 t in straight pull, and MBL 8.000 t in U-lift and lengths up to 80 m.
Comparison of diameter and weight of EXTREEMA® round slings, polyester round slings, with the same WLL.
Art No WLL EWL EXTREEMA® Polyester
tons m ø in mm Weight kg ø in mm Weight kg
12.20EXT0300XXX 30 5 40 14,5 69 30,7
12.20EXT0400XXX 40 5 50 16,5 98 39,7
12.20EXT0500XXX 50 5 60 21 119 56,2
12.20EXT0750XXX 75 5 75 32 140 85,6
12.20EXT1000XXX 100 5 100 47 155 110,8
12.20EXT1250XXX 125 5 125 62,5 197 140
12.20EXT1500XXX 150 5 140 77,5 222 170
12.20EXT2000XXX 200 5 170 107 260 223
XXX = last 3 digits in article number indicates the effective working length in m. (EWL). Example XXX (020) = 2 m.All data in this table is indicative.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:8
EXTREEMA® CORDURA® Slings and Protections

Lift-Tex® Industrie B.V. continuously invests in R&D. By listening to the customers needs they have developed a new version of
their EXTREEMA® Heavy Lift Slings & Protections.
The latest development of EXTREEMA® Roundslings with Cordura® covers consists of 100% Dyneema® core yarns and a sleeve
made of 100% Cordura® or a blend of Dyneema® and CORDURA®. Each version of EXTREEMA® has its own characteristics.
These new variations of slings and protections will be a perfect fit for lifting objects with small D:d ratios (pressure influence on the
sling), friction due to limited trunnion or anchoring space.
Known for its resistance to abrasions, tears and scuffs, the super-durable fiber CORDURA® is a primary ingredient in many of the
world’s leading high-performance gear. And now also available in the Heavy Lift industry for protection of the rounds lings against
heat by friction, pressure, etc.
3
Please let us assist you in ordering the right product for your individual lifting job.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:9
Coil Lifting Sling

Lifting capacity: From WLL 10 t up to WLL 40 t per coil in a U-lift.
Length: From 1 m up to 60 m working length.
Stevedoring companies, transportation and steel companies are already familiar with the
considerable cost saving and efficiency improving innovative EXTREEMA® coil lifting slings.
- 100% Dyneema® (HMPE)

- Extremely Low weight (8 to 10 times lighter than steel)
- Extremely flexible and soft, easy to handle
- Extremely small diameter
- Extremely low elongation (less 1% at WLL)
- Extremely high cut resistance
- Extremely high abrasion resistance
3
- Extremely good puncture resistance
- Extremely high resistance to UV exposure
- D:d = 1:1
- Good resistance to chemicals
- Does not absorb water
- Less back & hand injuries, increased efficiency
- Cost saving, long service life
- Repairable sling
- No scrap, no damage to coil
- Proofload of sling on demand.(DNV, Lloyds Register, etc.)
Extra protections and sleeves can be added on demand. Slings and protections are available in several configurations, contact
CERTEX for more details about a suitable solution.
Always inform exactly about the packing conditions and protections on the product. In case of any doubt contact CERTEX for
more detailed advise and instructions for use of the proper type of sling & extra protections!
Always read user’s instructions before use of LIFT-TEX® coil slings!

For technical product information and files please contact our sales department.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:10
Examples of the use of Track Record Extreema® Slings

LIFT-TEX® Industrie is a Netherlands based leading manufacturer of Heavy Lift High Performance fiber roundslings. Under de
brand name EXTREEMA® they manufacture HMPE slings. Innovative slings which make use of a patented technology. They set
new standards in heavy lifting. EXTREEMA® slings can lift up to MBL 4000T straight lift/8000T basket lift.
Because of the well trained and skilled staff of LIFT-TEX, EXTREEMA® slings can be provided in many configurations this makes
EXTREEMA® applicable to almost every lifting job. .
Some service options:

- Custom made slings according to the customers needs
- Engineering support
- Inspection and repair
- Wear & cut protections
- Product training
3
- Product development
- Break load and proof load testing
Extreema® maritime sling operations

640 t
Extreema® maritime sling operations

640 t
Boat -yacht lifting sling EXTREEMA® Soft Sling EXTREEMA® maritime sling job 640 t
VEJAMATE Load-out
Load test Windenergy Foundations Lifting and

Transportation 1100 t
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:11
Selantic Sling
General: Sling designed especially for heavy on- and offshore lifting, subsea installation, mooring,
tethering or project-specific lifting.
Materials: Aramid, HMPE LCP or blends.
Construction: Parallel laid endless filaments.
Jacket: Cordura® cut resistant cover, and special design wear protection in critical areas.
Capacity: 1 to >2000 Te MBL.
Length: 0,8 to 150 m.
Length tolerance: ±0, 15% of nominal length.
Certifications: DNV, CEN and ILO.
Features
- Lightweight and flexible
- Safe and easy to handle
3
- No damage to painted surfaces
- Durable construction
- Heat resistant and non conductive
- Available with fluorescent jacket for subsea applications
- Design optimization through material selection
Art No WLL (7:1) WLL (5:1) MBL Min. req. pin dia.
tons tons tons mm
12.20SD35XXX 5 7 35 35
12.20SD70XXX 10 14 70 45
12.20SD105XXX 15 21 105 55
12.20SD140XXX 20 28 140 65
12.20SD175XXX 25 35 175 70
12.20SD210XXX 30 42 210 75
12.20SD280XXX 40 56 280 90
12.20SD350XXX 50 70 350 100
12.20SD420XXX 60 84 420 113
12.20SD560XXX 80 112 560 140
12.20SD630XXX 90 126 630 155
12.20SD700XXX 100 140 700 165
12.20SD800XXX 115 160 800 180
12.20SD900XXX 130 180 900 200
12.20SD1000XXX 143 200 1.000 210
XXX = last 3 digits in article number indicates the effective working length in m. (EWL). Example XXX (020) = 2 m.
Copyright, All rights reserved
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:12
Webbing Sling
Design: Flat woven, colour coded slings with folded soft eyes.
Material: Polyester. Resistant to most acids but not to strong alkalis.
Working temperature: Approx. -40°C - +100°C.
Length tolerance: Nominal length ±3%.
Marking: The slings are provided with a blue label with manufacturer’s symbol, working
load limit (WLL), length, CE marking and a label with handling instructions.
Safety factor: 7:1.
L
Art No Code Colour Webbing width Working load limit (WLL) in tons
3
mm Straight pull Choke hitch Basket hitch
0° 0°-45° 45°-60°
12.30PWE010XXX BS-01 Violet 50 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
12.30PWE020XXX BS-02 Green 60 2 1,6 4 2,8 2
12.30PWE030XXX BS-03 Yellow 90 3 2,4 6 4,2 3
12.30PWE040XXX BS-04 Grey 120 4 3,2 8 5,6 4
12.30PWE050XXX BS-05 Red 150 5 4,0 10 7,0 5
12.30PWE060XXX BS-06 Brown 180 6 4,8 12 8,4 6
12.30PWE080XXX BS-08 Blue 240 8 6,4 16 11,2 8
12.30PWE100XXX BS-10 Orange 300 10 8,0 20 14,0 10
Factor (M) 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
Endless Webbing Sling

Design: Flat woven, colour coded endless slings.
Material: Polyester. Resistant to most acids but not to strong alkalizes.
Working temperature: Approx. -40°C - +100°C.
Marking: The slings are provided with a blue label with manufacturer’s symbol,
Safety factor: 7:1.
L (EWL)
Art No Code Colour Webbing width Working load limit (WLL) in tons
mm Straight pull Choke hitch Basket hitch

0° 0°-45° 45°-60°
12.31PWS010XXX SL-01 Violet 50 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
12.31PWS020XXX SL-02 Green 60 2 1,6 4 2,8 2
12.31PWS030XXX SL-03 Yellow 90 3 2,4 6 4,2 3
12.31PWS040XXX SL-04 Grey 120 4 3,2 8 5,6 4
12.31PWS050XXX SL-05 Red 150 5 4,0 10 7,0 5
12.31PWS080XXX SL-08 Blue 240 8 6,4 16 11,2 8
Factor (M) 1 0,8 2 1,4 1
Other dimensions, WLL and special length on request.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:13
Polyester Webbing Sling acc. to DIN 1492-1

General: CERTEX produce in their own sewing room, a lot of custom made webbing slings. These
slings are produced in a neutral white webbing.
Working temperature: Approx. -40°C up to +100°C.
Safety factor: 7:1.
Types of lifting slings:
Type A: Regular flat eyes (full width).
Type B: Turned eyes (half width).
Type O: Endless.
Types of webbing slings
3
Art No Webbing width Type A Type B Type O C-Triangel C-CR Triangel
for the webbing mm
14.3051101-10 30 x x x x x
14.3050510-19 50 X X X X X
14.3051102-19 60 X X X X X
14.3051093-19 75 X X X X X
14.3051094-19 100 X X X X X
14.3051105-19 150 X X X X X
14.3051108-19 240 X X X - -
14.3051110-19 300 X X X - -
Simplex
Working load limit (WLL) in tons
Art No Webbing Straight pull Choke Basket hitch

width hitch
for the webbing mm 0° 0°-45° 45°-60° Single webbing sling type A
14.3051101-10 30 0,5 1 0,4 1 0,7 0,5
14.3050510-19 50 0,6 1,2 0,48 1,2 0,84 0,6
14.3051102-19 60 1 2 0,8 2 1,4 1
14.3051093-19 75 1,5 3 1,2 3 2,1 1,5
14.3051094-19 100 2 4 1,6 4 2,8 2
14.3051105-19 150 2,5 5 2 5 3,5 2,5
14.3051108-19 240 4 8 3,2 8 5,6 4
14.3051110-19 300 5 10 4 10 7 5 Endless webbing type O
Duplex
Working load limit (WLL) in tons
Art No Webbing width Straight pull Choke hitch Basket hitch

for the webbing mm 0° 0°-45° 45°-60°
Double webbing sling type A
14.3051101-10 30 1 2 0,8 2 1,12 1
14.3050510-19 50 1,2 2,4 0,96 2,4 1,68 1,2
14.3051102-19 60 2 4 1,6 4 2,8 2
14.3051093-19 75 3 6 2,4 6 4,2 3
14.3051094-19 100 4 8 3,2 8 5,6 4
14.3051105-19 150 5 10 4 10 7 5
14.3051108-19 240 8 16 6,4 16 11,2 8
14.3051110-19 300 10 20 8 20 14 10
Endless webbing sling type O
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:14
Marine Sling or Boat Lifting Sling.

General: Slings for lifting boats, the slings are white to prevent discoloration in salt water.
Design: Double sewed, flat woven slings with folded eyes. Alternatively with "shortening eyes" on
request.
Chemical resistance: Resistant to most acids but not strong alkalizes.
Working temp: Approx. -40°C - +100°C.
Length tolerance: Nominal length ±3%.
Marking: The slings are provided with a blue label with manufacturer’s symbol, working load limit
(WLL), length, CE marking and a label with handling instruction.
Safety factor: 7:1.
Always apply and use extra protections to protect the sling from sharp edges, abrasion, wear and
3
tear, due to the shape of the boat (keel & side).
Contact CERTEX for further information.
Art No Art No Code Width Length Working load limit (WLL) in tons
mm m Straight pull Basket hitch

05.26BSY308 12.34YWS030080 BSY-03080 90 8 3 6
05.26BSY310 12.34YWS030100 BSY-03100 90 10 3 6
05.26BSY312 12.34YWS030120 BSY-03120 90 12 3 6
05.26BSY508 12.34YWS050080 BSY-05080 150 8 5 10
05.26BSY510 12.34YWS050100 BSY-05100 150 10 5 10
05.26BSY512 12.34YWS050120 BSY-05120 150 12 5 10
CERTEX - Protect G - PU Spray Coating

General: CERTEX-Protect G - PU spray coatings can be used wherever
cut resistance is less important than protection of the material against
abrasion and moisture. In this case one is also dealing with a PU Elas-
tomer as used in the production of protective sheaths and the coating of
belts.
Advantage: Excellent flexibility whilst offering good protection against

abrasion. The coating thickness “w” is of some 0,5 - 1 mm.
Typical applications: Uses are the lifting of rough objects (such as

concrete pipes, marble blocks, and light plate steel loads) or the use of the
belts in road construction (abrasion and moisture protection).
CERTEX-Protect G - PU spray coatings can applied singly or double
sided.
Coatings can be applied to both finished belts and webbing rolls (maximum
roll length 50m), which can then be sewn after the process is complete.
The application of CERTEX-Protect G - PU spray coatings is carried out by a
hydraulic airless high pressure PU machine. The extraordinarily high pressures used guarantee an excellent material mix and thus
an outstanding end product.
Material: PU Elastomer ca. 75-80 Shore A, colour transparent - opaque. Layer thickness 0,5 - 1 mm.
Note: This form of coating exclusively serves as mechanical protection for the material against abrasion and moisture.
The spray coating is not sealed and as such not waterproof. If the material is to be protected against liquid (acid or
alkaline solutions) then the use of our double sided CERTEX-Protect G - PU coatings would be advisable.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:15
Lifting-belt-sling®
General: Lifting-belt-slings for heavy loads up to 100 tons.
For heavy loads up to 100 tons

With the lifting belt slings from LIFT-TEX you can lift loads of up to 100
tons. This truly outstanding development is based on a manufacturing
technology with a construction allowing a larger lifting area of the belt with
shortened soft eyes. Guaranteed double service life.
Guaranteed double service life

The core is protected by a highly abrasion and cut resistant protection
sleeve. This double the service life of normal lifting slings.
Lifting belt slings and lifting mat slings
3
The new LIFT-TEX lifting belt slings are available in width up to 300mm
and the lifting mat slings for pipelines in width up to 900 mm. Slings are
made with two soft, reinforced eyes on each end for easy crane hook
handling. Special abrasion resistant cut protection sleeves are in addition-
ally available in the required length.
Standard type:
Material: 100% High Tenacity Polyester (core and cover).
Protection sleeves: in addition to the standard types, or seperately as
replacement in required length (full length) available.
Working length: From 2 m up to 50 m.
Marking: Label in a reinforced plastic seal.
Safety factor: 7:1.
Always apply and use extra protections to protect the sling from sharp
edges, abrasion, wear and tear, due to the shape of the boat (keel &
side).
Contact CERTEX for further information.
WLL Eye length Width Colour

tons mm mm
1 500 60-100 Violet
2 500 60-100 Green
3 500 60-100 Yellow
4 500 120-150 Grey
5 700 120-150 Red
6 700 180-200 Brown
8 700 180-200 Blue
10 700 240-260 Orange
15 700 240-260 Orange
20 700 350-400 Orange
25 700 350-400 Orange
30 700 350-400 Orange
40 700 450-500 Orange
50 700 450-500 Orange
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:16
Round Sling Connecting Link CARW Grade 10

General: Link for round slings mounted in one Connex half. Reduced risk of damage thanks to wide surface.
Supplied complete with Connex half, load pin and collar.
Marking: Code and grade.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No Code WLL a e c d b s g Weight

tons mm kg/piece
11.0961956 CARW 8 2,5 29 66 12 10 68 18 18 0,40
3
11.0962898 CARW 10 4,0 40 81 15 13 82 21 24 0,55
11.0962901 CARW 13 6,7 44 104 20 17 101 28 28 1,20
11.091785 CARW 16 10 47 113 21 21 110 40 33 2,00
11.091787 CARW 22 19 110 190 34 25 215 58 51 6,50
Yoke Web Sling Hook X-032

General: Web sling hook.
Material: High quality tensile steel, Grade 10.
Finish: Blue painted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL H K P T W Weight

tons mm kg
11.11X-032-01 1 20 89 25 15 43 0,7
11.11X-032-02 2 27 116 30 20 53 1,5
11.11X-032-03 3 32 119 32 26 64 2,4
11.11X-032-05 5 44 145 45 28 61 3,5
Roundsling Hook Grade 8 F

Marking: Working load limit, code and colour marking regarding suitable round
sling.
Finish: Painted. B L
Safety factor: 4:1.
WARNING! Not to be heat-treated. H

A G
C
Art No Art No WLL Code Colour A B C F G H L Weight

tons kg
11.10D001234 11.10D001234 1 ASH-1 Violet 84 27 32 30 20 25 112 0,6
11.10D001235 11.10D001235 2 ASH-2 Green 110 33 42 36 20 25 134 1,7
11.10D001236 11.10D001236 3 ASH-3 Yellow 132 30 50 46 22 28 145 2,5
11.10D001237 11.10D001237 4 ASH-4 Grey 130 49 60 55 31 35 180 3,2
11.10D001239 11.10D001239 5 ASH-5 Red 130 49 60 55 31 35 180 3,3
11.10D001240 11.10D001240 6 ASH-6 Brown 130 49 60 55 31 35 180 3,3
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:17
Green Pin® Sling Shackle P-6033

Certification: At no extra charges this product can be supplied with a works certificate,
3.1 material certificate, manufacturer test certificate, EC Declaration of Conformity and
all shackles from 75 t and up are supplied with a Lloyd’s Register of Shipping Certificate on proof load. For
shackles 75 t and up an MPI and/or US inspection certificate can be supplied on request.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Note: for details on dimensions and tolerances please consult our CAD drawings, these are available on request.
This shackle can also be delivered with fixed nut (an extra AISI 316 securing bolt is drilled through both the nut and
shackle pin. This securing bolt is fastened with two sets of Nord-Lock® washers and a securing nut. These washers
3
lock when subjected to movement and keep the nut safely in position).
Art No WLL a b c d e f g h i j k l Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.31SLGPF0007 7 22 22 46 19 32 96 64 153 115 110 19 41 2
11.31SLGPF0012 12,5 28 28 61 25 44 121 82 197 151 146 24 54 4
11.31SLGPF0018 18 35 35 69 30 52 148 102 239 175 180 29 64 7
11.31SLGPF0030 30 40 42 90 35 69 165 126 279 211 200 34 79 13
11.31SLGPF0040 40 55 51 109 45 84 199 140 331 252 235 38 97 21
11.31SLGPF0055 55 60 57 115 55 90 240 160 389 299 270 45 100 30
11.31SLGPF0075 75 68 70 125 54 110 290 185 473 327 317 54 120 48
11.31SLGPF0125 125 85 80 154 85 137 366 220 583 426 390 64 150 92
11.31SLGPF0150 150 94 95 179 89 147 391 253 645 435 434 50 170 140
11.31SLGPF0200 200 110 105 199 100 158 481 280 759 470 482 50 205 205
11.31SLGPF0250 250 126 120 227 110 179 542 300 859 519 530 60 240 264
11.31SLGPF0300 300 135 134 245 122 195 601 350 947 575 620 70 265 360
11.31SLGPF0400 400 160 160 293 145 231 576 370 985 675 690 80 320 580
11.31SLGPF0500 500 170 180 328 160 263 681 450 1.131 748 790 90 339 780
11.31SLGPF0600 600 190 200 348 170 289 741 490 1.234 809 865 100 370 980
11.31SLGPF0700 700 200 215 392 190 315 751 540 1.284 879 901 100 400 1.360
11.31SLGPF0800 800 218 230 420 200 342 851 554 1.426 942 947 110 420 1.430
11.31SLGPF0900 900 242 255 466 220 368 851 580 1.488 1.023 1.023 120 440 1.650
11.31SLGPF1000 1.000 260 270 490 240 399 851 614 1.532 1.103 1.107 120 460 2.970
11.31SLGPF1250 1.250 285 300 510 260 452 931 650 1.666 1.227 1.182 150 530 3.700
11.31SLGPF1550 1.550 285 320 550 280 483 950 680 1.710 1.300 1.253 150 560 4.000
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:18
Green Pin® Power Sling Shackle

General: Sling shackel with a revolutionary design. Save up to 20% on syn-
thetic- and wire rope costs, with the optimal D/d ratio.
Batc 0T
8
h TC
60
Holla
WLL
nd
certificate, material certificate, manufacturer test certificate, EC Declaration
of Conformity. All shackles from 125 t are be supplied with Lloyd's Register of
Shipping Certificate on proof load.
Supplied on request: An MPI and/or US inspection certificate.
Safety factor: 5:1.
3
Art No WLL b c d e f g h i j k l Weight
tons mm kg/pcs.
11.31SLPGP0125 125 80 166 85 134 364 220 631 382 370 36 205 95
11.31SLPGP0150 150 95 182 90 144 389 250 703 408 420 42 248 134
11.31SLPGP0200 200 105 204 100 154 479 276 838 446 475 47 290 195
11.31SLPGP0250 250 120 238 110 174 539 300 938 503 515 60 314 271
11.31SLPGP0300 300 134 260 121 189 599 350 1.031 550 605 60 345 368
11.31SLPGP0400 400 160 305 140 224 620 370 1.078 645 652 80 392 563
11.31SLPGP0500 500 180 340 152 255 679 450 1.239 714 763 85 440 786
11.31SLPGP0600 600 200 365 170 280 739 490 1.353 788 820 90 475 1.009
11.31SLPGP1250 1.250 300 470 245 442 928 650 1.812 1.164 1.144 140 670 2.933
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:19
Crosby Web Sling Shackles S-281

General: The Crosby Web sling Shackle S-281 is designed to connect
synthetic web slings and synthetic round slings to eyebolts, pad eyes
and lifting lugs.
Material: All alloy construction.
Marking: Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for ma-
terial traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby
forged into it.
Standard: Meets or exceeds all requirements of ASME B30.26 includ-
ing identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature
requirements. Importantly, these shackles meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impact properties
and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
Safety factor: 5:1.
3
Art No Web slings* Weight
WLL Webbing width Eye width A C D E K M N
tons ** mm mm Ply mm kg/pcs
11.341021048 2,95 50 50 2 26,9 63,5 19,1 41,1 31,0 97,5 85,0 0,54
11.341021057 4,08 75 35 2 31,8 51,0 22,4 38,1 35,8 86,0 101 0,68
11.341021066 5,67 100 50 2 36,6 63,5 25,4 51,0 41,1 107 114 1,13
11.341021075 7,70 150 75 2 42,9 92,0 28,7 70,0 46,7 143 130 1,95
* Designed for use with type III (eye & eye), class 7, 2 ply web slings. For 3" and larger webbing width, tapered eye is required.** Maximum proof load is 2-½
times the WLL. Minimum ultimate strength is 5 times the WLL.
Crosby Bolt type Sling Shackle S-252

General: The Crosby S-252 Bolt type Sling Shackle is de-
signed to connect slings to steel fittings. Increased radius of
bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an increased
area for load distribution, thus:
Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency as compared to stand-
ard anchor and chain shackle bows and conventional hooks.
This allows 100% of the slings rated Working Load Limit to be
achieved.
Allows better load distribution on internal fibers.
Marking: WLL, traceability code, CE-mark.
Standard: Meets or exceeds all requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and
temperature requirements. Importantly, these shackles meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impact
properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Art No Art No WLL* Web sling eye width A B C D E* F G H J K L M Weight

tons mm mm kg
11.341020485 04.701020485 3,25 25 26,9 14,7 35,1 19,1 38,1 11,2 86,0 93,5 28,4 38,1 19,1 68,5 0,64
11.341020496 04.701020496 6.50 35 31,8 19,1 44,5 22,4 47,8 12,7 105 108 33,3 46,0 25,4 86,0 1,09
11.341020507 04.701020507 8,75 50 35,1 22,4 57,0 25,4 71,5 14,2 140 120 38,1 53,1 28,4 106 1,86
11.341020518 04.701020518 12.5 75 41,1 28,4 82,5 31,8 77,5 19,1 161 149 47,8 66,5 35,1 143 3,63
11.341020529 04.701020529 20,5 100 54,0 35,1 114 38,1 133 22,4 240 183 57,0 79,0 44,5 191 7,67
11.341020540 04.701020540 35,0 125 63,5 44,5 140 51,0 161 28,4 292 236 76,0 106 57,2 233 15,9
11.341020551 04.701020551 50,0 150 76,0 54,0 165 57,0 196 31,8 349 264 86,0 121 69,9 279 26,1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:20
Crosby Screw Pin Sling Shackle S-253

General: The Crosby S-253 top sling is designed to connect slings
to steel fittings.
Marking: Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for
material traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name
Crosby forged into it.
Standard: Meets or exceeds all requirements of ASME B30.26
including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and
temperature requirements. Importantly, these shackles meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impact
properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
Safety factor: 5:1.
3
Art No WLL Web sling eye width A B C D E G K L M N P R Weight
tons* mm mm kg/Pcs
11.341020575 3,25 25 22,4 15,7 35,1 19,1 38,1 86,0 38,1 19,1 68,5 82,0 11,2 25,4 0,64
11.341020584 6.50 35 31,8 19,1 44,5 22,4 47,8 105 46,0 25,4 86,0 102 12,7 30,2 1,00
11.341020593 8,75 50 35,1 22,4 57,0 25,4 71,5 140 53,0 28,4 106 114 12,7 36,6 1,72
11.341020602 12.5 75 41,1 28,4 82,6 31,8 77,5 161 66,5 35,1 143 142 15,7 46,0 3,31
11.341020611 20,5 100 54,0 35,1 114 38,1 133 240 79,0 44,5 191 175 19,1 54,0 6,89
11.341020620 35,0 125 63,5 44,5 140 51,0 161 292 106 57,0 233 220 25,4 73,0 14,0
11.341020629 50,0 150 76,0 54,0 165 57,0 196 349 121 70,0 279 260 31,0 81,0 23,6
Crosby Web Connector S-280

Design: Crosby S-280 Web Connector is designed to connect
synthetic web and round sling to eye hook, masterlinks or
rings and standard shackles.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Art No WLL Web slings* Weight

Webbing width Eye width Ply A B C D E F G H I J
tons** mm mm kg/Pcs
11.341021681 2,95 50 50 2 19,1 15,7 41,4 62,0 16,0 15,7 68,5 14,2 30,2 51,5 0,68
11.341021690 4,08 75 35 2 19,1 17,5 27,9 51,0 19,1 17,5 55,5 15,2 35,1 59,5 0,86
11.341021700 5,67 100 50 2 19,1 20,6 42,2 65,0 22,4 19,1 68,5 17,5 41,1 62,5 1,32
11.341021709 7,70 150 75 2 25,4 23,9 62,5 89,0 25,4 22,4 93,5 22,4 47,8 72,0 2,31
* Designed for use with type III (eye & eye), class 7, 2 ply web slings. For 3" and larger webbing width, tapered eye is required.** Maximum proof load is 2-½
times the WLL. Minimum ultimate strength is 5 times the WLL.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:21
Protection EXTREEMA®
EXTREEMA® Protections
Round slings should be protected from sharp edges, abrasion and tear, both on the
side of the load as well as on the lifting device. In case a protection against damage of
the sides or against tear is supplied as a part of the round sling, the protections should
be applied as described. An additional protection can be mandatory.
Standard: EN 1492.
Why EXTREEMA® Protection?

Very good features:
- High cut resistance.
- High tear resistance (with HMPE Dyneema® Sleeves).
- High abrasion resistance.
- Good resistance to chemicals.
3
- Good resistance to sea water.
- Does not take up water.
- In many configurations.
EXTREEMA® Protections with Dyneema®

EXTREEMA® L-series - with velcro.
EXTREEMA® XL-series - protective sleeve.
EXTREEMA® XXL-series - protective.
Standard: EN 1492-1 & EN 1492-2.
Art No Art No Code Width

50 cm 100 cm mm
12.40EP-L0050 12.40EP-L0100 EP-L0 80
12.40EP-L1050 12.40EP-L1100 EP-L1 120
12.40EP-L2050 12.40EP-L2100 EP-L2 150
12.40EP-L3050 12.40EP-L3100 EP-L3 180
12.40EP-L4050 12.40EP-L4100 EP-L4 200
12.40EP-L5050 12.40EP-L5100 EP-L5 250
12.40EP-L6050 12.40EP-L6100 EP-L6 300
12.40EP-L7050 12.40EP-L7100 EP-L7 350
12.40EP-L8050 12.40EP-L8100 EP-L8 400
12.40EP-L9050 12.40EP-L9100 EP-L9 450
12.40EP-L10050 12.40EP-L10100 EP-L10 500
12.40EP-L11050 12.40EP-L11100 EP-L11 550
12.40EP-L12060 12.40EP-L12100 EP-L12 600
12.40EP-L13070 12.40EP-L13100 EP-L13 700
12.40EP-L14080 12.40EP-L14100 EP-L14 800
12.40EP-L15090 12.40EP-L15100 EP-L15 900
12.40EP-L160100 12.40EP-L16100 EP-L16 1000
FIXED LOAD
Dyneema® in alkali
100
ROTATING & LINEAR 90 Dyneema® in acid

BLADE MOVEMENT
80
70
Twaron Vectran® (LCP) (Aramid)
Strength resistance %
60
FABRIC SAMPLE 50
Technora® (Aramid)
Dyneema® (HMPE)
40
Vectran® (LCP)
Diolen® (PES)
30
Zylon® (PBO)
Aramid in alkali
20
10
Aramid in acid
0
0 50 100 150 200
CONDUCTIVE STRIP
Time (hours)
Cut rersistance Abrasion resistance Alkali and acid resistance
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:22
EXTREEMA® XXL Corner Protection

General: Highly flexible protection for use with webbing slings and heavy lift round
slings at very sharp edges.
- Adjustable to any lifting sling.
- No fixed angle
- Protection against extreme abrasion (light version) and sharp edges (heavy ver-
sion).
- Made from 100% Dyneema®.
- Very light compared to traditional protection systems.
- Flexible in use.
- Will always follow the shape of the load.
- High quality velcro for solid fit.
- Available in various sizes and lengths.
- Long lifespan.
STOBITEX Wear Protection Sleeve PU-1/single h

w
General: Special wear protection for roundslings and webbing slings, intended for lift i
a
of load with cutting edges. Extremely good cutting resistance and high wear strength.
Design: Single- or double sided sheathes.
w
h
Material: Polyurethane. i
a
Working temperature: Approx. -30° up to +70°C, short expose to approx. +90°C.
Protecting sleeves PU-1/single

Art No For 2 layer lifting For 4 layer lifting For roundslings a i h w Weight
mm ton mm kg/m
12.4000200020 30 50 40 10 5 0,85
12.4000200030 30 50 40 20 5 0,9
12.4000200060 50 70 60 12 5 1,25
12.4000200061 50 70 60 17 5 1,3
12.4000200070 60 80 70 12 5 1,30
12.4000200090 60 80 70 24 5 1,35
12.4000200095 1 85 75 12 5 1,35
12.4000200110 2 95 58 24 5 1,5
12.4000200120 90 110 100 12 5 1,55
12.4000200130 3 110 100 174 5 1,6
12.4000200140 90 110 100 24 5 1,6
12.4000200190 120 145 135 12 5 2,0
12.4000200200 120 145 135 24 5 2,1
12.4000200240 150 170 160 12 5 2,3
12.4000200250 6 170 160 17 5 2,4
12.4000200260 150 170 160 24 5 2,4
12.4000200280 180 200 190 12 5 2,6
12.4000200290 8 200 190 17 5 2,65
12.4000200300 180 200 190 24 5 2,7
12.4000200320 10 230 220 36 5 3,5
12.4000200340 240 260 250 15 8 3,9
12.4000200360 15 290 280 30 8 4,4
12.4000200370 300 330 320 15 8 4,4
12.4000200380 300 330 320 30 8 4,8
12.4000200390 20 330 320 45 8 5,3
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:23
STOBIFORM Corner Protection KW

General: Equiped with magnet for easier fixation to the goods. Can be offered with
or without magnets and in other designs, including conducting, equiped with steel
reinforcement.
Material: Polyurethan-Elastomer. a
Art No Type Web width Magnet (Option) Weight kg

mm without magnet with magnet
12.40KW025 Stobiform 25 25 2 0,6 0,7
12.40KW040 Stobiform 40 40 2 0,7 0,8
3
12.40KW065 Stobiform 65 65 2 0,8 1,0
12.40KW075 Stobiform 75 75 4 0,9 1,2
12.40KW100 Stobiform 100 100 4 1,1 1,5
12.40KW125 Stobiform 125 125 4 1,3 1,6
12.40KW150 Stobiform 150 150 4 1,5 1,9
12.40KW200 Stobiform 200 200 6 2,1 2,6
12.40KW300 Stobiform 300 300 8 2,8 3,5
STOBITEX - PU Sharp Edge Protection Plates DF

General: Stobitex PU-Elastomer sharp edge protection plates DF can be used
wherever there are sharp edges to be protected or where damage to lifting materials
needs to be prevented. The protective plates are applied during the load fastening
/ lashing operation. The lashing belt is threaded through the two openings, so that
the plate can slide freely along the belt. During the lashing process the belt can thus
slide over the plate, avoiding damage due to no direct contact between the belt and
sharp edges.
The minimum thickness “d” recommended to afford good cut protection is 4 mm.
Material: Polyurethan-Elastomer.
Plates can be supplied in all sizes, with the standard sizes are listed in the table.
Art No Type Length x Width Recess a x b Weight

mm kg
12.40DF025 DF 25 250 x 80 25 x 10 0,11
12.40DF035 DF 35 250 x 80 35 x 10 0,12
12.40DF055 DF 55 300 x 100 55 x 10 0,17
12.40DF060 DF 60 450 x 100 60 x 30 0,26
12.40DF070 DF 70 450 x 120 70 x 30 0,30
12.40DF080 DF 80 450 x 120 80 x 30 0,31
12.40DF090 DF 90 470 x 130 90 x 40 0,33
12.40DF110 DF 110 470 x 150 110 x 40 0,40
12.40DF130 DF 130 470 x 170 130 x 40 0,43
12.40DF160 DF 160 470 x 200 160 x 40 0,48
12.40DF200 DF 200 470 x 240 200 x 40 0,54
12.40DF220 DF 220 470 x 240 220 x 40 0,57
12.40DF250 DF 250 500 x 280 250 x 40 0,70
12.40DF320 DF 320 600 x 400 320 x 40 1,33
12.40DF420 DF 420 600 x 500 420 x 40 1,93
PVC Protector for 50 mm Webbing

Protector for 50 mm webbing.
Art No Type Webbing width mm

14.395161 Edge protector 50
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:24
Our own workshop

For many years CERTEX Danmark A/S has sewed and
produced lifting straps, lashing etc. at our own workshop.
Even though more and more is produced abroad, we have
chosen to keep the competence in the house so we can
continue to produce special straps according to customer’s
request.
On request we supply special boat lifting straps and special straps for large loads.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:25
Estland and Polen

In addition to our own workshop in Denmark, Certex Group also has own sewing and textile production in Estonia.
Furthermore, we have direct acces to major production facilities in Poland, via AxLoad which CERTEX Danmark A/S is a part
of.
This means that no issue size is neither too small nor too big for us, and we can usually always offer competive prices with
fast delivery.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
3:26
Other lifting
Sikkerhedskrog
Lifting clamps » Cargo skates »

Safety hook » Crane scales »
Cable handling equipment » Lifting bags and pipe bags »
Jacks » Starcon »
Chapter 4
Other lifting
Terrier lifting clamps 4:3

Screw clamp 4:11
Crosby/IP lifting clamps 4:12
Drum lifter 4:16, 4:19
Pile pitching clamp 4:17
Pipe suspension grab 4:17
Safety hook 4:18
Cable handling equipment 4:19
Jacks, hydraulic 4:20
Jacks, mechanical 4:21
Cargo skates 4:24
Crane scales 4:28
Lifting bags 4:33
Pipe plugs 4:34
Starcon 4:38
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:2
TERRIER lifting clamps

Terrier Lifting Clamps and Equipment – Quality Clamps You Can Trust
For more than 30 years Terrier is a worldwide known brand which stands for high quality lifting solutions and service. Terrier Lifting
Clamps BV has six main values they stand for.
Absolute Safety
Terrier Lifting Clamps BV believes absolute safety and safe lifting is their number one priority. All the lifting clamps are tested on
up to 2 times the Working Load Limit (WLL). Terrier lifting clamps are designed on a break factor of even 5 times the WLL. Each
clamp has red signal colouring on the lifting eye and locking lever for extra safety and is supplied with a test certificate. When us-
ing Terrier clamps please make sure to read the safety instructions and the supplied user manual.
Guaranteed Tough Quality Made in Holland

Terrier tough quality lifting clamps guarantee a high performance and a long operational life. They are maintenance-friendly and
have “heavy duty” welded shell bodies. The lightweight and streamlined design make them easier to handle. Terrier lifting clamps
meet all standards and requirements like: European Norm EN 13155, American Norm ASME B30.20-2010, Australian Norm 4991
and European Machine Directive 2006/42/EC.
Fast and Flexible Delivery and Service

Terrier Lifting Clamps BV guarantees fast and flexible delivery of standard and even special lifting products.
Modern Production, Innovation and Technical Know-how

Terrier lifting clamps has a strong focus on innovation. Can help you with almost every special made clamp or lifting product. The
production facilities for the production of Terrier lifting clamps is equipped with very modern machineries for efficient production on
a constant high quality level. Engineering and technical know-how is on the highest level according to the latest industry standards
4
and demands
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:3
Lifting Clamp TS/STS

General: For vertical lifting and transporting of steel plates. The TS lifting clamps are equipped with a
safety mechanism, ensuring the clamp does not slip when lifting force is applied and when load is being
lowered. The clamp is locked in closed as well as in open position. The STS is similar but offers a larger
jaw opening.
Marking: Working load limit, jaw capacity and CE-marking.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Note: Min. load is 10% of WLL.
Note: The lifting clamps are suitable for lifting and transporting of steel plates with a maximum
hardness of 37 HRC (345 HB, 1166 N/mm2).
4
Art No WLL Code Jaw opening (R) S T U V W X Y Weight
tons mm mm kg/pcs.
16.01850000 0,75 0.75 TS 0-13 47 30 202 100 37 37 10 1,7
16.01850880 1 1 TSE 0-25 56 45 263 141 37 47 15 3,5
16.01850901 2 2 TSE* 0-35 78 64 336 183 56 56 16 7
16.01850331 3 3 TSE* 0-35 78 64 336 183 56 56 16 7
16.01850441 4,5 4.5 TS 0-25 85 70 423 203 60 77 20 15
16.01850451 4,5 4.5 TSE 0-45 85 70 425 228 60 78 20 16
16.01850301 6 6 TS 0-32 114 75 490 225 78 78 20 19
16.01851411 6 6 TSE 0-50 114 75 490 259 82 78 20 21
16.01850401 7,5 7.5 TS 0-40 111 75 530 246 76 82 20 24
16.01851501 7,5 7.5 TSE 0-55 111 75 522 267 70 86 20 26
16.01851551 9 9 TS 0-55 111 75 522 267 70 86 20 27
16.01850501 12 12 TS 0-52 148 85 617 295 100 94 44 37
16.01915000 15 15 TS 0-76 209 86 810 373 136 106 49 70
16.01917000 17 17 TS 0-76 209 86 810 373 136 106 49 71
16.01850700 20 20 TS 0-80 250 100 933 563 153 140 66 149
16.01925000 25 25 TS 5-85 250 100 925 563 148 140 66 149
16.01930000 30 30 TS 10-90 250 100 918 568 153 142 66 155,5
16.01852200 6 6 STS 40-90 114 75 486 275 70 78 20 21
16.01854300 7,5 7.5 STS 50-100 111 75 524 312 70 86 20 26,5
16.01853305 9 9 STS 50-100 111 75 522 312 70 86 20 27,5
16.01852401 12 12 STS 50-100 152 85 615 344 100 94 44 41
16.01921500 15 15 STS 80-150 224 86 800 450 136 106 49 76
16.01922000 20 20 STS 80-150 249 100 924 640 153 140 66 160
16.01922500 25 25 STS 80-150 249 100 924 640 153 140 66 160
16.01923000 30 30 STS 80-150 249 100 906 645 156 142 66 165,5
* Available with a remote control
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:4
Lifting Clamp TSU

General: For lifting and transporting of steel plates from all positions (horizontal, vertical and sidelong),
articulated lifting shackle. The TSU /STSU/TSU-R lifting clamps are equipped with a safety mecha-
nism, ensuring the clamp does not slip when lifting force is applied and when load is being lowered.
The clamp is locked in closed as well as in open position.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Note: The lifting clamps are suitable for lifting and transporting of steel plates with a
maximum hardness of 37 HRC (345 HB, 1166 N/mm2).
4
Art No WLL Code Jaw opening (R) S T U V W X Y Weight
tons mm mm kg/pcs.
16.01855000 0,75 0.75 TSU 0-13 47 30 203 100 37 37 10 1,8
16.01865800 1 1 TSEU 0-25 56 50 292 141 37 47 15 3,8
16.01855601 2 2 TSEU* 0-35 78 70 372 183 56 56 16 8
16.01865331 3 3 TSEU* 0-35 78 70 372 183 56 56 16 8
16.01865441 4,5 4.5 TSU 0-25 85 70 429 203 60 77 20 16
16.01865301 4,5 4.5 TSEU 0-45 85 70 431 228 60 78 20 16,5
16.01865401 6 6 TSU 0-32 114 78 528 225 78 78 32 22
16.01865411 6 6 TSEU 0-50 114 78 527 259 82 78 32 24
16.01865601 7,5 7.5 TSU 0-40 111 78 567 246 76 82 32 27
16.01855400 7,5 7.5 TSEU 0-55 111 78 560 267 70 86 32 28
16.01855405 9 9 TSU 0-55 111 78 560 267 70 86 32 29
16.01865901 12 12 TSU 0-52 148 85 648 295 100 94 48 41
16.01955150 15 15 TSU 0-76 209 85 816 373 136 106 48 73
16.01955170 17 17 TSU 0-76 209 85 816 373 136 106 48 74
16.01955200 20 20 TSU 0-80 250 100 948 563 153 140 71 160
16.01955250 25 25 TSU 5-85 250 100 948 563 148 140 71 160
16.01955300 30 30 TSU 10-90 250 100 944 568 153 142 71 167
16.01856200 6 6 STSU 40-90 114 78 523 275 70 78 32 24
16.01856300 7,5 7.5 STSU 50-100 111 78 560 312 70 86 32 30
16.01855305 9 9 STSU 50-100 111 78 560 312 70 86 32 31
16.01856401 12 12 STSU 50-100 152 85 644 344 100 94 48 45
16.01966150 15 15 STSU 80-150 224 85 808 450 136 106 48 78
16.01966200 20 20 STSU 80-150 249 100 940 640 153 140 71 171
16.01966200 25 25 STSU 80-150 249 100 940 640 153 140 71 171
16.01966300 30 30 STSU 80-150 249 100 946 645 156 142 71 176,5
* Available with a remote control
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:5
Lifting Clamp TSEU-A

General: For lifting and transporting of steel plates and structures from all positions (horizontal, vertical
and sidelong). Articulated lifting shackle. Jaw opening from 0 - 95 mm. Adjustable by steps of 30 mm.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.

T Y
Note: The lifting clamps are suitable for lifting
and transporting of steel plates with a max- i-
mum hardness of 37 HRC (345 HB, 1166 N/mm2).
U
4
V X
Art No WLL Code Jaw capacity (R) S T U V W X Y Weight

tons mm mm kg/pcs.
16.01863300 3 3 TSEU-A 0-95 79 70 373 183-243 51 77 16 10
Lifting Clamp TSU-R

General: For lifting and transporting of stainless steel plates and structures a TSU-R lifting clamp is available.
Pivot and cam are made of stainless steel. Body and lock lever are nickel plated to prevent corrosion due to
carbon contamination.
Finish: Nickel plated.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Note: The lifting clamps are suitable for lifting and transporting of steel plates with a maximum
hardness of 37 HRC (345 HB, 1166 N/mm2).
T Y
0°
45° 100% 45°
50% 50%
90° 90°
S 90° 90°
50% 50%
W R
45° 100% 45°
V X
0°
Art No Code WLL Jaw opening (R) S T U V W X Y Weight

tons mm mm kg
16.01862075 0.75 TSU-R 0,75 0-13 47 30 203 100 37 37 10 1,8
16.01862100 1 TSEU-R 1 0-25 56 50 292 141 37 47 15 3,8
16.01862101 2 TSU-R 2 0-20 78 70 370 165 54 56 16 7
16.01862201 2 TSEU-R 2 0-35 78 70 372 183 56 56 16 8
16.01862300 3 TSEU-R 3 0-35 78 70 372 183 56 56 16 8
16.01862450 4,5 TSEU-R 4,5 0-45 85 70 431 228 60 78 20 16,5
16.01862650 6 TSEU-R 6 0-50 114 78 527 259 82 78 32 24
16.01862750 7,5 TSEU-R 7,5 0-55 114 78 560 267 70 86 32 28
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:6
Lifting Clamp TNMK

General: TNMK is a NON-MARKING clamp with 2 special synthetic pads. The clamp can be used for lifting, handling
and transporting (stainless) steel, aluminium, wood and marble plates. After lifting and handling, the clamps leave no
markings. The clamp is locked in closed as well as in open position. TNMKA is supplied with adjustable jaw width, in
steps of 20 mm.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Note: The lifting clamps are suitable for lifting and transporting of steel plates with a maximum hardness
of 37 HRC (345 HB, 1166 N/mm2).
Art No WLL Code Jaw capacity (R) H S T U V W Z Y Weight

4
tons mm mm kg/pcs.
16.01862035 0,5 0.5 TNMK 0-20 205 102 40 462 224 48 80 14 6
16.01862135 0,5 0.5 STNMK 17-37 205 102 40 462 241 48 80 14 6
16.01862005 0,5 0.5 TNMK-A 0-180 242 143 40 410 235-395 61 80 14 10
16.01862010 1 1 TNMK 0-30 232 105 40 470 282 46 80 14 6,5
16.01862037 1,5 1.5 TNMK 0-40 232 105 40 470 282 46 80 14 6,5
16.01862038 2 2 TNMK 0-50 362 124 50 704 408 63 80 18 15
16.01862039 3 3 TNMK 0-60 362 124 50 704 408 63 80 18 15,5
Lifting Clamp FHX-V

General: The FHX-V lifting clamp has a spring attached to the cam assembly. The spring
makes sure that the clamp will be closed on any desired spot.
One of the major advantages of this clamp is that only one person is able to place the
clamps and to guide the hoist.
These clamps are available with a capacity from 1.000 kg per pair to 6.000 kg per pair.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
max. max.
Y 15° 15°
0°
100%
H 60° 100%
Note: The FHX-V horizontal lifting clamps must al- T 90° 75%
50%
ways be used in pairs (or multiple thereof).

120°
W
S X
V
Art No WLL Code Jaw capacity (R) U V X W S T Y H Weight

ton/pair mm mm kg/pcs.
16.01953101 1 1 FHX-V 0-35 188 140 85 10 99 26,5 15 12 3
16.01953201 2 2 FHX-V 0-60 286 180 125 15 114 30,5 16 19 8
16.01953301 3 3 FHX-V 0-60 302 200 140 20 125 30,5 20 19 12,5
16.01953401 4 4 FHX-V 0-60 316 220 165 30 139 30,5 20 19 17
16.01953601 6 6 FHX-V 0-60 316 220 165 30 139 30,5 20 19 17
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:7
Lifting Clamp FHX/FHSX

General: For horizontal lifting and transporting of steel plates. The compact shape and relative light
own weight with a high lifting capacity. The Terrier FHX/FHSX lifting clamps must always be used in
pairs (or multiples thereof). The FHS has an enlarged jaw opening. Sold in pairs.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Note: The lifting clamps are suitable for lifting and transporting of steel plates with a
maximum hardness of 37 HRC (345 HB, 1166 N/mm2).
4 Art No WLL Code Jaw capacity (R) A B C D E F G Weight

tons/pair mm mm kg/pcs.
16.01953100 1 1 FHX 0-35 188 140 65 10 99 25 15 2,6
16.01953200 2 2 FHX 0-60 287 180 90 15 118 30,5 16 7
16.01953300 3 3 FHX 0-60 291 180 90 20 118 30,5 16 8
16.01953400 4 4 FHX 0-60 304 220 105 25 145 30,5 20 13
16.01953600 6 6 FHX 0-60 307 220 110 25 145 30,5 20 14
16.01953800 8 8 FHX 0-60 336 225 120 35 135 30,5 30 19
16.01953010 10 10 FHX 0-60 336 225 120 35 135 30,5 30 19
16.01953012 12 12 FHX 0-60 336 225 120 35 135 30,5 30 19
16.01953015 15 15 FHX 0-60 344 262 160 35 147 43 35 30
16.01953025 25 25 FHX 0-60 349 262 175 40 147 43 35 33
16.01954200 2 2 FHSX 0-100 383 180 90 15 120 30,5 15 9,2

16.01954300 3 3 FHSX 0-100 387 180 90 20 120 30,5 15 10
16.01954400 4 4 FHSX 0-100 414 220 105 25 145 30,5 20 15
16.01954600 6 6 FHSX 0-100 414 220 120 25 145 30,5 20 16,5
16.01954800 8 8 FHSX 0-100 428 225 120 35 135 30,5 30 21
16.01954010 10 10 FHSX 0-100 428 225 120 35 135 30,5 30 22
16.01954012 12 12 FHSX 0-100 665 225 120 35 135 30,5 30 22
16.01853820 15 15 FHSX 0-150 428 350 140 35 240 45 35 53
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:8
Lifting Clamp THSK

General: Lifting clamp with adjustable extra large jaw opening for lifting, handling and
transporting of packages and single steel plates.
Terrier THSK lifting clamps must always be used in pairs (or multiple pairs).
The adjustable jaw offers wide variety of openings available from 3 to 420 mm.
Working load limit: (WLL) 1500 - 9000kg per pair.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Note: The lifting clamps are suitable for lifting and transporting of
steel plates with a maximum hardness of 37 HRC (345 HB, 1166
N/mm2).
Art No WLL Code Jaw capacity (R) V S W T H U X Z Y Weight

tons/pair mm mm kg/pcs.
4
16.01815180 1,5 1.5 THSK/180 3-180 201 135 15 30,5 18 289 90 60 20 9,5
16.01815300 1,5 1.5 THSK/300 3-300 201 135 15 30,5 18 409 90 60 20 11
16.01830180 3 3 THSK/180 3-180 241 165 20 30,5 18 296 105 69 20 13
16.01830300 3 3 THSK/300 3-300 241 165 20 30,5 18 416 105 69 20 15
16.01845180 4,5 4.5 THSK/180 3-180 241 165 20 30,5 18 296 105 69 20 13
16.01845420 4,5 4.5 THSK/420 3-420 241 165 20 30,5 18 536 105 69 20 17
16.01860180 6 6 THSK/180 3-180 256 160 25 30,5 18 304 120 75 20 18
16.01860420 6 6 THSK/420 3-420 256 160 25 30,5 18 544 120 75 20 24
16.01890180 9 9 THSK/180 3-180 256 160 25 30,5 18 304 120 75 20 18
16.01890420 9 9 THSK/420 3-420 256 160 25 30,5 18 544 120 75 20 24
Lifting Clamp TRC

General: Clamp for horisontal rail lifting. The TRC is equiped with a safety mechanism,
ensuring the clamp does not slip when lifting force is applied and when load is being
lowered. The clamp is locked in closed as well in open position. Other capacities or
other profile dimensions on request.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Note: The lifting clamps are suitable for lifting and transporting of steel
plates with a maximum hardness of 37 HRC (345 HB, 1166 N/mm2).
Art No WLL Code Jaw capacity (R) S T U V W X Y Weight

tons mm mm kg/pcs.
06.15TRC0150 1,5 TRC 40-75 64 65 390 170 70 48 16 8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:9
Terrier Spare Parts

All spare parts are available either separately or as repair sets. It is recommended when any parts are damaged to replace them
straight away and not to take any risk. When ordering spare parts always give: model, lifting capacity, jaw opening and serial num-
ber as well as the needed spare parts.
A Cam assembly
B Lock lever assembly
C Lock spring
D Cam pin
E Pivot complete
F Shackle pin
G Lifting eye for TS, STS, MP model
H Lifting eye for TSU, STEU model
I Linkage arr. TSMP, STSMP model
J Link pin for MP model
L Cam for FHX model
M Cam pin for FHX model
N Cam for FHSX model
O Cam pin for FHSX model
For every vertical clamps are revision- sets and repairsets available.
The repair sets contain:

A Cam assembly
C Lock spring
D Cam pin Terrier repairset
E Pivot set
The revision sets contain:

A Cam assembly
B Lock lever assembly
C Lock spring
D Cam pin
E Pivot complete
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:10
Screw-clamp SCC
General: Screw clamp type SCC for vertical and horizontal lifting
and transporting of a large variety of steel structures. The SCC
screw clamp is fitted with a moveable cam on the thread spindle
which provides a powerful clamping force on the workpiece. The
articulated lifting eye ensures an effective clamping force in every
position.
Art No WLL Jaw opening L l1 l2 I3 H h1 h2 h3 d1 d2 b T S Weight

tons mm mm kg
16.01SCC0500 0,5 0-28 123 104 89 60 113 76 16 26,5 26 10 17 30 14 0,8
16.01SCC1000 1 0-30 175 148 126 190 204 128 38 45 42 12 38 46 21 3,2
16.01SCC1500 1,5 0-32 187 154 135 190 229 143 39 52 42 16 45 46 21 4
16.01SCC3000 3 0-50 224 190 165 240 265 165 45 60 49 19 50 54 21 6
16.01SCC6000 6 0-75 291 255 215 240 365 214 54 76 63 31,5 80 69 21 18
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:11
Vertical Lifting Clamp IP10

General: The IP10 vertical lifting clamp is used for the lifting, turning, moving or vertical transfer of sheet,
plates, or fabrications from horizontal to vertical and down to horizontal (180°) as needed. Usually used as
a single point pick or when used with a spreader beam with multiple vertical drop lines.
Wide variety of jaw openings from 0 to 155 mm. Available in a variety of styles:
• IP10 - Standard clamp for materials with a surface hardness to 37Rc (345 HB).
• IP10J - Larger jaw opening.
• IP10S - For use with Stainless Steel material.
• IP10H - For use with materials with a surface hardness to 47Rc (450 HB).
• Full 180° turning range for material transfer, turning or moving.
• Lock open, lock closed ability with latch for pretension on material and then release of material.
• Optional IP-5000 Stinger assembly available. Allows for easy connection between the clamp and hoist hook.
Marking: Logo, WLL, jaw capacity, serial number, proof load test date and CE-marking.
Finish: Orange/blue painted.
Design factor: Based on EN 13155.
Note: Min load is 10% of WLL.
4
Art No Type WLL Jaw A B C D E F G H J K Weightkg
tons mm kg
16.012701674 IP10 0,5 0,5 0 - 16 44 128 207 30 115 41 28 10 1,8
16.012701662 IP10 1 1 0 - 20 45 139 215 30 126 41 38 10 2,2
16.012701676 IP10 2 2 0 - 35 78 201 336 70 190 61 55 16 7,6
16.012701664 IP10 3 3 0 - 40 100 253 436 75 225 78 60 20 13,8
16.012701666 IP10 4,5 4,5 0 - 40 100 253 436 75 232 82 65 20 15,0
16.012701668 IP10 6 6 0 - 50 126 302 515 80 292 84 95 40 20 23,5
16.012701705 IP10/J 6 6 50 - 100 126 302 515 80 342 84 95 40 20 28,5
16.012701670 IP10 9 9 0 - 50 126 325 550 80 310 92 105 44 25 27,5
16.012701672 IP10/J 9 9 50 - 100 126 325 555 80 360 92 105 44 25 28,5
16.012701678 IP10 12 12 0 - 54 160 391 580 80 331 117 137 41 25 49,0
16.012701680 IP10/J 12 12 54 - 108 178 439 630 80 415 117 137 41 25 58,0
16.012701682 IP10 16 16 5 - 64 178 465 690 88 397 119 153 49 25 68,0
16.012701684 IP10/J 16 16 64 - 128 208 521 746 88 472 119 161 49 25 90,3
16.012701686 IP10 22,5 22,5 5 - 80 222 554 800 110 470 136 186 49 25 108
16.012701688 IP10/J 22,5 22,5 80 - 155 253 628 880 110 575 136 196 49 25 110
16.012701690 IP10 30 30 5 - 80 222 545 800 110 470 152 186 54 30 148
16.012701692 IP10/J 30 30 80 - 155 250 620 880 110 565 152 196 54 30 152
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:12
Vertical Lifting Clamp IPU10

General: Universal for lifting in any direction. The IPU10 vertical lifting clamp is used for the lifting, turning,
moving or vertical transfer of sheet, plates, or fabrications from horizontal to vertical and down to horizontal
(180°) as needed. The hinged hoisting eye allows for the clamp to place and lift the load from any direction, or
with a multiple leg sling without sideloading the clamp.
• IPU10 - Standard clamp for materials with a surface hardness to 37Rc (345 HB)
• IPU10J - Larger jaw opening.
• IPU10S - For use with Stainless Steel material.
• IPU10H - For use with materials with a surface hardness to 47Rc (450 HB).
• Optional IP-5000 Stinger assembly available (see page 382). Allows for easy connection between the clamp and hoist hook.
Finish: Painted.

J
4
G
Art No Type WLL Jaw A B C D E F G H J K Weight

tons mm kg
16.012701675 IPU 10 0,5 0,5 0 - 16 44 128 228 40 115 41 28 11 1,9
16.012701663 IPU 10 1 1 0 - 20 45 139 222 40 126 41 38 11 2,4
16.012701677 IPU 10 2 2 0 - 35 78 201 372 70 190 61 55 16 8,5
16.012701665 IPU 10 3 3 0 - 40 100 253 445 75 225 78 60 20 14,8
16.012701667 IPU 10 4,5 4,5 0 - 40 100 253 445 75 232 82 65 20 16,0
16.012701669 IPU 10 6 6 0 - 50 126 302 525 80 292 84 95 44 20 24,0
16.012702469 IPU 10/J 6 6 50 - 100 126 302 525 80 342 84 95 44 20 30,5
16.012701671 IPU 10 9 9 0 - 50 126 325 557 80 310 92 105 44 20 29,5
16.012701673 IPU 10/J 9 9 50 - 100 126 325 562 80 360 92 105 44 20 30,5
16.012701679 IPU 10 12 12 0 - 54 160 391 623 80 331 117 137 41 25 57,0
16.012701681 IPU 10/J 12 12 54 - 108 178 439 673 80 415 117 137 41 25 59,0
16.012701683 IPU 10 16 16 5 - 64 178 465 734 88 397 119 153 45 25 72,0
16.012701685 IPU 10/J 16 16 64 - 128 208 521 790 88 472 119 161 45 25 85,0
16.012701687 IPU 10 22,5 22,5 5 - 80 222 554 855 110 470 136 186 49 25 127
16.012701689 IPU 10/J 22,5 22,5 80 - 155 253 628 930 110 575 136 196 49 25 130
16.012701691 IPU 10 30 30 5 - 80 222 545 860 110 470 152 186 54 30 153
16.012701693 IPU 10/J 30 30 80 - 155 250 620 935 110 565 152 196 54 30 165
For stainless steel - with universal hoisting eye
16.012702275 IPU10/S 0,5 0,5 0 - 16 44 128 228 40 115 41 28 11 1,9
16.012702263 IPU10/S 1 1 0 - 20 45 139 222 40 126 41 38 11 2,1
16.012702277 IPU10/S 2 2 0 - 35 78 201 372 70 190 61 55 16 7,6
16.012702265 IPU10/S 3 3 0 - 40 100 253 445 75 225 78 60 20 14,8
16.012702267 IPU10/S 4,5 4,5 0 - 40 100 253 445 75 232 82 65 20 16,0
16.012702269 IPU10/S 6 6 0 - 50 126 302 525 80 292 84 95 44 20 24,0
16.012702271 IPU10/S 9 9 0 - 50 126 325 557 80 310 92 105 44 20 29,5
16.012702279 IPU10/S 12 12 0 - 54 160 391 623 80 331 117 137 41 25 30,5
For very hard materials - with universal hoisting eye
16.012702175 IPU10/H 0,5 0,5 0 - 16 44 128 228 40 115 41 28 11 1,9
16.012702177 IPU10/H 1 1 0 - 35 78 201 372 70 190 61 55 16 7,6
16.012702165 IPU10/H 2 2 0 - 40 100 253 445 75 225 78 60 20 14,8
16.012702167 IPU10/H 3 3 0 - 40 100 253 445 75 232 82 65 20 16,0
16.012702169 IPU10/H 4,5 4,5 0 - 50 126 302 525 80 292 84 95 44 20 24,0
16.012702171 IPU10/H 6 6 0 - 50 126 325 557 80 310 92 105 44 20 29,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:13
Vertical Lifting Clamp IP10/H - fixed hoisting eye for very hard materials
plates, or fabrications from horizontal to vertical and down to horizontal (180°) as needed. Usually used as a
single point pick or when used with a spreader beam with multiple vertical drop lines.
4
tons mm kg
16.012702175 IP10/H 0,5 0,5 0 - 16 44 128 207 30 115 41 28 10 1,8
16.012702177 IP10/H 1 1 0 - 35 78 201 336 70 190 61 55 10 6,8
16.012702165 IP10/H 2 2 0 - 40 100 253 436 75 225 78 60 16 13,8
16.012702167 IP10/H 3 3 0 - 40 100 253 436 75 232 82 65 20 15,0
16.012702169 IP10/H 4,5 4,5 0 - 50 126 302 515 80 292 84 95 40 20 23,5
16.012702171 IP10/H 6 6 0 - 50 126 325 550 80 310 92 105 44 25 27,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:14
Vertical Lifting Clamp IP10/S - fixed hoisting eye for stainless steel
plates, or fabrications from horizontal to vertical and down to horizontal (180°) as needed. Usually used as a
single point pick or when used with a spreader beam with multiple vertical drop lines.
4
tons mm kg
16.012702275 IP10/S 0,5 0 - 16 44 128 207 30 115 41 28 10 1,8
16.012702263 IP10/S 1 0 - 20 45 139 215 30 126 41 38 10 2,0
16.012702277 IP10/S 2 0 - 35 78 201 336 70 190 61 55 16 6,8
16.012702265 IP10/S 3 0 - 40 100 253 436 75 225 78 60 20 13,8
16.012702267 IP10/S 4,5 0 - 40 100 253 436 75 232 82 65 20 15,0
16.012702269 IP10/S 6 0 - 50 126 302 525 80 292 84 95 40 20 23,5
16.012702271 IP10/S 9 0 - 50 126 325 557 80 310 92 105 44 25 27,5
16.012702279 IP10/S 12 0 - 54 160 391 623 80 331 117 137 41 25 49,0
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:15
CERTEX Drum Lifter

The drum lifter is very easy to handle.
You can use it almost everywhere because of the total weight of 4 kgs.; in store rooms, in
service cars, trucks, ships, etc.
It works like this: The drum lifter puts a pressure on the edge of a drum i.e. the higher weight
of the drum, the more pressure.
The drum lifter can also be adjusted depending on which type of drum you are working with.
It can lift drums with a small or a big edge and it can also be used for drums with clamping
lock on the cover.
The low height of the drum lifter makes it very suitable for storehouses with a low floor-to-
ceiling height. It is also possible to stack the drums e.g. in connection with lack of room.
With the drum lifter it is possible to take out one single drum even if they are placed close to
each other and it only requires 50 mm of space on each side of the drums.
If the drum lifter is not in use, it can be folded and does not take up much space (approx. 500 x 200 x 75 mm).
The drum lifter is delivered galvanized and tested.
Note: For lifting with fork-lift truck (65x165 mm)
4
Art No WLL tons Code Dim. mm Drum diameter mm Weight kg
16.8304-9011002 0,25 Combi 500x200x75 420 - 640 4,5
Terrier tromleløfter TVKH

General: Barrel grab for lifting, handling and transporting of (oil)drums, where the drums have to stay
in a horizontal position.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Art No WLL Code A B C D E F Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
16.828281 0,6 TVKH 300 375 290 80 50 10 7
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:16
Terrier TVK Clamp for Drumlifting

General: Heavy duty clamp for safe lifting and transporting of steel (oil) drums.
With automatic locking mechanism. The TVK steel drum clamps are supplied with an original certificate.
The TVK steel drum clamps can be used singleary or per pair as well.
Safety factor: 5:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Art No WLL Code Jaw capacity A B D Weight

tons mm mm kg/pcs.
16.82828 0,5 TVK 0-17 121 12 15 1,3
Pile Pitching Clamp CP

General: The CP pile pitching clamps are specifically designed for pitching sheet steel piling. These clamps
4
come fitted with a 15 meter length of rope which allows the clamp to be release from the ground. These units
also come fitted as standard with a shackle.
Warning! These clamps are NOT designed for extracting driven piles, and must not be used for
this under any circumstances.
Art No WLL Type Jaw width Throat depth Pin dia. Weight
tons mm mm mm kg
16.01CP2 2 CP 2 20 228 20 19
16.01CP3 3 CP 3 26 228 30 23
16.01CP5 5 CP 5 35 228 30 33
WIMAG Pipe Suspension Grab

General: Indispensable pipe suspension grab for transport and pipe laying.
Reliable, no accidents, no damages.
Material: Clamp made of hollow sections, therefore torsion resistant and very light.
Highstrength chains DIN 5687-5.
• Gripping depth extended from 220 mm to 260 mm.
• Clamping range 90-200 mm (with rubber coating 50-150 mm).
• Simple and fast adjustment of the clamping range via threaded spindle.
• Gripping surfaces are grooved to prevent load slip.
• Rubber-lined clamps on request.
• Type 200D for prefabricated manholes according to DIN 4032 Part 1 with socket end for axial seal.
• Can also be used acc. to DIN 4032 Part 2.
• Other Wimag types according to DIN 4032 Part 2.
• Can be delivered with longer chains.
Art No Code WLL Number of clamps Contact surface of clamps Clamping range Manhole inside dia. Chain length Weight
tons mm m m kg
16.85110010 RSV 1,5 1,5 3 Steel/serrated 40-120 0,4-2,0 1,5 31
16.85110510 RSV 3 3 3 Steel/serrated 50-180 0,4-2,0 1,6 53
16.85110530 RSV 3/230 3 3 Steel/serrated 90-230 0,4-2,0 1,6 54
16.85110531 RSVL 3/230 3 3 Steel/serrated 90-230 0,4-3,0 2,2 58
16.85110515 RSV 3/200 D 3 3 Steel/serrated 90-200 0,4-2,0 1,6 65
16.85110516 RSVL 3/200 D 3 3 Steel/serrated 90-200 0,4-3,0 2,2 69
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:17
LEVO Hook
General: Automatic, remote controlled and battery powered hook.
Operating cycles: approx. 8.000.
Protection class: IP65.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Code WLL e a b1 b2 d1 d2 g h h1 w Weight

tons mm kg
LH5 5 460 32 156 220 54 61 29 528 46 142 20
Safety Hook Elebia

4 General: Auto crane hook, allows you to remotely attach and release loads
with no handling. It catches the masterlink with a magnet, a sensor indicates
when the ring is in the right position, and a reinforced safety latch keeps the
load safely attached during lifting.
Working temperature range: -20°C up to +85°C.
Body: WELDOX® high strength steel body.
Finish: Impact and corrosion resistant polyester painting.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Model WLL Max. releasable weight A B C D E F G H I J K L Weight

tons kg mm kg
e5 5 20 276 172,5 469 409 194 43 48,5 57,6 25,7 41,4 58 349 24
e10 10 20 342 182,5 584 485 246 66 67,8 84 42,6 72 82 400 35
e20 20 20 342 182,5 663 553 246 66 105 84 42,6 72 115 479 40
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:18
Cable Drum Stands

General: Delivered and to be used in pairs. Manufactured in hot dip galvanized steel and with foot
controlled hydraulic jacks.
Optional axel, cone and wheels.
Art No WLL Height Weight

tons mm kg
16.831852 4 1.600 35
4
Cable Drum Pallet
Makes it easy to rewind cable and wire rope.
Art No WLL Height Weight

tons m kg
16.831880 0,3 1.0 5.9
Cable Drum Lifter

General: Compact drum lifting and dispensing solution. Designed to lift cable drums
vertically through centre hole. The drum can rotate freely when suspended, permitting
cable to be unreeled.
Marking: WLL and CE marking.
Proof load: 1,5 x WLL.
Finish: Zinc-plated.
Art No WLL Code Drum hole Ø Weight

tons mm kg
16.833801 1,53 7620 75-105 4,2
16.833803 2,24 7621 106-135 5,8
16.833804 4,08 7622 132-150 20
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:19
Hydraulic Jack Vaks

General: Hydraulic jacks for loads up to 8.000 kg.
Colour: Red.
Art No Charging Lifting foot Lifting foot Highest lifting height Highest lifting height Lifting Height Width Weight
height length x width top plate lifting foot
T mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
16.3504-820300 3 15 55x70/50 380 240 130 250 250 21/29
16.3504-820800 8 22 55x70/50 395 270 150 250 270 25/33
4 GKS-Perfekt Jacks
Art No Type Full load Stroke Loading height toe Loading height - No. of lift toe Working Base area Weight
cap (min. - max.) top plate positions pressure LxWxH
tons mm mm mm bar mm kg
16.35GKSV5 V5 5 140 15 - 136 252 3 520 266x252x212 21
16.35GKSV10 V10 10 160 20 - 170 310 4 520 339x240x310 32
16.35GKSV15 V15 15 160 25 - 175 318 4 520 353x304x318 53
16.35GKSV20 V20 20 160 25 - 160 325 3 520 425x325x325 72
Hydraulic Jack
5.000, 10.000, 25.000 kg
Can be used in vertical and horizontal positions.
Pressure relief valve prevents system overload.
360° rotating body enables access in the confined spaces.
Lowering control for safe and smooth control of descent.
Low toe heights (25 mm) fit in tight clearence.
Transport rollers on the 25 ton model enables easy movement when placing and mov-
ing.
Art No Cap. Lifting area A B C D E F G Weight

tons mm kg
16.351819 5 25-368 368/573 520 320 53 213 140 740 25
16.351823 10 30-420 420/650 520 325 55 205 170 745 35
16.351825 25 58-505 505/720 920/480 459 90 420 210 1.305/1.225 109
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:20
Mechanical Jack POWERTEX

General: Mechanical jack for working in vertical or horizontal position. Powertex
brand jacks in high quality to competitive price. Easy and safe manipulation. Loading
on head or claw (same capacity). High stability due to a large ground plate. Standard
with safety crank (foldable). Provided with hand grip. Delivered in either red, blue or
yellow colour.
Testing: Tested with 25% overload.
Material: Robust steel body with large foot plate.
Marking: Lifting capacity, serial number, CE.
Finish: Painted.
Standard: EN 1494.
Art No WLL Test cap. Crank force to A BxG E F H K R S T Weight appr.

tons KN lift full load N mm mm kg
16.35PRJ015 1,5 16,5 190 81 110 x 100 55 46 225 147 119 166 113 10,7
16.35PRJ030 3 33,0 196 83 130 x 138 60 45 249 170 140 235 128 21,3
16.35PRJ050 5 55,0 235 108 170 x 140 71 68 249 190 155 217 128 27,0
16.35PRJ100 10 110 431 124 170 x 140 86 76 300 252 185 187 250 47,0
4
Railway Jack
General: Mechanical railway jack. Lift on both top and heel.
Exceptional safety by the crank with self-actuating brake for holding
the load in any position
Pump crank and adjustable heel.
Twin pawls for additional safety.
Test and CE-certificate enclosed
Material: Robust steel body with large foot plate.
Marking: Lifting capacity, serial number, manufacturer symbol, CE.
Finish: Powder coated.
Standard: EN 1494.
Art No WLL Model Lifting height Heel height F H A B C D E G K R Weight

tons mm mm mm kg
16.351715RL-10 1,5 1715RL 600-900 70-370 68 608 163 190 273 196 55 220 113 225 18
16.351717RL-10 3 1717RL 738-1088 78-428 78 738 197 200 296 196 60 220 127 250 25
16.351719RL-10 5 1719RL 738-1088 88-438 88 738 189 239 355 196 71 250 127 275 32
16.351923RL-10 10 1723RL 808-1218 93-503 93 808 250 293 498 196 86 250 248 300 51
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:21
Rack Jack 11
General: Rack jack with solid claw, load 1,5 up to 10 t.
Mechanical jack for working in vertical or horizontal position. Operation with foldable handle.
Material: Robust steel body with foot plate.
Finish: Painted.
Standard: EN 1494.
Art No Code Cap. Gear transmission Lift/crank turn Crank force Weight
tons KN mm N kg
16.35200001 11.1,5 1,5 4,5 : 1 14 190 12,5
4
16.35200002 11.3 3 9,5 : 1 8 250 20,0
16.35200003 11.5 5 22,5 : 1 4 270 27,0
16.35200004 11.10 10 24,8 : 1 4 360 42,0
Technical data
Type Crank A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P R S T U
11.1,5 S SIKU 725 237 37 350 70 100 50 350 84 35 25 130 140 33,5 108 78 60 86 39
11.3 S SIKU 725 182 40 387 79 100 50 350 92 45 30 130 140 39,5 94 92 65 132 72
11.5 S SIKU 722 200 37 406 77 110 60 300 104 50 40 150 170 51,0 105 100 70 139 50
11.10 S SIKU 797 167 42 448 82 125 70 300 128 60 50 150 170 62,5 115 132 85 184 66
Rack Jack 1188

General: Rack jack with adjustable claw, load 1,5 up to 10 t.
Mechanical jack for working in vertical or horizontal position. Operation with foldable handle.
Material: Robust steel body with foot plate.
Finish: Painted.
Standard: EN 1494.
Art No Code Cap. Gear transmission Lift/crank turn Crank force Weight
tons KN mm N kg
16.35200025 1188.1,5 1,5 4,5 : 1 14 190 16,5
16.35200026 1188.3 3 9,5 : 1 8 250 22,0
16.35200027 1188.5 5 22,5 : 1 4 270 32,0
16.35200028 1188.10 10 24,8 : 1 4 360 52,0
Technical data
Type Crank A B C D F G H I K L M N O P R S T U
1188.1,5 S SIKU 725 237 37 350 100 50 350 129 35 25 130 140 33,5 108 78 70 86 39
1188.3 S SIKU 725 182 40 387 100 50 350 131 45 30 130 140 39,5 94 92 70 132 72
1188.5 S SIKU 722 200 37 406 110 60 300 151 50 40 150 170 51,0 105 100 80 139 50
1188.10 S SIKU 797 167 42 448 125 70 300 182 60 50 150 170 62,5 115 132 90 184 66
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:22
Hydraulic Bottle Jack

Safe in use: The bevelled base plate ensures greater stability as the jack
follows the tilt of the vehicle during the lifting operation.
Longer lifetime: The design of the base plate minimizes the risk of injuries
to the piston and the piston rod.
All models with 3-partite handle.
Operating temperature: -20°C up to +70°C.
AH25-240
Art No Cap. Model Min. height Hydr. lift Spindle Max. height Rounded plate Weight
tons A mm B mm C mm D kg
Program 1 with single cylinder and spindle.
16.350000100 2,0 A2-170 170 115 90 380 3,5
16.350000110 3,5 A3,5-170 170 115 90 380 3,8
4
16.350000120 5,0 A5-212 210 150 100 460 4,7
16.350000130 8,0 AX8-220 220 150 110 480 ● 7,0
16.350000140 10,0 A10-220 220 150 110 480 ● 7,0
16.350000150 12,0 A12-230 230 160 110 500 ● 8,1
16.350000160 15,0 AX15-230 230 155 110 495 ● 9,2
16.350000170 20,0 AX20-240 240 155 110 505 ● 11,8
16.350000180 25,0 AH25-240 240 160 120 515 ● 14,3
16.350000190 30,0 A30-240 240 140 100 480 ● 15,3
Program 2 with telescopic cylinder.
16.350000220 3,0 ATDX3-185 185 215 - 400 ● 5,0
16.350000230 5,0 AT5-215 215 305 - 520 ● 7,2
16.350000240 10,0 ATG10-200 200 260 70 530 ● 10,2
16.350000250 12,0 ATPX12-230 230 255 85 570 ● 13,4
Program 3 with single cylinder, without spindle.
16.350000260 4,0 ADX4-370 370 260 - 630 7,3
16.350000270 10,0 ADX10-370 370 260 - 630 ● 10,5
Program 4 with telescopic cylinder, without spindle, with horizontal movement.
16.350000280 10,0 ATN10-175 175 210 - 385 8,7
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:23
Vaks 2500
Vaks type 2500
High quality cargo skates on nylon rollers (fixed).
Advantages:
- Easy to couple the modules.
- The possibility of coupling will imply that the modules can be reused for smaller or bigger projects, as required.
- By transport over uneven surfaces, the unevenness will be equalized due to the coupling.
Note: Delivery in carton of 2 pieces.
Art No Capacity Code Nylon wheels Axles Dimension Weight

tons* pcs pcs mm kg
16.5504-810701 2,5 50810701 2 2 210x115x100 4,2
*The carrying capacity can be increased by coupling - it means 2 pcs. Vaks 2500 = 5 ton carrying capacity.
Vaks 1000R4
4 High quality cargo skates on nylon rollers (turnable).
Art No Capacity Nylon wheels Dimension Weight

tons pcs mm kg
16.5504-810400 1 4 450x340x120 15
Vaks 3000

tons pcs pcs mm kg
16.5504-810600 3 50810600 12 2 330x300x115 10
Vaks 3000R, steering bar

With steering bar and turnable plate.
Art No Capacity Nylon wheels Axles Dimension Weight

tons pcs pcs mm kg
16.5504-811030 3 4 2 200x160x100 13
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:24
Vaks 6000

tons pcs pcs mm kg
16.5504-812060 6 50812060 6 3 260x230x100 13
Vaks 12000
High quality cargo skates on steel rollers (fixed).
Art No Capacity Code Steel wheels Axles Dimension Weight
4
tons pcs pcs mm kg
16.5504-812120 12 50812120 6 3 260x230x100 27
Vaks 6000R
High quality cargo skates with steering bar and turnable plate (parallel turning) on nylon rollers
(fixed).

tons pcs pcs mm kg
16.5504-811060 6 50811060 8 2 400x250x115 53
Vaks 12000R
High quality cargo skates with steering bar and turnable plate (parallel turning) on nylon rollers (fixed).
Art No Capacity Code Steel wheels Axles Dimension Weight

tons pcs pcs mm kg
16.5504-811120 12 50811120 8 2 400x250x115 59
Lifting Bar
Art No Capacity Code Nylon wheels Length Lifting height Weight

tons pcs mm max mm kg
16.5504-810900 1,5 51810900 2 2000 200 14
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:25
GKS Perfekt Transportset L3/F3
L3 Trolley type: front, steerable

Art No Single load cap. L3/F3 total cap. Number of Loading Wheels Swivel plate dia. L x W Swivel plate Weight
wheels height steerable at
tons pcs. mm kg
16.99GKSL03 3 6 4 110 85x85 170 270x230 ± 90° 12
F3 Trolley type: rear, stationary

Art No Single load F3/L3 total Number of Wheels Loading Steering Contact surface Adjustable Weight
cap. cap. wheels dia. height rod per cass. width
tons pcs. mm kg
16.99GKSF03 3 6 4 85x85 110 950 150x150 300-1.000 15
4 GKS Perfekt Transportset L6/F6

Art No Single load L6/F6 total Number of Loading Wheels Steering Swivel LxW Swivel plate Weight
cap. cap. wheels height dia. rod plate dia. steerable at
tons pcs. mm kg
16.99GKSL06 6 12 8 110 85x85 1080 170 610x520 ca 90° 41

Art No Single load F6/L6 total Number of Wheels Loading Contact surface Adjustable Weight
cap. cap. wheels dia. height per cass. width
tons mm kg
16.99GKSF06 6 12 8 85x85 110 200x220 640 - 1.030 30

Art No Single load L9/F9 total Number. of Loading Wheels Steering Swivel plate L x W Swivel plate Weight
cap. cap. wheels height dia. rod dia. steerable at
tons pcs. mm kg
16.99GKSL09 9 18 12 110 85x85 1080 170 840 x ca. 90° 59
583

Art No Single load F9/L9 total Number of Wheels Loading Contact surface per Adjustable Weight
cap. cap. wheels dia. height cass. width
tons pcs. mm kg
16.99GKSF09 9 18 12 85x85 110 320x200 840-1.230 43
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:26

Art No Single load L12/F12 total Number of Loading Wheels Steering Swivel LxW Swivel pad Weight
cap. cap. wheels height dia. rod plate dia. steerable at
tons pcs. mm kg
16.99GKSL12 12 24 16 110 85x85 1080 170 1.030x620 ± 90° 80

Art No Single load F12/L12 total Number of Wheels Loading Contact surface per Adjustable Weight
tons pcs. mm kg
16.99GKSF12 12 24 16 85x85 110 200x407 1.014-1.430 52
4

Art No Single L20/F20 total Number of Loading Wheels Steering Swivel LxW Swivel pad Weight
load cap. cap. wheels height dia. rod plate dia. steerable at
tons pcs. mm kg
16.99GKSL20 20 40 8 180 140x85 1620 170 747x800 ± 90° 170

Art No Single load F20/L20 total Number of Wheels Loading Contact sruface per Adjustable Weight
tons pcs. mm kg
16.99GKSF20 20 40 8 140x85 180 280x220 440-1.600 81
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:27
Radiolink Plus C
General: Crane scale for both weighing and dynamic load monitoring.
Material: High-quality aircraft grad aluminium. G
Shackle: Crosby G2130. E
Operating temperature: -10°C up to +50°C. D
Battery type/life: Handheld 2 x AA/Load cell 4 x AA. / Handheld

60 hours/load cell 1200 hours continuous.
Accuracy: ±0,3% of applied load.
Frequency: 2.4 GHz.
System range: 700 m. B F
Data rate: 3 Hz up to 200 Hz can be ordered for dynamic load

monitoring applications.
Protection: IP65.
Art No Code Capacity SF Resolution A B C D ØE F G Loading pin Ø Weight

tons kg mm kg
12.1
4
16.50RLP1T RLP1T 1 0,5 204 43 104 146 24,5 48 19 19 1,5
16.50RLP2T5 RLP2T5 2,5 7:1 1 204 43 104 146 24,5 48 19 19 1,5
16.50RLP6T5 RLP6T5 6,5 7:1 1 249 43 113 165 38 66 32 25 2,4
16.50RLP12T RLP12T 12 7:1 2 305 47 113 193 47,5 - - 35 3,7
16.50RLP25T RLP25T 25 5:1 5 340 60 115 215 55 - - 51 5
16.50RLP35T RLP35T 35 5:1 5 393 75 126 225 60 - - 57 8,6
16.50RLP55T RLP55T 55 5:1 10 424 75 180 230 76 - - 57 13
16.50RLP75T RLP75T 75 5:1 10 470 75 202 260 76 - - 70 16
16.50RLP100T RLP100T 100 5:1 50 608 99 255 320 109 - - 83 34
16.50RLP150T RLP150T 150 4:1 50 670 99 303 360 109 - - 95 46
16.50RLP200T RLP200T 200 5:1 100 700 144 350 350 145 - - 121 82
16.50RLP250T RLP250T 250 4:1 100 700 144 350 350 145 - - 127 82
16.50RLP300T RLP300T 300 5:1 100 806 150 426 350 160 - - 152 118
Wireless Loadshackle
General: Wireless loadshackle with low headroom and a load-centering bobbin.
Safety factor: 5:1 when used with a load bobbin.
Battery type/life: Loadcell 4 x AA Alkaline/Load cell 1200 hours continuous.

Accuracy: ±1% of applied load.
Frequency: 2.4 GHz.
System range: 700 m.
Data rate: 3 updates per second.
Protection: IP67.
Art No Capacity Code Resolution A B C D E H L N P Weight

tons tons mm kg
16.50WLS25T 3,25 WLS3,25T 5 26,9 19,1 56,9 16 42,9 106 132 17,5 148 2,8
16.50WLS6,5T 6,5 WLS6,5T 5 36,6 25,4 79,7 24,4 58 148 158 24,6 180 3,2
16.50WLS12T 12 WLS12T 10 51,5 35,1 113 31,8 82,5 210 196 35,1 218 8
16.50WLS25T 25 WLS25T 20 73 51 170 44,5 127 313 281 57 293 18
16.50WLS55T 55 WLS55T 50 82,5 57 189,5 51 164 348 306 61 317 25
16.50WLS85T 85 WLS85T 50 105 70 253 66,5 184 453 368 79 394 45
16.50WLS120T 120 WLS120T 100 127 82,5 319,5 76 200 546 408 92 441 85
16.50WLS200T 200 WLS200T 200 180 125 483 120 290 810 580 120 570 254
16.50WLS300T 300 WLS300T 500 205 150 576 130 305 950 615 130 620 374
16.50WLS400T 400 WLS400T 500 230 175 650 165 325 1.100 705 165 715 614
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:28
Crane Scale DynaforTM LLX2

General: The Dynafor™ LLX2 is a major innovation in industrial dynamometry, providing the highest
degree of ergonomics, precision reliability, flexibility and endurance.
• The LLX2 sensor unit with its unique design measures the force; this is the systems body.
• The LLX2 mobile display processes and displays the data; this is the systems brain.
Working temperatur:e -20°C up to +40°C.
An extended range: The dynafor™ LLX2 comes in 7 capacities: 0.5 t, 1 t, 2 t, 3.2 t, 6.3 t and 10,0 t.
Resistant to shocks and weather: The sensor dynafor™ LLX2 can be used indoor and outdoor
with its excellent shock and moisture resistance, complying with protection IP66.
High precision: The dynafor™ LLX2 ensures a precision of 0.1%: the market reference.
PC link: The connection kit option (PC/dynafor™ LLX2 with USB) allows advanced processing of the
measurement data.
Head material: Steel.

Sensor material: Aluminium (except from LLX2 10t is also steel).
4
A range of fastening accessories
Tractel’s patented system for shackle
and chain compatibility makes the
dynafor® LLX2’s „heads“ directly
A removable display
compatible with the traditional shackles
The LLX2 display attaches securely to and with accessories for all standard
the sensor unit or can be held in your chain currently on the market.
hand for nomad or remote utilisation.
Operating range 80 meters (2.4 GHz).
WRVHQVRUVFDQEHDVVRFLDWHGWR
to 4 displays
Art No Cap. Type Precision 0,1 % Increment Max. display Radio range RF technology Weight
tons DaN DaN DaN m GHz kg
16.50108109 0,5 LLX2 0.5 0,5 0,1 550 80 2.4 2,3
16.50108119 1,0 LLX2 1 1,0 0,2 1.000 80 2.4 2,3
16.50108129 2,0 LLX2 2 2,5 0,5 2.200 80 2.4 2,3
16.50108139 3,2 LLX2 3.2 2,5 0,5 3.520 80 2.4 2,3
16.50108149 5,0 LLX2 5 5,0 1,0 5.500 80 2,4 3,35
16.50108159 6,3 LLX2 6.3 5,0 1,0 6.930 80 2.4 3,35
16.50108169 10 LLX2 10 10 2,0 11.000 80 2.4 6,45
6DIHW\FRHI¿FLHQW0LQLPXP
,3SURWHFWLRQ,3
(QGXUDQFHKWRKGHSHQGLQJRQIXQFWLRQ
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:29
Crane Scale DynaforTM LLZ2

General: DYNAFOR™ LLZ2 devices offer the best possible quality / price ratio
among electronic load indicators. They are used to measure tensile forces (N)
and to determine hanging loads (kg).
Maximum display kg: 110% of the WLL.
Sensor material: Aluminium.
Autonomy: 350 hours.
Battery type/life: 2 × 1.5V "AAA" batteries/350 hours;
Packaging: Delivered in plastic suitcase.
Protection: IP 65.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No Maximum capacity Model Test load Resolution 0.3% FS** Increment A B C D E F G H Weight
tons tons ± kg kg mm kg
16.50260889 1 LLZ2 1t 1.5 3 1 191 164 22 83,5 22 19.8 36.4 37.6 0.75
16.50260899 3.2 LLZ2 3.2t 4.8 9.6 5 191 164 22 99.5 22 19,8 36.4 44.8 0.93
16.50260909 6.3 LLZ2 6.3t 9.6 18.9 10 236 184 28 121.5 22 19,8 36.4 54.7 1.44
4
16.50260919 12.5 LLZ2 12.5t 18.75 37.5 20 277 226 42 120.5 45 40,5 59.4 60,0 3.22
16.50260929 20 LLZ2 20t 30 60 50 342 264 54 147 45 40,5 59.4 73.5 4.95
** Full scale.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:30
Digital Crane Scale

CERTEX digital scale type D2000 in high quality and to a competitive price.
Operates in all positions.
• Accuracy 0,2% of actual load +/- 1d.
• LED display with 25 mm large digits.
• Ambient temperature -20°C up to +60°C.
• Weatherproof and dustproof in accordance to IP62.
• Power supply: rechargable battery.
More possibilities:
• Load cell with display (standard).
• Load cell with hand held transmitter.
• Load cell incl. wall mounted (blackbox).
• Wireless transfer of data.
1HZPRGHOSULPR
Digital Crane Scale transmitter Idéel for use in harsh
4
Transmitter for dynamometer environment.
957; ,3DSSURYHG
Art No Cap. Type Length L Width B Height Bolt dia. Weight

tons mm mm mm mm kg
16.50D2000A-2T 2,0 D2000A-ALU-2T 200 100 66 20 1,2
16.50D2000A-6T 6,5 D2000A-6,5T 220 95 75,4 30 3,3
16.50D2000A-12T 12,5 D2000A-12,5T 250 95 83 35,5 4,55
16.50D2000A-25T 25,0 D2000A-25T 340 108 83 51,0 7,60
16.50D2000A-55T 55,0 D2000A-55T 440 160 94,4 73,0 19,10
16.50D2000A-120T 120,0 D2000A-120T 500 200 120,2 100 39,50
Higher capacity and special models upon request.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:31
Crane Weigher
Features: Accuracy better than display resolution
(1% of rated load, nominal).
100% taring capability (by rotating the dial face).
Zero set by rotating the dial face.
Plexiglass dial face cover.
160mm scale diameter.
Graduated in kilogrammes and tonnes.
Fixed link top suspension up to 5.000kg.
Hook with latch bottom suspension up to 5.000kg.
Eye – eye suspension over 5.000kg.
Finish: Zinc plated.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No Capacity Type SWL Division A B C D E Weight

tons kg mm mm mm mm mm kg
16.5013-0200 0,2 200-SK 1 5:1 1 68 54 254 27 35 5
16.5013-0320 0,32 320-SK 2 5:1 2 68 54 254 27 35 5
16.5013-0500 0,5 500-SK 2 5:1 2 68 54 254 27 35 5
16.5013-0750 0,75 750-SK 5 5:1 5 68 54 254 27 35 5
4 16.5013-1250
16.5013-2000
16.5013-3200
1,25
2
3,2
1250-SK 5
2000-SK 10
3200-SK 20
5:1
5:1
5:1
5
10
20
68
68
93
54
54
54
254
254
304
27
27
34
35
35
46
5
5
5.5
16.5013-5000 5 5000-SK 20 5:1 20 93 54 328 42 56 6.5
16.5013-7500 7,5 7500-SK 50 4:1 50 40 41 213 - - 8.1
16.5014-012 12,5 12500-SK 50 4:1 50 40 41 213 - - 8.1
16.5014-025 25 25000-SK 100 4:1 100 55 42 267 - - 12.9
16.5014-032 32 32000-SK 200 4:1 200 75 56 329 - - 30
16.5014-050 50 50000-SK 200 4:1 200 75 56 329 - - 30
16.5014-085 85 85000-SK 500 4:1 500 85 60 390 - - 60
Clamp On Line Tensionmeter

General: Lightweight tensionmeter for fast and accurate measurement of wire rope
tensions up to 5000 kg and up to 1"/25 mm diameter.
Material: Aerospace grade aluminium.
Battery type: 2 x C cell batteries.
Accuracy: ±3% of full scale if wire open Ø and construction known.
Communication: Bluetooth 4.1.
Protection: IP67.
Features and benefits:

• Unlimited wire rope calibration database via Android or iOS app.
• Main swivel joints fitted with high quality bearings.
• Lever ratio of 5.3:1 allows effortless, safe, clamping onto pre-tensioned wire ropes.
• Wireless Bluetooth enabling operator to stand at safe distance if needed.
• Quick intuitive adjustable centre sheave makes changing wire rope sizes fast and easy.
• No easily broken external antennae.
• High waterproof resistant design for all weather use.
• Massive battery life of 2400 hours operational time.
Art No Max. load Code Resolution Wire max./min ø A B C D Weight

tons kg mm mm kg
16.50COLT5T 5 COLT5T 10 5/25 589 254 200 200 3,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:32
Industrial Lifting Bags

General: The Trelleborg Lifting Bags (TLBs) are capable of lifting loads up to 67
tons with compressed air at a pressure of only 8 bar.
Advantages:
Can be used in the smallest of spaces because the bags are very thin;
Light and easy to handle compared with other jacking equipment;
Simple and quick to use with compressed air;
Maintenance-free because they have no sliding parts.
High quality material and very small insertion height of approximately 3 cm, fast
operation.
Typical applications: Lifting, moving, spreading and fixing.
Art No Type Length x width x height Max. lifting Max. lifting Max. lifting height Air vol. Water vol. Weight
mm kg kN mm liter liter kg
16.6536100100 TLB 1 150 x 150 x 22 1.000 10 80 6,3 0,7 0,6
16.6536100101 TLB 3 228 x 228 x 22 3.200 32 130 16,2 1,8 1,5
16.6536100102
16.6536100103
16.6536100104
TLB 5
TLB 10
TLB 20
270 x 270 x 22
380 x 380 x 25
508 x 508 x 25
5.000
10.000
20.000
50
100
200
150
215
290
22,5
76,5
189
2,5
8,5
21
2,0
4,0
7,0
4
16.6536100105 TLB 32 658 x 658 x 25 32.000 320 380 450 50 13
16.6536100106 TLB 40 708 x 708 x 25 40.000 400 405 558 62 15
16.6536100107 TLB 67 908 x 908 x 25 67.000 670 520 1.206 134 24
7/%OLIWLQJFDSDFLW\GLDJUDP TLB lifting capacity diagram 2
Industrial Lifting Bag accessories
Description Remark
Single controller Set to max. 8 bar
Double controller Set to max. 8 bar
Line shut-off valve
Air hose, yellow Length 10 meter, rupture preassure 25 bar
Air hose, red Length 10 meter, rupture preassure 25 bar
Air hose, blue Length 10 meter, rupture preassure 25 bar
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:33
Pipe Plug OFT

General: Pipe plugs in many shapes and diameters. All diameters (100 up to 1600) are
available. With or without bypass.
Advantages: Leightweight: Improved positioning of the reinforced material means a
much lighter product.
Flexibility: Handles have been placed on either side for a good grip of the pipe plug.
Safer: The new design can withstand even higher back pressures.
Art No Type Diameter range D min. x L Working pressure (WP max.) Weight
min. mm max. mm Bar Psi kg
16.6619100704 OFT OLS-100/200 100 200 90 x 520 3 44 2,0
16.6619100707 OFT OLS-150/300 150 300 135 x 565 3 44 3,0
16.6619100705 OFT OLS-200/400 200 400 175 x 613 3 44 4,5
16.6619100706 OFT OLS-300/600 300 600 260 x 795 3 44 8,5
16.6619100701 OFT OLS-400/800 400 800 340 x 1.285 3 44 24
4
16.6619100703 OFT OLS-500/1000 500 1.000 450 x 1.353 3 44 32
16.6619100702 OFT OLS-500/1200 500 1.200 450 x 1.684 3 44 42
Pipe Plug OFT with Bypass

General: Pipe plugs in many shapes and diameters. All diameters (100 up to 1600) are
available.
With or without bypass.
Advantages: Leightweight: Improved positioning of the reinforced material means a
much lighter product.
Flexibility: Handles have been placed on either side for a good grip of the pipe plug.
Safer: The new design can withstand even higher back pressures.
Art No Type Diameter range D min. x L Working pressure (WP max.) Weight
min. mm max. mm mm Bar Psi kg
16.6619100806 OFT FLEX ODS-100/200 100 200 90 x 551 2 29 3,0
16.6619100809 OFT FLEX ODS-150/300 150 300 135 x 720 2 29 4,5
16.6619100807 OFT FLEX ODS-200/400 200 400 175 x 718 2 29 6,0
16.6619100808 OFT FLEX ODS-300/600 300 600 260 x 900 2 29 6,0
16.6619100801 OFT FLEX ODS-400/800 400 800 340 x 1.443 2 29 27
16.6619100802 OFT FLEX ODS-500/1000 500 1.000 450 x 1.518 2 29 35
16.6619100803 OFT FLEX ODS-500/1200 500 1.200 450 x 1.946 2 29 55
16.6619100804 OFT FLEX ODS-600/1400 600 1.400 540 x 2.069 2 29 64
16.6619100805 OFT FLEX ODS-700/1600 700 1.600 640 x 2.366 2 29 72
Note: Delivered without Storz coupling
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:34
Pipe Plug
General: The plugs are multi-size flow stoppers, this means that with each flow
stopper you can close off a range of pipe-diameters. The flow stoppers are easy to
install, and as even more important easy and quick removed because of the rela-
tive small diameter and light weight.
Art No Type D min. x L Working pressure (WP max.) Weight

mm Bar Psi kg
16.6636680650 Plug 40/70 33 x 206 1,5 22 0,19
16.6636680651 Plug 50/100 45 x 328 1,5 22 0,35
16.6636680652 Plug 70/150 65 x 370 1,5 22 0,6
16.6636680653 Plug 100/200 Short 85 x 250 2,5 36 0,55
16.6636680654 Plug 100/200 80 x 555 2,5 36 1,0
16.6636680655 Plug 150/300 134 x 555 2,5 36 1,6
16.6636680656 Plug 200/400 180 x 670 2,5 36 3,2
4
16.6636680657 Plug 300/600 280 x 860 2,5 36 6,6
Accessories Pipe Plug
Accessories
Art No Description
16.6619130301 2 m pvc hose for OLS 40/70 en 65/100 incl. shrader valve
16.6635000502 Price per m pvc hose
16.6636690010 3 m rubber hose incl. coupling
16.6636690020 5 m rubber hose incl. coupling
16.6636610050 3 m chain incl. harp
16.6636610060 5 m chain incl. harp
16.6636690030 5,5 m rubber hose, manometer and air relase valve
16.6635000653 Pressure control valve
16.6635000582 Shrader valve
16.6635000581 Handpump
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:35
Starcon
S TARCON Concrete Handling System
– Transport and fastening systems for the concrete industry
CERTEX is one of the leading suppliers of lifting parts for the

concrete industry when it comes to lifting, transport and fittings
for concrete pipes, concrete elements etc.
We offer the full lines of the systems below:
Starcon systems:
• Anchors
• 2-hole anchors
4
• Lifting eyes
• Formers
• Transport anchors with thread
• Anchor rails
• Plastic components
• Wire boxes
Starcon is used by:

• Concrete manufacturers
• Carriers
• Crane companies
• Engineering companies
Starcon systems ensure:

• Reduced number of on-the-job injuries
• Fewer defective products
• Quality
• Strength
• Easy to use
• Effectiveness
• Certification/control
• Current standards
Consulting and calculation:
• In-house technical branch including in-house engineers

• Expert knowledge and consulting
Starcon systems for: CERTEX

• Concrete panels Certified by DNV:
• Concrete pipes
• Floor components ISO 9001 = Quality
• Concrete pillows ISO 14001 = Environment
• Concrete balconies OHSAS 18001 = Working Environment
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:36
S TARCON Concrete Handling System
Starcon is an internationally recognised brand in

the supply of lifting system to the precast industry. Starcon Anchor Systems
Starcon comprise the full range of lifting systems
along with fully guaranteed technical back up service.
4
TECHNICAL SOLUTION CENTER
Experience Threaded Anchor Systems

With more than 40 years experience in development,
manufacturing and activities directly related to lifting
and handling system you can safely choose CERTEX
Danmark as the preferred collaborator.
Our engineers and technicians possess the sufficient

knowledge, experiences and qualifications to design
the best solution.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:37
Starcon Lifting Eye with standard Coupling Link

With standard coupling link
Starcon lifting eyes are made of a special cast steel alloy which after
hardening obtains an exceptionally high strength. The strength of the
material exceeds a safety factor of 5.
Art No WLL B k d Ø L Weight

tons mm kg
99.112010131 1,0 / 1,3 11 9 10 42 105 0,59
99.112030251 1,5 / 2,5 16 11 12 60 140 1,01
99.112050501 3,0 / 5,0 22 14 16 62 155 2,35
99.112101001 6,0 / 10,0 30 22 25 100 232 5,66
99.112202001 12,0 / 20,0 41 28 33 120 292 13,45
4 Starcon Lifting Eye with flexible Coupling Link

General: The Starcon lifting eye is designed as a ball with a hooking claw thus providing an easy and safe fixing on the Starcon
anchor.
Art No WLL B k d H S Weight

tons mm kg
99.102010131 1,0 / 1,3 11 9 10 110 50 0,59
99.102030251 1,5 / 2,5 16 11 12 120 60 1,01
99.102050501 3,0 / 5,0 22 14 16 120 60 2,35
99.112101003 6,0 / 10,0 30 22 25 200 100 5,66
99.112202003 12,0 / 20,0 41 28 33 250 120 13,45
Starcon Universal Lifting Eye

Art No WLL L f W2 a Weight
tons mm kg
99.11590080B 1,0 / 1,3 181 70 45 12 0,9
99.11590081B 1,5 / 2,5 220 85 57 16 1,4
99.11590082B 3 / 5,0 271 88 69 22 3,4
99.11590083B 6,0 / 10,0 385 116 83 30 10
99.11590084B 12,0 / 20,0 497 134 108 42 21
99.11590085B 32,0 661 189 164 52 46,5
Starcon Ring Clutch

Art No Load L G C B
t mm mm mm mm
99.1560009025N 2,5 264 12 59 70
99.1560009050N 5 333 17 66 85
99.1560009100N 10 425 25 84,5 110
11.44TPA-R1-26.0 26 530 40 88 169
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
4:38
Hoists and winches
Chain hoists » Electric wire hoists »

Lever hoists » Trolleys »
Pulling hoists » Beam clamps »
Electric chain hoists » Winches »
Air chain hoists » Electric winches » Chapter 5
Hoists and winches
Chain hoists 5:3

Lever hoists 5:7
Pulling hoists 5:10
Electric chain hoists 5:12
Air chain hoists 5:23
Electrich wire hoists 5:30
Fall arrest device 5:34
Baby winches 5:35
Trolleys 5:36
Hand rope winches 5:41
5
Electric wire rope winches 5:50
Remote controls 5:56
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:2
Chain Block Elephant C21

General: A top quality lightweight chain block. Compact and low buildt
design with low dead weight. Rolled-edge hand wheel cover provides
smooth operation of the hand chain when pulled slant. The asbestos-
free brake mechanism and the gears are completely enclosed and
make the block highly reliable and endurable and also lower
maintenance. Hook with safety latch.
Material: Chain and hook, alloy steel grade 10.
Marking: WLL, code and CE marking.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 5:1
Art No Code WLL No. of load- Hand effort to lift Load chain dia. Hand chain dia. Standard lift Weight
tons chain falls full load kg x pitch mm x pitch mm m kg
16.10C210050030 C21-0.5 0,5 1 26 4,3 x 12 4,5 x 23 3 6,1
16.10C210100030 C21-1 1 1 32 5,6 x 17 4,5 x 23 3 9,2
16.10C210150030 C21-1.5 1,5 1 33 6,5 x 19 4,5 x 23 3 11,7
16.10C210200030 C21-2 2 1 33 7,5 x 21 4,5 x 23 3 16,7
16.10C210300030 C21-3 3 2 38 6,5 x 19 4,5 x 23 3 19,4
Min. distance between

hooks A mm
B C D E
mm
F G H I N
5
275 131 54 77 121 30 36 17 13 24
310 143 61 82 148 34 43 22 16 29
340 152 68 84 168 36 43 26 21 29
384 164 75 89 193 42 53 29 22 34
480 152 68 84 209 44 53 35 28 36
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:3
Chain Block Elephant Super 100

Very light & compact [11.4kg (1 Tonne) - Quality product with CE and GS approvals.
Double pawls incorporating double springs. This supports fail safe brake mechanism. This gives in-built
redundancy thus maximising safety.
Bottom hook with thrust bearing. The thrust bearing enables the lifted load to be moved in any direction without
subjecting it to stress.
The opening of the hooks has been made wider for easier handling and working. The hook is made of ductile
material giving warning of overload minimising load drop.
Tough framing. The chain block gear case, reinforced with four ribs and four knock pins, provides accurate gear
centering and high mechanical efficiency -Rolled-edge hand wheel cover. This provides smooth operation of the
hand chain when pulled sideways.
Strong and least-corrosive electrostatic powder painting.
Wet friction discs with longer life.
Unique chain guide - Load sheave with roller bearing Type H-0,5 - 0,25 Type H-3,1 - 5
- Anchor plate avoiding over-lifting/lowering.
Features: The Super 100 Series is for heavy duty applications
and is the worlds most advanced manual chain hoist.
Finish: Painted.
Standard: EN 13157
Safety factor: 5:1
Hand effort to lift Load chain Hand chain Standard Hand chain
Art No Code WLL No. of load- full load diameter diameter lift standard lift Weight
tons chain falls kg x pitch mm x pitch mm m m kg
5
16.10S1000050030 H-0.5 0,5 1 22 5 x 15 5 x 23,6 3 2,5 9
16.10S1000100030 H-1 1 1 25,5 6,3 x 19 5 x 23,6 3 2,5 11,4
16.10S1000160030 H-1.6 1,6 1 34 7,2 x 21 5 x 23,6 3 2,5 14,7
16.10S1000200030 H-2 2 1 34 8 x 24 5 x 23,6 3 3 21
16.10S1000250030 H-2.5 2,5 1 35 9 x 27 5 x 23,6 3 3 25,4
16.10S1000310030 H-3.1 3,15 2 36 7,2 x 21 5 x 23,6 3 3 24
16.10S1000500030 H-5 5 2 36 9 x 27 5 x 23,6 3 3,4 39,5
16.10S1001000030 H-7.5 7,5 3 37,5 9 x 27 5 x 23,6 3 3,9 70
16.10S1001000030 H-10 10 4 40,5 9 x 27 5 x 23,6 3 3,9 82
16.10S1001600030 H-16 15 5 50 11,1 x 33,3 6 x 26,6 3 4,2 198
16.10S1002000030 H-20 20 6 48 x 2 11,1 x 33,3 6 x 26,6 3 4,6x2 215
16.10S1003100030 H-31 30 10 50 x 2 11,1 x 33,3 6 x 26,6 3 4,6x2 545
16.10S1005000030 H-50 50 18 53 x 2 11,1 x 33,3 6 x 26,6 3 4,6x2 1.228
16.10S1006000030 H-60 60 20 55 x 2 11,1 x 33,3 6 x 26,6 3 4,6x2 1.400
Min. distance between B E* G H I N

hooks A mm mm
277 155 140 36 17 13 26
303 160 160 43 22 16 30
338 167,5 183 48 27 20 35
379 183 215 53 29 22 38
416 190 233 55 34,5 24 40
516 167,5 230 60 37 27 44
613 190 282 70 46 34 53
716 190 370 85 74 50 70
789 190 385 85 74 50 70
1.300 241 550 105 90,5 70 74
1.350 372 740 110 100 73 70
1.720 448 820 140 135 110 110
2.300 691 900 160 135 140 120
2.400 708 1.150 180 70 160 130
The weight and dimension N fluctuates to some degree owing to the adoption of free casting.
*Dimension E fluctuates to some degree depending on the load.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:4
Chain Block POWERTEX

- Compact, lightweight construction.
- Durable all steel construction with powder coated finish and plated frame components.
- Safe, well covered automatic load reaction brake.
- Sealed ball bearings on the chain wheel maximise efficiency and serviceability.
- European made COROLIM® protected load chain.
- Bottom hook with ball bearing.
- RFID equipped (chip) for easy service and inspection.
- QR code for on-site access to Multilanguage user manuals.
- User manuals in 14 languages included.
- Fulfills the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.
- Comply fully with the EN norms 13157 and 818-7.
- Testcertifcate enclosed.
Art No/3 m lift Art No/6 m lift WLL Fall Std. lift Load chain Ø Test load A B C D E H Weight
tons m kg mm kg
16.10PCB0025030 16.10PCB0025060 0,25 1 3,0 4 x 12 375 106 68 108 18 20 280 6,4
16.10PCB0050030 16.10PCB0050060 0,5 1 3,0 5 x 15 750 128 75 130 20 22 280 8,9
16.10PCB0100030 16.10PCB0100060 1 1 3,0 6,3 x 19,1 1.500 142 76 150 25 26 330 12,0
16.10PCB0200030 16.10PCB0200060 2 1 3,0 8 x 24 3.000 175 88 185 33 35 385 19,5
16.10PCB0300030
16.10PCB0500030
16.10PCB1000030
16.10PCB0300060
16.10PCB0500060
16.10PCB1000060
3
5
10
1
2
3
3,0
3,0
3,0
10 x 30
9 x 27
10 x 30 *
4.500
7.500
15.000
195
183
195
95
90
95
226 36
255 43
355 44
37
43
47
435
615
810
29,4
36,3
64,1
5
* G100 chain.Also available with overload protection: Art No + OLP. (Not 250 and 10.000 kg)Without load chain: Art No = last digits 00, instead of 30 and 60.
Also available in Black Line: Art No + BK
Chainbag
General: Chainbag that fits on most models of chain hoists because of the mounting.
Material: Pvc-coated fabric.
Colour: Black.
Chainblock with chainbag Chainblock with Mounting bolts

and warning tag mounted chainbag mounted
Art No WLL A B C/12 m/bag D E F Capacity

tons mm m
16.10PCB100300 0,25 98 38 200 93 Ø 6.5 - 12
16.10PCB100301 0,5/1 119 39 330 118 Ø 8.5 M8 12
16.10PCB100302 2 139 59 450 138 Ø 10.5 M10 12
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:5
Chain Block POWERTEX Blackline

General: Chain block designed especially for theater and show business. To avoid reflection all parts
are of non-reflecting color. POWERTEX chain block has a compact and low buildt design with low dead
weight. Hook with safety latch. Can be delivered with POWERTEX push- or geared trolley, or POWER-
TEX beam clamp.
Material: Chain and hook, toughened steel grade 8.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No Code WLL Liftheight Bridge- Liftchain Ø No offalls Hook- Weight

height width
tons m mm mm pcs mm kg
16.10PCH0050060BK PCH-050B 0,5 6 350 5 1 23 13
16.10PCH0100060BK PCH-100B 1 6 383 6 1 27 15
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:6
Lever Hoist Elephant YA

General: YA Series lever hoists are extremely versatile, suitable for lifting and
pulling in many applications.
A solid and compact design with special rust-resistant coating performs in
extreme environments such as the offshore and mining industries. Extremely
lightweight [9.5kg (1.6 Tonne)] The gears are completely enclosed and make the
hoist highly reliable and durable meaning lower maintenance costs. One-touch
change lever further improves work efficiency. Tough black body resists
scratches and prevents rust. Waterproof, shock resistant gear and brake cover.
The bolted rubber grip ensures safe operation of the lever hoist.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 5:1
Art No Code WLL Load chain Ø Hand effort to lift full load Standard lift Weight
tons mm kg m kg
16.20YA0080030 YA-80 0,8 5,6 30 3 6
16.20YA0100030 YA-100 1 5,6 37 3 6,2
16.20YA0160030 YA-160 1,6 7,1 36 3 9,2
16.20YA0320030 YA-320 3,2 9 44 3 15,5
16.20YA0630030 YA-630 6,3 9x2 45 3 26,5
16.20YA0900030 YA-900 9 9x3 46 3 42
A B C D
mm
E F G H
5
53 91 122 290 23 36 15 268
53 91 122 312 28 43 16 268
63 99 136 352 29 43 21 310
82,5 104 180 420 36 53 28 310
82,5 104 235 564 47 70 34 310
82,5 104 300 689 73 85 47,5 310
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:7
Lever Hoist Elephant YIII

General: The YIII-models are equipped with a overload device to prevent
overwinding. A top quality lever hoist with solid and compact design and
special rust-resistant coating for extrem environment like off-shore and
mining industry. The brake mechanism and the gears are completely
enclosed and make the hoist highly reliable and endurable and also lower
maintenance. It is easy to adjust up and down operations and the length of
the chain with the rubber coated operation handle. Hook with safety latch.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: 5:1
Art No Code WLL Load chain Ø Min. headroom Hand effort to Standard lift No of falls Weight
lift full load
tons mm mm kg m kg
16.20YIII0050015 YIII-50 0,5 5 265 34 1,5 1 3,6
16.20YIII0080015 YIII-80 0,8 5,6 294 30 1,5 1 6,2
16.20YIII0100015 YIII-100 1 5,6 312 37 1,5 1 6,4
16.20YIII0160015 ÝIII-160 1,6 7,2 355 30 1,5 1 9,5
16.20YIII0315015 YIII-320 3,15 9 411 37 1,5 1 15,5
16.20YIII0630015 YIII-630 6,3 9 564 38 1,5 2 26,5
16.20YIII0900015 YIII-900 9 9 689 39 1,5 3 42
Other range of lift-height available upon request..
5 A B C D E F G H
mm
26,5 83 82 265 23 36 13 284
52,5 98,5 122 294 23 36 15 268
52,5 98,5 122 312 28 43 16 268
62,5 105 140 355 29 43 21 385
83 110,5 176 411 36 53 28 85
83 110,5 235 564 47 70 34 385
83 110,5 300 689 74 85 47,5 385
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:8
Lever Hoist POWERTEX

- Compact, lightweight construction.
- Durable all steel construction with powder coated finish and plated
frame components.
- Safe, well covered automatic load reaction brake.
- European made COROLIM® protected load chain.
- Bottom hook with ball bearing.
- RFID equipped (chip) for easy service and inspection.
- QR code for on-site access to Multilanguage user manuals.
- User manuals in 14 languages included.
- Fulfills the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.
- Comply fully with the EN norms 13157 and 818-7.
- Testcertificate enclosed.
Art No/1,5 m lift Art No/3 m lift WLL Fall Std. lift Load chain Ø Test load A B C D Ø E H min Weight*
tons m kg mm kg
16.20PLH0025015 16.10PLH0025030 0,25 1 1,5 4 x 12 375 100 71 86 158 18 20 280 2,3
16.20PLH0050015 16.10PLH0050030 0,5 1 1,5 5 x 15 750 150 90 118 253 20 22 280 5,3
16.20PLH0100015 16.10PLH0100030 1 1 1,5 6 x 18 1.500 156 95 138 278 25 26 330 8,1
16.20PLH0150015
16.20PLH0300015
16.20PLH0600015
16.10PLH0150030
16.10PLH0300030
16.10PLH0600030
1,5
3
6
1
1
2
1,5
1,5
1,5
7,1 x 21
10 x 28
10 x 28
2.400
4.800
9.450
186
208
208
112
120
120
145
198
230
378
388
388
30
36
43
29
37
43
385
435
615
11,2
20,5
29,5
5
16.20PLH0900015 16.10PLH0900030 9 3 1,5 10 x 28 13.500 208 120 338 388 87 50 690 49,0
Also available with overload protection: Art No + OLP. (Not 250 kg)Without load chain: Art No = last digits 00, instead of 30 and 60. Also available in Black
Line: Art No + BK*Weight for hoist with 1,5 m lift.
ALU Wire Ratchet Hoist

General: The ALU wire ratchet hoist is suitable for lifting and pulling in all
directions.
It has a compact, lightweight design and is equipped with a swivelling hook
with safety latch and overload protection.
Material: Aluminum, galvanized wire rope.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No Model Max. capacity Lifting height Wire diameter A B H min L Weight
kg m mm mm mm mm mm kg
16.2105-1066501 15 SL 12 Single wire 500 6 6 165 127 460 620 6,4
15 SL 12 Double wire 1.000 3 6 165 127 595 620 6,4
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:9
Pulling and Lifting Hoist, TIRFOR® TU 1 1

1
General: Portable hoist to lift and pull loads, for utilisation in numerous configurations with 1 1
2 2
long cable lengths.
1
- Low weight - quick installation

1
1 2
2 1 3
- No limitation in terms of cable length 2 2 2 2
- Manageable, light-weight, robust, powerful

- Increase load capacity with deflection sheaves 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
- Overload protection 2
2
- Precise load placement within millimetres 1 1 1
1 2 3
Marking: Serial number and CE-marking.
Safety factor: Tackle 5:1. 1 1
2
1 1 1
1 1 1
1
1
2
1 2 1 2
Art No Code WLL Wire rope Dim. of the Handle open/ Special TIRFOR Wire rope Weight
weight 20m machine closed wire rope Ø breaking stain machine
tons kg mm mm mm kg kg
16.25018009 TU-8 0,8 6,1 527 x 265 x 108 770 - 510 8,3 4.000 8,4
16.25018029 TU-16 1,6 13,1 660 x 330 x 140 1190 - 680 11,5 8.000 18
16.25018039 TU-32 3,2 26,6 676 x 330 x 156 1190 - 680 16,3 16.000 27
Approved only with original Tirfor® wire rope.
5
Pulling and Lifting Hoist, TIRFOR® T 1 1
1
General: Portable hoist to lift and pull loads, for utilisation in numerous configurations with 1 1
1 2 2
long cable lengths. 1 1
- Low weight - quick installation 2

1
1
2
3
- No limitation in terms of cable length 2 2 2 2
- Manageable, light-weight, robust, powerful

- Increase load capacity with deflection sheaves 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
- Overload protection 2
2
- Precise load placement within millimetres 1 1 1
1 2 3
Marking: Serial number and CE-marking.
Safety factor: Tackle 5:1. 1 1
2
1 1 1
1 1 1
1
1
2
1 2 1 2
Art No Code WLL Wire rope Dim. of the Handle open/ Special TIRFOR Wire rope Weight
weight 20m machine closed wire rope Ø breaking strain machine
tons kg mm mm mm kg kg
16.25018109 T-508D 0,8 6,1 420 x 250 x 59 690 - 400 8,3 4.000 6,6
16.25018119 T-516D 1,6 13,1 530 x 315 x 127 1150 - 650 11,5 8.000 13,5
16.25018129 T-532D 3,2 26,6 620 x 355 x 130 1150 - 650 16,3 16.000 24,0
Approved only with original Tirfor® wire rope.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:10
Pulling Hoist, hydraulic TIRFOR® TU 16 H

General: Hydraulic Tirfor™ machines are portable motorised hoists used with maxiflex wire
rope. They can be used to lift, pull and position loads over great distances depending on the
wire rope length. They are suitable for use in numerous configurations and are the ideal solu-
tion for use in professional applications; they are operated by an hydraulic cylinder powered
by either an electrical power pack or a petrol motor power pack.
Option: the load capacity of the Tirfor® system can be increased by using sheave blocks.
4
3 M
- Low weight-quick installation
- No limitation in terms of wire rope length
1
- Easy to use, light-weight, robust, powerful, increased wear-resistance

- Increase load capacity with sheave blocks
- Overload protection
A H
- Precise load positioning within millimetres

2
I
G
B C
F J
E K
L
D
WLL Ø wire rope Effort to control lever* Rope travel* Dimensions mm Weight
daN/kg mm Forward kg Reverse kg Forward mm Reverse mm A B C D E F G H I J K L M kg
1.600 11,5 54 20 56 70 38 36 48 800 646 483 86 400 236 31 78 144 160 30
* Nominal WLL.
Pulling Hoist, hydraulic TIRFOR® TU 32 H

General: Hydraulic Tirfor™ machines are portable motorised hoists used with maxiflex
wire rope. They can be used to lift, pull and position loads over great distances depend-
ing on the wire rope length. They are suitable for use in numerous configurations and are
5
the ideal solution for use in professional applications; they are operated by an hydraulic
cylinder powered by either an electrical power pack or a petrol motor power pack.
Option: the load capacity of the Tirfor® system can be increased by using sheave blocks.
- Low weight-quick installation

- No limitation in terms of wire rope length 4 3
- Easy to use, light-weight, robust, powerful, increased wear-resistance
- Increase load capacity with sheave blocks 1
- Overload protection
- Precise load positioning within millimetres
E
2 J
F
D
G
A
C
H
B I
WLL Ø wire rope Effort to control lever* Rope travel* Dimensioner mm Weight
daN/kg mm Forward kg Reverse kg Forward mm Reverse mm A B C D E F G H I J kg
3.200 16,3 54 25 30 48 28 1.070 680 110 430 28 50 150 205 270 56
* Nominal WLL.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:11
Electric Chain Hoist KITO EQ Series

General: The KITO EQ electric chain hoist is a small and powerful chain hoist with
hanging suspension, aluminium die-cast body, heavy duty fan-cooled motor and a
plastic chain container.
High productivity feature: 130% speed at less than 30% WLL.
Standard configuration:
- Frequency inverter
- 380 - 460 V/3 phase
- Overload protection via frequency inverter
- Counter hour meter
- Upper - lower limit switch
- Pull-rotor motor brake
- Nickel plated load chain class grade 80 (DAT) in accordance with Norm EN 818-7
- Plastic chain container
- Ergonomic push button control
- Control voltage 24 V DC
- Aluminium die-cast body small, light, rugged
- High duty rating FEM 3m / ISO M6 rating through 500 kg With electrical gear
Options:
- Plain and geared trolley
- Motorized trolley (inverter controlled - dual speed)
- Top hook
Note: Maximum lift with chain bag is (125kg - 500kg) 15m, (1t) 6m.
5
Technical data
Art No Code Cap. Std. lift Traversing motor Lifting speed m/min. Load Chain Class Head Entire Weight
High (light High
Output Rating% load) 0-30 % 30-100 % chain Ø room length
tons m kW ED WLL WLL mm falls FEM mm mm kg
13.05EQ001IS06 EQ001IS 0,125 6 0,5 40 / 20 22,1 17,0 5,6x15,7 1 3m 395 417 30
13.05EQ003IS06 EQ003IS 0,25 6 0,5 40 / 20 13,0 10,0 5,6x15,7 1 3m 395 417 30
13.05EQ005IS06 EQ005IS 0,5 6 0,75 40 / 20 9,9 7,6 5,6x15,7 1 3m 410 417 32
13.05EQ010IS06 EQ010IS 1 6 1,5 40 / 20 9,2 7,1 7,1x19,9 1 2m 465 433 42
The last two digits in the article number indicates the lifting height.
Technical data EQ with motorized trolley

Type Traversing motor Traversing speed* (m/min) Flange width B (mm) Min. radius curve
Output (kW) Rating (%ED) 50Hz High 50Hz Low Standard Option (mm)
EQM1001IS-IS 0,4 27/13 Standard 24 4 58 to 163 164 to 305 800
* Adjustable traversing speed 24/2,4
Top Hook for Kito EQ

General: Top hook for Kito electrick chain hoist in two sizes: one for the EQ
hoists with 125 kg, 250 kg and 500 kg load capacity. One suits only to EQ
hoist with 1.000 kg load capacity.
Finish: Painted.
Art No Description For hoist

13.05KITEQ1CI1013 Top hook 125 kg - 500 kg
13.05KITEQ1DI1013 Top hook 1.000 kg
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:12
Electric Chain Hoist KITO ED Series

General: The KITO ED electric chain hoist is compact, light-weight, reliable and
weather- and corrosion-resistant. It has an aluminum gearbox, high performance
mechanical brake, adjustable speed built-in potentiometer and a maximal speed
of 20,1 m/min. The hook suspension type is offered with single or dual lifting
speed. The cylinder control type (EDC) is offered with dual lifting speed.
Marking: Type plate with WLL, CE-marking and serial number.
Finish: Nickel plated load chain grade 80 (DAT) in accordance with EN 818-7.
Options:
- Plain trolley
- Geared trolley
- Canvas chain bucket up to 70 m
- Steel chain bucket
- Radio remote control
Standard: EN 818-7.
EDC ED double speed ED single speed
Model ED with single lifting speed

Type WLL Class Lifting speed Duty rating Chain Headroom Weight
tons FEM m/min % ED falls mm kg
ED06S 0,060 1Am 20.1 30 1 315 11,5
ED10S 0,100 1Am 12.5 30 1 315 11,5
5
ED16S 0,160 1Am 19.2 30 1 330 15,5
ED18S 0,180 1Am 7.7 20 1 315 11,5
ED24S 0,240 1Am 12.9 30 1 330 15,5
ED48S 0,480 1Am 6.4 30 2 520 21,0
Standard lift 3 m
Model ED with dual lifting speed

Type WLL Class Lifting speed Duty rating Chain Headroom Weight
ED06ST 0,060 1Am 20.1/4.0 30 1 315 12
ED10ST 0,100 1Am 12.5/3.0 30 1 315 12
ED16ST 0,160 1Am 19.2/4.0 30 1 330 16
ED18ST 0,180 1Am 7.7/3.0 20 1 315 12
ED24ST 0,240 1Am 12.9/3.0 30 1 330 16
ED48ST 0,480 1Am 6.4/2.0 30 2 520 21
Standard lift 3 m
Model EDC with dual lifting speed

Type WLL Class Lifting speed Duty rating Chain Head room Weight
EDC06SD 0,060 1Am 20,1/4,0 30 1 945 14,5
EDC10SD 0,100 1Am 12,5/3,0 30 1 945 14,5
EDC16SD 0,160 1Am 19,2/4,0 30 1 960 18,5
EDC18SD 0,180 1Am 7,7/3,0 20 1 945 14,5
EDC24SD 0,240 1Am 12,9/3,0 30 1 960 18,5
Standard lift 1,8 m
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:13
Electric Chain Hoist KITO ER2 Single Speed Series

General: The KITO ER2 Electric Chain Hoists are durable, safe and easy to use
hoists. It has a top hook or overhead mounting suspension, aluminium die-cast body,
electromagnetic brake and a canvas chain container.
It lifts from 125 kg up to 5 tons.
- 400 V/50 Hz
- Contactor control for single speed
- CH-Meter: operating hours /number of starts
- Upper-lower limit switch
- Nickel-plated load chain class grade 80 (DAT) in accordance with Norm EN 818-7
- Thermal protector
- Carbon friction clutch
Options: ER2 cylinder control
- 500 V/Contactor control

- 230 V/50 Hz/60 Hz, 3 phase
b
f a
- Rubber bumpers for motorized trolleys h i d e
- Additional mechanical brake

- Electrical overload limiter
- Acoustic overload signal
C
D
- Variable speed control

- Level limit switch
- Steel chain container
5
L
- Trolley versions: motorized, geared and plain
Note: Can also be delivered with infinitely variable speed control, pro-
grammable level limits and cylinder control.
Lift
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:14
Technical specifications
WLL Product Lifting motor Lifting speed* Load Chain Class Test Net Additional weight
(m/min) chain Ø Falls load weight per 1 m lift
tons code Output (kW) Rating(%ED) 50Hz mm ISO/FEM kg kg kg
0,125 ER2-001H 0,56 60 14,1 4,3 x 12 1 M5/2m 156 27 0,42
0,25 ER2-003S 0,56 60 9,1 4,3 x 12 1 M5/2m 313 27 0,42
0,25 ER2-003H 0,56 60 13,4 6,0 x 16,8 1 M5/2m 313 37 0,81
0,5 ER2-005L 0,9 60 3,8 6,0 x 16,8 1 M5/2m 625 33 0,81
0,5 ER2-005S 0,56 60 7,3 6,0 x 16,8 1 M5/2m 625 37 0,81
1 ER2-010L 0,9 60 3,5 7,7 x 21,5 1 M5/2m 1250 47 1,33
1 ER2-010S 0,9 60 7,1 7,7 x 21,5 1 M5/2m 1250 54 1,33
1,6 ER2-016S 1,8 60 4,5 10,2 x 28,5 1 M5/2m 2000 72 2,3
2 ER2-020L 1,8 60 3,7 10,2 x 28,5 1 M4/1Am 2500 73 2,3
2 ER2-020S 3,5 60 7,0 10,2 x 28,5 1 M4/1Am 3130 91 2,3
2,5 ER2-025S 3,5 60 5,7 11,2 x 31,3 1 M4/1Am 4000 104 2,8
3,2 ER2-032S 3,5 60 4,4 10,2 x 28,5 2 M4/1Am 6250 107 4,7
5 ER2-050S 3,5 60 2,9 11,2 x 31,3 2 M4/1Am 132 5,6
* Note: The high speed is present to the maximum speed at the KITO factory in Japan. The low speed can be increased or respectively reduced.
Dimensions
WLL Produkt Min. headroom C D a b d e f g h i
tons code mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
0,125 ER2-001H 350 430 478 321 219 259 260 27 99 93
0,250 ER2-003S 350 430 478 321 219 259 260 27 99 93
0,250 ER2-003H 370 490 510 348 242 268 283 27 113 106
5
0,500 ER2-005L 370 490 513 348 242 271 283 27 113 106
0,500 ER2-005S 370 490 510 348 242 268 283 27 113 106
1 ER2-010L 430 550 589 376 291 298 335 31 129 118
1 ER2-010S 430 550 598 376 291 307 335 31 129 118
1,6 ER2-016S 510 630 646 427 308 338 384,5 34 160,5 137,5
2 ER2-020L 575 630 646 427 308 338 384,5 39 160,5 137,5
2 ER2-020S 590 630 703 427 347 356 384,5 39 160,5 137,5
2,5 ER2-025S 625 840 736 445 337 399 437,5 39 173,5 142,5
3,2 ER2-032S 785 920 703 427 347 356 397 44 216 82
5 ER2-050S 850 920 736 445 337 399 439 47 231,5 84,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:15
Electric Chain Hoist KITO ER2 Dual Speed Series

Electric chain hoist with hook suspension
hoists. It has a top hook or overhead mounting suspension, aluminium die-cast
body, electromagnetic brake and a canvas chain container.
- 400 V/50 Hz
- Frequency inverter for 2 lifting speeds
- CH-Meter: operating hours/number of starts
- Upper-lower limit switch ER2 cylinder control
- Thermal protector
Options:
b

f a
- 230 V/50 Hz/60 Hz, 3 phase

h i d e
- Rubber bumpers for motorized trolleys

- Acoustic overload signal C
D
- Variable speed control
- Steel chain container L
5
Note: Can also be delivered with infinitely variable speed control,

programmable level limits and cylinder control. Lift
Option:
Push trolley
Electric trolley
Geared trolley
Push trolley Electric trolley Geared trolley
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:16
WLL Product Lifting motor Lifting speed* (m/min) Load chain Ø Chain Class Test Net Additional weight
Output Rating 50Hz 50Hz load weight pr. 1 m lift
tons code (kW) (%ED) high low mm falls ISO/FEM kg kg kg
0,125 ER2-001IH 0,56 40/20 Preset 16,6 2,81,4 4,3 x 12 1 M6/3m 156 27 0,42
Adjustable
0,25 ER2-003IS 0,56 40/20 Preset 10,8 1,80,9 4,3 x 12 1 M6/3m 313 27 0,42
Adjustable
0,25 ER2-003IH 0,9 40/20 Preset 15,7 2,61,3 6,0 x 16,8 1 M6/3m 313 36 0,81
Adjustable
0,5 ER2-005IL 0,56 40/20 Preset 4,5 0,80,4 6,0 x 16,8 1 M6/3m 625 32 0,81
Adjustable
0,5 ER2-005IS 0,9 40/20 Preset 8,5 1,40,7 6,0 x 16,8 1 M6/3m 625 36 0,81
Adjustable
1 ER2-010IL 0,9 40/20 Preset 4,2 0,70,3 7,7 x 21,5 1 M5/2m 1250 45 1,33
Adjustable
1 ER2-010IS 1,8 40/20 Preset 8,2 1,40,7 7,7 x 21,5 1 M5/2m 1250 52 1,33
Adjustable
1,6 ER2-016IS 1,8 40/20 Preset 5,3 0,90,4 10,2 x 28,5 1 M5/2m 2000 72 2,3
Adjustable
2 ER2-020IL 1,8 40/20 Preset 4,3 0,70,4 10,2 x 28,5 1 M4/1Am 2500 73 2,3
Adjustable
2 ER2-020IS 3,5 40/20 Preset 8,2 1,40,7 10,2 x 28,5 1 M4/1Am 2500 89 2,3
Adjustable
2,5 ER2-025IS 3,5 40/20 Preset 6,6 1,10,6 11,2 x 31,3 1 M4/1Am 3130 100 2,8
Adjustable
3,2 ER2-032IS 3,5 40/20 Preset 5,2 0,90,4 10,2 x 28,5 2 M4/1Am 4000 105 4,7
Adjustable
5 ER2-050IS 3,5 40/20 Preset
Adjustable
3,3 0,60,3 11,2 x 31,3 2 M4/1Am 6250 128
5,6
5
Dimensions
WLL Product Min. headroom C D a b d e f g h i
tons code mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
0,125 ER2-001IH 350 430 535 345 276 259 284 27 99 117
0,250 ER2-003IS 350 430 535 345 276 259 284 27 99 117
0,250 ER2-003IH 370 490 568 348 300 268 283 27 113 106
0,5 ER2-005IL 370 490 571 348 300 271 283 27 113 106
0,5 ER2-005IS 370 490 568 348 300 268 283 27 113 106
1 ER2-010IL 430 550 614 376 316 298 335 31 129 118
1 ER2-010IS 430 550 623 376 316 307 335 31 129 118
1,6 ER2-016IS 510 630 710 427 372 338 384,5 34 160,5 137,5
2 ER2-020IL 575 630 710 427 372 338 384,5 39 160,5 137,5
2 ER2-020IS 590 630 767 427 411 356 384,5 39 160,5 137,5
2,5 ER2-025IS 625 840 800 445 401 399 437,5 39 173,5 142,5
3,2 ER2-032IS 785 920 767 427 411 356 397 44 216 82
5 ER2-050IS 850 920 800 445 401 399 439 47 231,5 84,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:17
Electric Chain Hoist KITO ER2 Large Capacity Single Speed Series
General: The KITO ER2 Electric Chain Hoists are durable, safe and easy to use hoists.
It has a top hook or overhead mounting suspension, aluminium die-cast body, electro-
magnetic brake and a canvas chain container.
It lifts from 10 tons up to 20 tons.
- 400 V/50 Hz
- Thermal protector
Options:
- 230 V/50 Hz/60 Hz, 3 phase w
b aa
- Variable speed control C
D

5
L
Lift
Single Speed / Technical specifications

WLL Product
Lifting motor Lifting speed*(m/min) Load chain Ø Chain falls Class Test load Net weight Additional weight
Output Rating per 1 m lift
tons code (kW) (%ED) 50Hz mm ISO/FEM tons kg kg
10 ER2-100S 3,5x2 60 2,9 11,2 x 31,3 4 M4/1Am 12,5 303 11,0
15 ER2-150S 3,5x2 60 1,9 11,2 x 31,3 6 M4/1Am 18,8 404 17,0
20 ER2-200S 3,5x2 60 1,4 11,2 x 31,3 8 M4/1Am 25,0 476 22,0
Dimensions
WLL Product Min. headroom C D a b w g
tons code mm mm mm mm mm mm
10 ER2-100S 1370 1210 798 849 956 80
15 ER2-150S 1595 1520 798 1022 1129 86
20 ER2-200S 1710 1600 798 1198 1305 102
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:18
Electric Chain Hoist KITO ER2 Large Capacity Dual Speed Series
hoists. It has a top hook or overhead mounting suspension, aluminium die-cast body,
electromagnetic brake and a canvas chain container.
It lifts from 10 tons up to 20 tons.
- 400 V/50 Hz
- Frequency inverter for 2 lifting speeds
- Thermal protector
Options:
- 230 V/50 Hz/60 Hz, 3 phase w
b aa
- Variable speed control C
D

5
L
Lift
Dual Speed / Technical specifications

WLL Product Lifting motor Lifting speed*(m/min) Load chain Chain Class Test Net Additional weigh
Output Rating 50Hz 50Hz load weight per 1 m lift
tons code (kW) (%ED) high low (mm) x falls falls ISO/FEM tons kg kg
10 ER2-100IS 3,5x2 40/20 Preset 3,3 0,60,3 11,2 x 31,3 4 M4/1Am 12,5 303 11,0
Adjustable
Adjustable
Adjustable
Dimensions
WLL Product Min. headroom C D a b w g
tons code mm mm mm mm mm mm
10 ER2-100IS 1370 1210 798 849 956 80
15 ER2-150IS 1595 1520 798 1022 1129 86
20 ER2-200IS 1710 1600 798 1198 1305 102
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:19
Electric Chain Hoist KITO FER2

General: The electric chain hoist engineered for the food industry. Food grade lubricants used on the load
chain and in the gearbox are NFS H1 compliant for safe use in any facility where incidental contact with
products is a concern.
Standard configurations:
- 400 V/50 Hz/3P
- Standard lifting height 3 m
- Electromagnetic brake: improved performance and safety
- Robust Aluminium die-cast body protects the frequency inverter against external influences
- White epoxy bottom hook
- Stainless steel hook latch
- Totally enclosed, fan-cooled electric motor
- Low-maintenance and easy-operation frequency inverter for 2 lifting speeds for an exact positioning of
the load
- Carbon friction clutch: protects the chain hoist in the case of an overload against damages and offers the
user a higher degree of safety
- Canvas chain container as standard
- Upgraded annealing process of the nickel-plated load chain (class DAT in accordance with standard EN
818-7) with high strength (800 N/mm2) ensures ultimate resistance and durability
Options:
- Corrosion resistant hook kit - stainless steel load hook, stainless steel
rubber cushion (0.5t & 1t), nickel plated stopper (0.5t & 1t), stainless steel
5
chain spring & limiting plate (2t)
- Corrosion resistant trolley kit - stainless steel trolley wheels, stainless
steel guide rollers, nickel plated suspender, nickel plated suspension shaft
- Stainless steel, plastic or canvas chain container
- Pendant cover
WLL Product Lifting speed Hoist motor H.P. Bottom hook headroom mm Rated current (amsp) Load chain falls Weight
tons code m/min Standard Stainless steel 220V 440V 575V kg
0,5 FER2005L 4,6 0,75 370 452 3,4 1,7 1,4 1 33
1 FER2010L 4,3 1,2 432 539 4,8 2,5 1,8 1 48
2 FER2020L 4,3 2,4 574 594 8,6 4,2 3,3 1 74
Dimensions
WLL Product C D a b d e f g h i
tons code mm
0,5 FER2005L 370 490 513 348 242 271 283 27 113 106
1 FER2010L 430 550 589 376 291 298 335 31 129 118
2 FER2020L 575 630 646 427 308 338 384,5 39 160,5 137,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:20
Electric Chain Hoist CHAINster

Optimal space utilization
Compact dimensions and best hook approach, space saving trolleys.
High safety in operation
Emergency Stop button, 48 V contactor control, drop stops, robust industrial design.
Gentle work
Upper and lower lifting limit switch, minor noise emission, stepless load moving with motor trolley and inverter.
Low installation and maintenance costs
Standardized electrical modules in general with plug connections, easy accessibility due to modular construction, low weight.
Advantage: Efficient and economical operations with the highest quality
Standard equipment:
- Upper hook
- 2 lifting speeds up to 6/1 ratio depending on load
- Up to 5.000 kg, 2.500 kg in a single fall
- Chain sprocket with intermediate teeth and metal chain guide
- Mechanical overload device
- 2-step upper and lower emergency lifting limit switch
- High-quality reliable contactor control 48V with main switch
- Electrical connections plugable, for relieved maintenance
- Thermal protection for lifting motor
- Control pendant IP65 with emergency button, with plug
- Lifetime brake
- Separate brake rectifier
- Electrical provision for motor trolley
- Housing made completely from aluminum
5
- Protection IP55
- Ambient temperature -20°C up to +50°C
- Epoxy powder painting, 70 µm
Options:
- Trolley limit switch
- Upper eye suspension instead of hook
- Load chain and hook made from stainless steel
- 2 step and 4-step gear limit switches
- Second hoisting brake
- Manual brake release
- Rain cover
- Standby heating for motors and electrics
- Remote radio control „RadioMaster“
- Explosion-proof application
- Power supply from 230V up to 675V, 3 phases
- HandyMaster control pendant for increased efficiency
- Version for the food industry
- CraneKit version
Type Number of falls WLL FEM ISO Lifting speed A B C upper hook C push trolley C motor trolley
tons m/min mm
CA1 1/1 0,25 2m/M5 8/2 379 279 409 468 407
0,32 1Am/M4 472
2/1 0,5 2m/M5 4/1 379 279 461 524 459
CB1 1/1 0,5 2m/M5 8/1.3 416 327 445 525 424
0,63 1Am/M4
2/1 1 3m/M6 4/0.7 416 327 506 586 485
CC1 1/1 0,5-1,25 1Am/M4 8/1.3 510 322 537 max. 634 max. 515
2/1 1-2,5 1Am/M4 4/0.7 510 405 607 max. 704 max. 592
CD 1/1 1,25-1,6 2m/M5 8/1.3 554 727 max. 617 max. 599 max. 599
2/1 2-3,2 2m/M5 4/0.7 max. 661 max. 678 max. 678
CE 1/1 2-2,5 2m/M5 8/1.3 587 754 max. 611 569 569
2/1 3,2-5 2m/M5 4/0.7 max. 783 783 783
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:21
Electric Chain Hoist 125 - 6.300 kg

High duty rate.
Patented safety-brake-clutch system.
Modular hoist design.
Simply and cost effective maintenance and repair.
Different chain qualities available.
Quick and safe change between single and double fall of chain.
Low voltage control with changeable components – no printed circuit boards. Basic version
Technical data:
- Power supply 400 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz
- Different voltage and frequency options available on request
- Protection class IP55
- Insulation class F
- 1.5 m standard control cable
. 3 m standard lifting height
- Different lifting height and control cable lengths available on request
With electric trolley or push
- For lifting heights of more than 20 m the safe working load will be reduced by the chain weight trolley
- STAR models 090/…, 091/…, 110/…
Capacity single fall kg
Power of lifting motor

Lifting speed at 50 Hz
Lifting speed at 50 Hz
Duty rate [%] / Starts

Load chain EN 818-7
Weight of basic ver-

Capacity double fall
Duty group of hoist
Duty group of load
sion single fall kg

chain EN 818-7
Trolley type kg
G2 double fall
G2 single fall
G double fall
per hour S/h
J double fall
STAR Model
G single fall
at 50 Hz kW
J single fall
FEM 9.511
m/min
m/min
B mm
C mm
A mm
mm
kg
4x12 125 24 250 12 020/50 3m 1Bm 60/240 0.25 17 212 192 220 359 407 406 454 20 22 500
5 125
125
125
8
4/1
8/2
250
250
250
4
2/0.5
4/1
020/52
021/57
021/53
3m
3m
3m
2m
2m
3m
60/360
60/40/240
60/40/240
0.25
0.32/0.08
0.32/0.08
17
17
17
212
212
212
192
192
192
220
220
220
359
359
359
407
407
407
406
406
406
454
454
454
20
20
20
22
22
22
500
500
500
250 6 500 3 020/53 3m 2m 60/240 0.55 17 212 192 220 359 407 406 454 20 22 500
250 8 500 4 020/54 2m 1Bm 60/240 0.55 17 212 192 220 359 407 406 454 20 22 500
250 8/2 500 4/1 021/51 2m 2m 40/25/240 0.32/0.08 17 212 192 220 359 407 406 454 20 22 500
5.2x15 125 24/6 250 12/3 051/50 3m 2m 60/25/240 0.55/0.12 33 266 232 274 394 442 436 489 20 22 500
250 12 500 6 030/50 2m 2m 60/240 0.55 18 212 192 220 359 407 406 454 20 22 500
250 24 500 12 050/52 3m 1Bm 60/240 1.1 33 266 232 274 394 442 436 489 20 22 500
250 12/3 500 6/1.5 051/52 3m 2m 40/25/240 0.55/0.12 33 266 232 274 394 442 436 489 20 22 500
250 18/4.5 500 9/2.25 051/55 3m 2m 60/25/240 0.9/0.2 33 266 232 274 394 442 436 489 20 22 500
500 8 1.000 4 030/52 1Bm 1Bm 40/240 0.7 18 212 192 220 359 407 415 463 20 22 1.000
7.2x21 500 10 1.000 5 070/51 2m 2m 60/240 1.1 36 266 232 274 404 505 460 561 22 28 1.000
500 8/2 1.000 4/1 071/54 2m 2m 60/25/240 0.9/0.2 42 266 232 274 404 505 460 561 22 28 1.000
500 10/2.5 1.000 5/1.25 071/53 2m 2m 60/25/240 0.9/0.2 42 266 232 274 404 505 460 561 22 28 1.000
800 8 1.600 4 070/54 2m 2m 60/240 1.1 36 266 232 274 404 505 460 561 22 28 2.000
1.000 6 2.000 3 070/55 2m 2m 40/240 1.1 36 266 232 274 404 505 460 561 22 28 2.000
1.000 10 2.000 5 070/53 1Am 1Bm 60/240 1.7 42 266 232 274 404 505 460 561 22 28 2.000
1.000 6/1.5 2.000 3/0.75 071/55 2m 2m 60/25/240 1.1/0.2 42 266 232 274 404 505 460 561 22 28 2.000
1.250 8 2.500 4 070/56 1Bm 1Bm 60/240 1.7 42 266 232 274 420 521 478 279 22 28 3.200
1.250 8/2 2.500 4/1 071/56 1Bm 1Bm 40/25/150 2.1/0.5 48 266 232 354 420 521 478 579 22 28 3.200
9x27 1.000 8 2.000 4 090/54 3m 3m 60/240 2.2 69 359 338 406 488 596 548 655 28 30 2.000
1.000 10 2.000 5 090/52 3m 3m 60/240 3.0 69 359 338 406 488 596 548 655 28 30 2.000
1.000 8/2 2.000 4/1 091/51 3m 3m 60/25/240 1.8/0.45 67 359 338 406 488 596 548 655 28 30 2.000
1.000 10/2.5 2.000 5/1.25 091/52 3m 3m 60/25/240 1.8/0.45 67 359 338 406 488 596 548 655 28 30 2.000
1.600 8 3.200 4 090/55 2m 2m 60/240 2.2 69 359 338 406 488 596 548 655 28 30 3.200
1.600 8/2 3.200 4/1 091/55 2m 2m 60/25/240 3.0/0.75 88 359 338 406 488 596 548 655 28 30 3.200
1.600 10/2.5 3.200 5/1.25 091/56 2m 2m 60/25/240 3.0/0.75 88 359 338 406 488 596 548 655 28 30 3.200
1.600 12/3 3.200 6/1.5 091/58 2m 1Bm 40/25/240 4.4/1.1 103 359 338 406 488 596 548 655 28 30 3.200
1.600 16/4 3.200 8/2 091/57 1Am 1Bm 40/25/240 4.4/1.1 103 359 338 406 488 596 548 655 28 30 3.200
11.3x31 2.500 10 5.000 5 110/52 2m 2m 60/240 4.0 90 359 291 367 611 740 678 807 30 42 5.000
2.500 10/2.5 5.000 5/1.25 111/52 2m 2m 40/25/150 4,4/1.1 118 359 291 410 611 740 678 807 30 42 5.000
3.200 8 6.300 4 110/54 1Bm 1Bm 60/240 4.0 90 359 291 367 611 740 678 807 30 42 6.300
3.200 8/2 6.300 4/1 111/54 1Bm 1Bm 25/25/150 4,4/1.1 118 359 291 410 611 740 678 807 30 42 6.300
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:22
Air Chain Hoists

TMM-TCR material handling series air chain hoist
General:
Air chain hoist for material handling 140 and 250 kg.
These types RED ROOSTER Compact Hoist are very suitable for "Material-Handling".
The pendant control is direct on the lower hook so the operator can control and position the
load easy and direct. The perfect solution for horizontal movements is the combination with
a push trolley.
Standard features:
- Pendant control direct on the lower hook.
- Optimum load control, very precise positioning.
- One-hand control.
- Variable speed control.
- Soft start and stop, no shock movements.
- Handle can be positioned for left-hand or righthand operation.
- Endstop system.
Optional:
- Marine Specification/Corrosion resistant
- Paint systems from C2 - Industrial to C5 - Offshore specification (Red finish as standard. Other RAL colours available on re-
quest).
- Choice of pendants.
- Radio control pendant for electro pneumatic controls.
- Control systems.
- Chain collectors (PVC, galvanised or stainless steel).
- Various types of hook or clevis available.
- Air supply systems and valves.
- Air Service unit.
5
- Piped away exhaust air.
- In house design for "specials".
- Festoon systems.
- Main air shut off valve.
- With extra protection can be used in areas certified as Group II 2 GD c IIB T4 (135°C) (2) (Formerly known as zone 1 & 21)
Recommended:
We highly recommend the use of an SMC air treatment
unit.
Type AC30-F03DM-8-B. (Sold separately.)
Type WLL Chainfalls Lifting speed Airconsumption Airconnection Min. hosedia. Working- Weightat
with max.load withoutload pressure 3m hol
kg m/min l/sec bar kg
TMM-140AE 140 1 (cable) 11 15 8 3/8" BSPT 1/2" 6 9.5
TCR-250ME 250 1 (4x12mm) 8 19 11.7 3/8" BSPT 1/2" 6 11
Type A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
mm
TCR-250ME 286 174 112 837 15 194 102 92 184 123 61 152 74 78 36
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:23
TCR mini series 0,125t air chain hoist

General:
Mini Air chain hoist for loads from 125 up to 500 kg.
The RED ROOSTER Mini Air Chain Hoists are besides industrial use also very suitable for "Material
Handling". Due to the low weight these hoists are very suitable for service applications. Special for
use in tank cleaning installations we recommend stainless steel chain.
Standard features:
- Low weight and therefore very mobile, easy mounting.
- Precise variable speed control (cord - and pendant control).
- Very compact design.
- Robust aluminum housing.
- Air motor is cooled by the exhaust air (internal).
- Cord control or pendant control.
- Low noise level.
- Mechanical endstop system.
Optional:
quest).
- Control systems.
5
- Air Service unit.
- Festoon systems.
Recommended:
We highly recommend the use of an SMC air treatment unit.
Type WLL Chainfalls Lifting speed Lowering Air Air con- Min. Working- Weight at
speed consumption nection hosedia. pressure 3m hol
with max.load without load with max.load lifting lowering
TCR-125C 125 1 (4x12mm) 14 19 16 11.7 15 3/8"BSPT 1/2" 6 7
TCR-125DPE 125 1 (4x12mm) 12.8 17.2 13 11.7 15 3/8"BSPT 1/2" 6 8.6
Addition C = Cord control / DPE = Direct pendant
Type A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R X Z
mm
TCR-125C 249 112 137 130 305 71 21 19 33 - 1660 - 375 124 P/T 3/8 40 170
TCR-125DPE 286 112 174 130 305 71 21 19 33 21 - 2310 375 124 P/T 3/8 40 170
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:24
TCR mini series 0,25 - 0,5t air chain hoist

General:
Mini Air chain hoist for loads from 125 up to 500 kg.
The RED ROOSTER Mini Air Chain Hoists are besides industrial use also very suitable for "Material
Handling". Due to the low weight these hoists are very suitable for service applications. Special for
use in tank cleaning installations we recommend stainless steel chain.
Standard hoists are suitable for use in areas certified as Group II 3 GD c IIA T4 (135°C) (Formerly
known as zone 2 & 22).
Standard features:
- Low weight and therefore very mobile, easy mounting.
- Very compact design.
- Robust aluminum housing.
- Air motor is cooled by the exhaust air (internal).
- Low noise level.
Optional:
quest).
- Control systems.
5
- Air Service unit.
- Festoon systems.
- With extra protection can be used in areas certified as Group II 2 GD c IIB T4
(135°C) (2) (Formerly known as zone 1 & 21)
Recommended:
Type WLL Chainfalls Lifting speed Lowering speed Air consumption Airconnec- Min. Working- Weightat
with max. without- with max.load lifting lowering tion hosedia. pressure 3m hol
load load
TCR-250C 250 1 (4x12mm) 9.3 19 17.9 11.7 15 3/8" BSPT 1/2" 6 7
TCR-250DPE 250 1 (4x12mm) 8.1 17.2 13 11.7 15 3/8" BSPT 1/2" 6 7
TCR-500C2 500 2 (4x12mm) 4.6 9.5 9 11.7 15 3/8" BSPT 1/2" 6 9
TCR-500DP2 500 2 (4x12mm) 4.6 9.5 9 11.7 15 3/8" BSPT 1/2" 6 9
Type A B C D E F G Hø I J X Z
mm
TCR-250C 305 105 69 22 112 140 15 35 22 20 40 170
TCR-250DPE 305 105 69 22 112 140 15 35 22 20 40 170
TCR-500C2 360 118 83 35 112 140 15 35 22 20 40 180
TCR-500DP2 360 118 83 35 112 140 15 36 22 20 40 180
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:25
TCR series 0,25 - 6t air chain hoist

General:
Air chain hoist for loads from 250 up to 6000 kg.
These RED ROOSTER Air Chain Hoists are especially developed for heavy industrial use. Robust cast
steel body. Valve block is the same for all models meaning: less spare parts required.
Standard features:
- Precise variable speed control (cord- and pendant control).
- Optimum control of the load, very precise positioning.
- Compact design.
- Load limiter built-in without loss of headroom.
- Low noise level.
- Air pressure 0,4 - 0,63 MPa (4 - 6,3 Bar).
Optional:
- Paint systems from C2 - Industrial to C5 - Offshore specification (Red finish as standard. Other RAL colours available on request).
- Control systems.
- Air Service unit.
5
- Festoon systems.
Recommended:
Type WLL Lifting speed Lowering speed Air consumption Air con- Min ho- Working Weight at Chainfalls
with max. without with max.load lifting lowering nection sediam. pressure 3m hol
load load
TCR-600250C 250 10.5 20.5 17.9 25 27 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 31.1 1 (6.3x19.1mm)
TCR-600250DPE 250 10.5 20.5 17.9 25 27 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 31.1 1 (6.3x19.1mm)
TCR-500C 500 10.5 20.5 17.9 25 27 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 31.1 1 (6.3x19.1mm)
TCR-500PE 500 10.5 20.5 17.9 25 27 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 31.1 1 (6.3x19.1mm)
TCR-1000C2 1000 5.3 9.5 9 25 27 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 35.2 2 (6.3x19.1mm)
TCR-1000P2E 1000 5.3 9.5 9 25 27 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 35.2 2 (6.3x19.1mm)
TCR-1000C 1000 6 11.3 10.3 25 28 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 34 1 (7.1x21mm)
TCR-1000PE 1000 6 11.3 10.3 25 28 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 34 1 (7.1x21mm)
TCR-2000C2 2000 3 5.7 5.2 25 30 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 39.7 2 (7.1x21mm)
TCR-2000P2E 2000 3 5.7 5.2 25 30 1/2" BSPT 1/2" 6 39.7 2 (7.1x21mm)
mm
TCR-600250 / TCR-600250DPE 460 212 115 51 156 186 29 40 29 29 100 250
TCR-500C / TCR-500PE 460 212 115 51 156 186 29 40 29 25 100 250
TCR-1000C2 / TCR-1000P2E 519 212 139 27 156 186 29 40 29 25 100 250
TCR-1000C / TCR-1000PE 485 212 116 40 156 186 29 40 29 25 100 250
TCR-2000C2 / TCR-2000P2E 580 212 143 50 156 186 37 45 29 30 100 280
TCR-3000C / TCR-3000PE 563 212 51 115 156 186 29 40 29 25 100 335
TCR-6000C2 / TCR-6000P2E 690 270 65 185 247 202 49 65 42 42 100 410
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:26
TCS high speed series air chain hoist

General:
Highspeed air chain hoist for loads form 500 up to 980 kg.
RED ROOSTER Air Chain Hoists are especially developped for the "Material Handling Industry". For
example: warehousing, packaging etc.
These hoists have a very high lifting and lowering speed, making them very suitable for applications
with long lifting heights.
Standard features:
- Very high lifting and lowering speeds.
- Maximum speed adjustable, lifting and lowering speed independent from each other.
- Compact and light weight.
- Exhaust hose easy to assemble
- Mechanical endstop system
- Air motor is cooled by the exhaust air (internal)
- Cord control or pendant control
- Chain bag standard, max. 7 mtr. chain (larger available on request)
- Low noise level
- Aluminum housing
Optional:
- Paint systems from C2 - Industrial to C5 - Offshore specification (Red finish
as standard. Other RAL colours available on request).
5
- Control systems.
- Air Service unit.
- Festoon systems.
Recommended:
We highly recommend the use of an SMC air treatment unit. (Sold separately.)
Type AC40-F04DM-8-B.
Type WLL Lifting speed Lowering speed Air consumption Air connection Min. ho- Work- Weight Chainfalls
with max. without with max.load Lifting Lowering sediam. ingpres- at 3m
load load sure hol
TCS-500C 500 17 33 34 28 33 1/2"BSPT 1/2" 6 19 1 (6.3x19.1mm)
TCS-500PE 500 17 33 34 28 33 1/2"BSPT 1/2" 6 19 1 (6.3x19.1mm)
TCS-980C2 980 8.5 17 17 28 33 1/2"BSPT 1/2" 6 24 2 (6.3x19.1mm)
TCS-980P2E 980 8.5 17 17 28 33 1/2"BSPT 1/2" 6 24 2 (6.3x19.1mm)
mm
TCS-500C / TCS-500PE 415 255 13 68 205 163 15 35 22 22 40 210
TCS-980C2 / TCS980P2E 510 205 123 37 163 205 30 40 29 25 40 225
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:27
TMH-3000C
General: The NEW RED ROOSTER TMH series air chain hoists has the highest lifting speed with
the lowest headroom on the hoist market. With M4
classification of mechanism this hoist is extremely reliable. This hoist will guarantee the continuity
of your process. The TMH hoists are designed
with a full load supporting eye for installation and securing (during lift applications) the hoist for
extra safety.
Standard features:
- Precise variable speed control (cord- and pendant control)
- Optimum control of the load, very precise positioning
- Mechanical end stop system
- Load limiter built-in without loss of headroom
- Low noise level (80 dBA)
- Air pressure 0,4 - 0,63 MPa (4-6,3 bar)
Optional features:
- Paint systems from C2 - Industrial to C5 - Offshore specification (Red finish as standard. Other RAL colours available on request)
- Choice of pendants
- Radio control pendant for electro pneumatic controls
- Control systems
- Chain collectors (PVC, galvanised or stainless steel)
- Various types of hook or clevis available
- Air supply systems and valves
- Piped away exhaust air
- In house design for "specials"
- Festoon systems
- Main air shut off valve
5 - ATEX - According to EC Directive 94/9/EC (Ex Classification)
Art no WLL Type

Chain Lifting speed Lifting speed Lowering Air consump- Air consump- Wight with
falls with load without load speed with load tion lifting tion lowering 3m HOL
tons m/min m/min m/min
16.23TMH-3000C 3.30 TMH-3000C 1 5.4 10.8 10.2 56.0 68.0 99.0
16.23TMH-3000PE 3.30 TMH-3000PE 1 5.4 10.8 10.2 56.0 68.0 99.0
16.23TMH-6000C 6.61 TMH-6000C 2 2.7 5.4 5.1 56.0 68.0 124.0
16.23TMH-6000PE 6.61 TMH-6000PE 2 2.7 5.4 5.1 56.0 68.0 124.0
Model A B C D E F HØ I
mm
TMH-3000 537 314 189 125 265 311 50 34
TMH-6000 742 371 245 126 265 311 65 42
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:28
TNC series 10 - 75t air chain hoist

General:
Air chain hoist for loads from 10.000 up to 75.000 kg.
These RED ROOSTER Air Chain Hoists are especially developed for heavy industrial use.
Robust cast steel body.
Standard features:
- Precise variable speed control (cord- and pendant control).
- Compact design.
- Load limiter built-in without loss of headroom.
- Low noise level.
- Air pressure 0,4 - 0,63 MPa (4 - 6,3 Bar).
Optional:
- Paint systems from C2 - Industrial to C5 - Offshore specification (Red finish as
standard. Other RAL colours available on request).
- Control systems.
- Air Service unit.
5
- Festoon systems.
Recommended:
We highly recommend the use of an SMC air treatment unit. (Sold seperatly.)
Type AC50-F10DM-8-B for WLL 10.000 - 20.000 kg.
Type AC60-F10DM-8-B for WLL 25.000 - 75.000 kg.
Type WLL Lifting speed Lowering Air Air connec- Min. hose Working Weightat Chainfalls
speed consumption tion dim. pressure 3m hol
with With- with max.load lifting lowering
max.load outload
TNC-10TWALC 10000 1.5 2.5 2.3 90 100 1" BSPT 1" 6 210 2 (16x45mm)
TNC-10TWALPE 10000 1.5 2.5 2.3 90 100 1" BSPT 1" 6 210 2 (16x45mm)
TNC-15TWC3 15000 1 1.6 1.5 90 100 1" BSPT 1" 6 320 3 (16x45mm)
TNC-15TWP3E 15000 1 1.6 1.5 90 100 1" BSPT 1" 6 320 3 (16x45mm)
TNC-20TWC4 20000 0.75 1.25 1.15 90 100 1" BSPT 1" 6 470 4 (16x45mm)
TNC-20TWP4E 20000 0.75 1.25 1.15 90 100 1" BSPT 1" 6 470 4 (16x45mm)
TNC-25TWLC 25000 0.5 1 0.7 120 150 1" BSPT 1" 6 490 2 (22x66mm)
TNC-25TWLPE 25000 0.5 1 0.7 120 150 1" BSPT 1" 6 490 2 (22x66mm)
TNC-37.5TWC3 37500 0.35 0.6 0.5 120 150 1" BSPT 1" 6 870 3 (22x66mm)
TNC-37.5TWP3E 37500 0.35 0.6 0.5 120 150 1" BSPT 1" 6 870 3 (22x66mm)
TNC-50TWHC4 50000 0.25 0.4 0.35 120 150 1" BSPT 1" 6 1110 4 (22x66mm)
TNC-50TWHP4E 50000 0.25 0.4 0.35 120 150 1" BSPT 1" 6 1110 4 (22x66mm)
TNC50TWSHC4 *1 50000 0.25 0.4 0.35 90 100 1" BSPT 1" 6 1110 4 (22x66mm)
TNC50TWSHP4E*1 50000 0.25 0.4 0.35 90 100 1" BSPT 1" 6 1110 4 (22x66mm)
TNC-75TWP(D)6E 75000 0.18 0.3 0.35 120 150 1" BSPT 1" 6 1500 6 (22x66mm)
TNC-75TWP(D) *1 75000 0.18 0.3 0.35 90 100 1" BSPT 1" 6 1500 6 (22x66mm)
*1 Hoist with shackles instead of hooks
Type A B C D E F G Hø I J K L M N
mm
TNC-10TWALC / TNV-10TWALPE 850 467 154 279 313 247 62 60 40 55 345 480 217 202
TNC-15TWC3 / TNC-15TWP3E 1100 676 217 459 312 248 67 84 58 52 441 521 275 395
TNC-20TWC4 / TNC-20TWP4E 1220 789 250 539 313 247 80 110 78 64 493 553 285 530
TNC-25TWLC / TNC-25TWLPE 1400 478 165 313 346 365 103 125 80 82 655 720 375 320
TNC-37.5TWC3 / TNC-37.5TWP3E 1765 767 255 523 346 366 118 125 90 95 808 855 463 405
TNC-50TWHC4 / TNC 50TWHP4E 2083 1276 603 673 346 366 132 140 100 106 926 1018 550 800
TNC-50TWSHC4 / TNC-50TWSHP4E 2160 1276 603 673 346 366 65 180 105 65 990 1000 550 800
TNC-75TWP(D)6E / TNC-75TWP(D)6E measurement on request
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:29
Pulling Hoist, MINIFORTM

General: MINIFOR™ hoists are used with a Maxiflex wire rope. They can be
used to lift or pull objects over great distances depending on the wire rope
length. They are suitable for use in numerous configurations. They are oper-
ated through a pushbutton control. Optionally, the MINIFOR™ hoist can be
equipped with a wire rope reeling device or a wireless remote control.
- Capacity 100 kg, 300 kg or 500 kg.
- Quick installation.
- Easy to use, light-weight, robust, powerful.
- Available as single phase and three phase model.
- Excellent capacity / weight ratio.
- Unlimited wire rope travel.
- Pendant control (up/down/emergency stop) 2,5 m. Rope winding Minifor TR10 TR30 with blockkit Minifor TR50
- Aluminium alloy design. up 20-27-40 m.
- Swivelling suspension hook.
- Protection: IP55 (Control: IP65).
- Upper and lower limit switches.
- Alternatively with cable reeling device (max. 40 m), wireless remote control, set of sheave blocks.
Marking: Load capacity, serial number and CE marking.
Options:
- Special sleave block kits are available for all models (max. 980 kg). They enable doubling the capacity half the working speed.
- Extension power supply and control cabel per m.
- Radio remote control.
- Wire rope 10-100 m in 10 m length interval. Other lengths on request.
- Do only use original Minifor steel wire rope.
- Metal storage box.
- Wire rope reeler.
5 Note: Excl. wire (to be ordered separately).
Art No Type WLL direct WLL sheaved Speed direct Speed sheaved A B C D E F G H I J K L Weight
tons tons m/min m/min mm kg
16.21042789 TR10 0,1 0,2 15 7,5 427 20 140 631 209 112 20 20 324 356 114 15 20
16.21042889 TR30 0,3 0,6 5 2,5 427 20 140 631 209 112 20 20 324 356 114 15 20
Wire rope ø 6,5 mm
Art No WLLType WLL Speed Speed A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q Weight

direct sheaved direct sheaved kg
tons tons m/min m/min mm
16.21042989 TR30S 0,3 0,6 13 6,5 430 20 212 642 365 224 194 90 20 20 347 492 302 15 160 68 35 33
16.21044849 TR50 0,5 0,95 7 3,5 430 20 212 642 365 224 194 90 20 20 347 492 302 15 160 68 35 33
Wire rope ø 6,5 mm
Type Dimensions Power supply* Wire rope reeler Radio Weight without wire rope
LxWxD mm Single Single phase 3 phase 20 m 27 m 40 m control kg
phase115 Volt 230 Volt 400 Volt
TR10 355x420x180 ● ● ● ● ● ● 21
● ● ● ● ● ●
TR30 355x420x180 ● ● ● ● ● ● 21,5
● ● ● ● ● ●
TR30S 495x425x225 ● ● ● ● 32
● ● ● ●
TR50 495x425x225 ● ● ● ● 32
● ● ●
* Power supply 50 and 60Hz
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:30
Electric Rope Hoist, MINIFORTM

The Minifor™ TR125 SY hoist is equipped with a special synthetic rope. It can
be used to lift over great heights (standard rope length up to 200 m, longer
ropes upon request). The torque is steady and speed is also stable at 30 m/
min. The motor integrated brake makes it intrinsically safe in operation. The
Minifor™ TR125 SY hoist is available with different voltages and is suitable for
various applications. It is operated through a push button pendant control.
Options:
- Plugin pendant control + 10, 15 or 25 m extensions cable.
- Radio remote control.
- Synthetic rope with hook 20 m. Other lengths on request.
- Plastic storage box.
- Combi Pro bag for rope storage.
- Reeler for rope storage.
Note: Excl. wire (to be ordered separately).
Tension
(V)
WLL
tons
Speed
m/min
Frequency
Hz
Nominal current
(A) a b c d mini
Dimensions mm
e f g h i j k l
Weight*
kg
5
400 0,125 30 50 2.25 427 15 140 728 209 100 20 20 324 356 112 15 20
690 0,125 30 50 1.3 427 15 140 728 259 158 20 20 324 375 112 15 22
230 0,125 30 50 6.2 427 15 140 728 209 100 20 20 324 356 112 15 20
230 0,125 15 50 3.9 427 15 140 728 209 100 20 20 324 356 112 15 21
115 0,125 15 50/60 9 427 15 140 728 220 100 20 20 324 356 112 15 21
* Winch without rope.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:31
Electric Wire Rope Hoist for Material Handling, TIRAKTM

General: Electric hoist for material lifting and pulling.
Proven technology in numerous applications
The models of our Tirak™ X-type traction hoist are lighter and can therefore
ideally be used when a low weight for the application is essential. The X
models have only a single drive disc. The grip of the wire rope on the pulley is
obtained by springloaded pressure rollers.
The advantage of the T type models is their ability to pull into both directions.
The hoists of the T-series have two clamping wheels. The wire rope travels
around the two pulleys along an „S“-path.
Technical details Tirak X- and T-type hoists for material handling:
Our Tirak models are available in following wire rope speed versions:
for X 300 to X 1530 (depending on model):
4,5 m/min, 9 m/min, 18 m/min, 4,5/9 m/min, 4,5/18 m/min, 9/18 m/min for X 3050 P:
6 m/min, 12 m/min, 6/12 m/min
- Unlimited height of lift; the wire rope is not stored in the machine.
- Compared to its capacity (up to 3.000 kg), the Tirak is very easy to handle and extremely compact, and may be simply moved
from site to site.
- Centrifugal brake for controlled descent in case of powerfailure.
- Pendant control with up/down and emergency stop.
- Cable length 3 m.
- They can move loads to-and-from.
- Extremely reliable: Less maintenance, higher productivity and better effi-
ciency.
5
- Compact design: Easy installation and incorporation in your specific applica-
tion.
- Light weight: This maximizes the usable workload for better efficiency.
- Stability: Constant lifting torque and speed, independent from lifting height.
- Flexibility: Power supply in your required voltage, or also air powered pos-
sible.
Type WLL Power* Wire rope dia. Weight

tons kW mm kg
X 300 0,3 0,45 - 0,9 8 27 - 29
X 400 0,4 0,75 - 1,5 8 29 - 35
X 500 0,5 0,9 - 1,8 8 40 - 47
X 800 0,8 0,8 - 3,5 8 45 - 71
T 1000 0,98 0,9 - 3,8 8 71 - 94
T 1020 0,98 0,9 - 3,8 9 71 - 94
X 1020 0,98 0,9 - 3,8 9 45 - 71
X 1530 1,5 2,8 10 49
X 3050 3 3,8 - 7,5 14 105 - 156
* Absorbed power depending on wire rope speed
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:32
Electric Wire Rope Hoist for Man Riding, TIRAKTM

The performance standard for passenger transportation
All hoists for man riding applications are certified according to DIN EN 1808 and
meet highest quality and safety standards.
The Tirak™ traction hoists of our X-range are the standard high performance
lightweight models for all man riding applications. The X-series covers a wide
range of usable workload of up to 2.000 kg.
The Tirak™ L-models have an even more compact and lightweight design, meeting highest requirements on usable workload and
space restrictions. Small and light, but still powerful, they can be used for loads up to 500 kg.
Both the X- and the L-models use a single disk driver system and springloaded pressure rollers for the grip of the wire rope on the
pulley.
Technical details Tirak™ X- and L-type hoists for man riding

Our Tirak™ models are available in following wire rope speed versions:
for X 300 P to X 1030 P (depending on model):
4,5 m/min, 9 m/min, 18 m/min, 4,5/9 m/min, 4,5/18 m/min, 9/18 m/min
for X 2050 P:
3 m/min, 6 m/min, 12 m/min, 18 m/min, 3/6 m/min, 3/12 m/min, 6/12 m/min
Capacity from 300 kg to 2 ton, compact and versatile

- Unlimited wire rope length
- Compact, portable
- Can be used horizontal, in an angle or vertical
- Built-in mechanical overload, in accordance with EN 1808
5
- Can travel with the load or be mounted in a fixed position
- Standard equipped with an emergency descent system
Type WLL Power* Wire rope dia. Weight

tons kW mm kg
X 300 P 0,3 0,5 - 1,1 8 28 - 29
X 400 P 0,4 0,45 - 1,5 8 29 - 31
X 500 P 0,5 0,45 - 1,8 8 41 - 51
X 520 P 0,5 0,45 - 1,8 9 41 - 51
L 500 P 0,5 0,45 - 1,8 8 30 - 40
X 820 P 0,8 0,75 - 3,0 9 47 - 53
X 1030 P 1 0,9 - 3,6 10 47 - 58
X 2050 P 2 1,5 - 7,5 14 100 - 120
* Absorbed power depending on wire rope speed
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:33
BlocstopTM BS Fall Arrest Device

General: For man riding applications a protective secondary safety device is mandatory.
Model Capacity man riding Capacity material Wire rope diameter Weight
kg kg mm kg
BS 15.301 600 800 8,3 2
BS 20.303 800 1.000 9,5 3,7
BS 20.304 1.000 1.600 10,2 3,7
BS 20.301 1.200 1.600 11,5 3,7
BS 35.304 2.000 3.000 14,3 8,2
BS 35.30 2.400 3.200 16,3 8,2
BlocstopTM BSA Fall Arrest Device

General: For man riding applications a protective secondary safety device is mandatory. For this use Tractel offers the BSA Bloc-
stop™. In response to the most strict safety regulations, it can easily be attached to most fittings. The «Tirfor®» jaw-type unit fitted
inside the Blocstop™ closes onto the safety wire rope and as the jaws grip over a large area causes no damage to the wire rope.
The BSA models use two ropes, a load wire rope and a safety wire rope. The BSA Blocstop™ remains free on the safety wire rope
as long as the BSA-lever is supported in its open position by the load carrying wire rope. A broken load wire rope will instantly
result in closing the jaws in the BSA Blocstop™ and the load is safely arrested.
Max. load 500 kg up to 3.200 kg.

Operates automatically when there is slack wire rope or an inclined platform.
5 Model
BSA 15.301
Capacity man riding
kg
600
Wire rope diameter
mm
8,3
Weight
kg
4
BSA 20.303 800 9,5 6
BSA 20.304 1.000 10,2 6
BSA 20.301 1.200 11,5 6
BSA 35.304 2.000 14,3 10,6
BSA 35.30 2.400 16,3 10,6
BlocstopTM BSO Fall Arrest Device

For man riding applications a protective secondary safety device is mandatory. For this use Tractel offers the BSO Blocstop™
products. In response to the most strict safety regulations, it can easily be attached to most fittings. The «Tirfor®» jaw-type unit
fitted inside the Blocstop™ closes onto the safety wire rope and as the jaws grip over a large area causes no damage to the wire
rope.
The BSO models are installed on the platform and move along a safety wire rope. Internal rollers detect the speed of the wire rope
passing and instantly close the jaws around the safety wire rope when the speed exceeds a certain set safety limit, thus safely
arresting the load.
Max. load 500 kg up to 3.000 kg.

Automatic clamping of the wire rope by overspeed detection.
Model Capacity man riding Capacity material Wire rope diameter

kg kg mm
BSO 510 - 350 6
BSO 500 600 600 8,3
BSO 520 600 600 9,5
BSO 1000 700 700 8,3
BSO 1020 800 800 9,5
BSO 1030 1.000 1.000 10,2
BSO 1040 1.000 1.000 11,5
BSO 2050 2.000 2.600 14,3
BSO 2360 2.300 3.000 16,3
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:34
Baby Winch CWS-80

General: Electrical winch with remote control for loads up to 80 kg.
- Lightweight and compact design: Allows easy installation.
- Upper hoisting limit switch: When rope disc touches the limit arm, hoisting is
automatically stopped.
- Lower hoisting limit switch: Sensor arm automatically stops motor if the wire
rope is under-wound.
- Mechanical ratchet brake: Double ratchet pawls brake provide instant and safe
braking.
- Can operate on standard domestic power supply.
- Wire rope comes with a safety-latch weight hook.
- Emergency stop function switch is available upon request.
Power supply: 220V-240V x 1ph AC.
Braking methods: For motor: Electromagnetic, for gear: Single mechanical ratchet.
Remote control: Switch cord 10 m.
Option accessory: Crane CRH-0710.
Art No Code Lifting capacity Lifting speed m/min Motor rating Max. lifting height Wire rope size Net weight
kg wire rope top layer First layer Top layer m mm kg
16.28CWS80 CWS-80 80 18 30 IP44 23 4 9
Note: Including wire (Max. lifting height).
Baby Winch CWS-160, CWS-230

- Upper hoisting limit switch: When rope disc touches the limit arm, hoisting is
5
automatically stopped.
- Lower hoisting limit switch: Sensor arm automatically stops motor if the wire
rope is under-wound.
braking.
Braking methods: For motor: Electromagnetic, for gear: Double mechanical ratchets.
Option accessory: Crane CRH-0710.
16.28CWS160 CWS-160 160 14 22 IP44 30 4,8 14
16.28CWS230 CWS-230 230 9 14 IP44 24 5 15
Baby Winch CWS-300

- Upper hoisting limit switch: When rope disc touches the limit arm, hoisting is auto-
matically stopped.
- Lower hoisting limit switch: Sensor arm automatically stops motor if the wire rope is
under-wound.
braking.
Braking methods: For motor: Electromagnetic, for gear: Double mechanical ratchet.
16.28CWS300 CWS-300 300 9 13 IP44 24 4,8 17
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:35
Push Trolley Powertex type PPT-S1

General: POWERTEX push trolley operated by pushing. A compact and low buildt design with low
dead weight in a solid steel construction. It includes mechanical stops to ensure that the trolley is
kept on the beam in case of an accident (anti-drop + anti-tilt). Fits most types of beam profiles and
most brands of lifting blocks and electric hoists. Wheels with ball bearings.
Supplied with grey label for adhering over white nameplate for use in the entertainment industry.
Standard: EN 13157.
Marking: WLL, CE and individual serial number.
Static test coefficient: WLL x 1,5.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Art No WLL M Wheel Ø Min. radius Dimensions mm Weight

tons Min. - max. Inside/outside of curve m A B C D H S E G F kg
16.05PPTS1005 0,5 50-180 79/55 0,8 267 224 159 - 57.5 (55.5) 30 27 18 (22) 1.5-3 6
16.05PPTS1010 1 66-188 96,2/68 1 289 270 190 - 67 (65) 35,5 29 22 (26) 1.5-3 15
16.05PPTS1020 2 88-200 108,2/80 1,1 318 300 218 - 74 (72) 36 43 (35.6) 28 (32) 1.5-3 18
16.05PPTS1030 3 100-205 131,3/100 1,3 345 356 262,5 - 87 (85) 38 46 34 (38) 1.5-3 30
16.05PPTS1050 5 114-212 143,7/110 1,4 364 405 292 - 95.5 (93.5) 41 56 39 (43) 1.5-3 44
5 16.05PPTS1100 10 124-203 177,45/136 2,0 380 490 395 72 189 45 - 112 2-3.5 86
Geared Trolley Powertex type PGT-S1

General: POWERTEX geared trolley operated by chain. A compact and low buildt design with
low dead weight in a solid steel construction. It includes mechanical stops to ensure that the
trolley is kept on the beam in case of an accident (anti-drop + anti-tilt). Fits most types of beam
profiles and most brands of lifting blocks and electric hoists. Wheels with ball bearings.
Standard: EN 13157.
Marking: WLL, CE and individual serialnumber.
Static test coefficient: WLL x 1,5.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Note: Working handchain length is 3m as standard. Available in other lengths.
Art No WLL M Wheel Ø Min. radius Dimensions mm Weight

tons Min. - max. Inside/outside of curve m A B C D H S E G F kg
16.05PGTS1005 0,5 50-180 79/55 0,8 382 224 159 - 57.5 (55.5) 30 27 18 (22) 1.5-3 9
16.05PGTS1010 1 66-188 96,2/68 1 398 270 190 - 67 (65) 35,5 29 22 (26) 1.5-3 15
16.05PGTS1020 2 88-200 108,2/80 1,1 420 300 218 - 74 (72) 36 43 (35.6) 28 (32) 1.5-3 22
16.05PGTS1030 3 100-205 131,3/100 1,3 456 356 262,5 - 87 (85) 38 46 34 (38) 1.5-3 34
16.05PGTS1050 5 114-212 143,7/110 1,4 474 405 292 - 95.5 (93.5) 41 56 39 (43) 1.5-3 49
16.05PGTS1100 10 124-203 177,45/136 2,0 402 485 395 72 189 45 - 112 2-3.5 87
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:36
Trolley
General: Low-built block trolley for hanging e.g. chain blocks and wire hoists. The trolley can be supplied
with a load of 0.5 tons up to 5 tons. The trolley has corner protection which prevents the trolley from de-
taching from the beam and ball bearing wheels. It is easily adjustable by the left- and right-handed carrier
bracket and fits most brands of hoists.
Marking: WLL, name plate and CE.
Art No WLL Type A min-max B C ØD E F G H ØJ ØK L M P Min curve r Weight

tons m kg
16.0520123A 0,5 20123A 46-160 208 18 62 77 18 45 33 25 19 216 100 24 1,0 6,0
16.0520124A 0,5 20124A 161-280 208 18 62 77 18 45 33 25 19 216 100 24 1.0 6,4
16.0520143A 1 20143A 50-160 212 20 70 85 20 51 40 32 24 264 130 26 1,25 9,4
16.0520144A 1 20144A 161-280 212 20 70 85 20 51 40 32 24 264 130 26 1,25 10,7
16.0520163A 2 20163A 64-180 248 24 100 118 25 63 51 40 32 345 165 30 1,80 19,0
16.0520164A 2 20164A 181-300 248 24 100 118 25 63 51 40 32 345 165 30 1,80 21,0
16.0520173A 3 20173A 74-180 262 28 114 137 31 78 57 46 35 384 180 35 2,20 31,5
5
16.0520174A 3 20174A 181-300 262 28 114 137 31 78 57 46 35 384 180 35 2,20 34,0
16.0520193A 5 20193A 82-180 270 34 140 165 34 92 64 56 42 455 215 40 2,50 55,0
16.0520194A 5 20194A 181-300 270 34 140 165 34 92 64 56 42 455 215 40 2,50 58,0
Trolley 21
General: Low-built block trolley for hanging e.g. chain blocks and wire hoists. The trolley can be sup-
plied with a load of 0.5 tons up to 5 tons. The trolley has corner protection which prevents the trolley
from detaching from the beam and ball bearing wheels. It is easily adjustable by the left- and right-
handed carrier bracket and fits most brands of hoists.
Marking: WLL, name plate and CE.
Art No WLL Type A min-max B C ØD E F G H ØJ ØK L M ØO P R Min curve r Weight

ton mm m kg
16.0521123A 0,5 21123A 50-160 212 20 70 88 20 56 35 32 19 264 130 100 24 104 1,25 14,3
16.05211245A 0,5 21124A 161-280 A+57 20 70 88 20 56 35 32 19 264 130 100 24 104 1,25 15,5
16.0521143A 1 21143A 50-160 212 20 70 88 20 51 40 32 24 264 130 100 24 104 1,25 14,3
16.0521144A 1 22144A 161-280 A+57 20 70 88 20 51 40 32 24 264 130 100 24 104 1,25 15,5
16.0521163A 2 21163A 64-180 248 24 100 120 24 63 51 40 32 335 165 100 31 118 1,80 25,3
16.0521164A 2 21164A 181-300 A+76 24 100 120 24 63 51 40 32 335 165 100 31 118 1,80 27,4
16.0521173A 3 21173A 74-180 262 28 114 137 30 78 57 46 35 380 180 165 37 130 2,20 38,2
16.0521174A 3 21174A 181-300 A+89 28 114 137 30 78 57 46 35 380 180 165 37 130 2,20 41,2
16.0521193A 5 21193A 82-180 270 34 140 166 32 92 64 56 42 437 215 205 41 132 2,50 56,7
16.0521194A 5 21194A 181-300 A+97 34 140 166 32 92 64 56 42 437 215 205 41 132 2,50 60,4
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:37
Plain Trolley TSP KITO

General: Plain trolley with capacity from 0,125 tons up to 5 tons.
The standard trolley includes rubber bumper, safety lug and suspender.
Material: Pressed steel plate.
Plain Trolley TSP 5t Plain Trolley TSP 0,125-3t
Art No Art No Max. load I beam width range I beam width range
Standard W30 ton standard W30
16.05TSP001SC 16.05TSP0012C 0,125 50-163 164-305
16.05TSP003SC 16.05TSP0032C 0,25 50-163 164-305
16.05TSP005SC 16.05TSP0052C 0,5 50-163 164-305
16.05TSP010SC 16.05TSP0102C 1 58-163 164-305
16.05TSP015SC 16.05TSP0152C 1,5 82-204 205-305
16.05TSP020SC 16.05TSP0202C 2 82-204 205-305
16.05TSP025SC 16.05TSP0252C 2,5 82-204 205-305
16.05TSP030SC 16.05TSP0302C 3 82-204 205-305
16.05TSP050SC 16.05TSP0502C 5 100-204 205-305
5
Geared Trolley TSG KITO
General: Geared trolley with capacity from 0,125 tons up to 5 tons.
The standard trolley includes rubber bumper, safety lug and suspender.
Material: Pressed steel plate.
Geared Trolley TSG 5t Geared Trolley TSG

0,125-3t
Art No Art No Max. load I beam width range I beam width range Kæde længde
Standard W30 ton Standard W30 m
16.05TSG001SC030 16.05TSG0012C030 0,125 58-163 164-305 3.0
16.05TSG002SC030 16.05TSG0032C030 0,25 58-163 164-305 3.0
16.05TSG005SC030 16.05TSG0052C030 0,5 58-163 164-305 3.0
16.05TSG010SC030 16.05TSG0102C030 1 58-163 164-305 3.0
16.05TSG015SC030 16.05TSG0152C030 1,5 82-204 205-305 3.0
16.05TSG020SC030 16.05TSG0202C030 2 82-204 205-305 3.0
16.05TSG025SC030 16.05TSG0252C030 2,5 82-204 205-305 3.0
16.05TSG030SC030 16.05TSG0302C030 3 82-204 205-305 3.0
16.05TSG050SC030 16.05TSG0502C030 5 100-204 205-305 3.5
16.05TSG075SC030 16.05TSG0752C030 7,5 150-220 221-305 3.5
16.05TSG100SC030 16.05TSG1002C030 10 150-220 221-305 4.0
16.05TSG150SC030 16.05TSG1502C030 15 150-220 221-305 4.5
16.05TSG200SC030 16.05TSG2002C030 20 150-220 221-305 4.5
16.05TSG300SC030 16.05TSG3002C030 30 190 191-305 4.5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:38
Trolley with integrated Chain Block

General: Trolley with integrated chain block, low headroom design with rubber
bumper. Easily adjustable for right beam profile. The trolleys are available for loads
from 0,5t up to 1t and for most I- and H-beam profiles with a maximum width of 305
mm.
Standard delivery with chain of 3 m.
Finish: Painted.
Option:
- Geared trolley
- Can be ordered with custom liftheight
Standard: EN 13157.
Art No WLL Type Chain M Min curve Load Hand A push A geared B C min.H min. F S Z
falls radius chain chain trolley trolley
tons Min.-max. mm mm mm mm
16.052712 0,5 2712 1 50-203 800 5,0 x 15,0 5,0 x 23,7 240 272 258 311 244 1,5-3,0 30 9
16.052714 1 2714 1 64-305 900 6,3 x 19,1 5,0 x 23,7 303 333 292 368 286 1,5-3,0 38 10
5
Trolley type 26
General: This geared trolley with manually operated hoist with load pressure break
has an extremely low headroom design. The trolleys are available for loads from 1t up
to 6,3t.
Operating height of 3m.
Finish: Painted.
Standard: EN 13157.
Art No WLL Type Chain falls Flange width Min. curve radius Load chain Hand chain Ø Weight
tons mm mm mm mm kg
16.052614 1 2614 2 74-150 2500 5 x 15 5,0 x 23,7 69
16.052616 2 2616 2 82-156 4000 6,3 x 19,1 5,0 x 23,7 118
16.052617 3,2 2617 2 103-223 4500 8 x 24 5,0 x 23,7 181
16.052619 5 2619 4 119-215 6000 8 x 24 5,0 x 23,7 293
16.052620 6,3 2620 4 119-215 6000 8 x 24 5,0 x 23,7 296
Model A B1 B2 C1 C2 D1 D2 E2 E1 F H min. L M2 M M1
mm
2614 554 206 234 129 151 117 223 134 217 27,5 135 348 18 28 40
2616 684 254 406 149 149 165 265 152 240 36,5 160 392 24 36 50
2617 765 279 461 169 236 165 325 173 240 44 190 499 28 40 55
2619 873 336 524 201 279 184 327 180 259 39 235 512 37 45 65
2620 873 336 524 201 179 184 327 180 259 39 235 512 37 45 65
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:39
Trolley, aluminium type 23

General: Trolley in aluminium, with an extremely low net weight.
The trolleys are available for loads from 0,5t up to 1t.
The trolley is equipped with a "Quick lock system". Load bar with
fixed lifting point.
Finish: Aluminium.
Standard: EN 13157.
Art No WLL Type Min. curve radius A min. - max. B C D E F G H I J K Weight

tons mm mm kg
16.052312 0,5 2312 1250 60-180 240 24 102 86 16 37 52,3 19 273 188 4,9
16.052314 1 2314 1250 60-180 240 24 102 86 16 37 52,3 24 273 188 5,1
5
Beam Clamp Powertex type PBC-S1
Design: POWERTEX beam clamp is adjustable for different beam types. Designed to provide
quick rigging and hoisting points for a great variety of applications. Low headroom design.
Proof load: 1,5 x WLL.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Marking: WLL, and CE-marking.
Art No Code WLL I beam width range A B B C D E H F F G Weight

tons mm max. min. max. mm min. max. min. kg.
16.02PBCS1010 1t PBC 1 80-240 270 183 370 94 4 198 20 100 154 22 3,5
16.02PBCS1020 2t PBC 2 80-240 270 183 370 102 6 198 20 100 154 22 4,5
16.02PBCS1030 3t PBC 3 90-330 355 243 500 132 8 263 22 148 219 46 9,5
16.02PBCS1050 5t PBC 5 90-330 355 243 500 142 10 263 28 148 219 43 11
16.02PBCS1100 10t PBC 10 90-350 364 269 521 180 12 285 38 165 239 51 16
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:40
Hand Rope Winch Type 4210, 421

General: Hand rope winch, zinc plated.
- Easy and safe operation.
- Easy and space-saving mounting.
- Corrosion resistant.
- Turning respectively foldable crank.
- Proven safety concept.
Optional:
- Zinc plated/stainless: type 4210
- Cast iron: type 421
Art No Code Material Cap. 1st rope Cap. final rope Lift/crank Crank Rope Rec. wire Weight without
position position turn force cap. rope Ø rope
kg kg mm N m mm kg
16.27203717 4210.0,08 Zinc plated 80 40 135 170 20 3 2,5
5
16.27203718 4210.0,125 Zinc plated 125 64 135 170 15 4 2,5
16.27210712 4210.0,125 Stainless steel 125 64 135 170 15 4 2,5
16.27200044 421.0,125 Cast iron 125 64 135 170 15 4 4
DIN 3060 FE zn K1770 sZ
Hand Rope Winch Type 220.0,3; 220.0,5

General: Hand rope winch with spur gear, wall mounting, safety crank with folding handle.
- Robust and safe.
- Self-locking, blow-back proof safety crank with folding handle.
- Load reaction brake.
- Maintenance free bearings.
- Finish powder coated or zinc plated.
- Easy, space saving installation.
- In compliance with EN 13157 and the German Safety Regulations for
Lifting and Pulling Equipment DGUV 54 (earlier BGV D 8).
Optional:
- Zink plated.
Art No Code
Cap. 1st rope Cap. 4th rope Lift/crank turn 1st Crank Rope Rec. wire Breaking Weight with-
position position rope position force capacity rope* Ø load min. out rope
kg kg mm N m mm kN kg
16.27200047 220.0,3 300 203 74 190 11 6 9,5 10
16.27200048 220.0,5 500 330 30 210 10 6,5 16 10
* recommended wire rope: EN 12385-6x19M-FC 1770 B sZ
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:41
Hand Rope Winch Type 220.0,75; 220.1

General: Hand rope winch with spur gear, wall mounting, safety crank with folding
handle.
- Robust and safe.
- Finish powder coated or zinc plated.
- In compliance with EN 13157 and the German Safety Regulations for Lifting
and Pulling Equipment DGUV 54 (earlier BGV D 8).
Optional:
- Zink plated.
Art No Code
Cap. 1st rope Cap. last rope Lift/crank turn 1st Crank Rope Rec. wire Breaking Weight with-
position position rope position force capacity rope* Ø load min. out rope
kg kg mm N m mm kN kg
16.27205047 220.0,75 750 580 28 200 12 8 24 14
5
16.27200815 220.1 1.000 750 19 180 10 9 32 15
* recommended wire rope: EN 12385-6x19M-FC 1770 B sZ
Hand Rope Winch Type 220.2

General: Hand rope winch with transmission gear box for heavy loads, safety crank with folding han-
dle, wall mounting.
- Robust and safe.
- Higher efficiency.
- Finish: painted.
- In compliance with the German Safety Regulations for Lifting and Pulling
Equipment DGUV 54 (earlier BGV D 8).
Art No Code Cap. 1st rope Cap. 2nd rope Lift/crank turn 1st rope Crank Rope Wire rope neces- Weight without
position position position force cap. sary* Ø rope
kg kg mm N m mm kg
16.27200051 220.2 2.000 1.700 16 320 8 12 23
* DIN 3064 FE zn k 1770 sZ.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:42
Hand Rope Winch Type 220.3

General: Hand rope winch with transmission gear box for heavy loads, safety crank with folding
handle, wall mounting.
- Robust and safe.
- Higher efficiency.
- Finish: painted.
- In compliance with the German Safety Regulations for Lifting and Pulling Equip-
ment DGUV 54 (earlier BGV D 8).
Art No Code Cap. 1st rope Cap. 2nd rope Lift/crank turn 1st rope Crank Rope Wire rope Weight without
position position position force cap. necessary* Ø rope
kg kg mm N m mm kg
16.27200052 220.3 3.000 2.500 10 300 7 13 32
5
* DIN 3064 FE zn k 1770 sZ.
Hand Rope Winch Type WA 50; WA 100

General: Compact hand rope winch, made of aluminium alloy
- Compact construction.
- Closed casing box.
- Quiet running.
- Self-locking.
- Proven security concept.
- Low crank force.
- Removable crank.
- Low weight.
- Surface treatment: powder coated.
Art No Code Cap. 1st rope position Cap. final rope position Rope cap. max. Crank Wire rope Ø Lift/crank turn Weight
force
kg kg m N mm mm kg
16.27209017 WA 50 50 22 12 80 2 96 1
16.27109018 WA 100 100 43 8 60 3 38 2,1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:43
Hand Rope Winch Type TANGO KV, KE

General: Hand rope winch 'TANGO' mounting on wall. Independent winding of
rope possible, fully encased, foldable crank handle, zinc plated or in stainless
steel.
haacon’s range of hand winches with many advantages:
- Quiet running.
- Large rope capacity.
- Compact form.
- Fully enclosed.
- Self-locking.
- Folding crank handle.
- Low weight.
- Zinc plated or in stainless steel.
- Suitable for wall or base mounting.
Art No Code Cap. 1st rope Cap. final rope Wire Rope cap. Cable Crank Lift/crank Gear Weight
position position rope Ø max. drum Ø force turn ratio
kg kg mm m mm N mm kg
5
16.27207099 KV 300 300 185 4 29 60 160 64 3,1 5
16.27207117 KE 300 300 185 4 29 60 160 64 3,1 5
16.27207118 KV 500 500 320 5 20 60 200 46 4,5 5
16.27207119 KE 500 500 320 5 20 60 200 46 4,5 5
Hand Rope Winch Type TANGO WV, WE

General: Hand rope winch 'TANGO' mounting on wall. Independent
winding of rope possible, fully encased, foldable crank handle, zinc
plated or in stainless steel.
haacon’s range of hand winches with many advantages:
- Quiet running.
- Large rope capacity.
- Compact form.
- Fully enclosed.
- Self-locking.
- Folding crank handle.
- Low weight.
- Zinc plated or in stainless steel.
- Suitable for wall or base mounting.
Art No Code Cap. 1st rope Cap. final rope Wire Rope cap. Cable Crank Lift/crank Gear Weight
position position rope Ø max. drum Ø force turn ratio
kg kg mm m mm N mm kg
16.27205986 WV 300 300 185 4 29 60 160 64 3,1 5
16.27207116 WE 300 300 185 4 29 60 160 64 3,1 5
16.27205987 WV 500 500 320 5 20 60 200 46 4,5 5
16.27207119 WE 500 500 320 5 20 60 200 46 4,5 5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:44
Bracket Winch KWV/KWE

General: Bracket winch KWV: Bracket winch, galvanised, open construction,
sturdy design.
Bracket winch KWE: Bracket winch, stainless steel, open construction, sturdy
design.
- Open construction.
- High rope capacity. KWV650 KWV300
Optional:
- Zinc-plated: type KWV.
- Stainless steel (304): type KWE.
125
- Detachable crank, rope pay-off function, crank radius adjustable.
55
35
ø11
ø98
ø36
107
250
74
80 50 140
16,5
10 150
170
KWV300 / KWE 250
204 226
62
40
5
Ø70
222
Ø250
295
Ø75
63
14,3
42
66
35
250
46
250
35
10,5 150 20 60 108 140
10,5 156 20
Ø10,5
10,5
Ø10,5
20 38 20
10,5
10,5
10,5
20 30 20
4
50
50
98
98 64 140
35 25 33 40 65 25 53 40
240
KWV 650 / KWE 650 320 KWV 1250 / KWE 1000
Art No Type Material

1st rope pos. Final rope Crank force Lift/crank turn Rope Ø Rope Weight (w/o rope)
pos. cap.
kg kg N mm mm m kg
16.27230269 KWV 300 Zinc plated 300 150 270 126 4 22 4
16.27230268 KWE 250 Stainless steel 250 125 220 126 4 22 4
16.27230270 KWV 650 Zinc plated 650 330 240 39 6 23 9
16.27230271 KWE 650 Stainless steel 650 340 240 39 7 16 9,3
16.27230273 KWV 1250 Zinc plated 1250 490 240 16 8 28,5 16
16.27230272 KWE 1000 Stainless steel 1000 390 200 16 8 28,5 16
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:45
Hand Rope Winch Type 468

General: Hand rope winch with self locking worm gear, optionally fixed handle, foldable handle,
detachable handle.
- Robust, easy to operate winch.
- Various possibilities to mount.
- Self locking worm gear drive, waterproof. Folding handle
- All winches are proofed by BG (german accident prevention regulations).
- For use with steel rope or polyamide rope.
- All winches are tested by BG.
Note: Excl. wire and rope (to be ordered separately).
Removable handle
Art No Code Handle Adm. Rope Rope Rope (nylon) Rope Crank Gear Lift/crank Effi- Weight
load (steel) Ø lenght Ø length force ratio turn ciency
tons mm m mm m N mm kg
16.27200230 462.0,25 Ratchet lever 0,25 4 3,3 8 0,8 66 25:1 5,8 0,2 4,1
16.27213150 468.0,25 Fixed handle 0,25 4 3,3 8 0,8 66 25:1 5,8 0,2 4,1
16.27200228 468.0,25K Folding handle 0,25 4 3,3 8 0,8 66 25:1 5,8 0,2 4,1
16.27213158 468.0,25A Removable handle 0,25 4 3,3 8 0,8 66 25:1 5,8 0,2 4,1
5 Hand Rope Winch

General:
- Easy and safe travel.
- Safe automatic load pressure brake.
- Cast iron worm wheel. Hardened worm screw.
- Protection guard around the worm wheel.
- Suspension of lacquered steel plate.
- Every wall mounted winch is marked with its own manufacturing number and is load tested.
- Approved by SIS for Showbiz use.
Art No WLL Model Lift/crank turn A B C D øE F G øH J K L M N O P R max Weight

tons mm kg
16.276211A 0,25 6211A 31 157 210 100 183 14 46 71 100 28 225 132 4 116 350 105 225 12
16.276113A 0,6 6113A 29 180 320 120 280 17 63 150 140 28 285 164 8 150 463 145 360 27
16.276114A 1 6114A 26 180 350 120 320 17 63 170 140 52 332 189 10 177 540 145 360 36
Wire Ø mm/ Drum capacity

Model 4 5 6 8 10 12 14
6211 45 27 20
6113 83 60 23 21
6114 87 55 38
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:46
Worm Gear Winch WW

General: Hand operated worm gear winch. Robust and safe hoisting or pulling (aprox. 2.5x hoisting cap.)
winch, with two speeds.
Safety factor: 4 (static).
Mounting: Wall/Floor, 4xM20 class 8.8.
Finish: As standard: painted, optional: zinc-plated.
- Square worm-wormwheel transmission, and maintenance-free bearing.
- Cable outlet on top or rear.
- Drum free-spooling.
- Adjustable crank from 250 to 380 mm, with ergonomic plastic hand grip.
- Load pressure brake with double ratchet system.
- Grooved drum as extra option (GD instead of D).
- 2 cable compartments as extra option (2D instead of D), multi com-
partments upon request.
- Optional ATEX certified II 3 GD T4, suitable for zone 2 and 22.
Standard: EN 13157.
Art No Art No Type A B C D E F G H I J M K L N P R S

Painted
16.2777276010
16.2777277010
Zinc-plated
16.2777276110
16.2777277110
WW2000
WW3000
410
436
310
365
196
251
360
386
367
405
254
292
167
167
mm
149 42
174 50
133
165
383
443
25
25
312
376
45
47
380
380
420
527
220
220
5
16.2777278010 16.2777278110 WW4000 436 365 251 386 405 292 167 174 50 165 443 25 376 47 380 527 220
16.2777279010 16.2777279110 WW5000 436 460 316 386 405 315 167 172 79 219 495 25 437 60 380 604 220
Hoisting length by one
Crankforce 1st cable Max. cable Dia. cable rotation of crank, 1st
1st cable layer Last cable layer layer storage (EN 12383-4) layer Weight
kg kg daN m mm mm kg
WW2000 2.000 1.038 24 (11) 59 11 12 (5) 63
WW3000 3.000 1.667 31 (14) 57 14 11 (5) 82
WW4000 4.000 2.282 30 (13) 43 16 11 (2) 84
WW5000 5.000 3.276 73 (14) 33 18 13 (3) 122
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:47
Trailer Winch
General: Trailer winches are robust and light, which makes them suitable for various applications such as: trailers, yachts, doors,
wells, etc.
The winches are TUFFPLATE corrosion finished (3 times the corrosion resistance of standard zinc plating).
Delivered without wire.
The brake range (not manual range) can be used for lifting but not for moving people or loads over where people would be. The
braked winches are certificated that they compile with a TGUV test to EN13157: + A1:2009 “Cranes and safety – Hand Powered
lifting equipment”.
Art No Model no Codee Capac- Drum Gear Handle Max. me- Base size Drum ca-
ity hub dia. ratio length chanical pacity
advantage (m)
kg mm mm cm rope dia.
mm
16.27Q002809 DL400 02809 181 16 1:1 178 18 9x8 16,9 / 4
16.27Q002795 DL400S 02795 181 16 1:1 178 18 9x8 16,9 / 4
5 16.27Q002812
Standard
duty DL600A 02812 272 16 3,2:1 178 57 10x9 19,2 / 4
16.27Q002796 DL900A 02796 408 16 3,2:1 178 54 10x9 10,9 / 5
16.27Q002797 DL1100A 02797 499 22 3,7:1 178 49 13x9 22,2 / 5
16.27Q002817 DL1402A 02817 635 22 4,4:1 241 76 13x10 14,2 / 6
16.27Q002918 DL1402ASC 02918 635 22 4,4:1 241 76 13x10 14,2 / 6
Medium
16.27Q007771 Caravan 07771 635 22 4,4:1 241 82 13x10 33 / 4
duty
16.27Q002818 DL1602A 02818 726 28 5,4:1 241 77 13x10 20 / 6
16.27Q002819 DL1802A 02819 817 28 5,4:1 241 74 14x12 17,9 / 7
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:48
Art. nr. Model no Code Ca- Drum Gear ratio Handle Max. me- Base size Drum capac-
pacity hub dia. length chanical ity (m)
advan-
tage
kg mm mm cm rope dia. mm
16.27Q002799 DL1800A 02799 817 28 10,3:1/5,4:1 241 142 14x12 17,9 / 7
16.27Q002820 DL2000A 02820 907 28 12,4:1/5,4:1 241 18 16x12 17,9 / 7
16.27Q002821
Heavy duty
2 Speed DL2500A 02821 1.134 28 17,3:1/5,4:1 241 232 18x12 14,2 / 8
5
16.27Q002810 DL2500AB 02810 1.134 28 17,3:1/5,4:1 241 232 18x12 14,2 / 8
16.27Q006562 DL3500B 06562 1.589 33 12:1/6:1 241 138 22x14 12,3 / 9
16.27Q008053 DLB180AG 08053 360 48 4,4:1 178 30,1 10x10 23 / 4
16.27Q008054 DLB1200AG 08054 545 54 5,4:1 238 37,3 13x10 19,4 / 5
Medium
duty brake
winches
16.27Q008055 DLB1500AG 08055 680 64 5,4:1 305 47,1 14x12 15,1 / 6
16.27Q008059 DLB2000AG 08059 905 64 17,3:1 238 115 18x12 8,9 / 7
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:49
Pullzall
General: The portable PullzAll lets you lift or pull up to 454 kg, forward or
reverse button with variable speed.
Typical applicatons: Lifting materials at construction sites, move machines or
materials in the workshop or any other place where lifting or pulling is required.
Note: Including wire (Rope length).
Art No Art No Model Lifting/Pulling Rope Weight

capacity length
kg m kg
16.28685003 16.28685003 Cord version 220V 454 4,6 6,8
16.28685006 16.28685006 Cordless version 24V (includes 2 chargable batteries) 454 4,6 8,2
Electric Wire Rope Winch 1SA 200/300

- Positive retention of wire rope on to drum
- Electromagnetic spring-applied fail safe brake
- Effective pull height 29 m
- Heavy duty high efficiency ball bearing on all running surfaces
- Planetary gearing for maximum mechanical efficiency
- Enclosed drum flanges
- Heavy duty IP65 waterproof switch with emergency stop
- Only for pulling
- Test and CE-certificate enclosed
- 1 Phase 230 V 50 Hz
5 Note: Including wire (pulling length).
Art No Capacity Pulling length Motor Wire Ø* Wire speed A B C D E F Gø H Weight

tons m kW mm m/min mm kg
16.281SA200 0,2 29 0,8 6 10-15 4xØ10,5 142 142 510 210 246 94 104 36
16.281SA300 0,3 29 1,5 7 10-15 4xØ10,5 172 142 540 210 246 90 134 49
Electric Wire Rope Winch 1SA 500/750/1000

- Positive retention of wire rope on to drum
- Electromagnetic spring-applied fail safe brake (IP64)
- Effective pull height 58 m
- Heavy duty high efficiency ball bearing on all running surfaces
- Planetary gearing for maximum mechanical efficiency
- Enclosed drum flanges
- Heavy duty IP65 waterproof switch with emergency stop
- 3 Phase 400V , 50 Hz
- Only for pulling
- Test and CE-certificate enclosed
Option:
Radio remote control
Note: Including wire (pulling length).
Art No Capacity Pulling length Motor Wire Ø* Wire speed A B C D E F Gø H Weight

tons m kW mm m/min mm kg
16.281SA500 0,5 58 3 9 12-18 4xØ15 400 330 922 372 430 140 240 138
16.281SA750 0,75 58 4 9 12-18 4xØ15 400 330 950 372 430 140 240 142
16.281SA1000 1 58 5,5 12 12-18 4xØ15 400 330 950 372 430 140 240 158
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:50
Electric Wormgear type MCW

General: A range of electric self-braking wormgear winches developed for heavy
dutypulling and traversing duties up to 2,800 kg. Due to the self-braking wormgears
the winches are suitable for pulling up a slope. A brake is available as an option for
accurate positioning or repetitive lifting applications up to 2.000 kg.
Standard features:
- Self breaking wormgear transmission
- IP 54 400 VAC/ 3 phases / 50 Hz non-braked motor.
- Steel drum (not grooved) with cable fixing point at flange
- Single drum support (MCW 250, MCW 500)
- Two drum supports (all other models)
- Double layer 2-component conservation according ISO 12944 category C2-Low,
colour RAL 5010
- FEM/ISO Class: T2-L2-M2
Options:
- Braked motor (aluminium or cast iron)
- IP 56 TENV cast iron motor for marine applications
- 220 single-phase motors (up to MCW 750)
- 24 VDC motors
- Explosion proof motors
- Protective steel motor cover
- Manual or remotely controlled disengaging clutch
- Band brakes
- Grooved drum - Drum press roller
- Alternative Speeds
- Alternative drum dimensions / split drums/ additional rope anchors / etc.
- Drum Guards
5
- Emergency Cranking
- Marine / offshore coating systems
Control options:
- IP 65 direct pendant remote control with emergency stop (up to 1.5kW 220 V AC / 1 phase or 2.2kW 400 V AC / 3 phase)
- IP 55 control box with low-voltage IP 65 remote control built acc. to NEN 1010
- Load limiter
- Frequency inverter for variable speed control
- wireless radio control systems
- Limit switches
- Slack wire switches
Winch type WLL Pulling WLL Pulling WLL Lifting WLL Lifting Recomm. Speed Drumcap. Drumcap. Motor power
1st layer 5th layer 1st layer 5th layer Rope diam. 1st layer 1st layer 5th layer 400v
kg kg kg kg mm m/min. m m kW S2
MCW 250 250 170 200 135 6 6 2 19 0.75
MCW 500 500 340 400 275 6 6 2 19 1.1
MCW 750 750 490 600 390 7 6 6 42 1.5
MCW 1200 1200 750 960 600 8 5 5 38 2.2
MCW 1700 1700 1055 1300 805 10 6 6 50 4
MCW 2200 2200 1365 1700 1055 12 7 7 63 5.5
MCW 2800 2800 1745 2000 1245 13 8 8 76 7.5
Winch type WLL Pulling WLL Pulling WLL Lifting WLL Lifting Recomm. Speed Drumcap. Drumcap. Motor power
1st layer 5th layer 1st layer 5th layer rope diam. 1st layer 1st layer 5th layer 230 V1 phase
kg kg kg kg mm m/min. m m kW S2
MCW 250 SPH 250 170 200 135 6 5 2 19 0.75
MCW 500 SPH 500 340 400 275 6 5 2 19 1.5
MCW 750 SPH 700 460 550 360 7 5 6 42 1.8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:51
Planetary Winch type SC

General: A range of compact lifting and pulling winches utilising electric or hydrulic
motors. Capacities can go up to 30 tons of lifting capacity with this range.
Standard features:
Heavy duty planetary gearbox
SC E; IP 54, 400 VAC / 3 phase / 50 Hz.
SC H; orbit or radial piston type hydraulic motor complete with brake valve
Steel drum with cable fixing point at flange
Two drum supports
Double layer 2 component conservation, according ISO 12944 category C2-Low,
colour RAL 5010
FEM / ISO class: T4-L3-M5
Winch SC – Planetary Compact Build Winch
Available options
IP 56 TENV cast iron motor for marine applications
Explosion proof motors
Protective steel motor cover
Drum pressure roller
Band brakes (manual or failsafe automatic)
Manual disengaging clutch
Alternative speeds
Alternative supply voltages
Drum guards
Spooling gears
Grooved drums
Marine / offshore coating systems
Available control options
5
Control box IP 55 with push-buttons and emergency stop built acc. to NEN 1010
Control box IP 66 with low voltage IP 65 pendant control built acc. to NEN 1010
Load limiter (required by CE for applications exceeding 1000 kg W.L.L.)
Frequency inverter for variable speed control
Wireless radio remote control systems
Limit switches (only electric)
Flange encoder
Slack wire switches (electric)
Proportional local or remote control valve (hydraulic)
Winch type WLL 1st layer WLL top layer Recomm. rope dia. Speed 1st layer Speed top layer Drum capacity top layer Motor power
kg kg mm m/min m/min Layer M kW
SC 15E 1955 1500 (5) 12 8 10 178 (5) 3
SC 20E 2655 2000 (5) 13 11 14 167 (5) 5.5
SC 25E 3500 2500 (5) 16 8 11 144 (5) 5.5
SC 35E 4850 3500 (5) 18 8 11 181 (5) 7.5
SC 50E 6880 5000 (5) 20 8 11 203 (5) 11
SC 67E 9700 6700 (5) 24 12 17 195 (5) 12
SC 85E 12160 8500 (5) 26 9 13 228 (5) 22
SC 110E 15910 11000 (5) 30 7 10 228 (5) 22
SC 140E 18555 14000 (5) 32 6 8 204 (4) 22
SC 175E 23215 17500 (5) 38 6.5 8.5 223 (4) 30
SC 220E 29550 22000 (4) 40 6 8 214 (4) 37
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:52
Planetary Standard Build Winches type SC

General: Electric winch with heavy duty gearbox. Also available as pneumatic (piston or
gear motor) or hydraulic versions.
Features:
IP 54 400 V AC/3-phases/50 Hz braked motor
Steel drum with cable fixing point at flange
Two drum supports
Double layer 2-component conservation according ISO 12944 category C2-Low, colour
RAL 5010
FEM/ISO class: T3-L3-M4
Available winch options:
Explosion-proof motors
Band brakes (manual or fail-safe automatic)
Manual disengaging clutch
Alternative speeds
Alternative supply voltages
Drum guards
Spooling gears
Grooved drums
Manual emergency crank
Slip ring mounting
Alternative drum dimensions/split drums/additional rope anchors/etc.
Warping head
Marine/offshore coating systems
5
Control box IP 66 with low-voltage IP 65 remote control built acc. to NEN 1010
Load limiter (required by CE for applications exceeding 1000 kg WLL)
Limit switches (electric, pneumatic)
Slack wire switches (electric, pneumatic)
Proportional local or remote control valve (pneumatic or hydraulic)
Winch type WLL 1st WLL 5th Recomm. rope Speed 1st Speed 5th Drum cap. 1st Drum cap. 5th Motor
layer layer dia. layer layer layer layer power
kg kg mm m/min. m/min. m m kW
SB 300 E 1200 845 10 9,5 14 26 168 2,2
SB 301 E 2100 1435 12 7 10 24 157 3
SB 303 E 2500 1740 14 11 16 26 165 5,5
SB 304 E 3100 2160 14 9 13 26 165 5,5
SB 305 E 4000 2770 16 7 10,5 25 161 5,5
SB 306 E 5500 3970 18 7 10 28 181 7,5
SB 307 E 7000 4960 22 12 17 26 171 15
SB 309 E 9000 6285 26 14 19,5 24 163 22
SB 310 E 12000 8460 28 8 12 24 168 18,5
SB 311 E 16000 10655 34 7 11 19 144 22
SB 313 E 20000 13610 38 6 8,5 19 151 22
SB 314 E 24000 16170 40 6,5 9,5 19 154 30
SB 315 E 30500 20800 44 6 9 19 151 37
SB 316 E 37000 24570 48 6 9 17 141 45
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:53
Electric Winches type A

General: A comprehensive range of standard winches with a high efficiency perfor-
mance gearbox developed for heavy duty pulling and lifting duties of up to 2.700 kg.
This broad range comprises a variation of very compact winches and each type is
standard available with a choice of 3 different speeds. Drum lengths can easily be
adapted to customer requirements.
Features:
High efficiency transmission
IP 54 400 V AC / 3-phases / 50 Hz braked motor
Steel drum (not grooved) with cable fixing point at flange
Two drum supports (all other models)
Double layer 2-component conservation according ISO 12944 category C2-Low,
colour RAL 5010
FEM / ISO class: T3-L3-M4
Available options:
230 VAC single-phase motors (up to 1.8 kW)
24 V DC motors
Hydraulic motors
Explosion-proof motors
Manual or remotely controlled disengaging clutch
Band brakes
Grooved drum
Motor position vertically up
Alternative speeds
5
Alternative drum dimensions / split drums / additional rope anchors / etc.
Drum guards
Marine / offshore coating systems
Control box IP 66 with low voltage IP 65 remote control built acc. to NEN 1010
Load limiter
Limit switches
Slack wire switches
Winch type WLL 1st WLL 5th Speed 1st Speed 5th Recomm. rope Drumcap. 1st Drumcap. 5th Motor
layer layer layer layer dia. layer layer power
kg kg m/min. m/min. mm m m kW
A20L 500 345 3 4,5 6 7 48 0,37
A20M 500 345 8,5 12,5 6 7 48 0,75
A20H 500 345 16 23 6 7 48 1,5
A20 SP220 500 345 8,5 12,5 6 7 48 1,1
A30L 600 400 3 4,5 8 6 44 0,37
A30M 650 435 8,5 13 8 6 44 1,1
A30H 650 435 13 19,5 8 6 44 1,5
A35L 900 600 4 6 8 6 44 0,75
A35M 900 600 8,5 13 8 6 44 1,5
A35H 900 600 12 18 8 6 44 2,2
A41L 1200 820 4,5 7 9 10 62 1,1
A41M 1200 820 6 8,5 9 10 62 1,5
A41H 1200 820 13 19 9 10 62 3
A41 SP220 1000 685 6 8,5 9 10 62 1,5
A50L 1800 1205 4,5 7 11 10 74 1,5
A50M 1800 1205 7 10 11 10 74 2,2
A50H 1800 1205 12,5 19 11 10 74 4
A55L 2200 1460 5 8 12 10 72 2,2
A55M 2200 1460 7 10 12 10 72 3
A55H 2200 1460 13 20 12 10 72 5,5
A60L 2700 1800 4,5 7 14 17 117 2,2
A60M 2700 1800 8 12 14 17 117 4
A60H 2700 1800 14 21 14 17 117 7,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:54
Winch Options
Pressure roller Drum guard Spindle limit switch Grooved drum 'UXPGLYLGHUÀDQJH
5
Encorder + spindle limit switch Claw clutch Friction clutch Slack wire switch Pneumatic limit switch
Manual band brake Hydraulic operated band brake Pendant remote control Pneumatic control valve Spooling gear
Additional rope anchor Slip ring &ODVVL¿FDWLRQFHUWL¿FDWHVRI Manual emergency crank (on Control panel with frequency
LR, BV, ABS, GL, DNV, etc. electric motor) inverter
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:55
Remote Control T70 1

General: Wireless remote control with range limiter for classic lifting applications.
Design: 6 high-sensitive two-step manouvre pushbuttons, toggle and rotary switches and
a stop button. Hand strap/shoulder strap. 2x12 Char LCD display. External removable
EEPROM SIM module.
Frequency band: Multiband multiband 400-930 MHz.
Transmitter: Is supplied with BT06K batteries, which have a battery life of 10 hours.
Ingress protection: IP65/NEMA4.
Associated receivers: R06 and R13B.
Weight incl. batteries: 0,46kg.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
5:56
Cranes and special products
Crane systems » Person lifting bags »

Swing cranes » Pallet forks »
Vacuum beams » Mechanical grabs »
Lifting beams » Magnets »
Chapter 6
Cranes and special products
Crane types 6:3

Wire rope hoists 6:7
Transfer carts 6:7
Gantry cranes 6:7
Remote controls 6:8
Crane systems and components 6:10
Pillar swing cranes 6:16
Wall mounted swingcranes 6:24
Aluminium gantry cranes 6:27
Vacuum beams 6:29
Lifting beams 6:40
Man riding baskets 6:56
Pallet forks 6:57
Mechanical grabs 6:60
6 Magnets 6:61
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:2
Crane types
Overhead cranes Jibcranes

500 kg to 400 t 500 kg to 25 t
Gantry- and semigantry cranes Wall mounted cranes

Up to 400 t Up to 25 t
Automotive gantry cranes Hoists

Up to 400 t 800 kg to 100 t
Open winches Transfer carts

6,3 t to 400 t 10 t to 60 t
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:3
Overhead cranes
CERTEX-GH cranes are of very robust construction with a

high level of standardization, making them very modular and
adaptable to any need, high reliability components and avail-
Denmarks strongest crane program
able for a wide range of applications. • CERTEX+GH = more than 180 years of
6 Structure of box girder or standard profile, optimized by

computer calculation processes. Our designs offer the best
experience
• CERTEX provides total solutions -
technical option with the best mechanical value.
both above and below the hook
The optimized combination of structures and mechanisms
(lifting, cross travel and long travel) on these cranes reduce • Both standard and customized solutions
hook approaches and that maximize the useful areas.
• In-house production of most components
Construction of structural welded elements, done with auto- • GH cranes delivered in 60 countries
mated and robotic systems, which guarantee the repeatability
of welding processes and high product quality. • GH has 10 production locations in 7 countries
The mechanisms used in our industrial cranes are indivisible part of them,
Overhead cranes covering the range of chain hoists from 500 kg to wire rope hoists of 100 t.
500 kg up to 400 t We also perform crane service, repair, preventive maintenance and reno-
• Single-girder up to 25 t vation / upgrading of your existing crane. You will get original spare parts
for your crane purchased from us.
• Double-girder up to 400 t
In addition, you can choose a lot of accessories and equipment for your
• Suspended up to 25 t crane.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:4
Wall mounted cranes

They are of very robust construction with a high level of stand-
ardization, making them very modular and adaptable to any
need, high reliability components and available for a wide range
of applications.
Structure of box girder or standard profile, optimized by com-

puter calculation processes. Our designs offer the best techni-
cal option with the best mechanical value.
The optimized combination of structures and mechanisms (lift-

ing, cross travel and long travel) on these cranes reduce hook
approaches and that maximize the useful areas.
Construction of structural welded elements, done with auto-
mated and robotic systems, which guarantee the repeatability

Wall mounted cranese of welding processes and high product quality.
Up to 25 t The mechanisms used in our industrial cranes are indivisible

25 t · 6 m (150 t · m) part of them, covering the range of chain hoists from 500 kg to
wire rope hoists of 100 t.
Crane kits
Crane Kits, done with both standardized and special compo-
nents, allow simple construction of Bridge Crane, Gantry and
Suspended crane.
6
The crane manufacturer should worry only about making the
girder. We supply the girder project and all the components
and crane accessories, also including electrical equipment.
The wire rope hoist can be done from 1 t to 100 t with stand-
ard materials, and chain hoist from 100 kg to 5 t.
With all the possibilities offered by our hoists and the range
of end carriedge whether standard or special.
Boogie
Supported and suspended end carriages, boogies and stand-
ardized wheel heads for bridge cranes, gantries and semi
gantry cranes. Single girder / double girder, transfer carts and
other type of applications.
Powered by GH motor-gearboxes which are designed exclu-

sively for use on cranes and lifting machinery. Also is possible
to install commercial motor-gearboxes.
Wide range of diameters (D100, D125, D160, D250, D315,

D400 and D500), wheel bases, and wheel channels.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:5
Hoists
Cutting-edge design technology, highly sophisticated production
Hoists
resources and efficient organisation have placed GH among 800 kg up to 100 t
Europe´s top lifting equipment manufacturers.
• Fixed • Double-girder
GH wire rope hoists, for EOT, gantry and semi-gantry gantries, · Food mounted · With tubes
single and double girder, and other type of applications. From · Underhung · With boogie
800 kg to 100 t of capacity, in different versions: foot mounted,
single and double girder. Rugged and compact, modular con-
· With two hooks
struction and easy maintenance, with different cable strands, • Single-girder
that allow a wide range of hook paths, lifting speed and working · Low headroom
group FEM / ISO depending on the demands of starts per hour
and duty cycles of loads to be lifted.
· Regular headroom
· Roundings
GH hoists are fitted with a standard control system and moni-
toring of Safe Operation Period. The possibility to check in any
moment the actual use of your machine will help the preventive
maintenance. Open winch
6,3 t up to 400 t
• High loads
• High lifting speeds
Transfer carts
The transfer carts of GH allow movement charges at ground
level in all types of industries and applications.
6 The transfer carts are

x rugged and modular construction,
x available in a wide range of products
x also can be adapted to suit your need.
They are equipped with all the safety devices needed for
ground-level machinery movement.
They are an important complement to cranes lifting heavy

loads at ground level and the ideal solution for cargo transfer
between ships.
There are two main types of transfer carts, according to move-

ment type:
x Steerable transfer carts: These move in any direction.
Available in battery powered version.
x Transfer carts on rails: These move in a straight line.
Available in battery-powered or electric versions, with
movement via a winder or power line.
Transfer carts
10 t up to 60 t
• For transport on the ground
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:6
Gantry cranes
GH, European leader in design and manufacture
of gantry cranes (portal cranes).
GH adapt his gantry cranes manufacturing process

to the different customer´s requirements, taking
care of which kind of work is going to performance.
Our gained experience over more than 50 years

backed up as specialists in portal and semi portal
Cranes.
Unlike EOT cranes, gantry cranes have legs and

move on runways which are usually on floor level.
These cranes are highly efficient to work outdoos, achieving high speeds and
Gantry cranes capacities.
Gantry and semi-gantry cranes

Semi-gantry cranes are a very practical solution when it is not required to
Up to 400 t cover the entire width of the workshop. One side of the crane runs on ele-
vated runway, while the runway for the other side is on ground level.
Automotive gantry cranes

GH automotive gantry crane on wheels, allow Automotive gantry cranes with rubber wheels
the movement of loads in all types of industries Up to 400 t
and applications with autonomy.
• Mobile boat crane
They are known for their robustness, easy of
6
use, easy of maintenance and handling. from 20 t up to 400 t
• Industrial crane
from 10 t up to 400 t
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:7

General: Wireless remote control with range limiter for multiple configurations.
Design: 10 high-sensitive two-step manouvre pushbuttons, toggle and rotary switches and a stop button.
Hand strap/shoulder strap. 2x12 Char LCD display. External removable EEPROM SIM module.
Frequency band: Multiband 400-930 MHz.
Associated receiver: R13B.

General: Wireless remote control with range limiter for classic lifting applications.
Design: 6 high-sensitive two-step manouvre pushbuttons, toggle and rotary switches and a stop button.
Hand strap/shoulder strap. 2x12 Char LCD display. External removable EEPROM SIM module.
Frequency band: Multiband multiband 400-930 MHz.
Associated receivers: R06 and R13B.
Transmitter IK 2
Generel: Remote control compact console box with range limiter and non slip handles.
Design: Main mechanisms: Joystick (2) and paddle (4). Auxiliary mechanisms: Pushbutton, toggle and ro-
tary switches. Belt/shoulder strap. External removable EEPROM SIM module. Display 128x64 Graphic LCD.
Anti condensation system: Goretex film.
Frequency band: Multiband (400 - 930 MHz).
Cable connection: M12 connector.
Weight incl. batteries: 0,95 kg.
Transmitter IK 3
Generel: Remote control compact console box with range limiter and non slip handles.
Design: Main mechanisms: Joystick (3) and paddle (6). Auxiliary mechanisms: Pushbutton, toggle and
rotary switches. Belt/shoulder strap. External removable EEPROM SIM module. Display 3.5" Colour TFT.
Transmitter: Is supplied with BT24IK batteries, which have a battery life of 16 hours.
Anti condensation system: Goretex film.
Frequency band: Multiband (400 - 930 MHz).
Cable connection: M12 connector.
Weight incl. batteries: 1,78 kg.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:8
NIKO Light Cranes

– a versatile and economic solution for loads up to 2.000 kg and 10
meter bridge length.
NIKO Light Crane System provides an ergonomic and cost effective so-
lution to conventional overhead crane systems, particularly when there is
a height and space restriction.
Versatile and reliable overhead handling can be achieved for a variety of
applications using the NIKO modular design.
The robust design of the components and the high standards of manu-
facturing guarantees long life with little or no maintenance requirements.
NIKO Track Profiles

The NIKO enclosed track tapered design ensures correct alignment of
the trolleys and reduces the possibility of dust build up. This facilitates
free and smooth running of the trolleys and a long life of the crane.
NIKO light cranes require only 1-4% force to move the load being lifted.
For use in aggressive environments we can also offer NIKO Cranes in
stainless steel grade 304 & 316.
Main Characteristics:
• Loads up to 2 t.
• Bridge lengths up to 10 m.
• Modular design enables extension, modification and relocation cost
effective.
• Easy to install using a variety of supporting brackets.
• Large range of mounting options.
• Latching capability enables interconnection with existing or new conveyor or monorail systems.
• Manual or electric travel.
• Floor or ceiling mounted cranes.
• Gold/silver zinc or powder coated finish.
• Cranes available in stainless steel.
Advantages over I beam cranes:

• Small track profiles suitable for lower headroom spaces.
• Rigid construction which allows steadier travel of loads, more accurate load positioning and no crabbing on the bridge travel.
• Meter for meter NIKO track profiles are light therefore they inflict a lower dead load on the supporting structure and easier to
6
handle when installing.
• Very low friction which makes it much easier to push the load.
• NIKO track reinforcement methods can achieve span in considerably longer distances between support points.
• Less needed force for movement of crane that results to better movement of crane and increased productivity.
• Enclosed track profile design prevents dust from pilling up and obstructing the rolling of wheels.
Stainless Steel Cranes:

For use in special environments we can also offer NIKO Cranes in stainless steel grade 304 and 316.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:9
Track Profile
Our wide range of 5 track profile sizes can accomodate loads up to 2 t. The NIKO
enclosed track tapered design allows correct alignment of the trolleys and reduces
the possibility of dust build up. This ensures the smooth running of the trolleys and
the long life of the crane. NIKO light cranes require only 1-4% force of the weight
being lifted in order to operate. For use in aggressive environments we can also
offer Niko Cranes in stainless steel grade 304.
Art No Profile No h mm b mm d mm s mm
13.0221.000 21.000 28,0 30,0 8 1,75
13.0223.000 23.000 35,0 40,0 11 2.75
13.0224.000 24.000 43,5 48,5 15 3.2
13.0225.000 25.000 60,0 65,0 18 3.6
13.0226.000 26.000 75,0 80,0 22 4.5
13.0227.000 27.000 110,0 90,0 25 6.5
Also available upon request in stainless steel.
Splice Joint
The track sections are joined using the track joint by tightening
the top screws first then aligning the profiles by means of the
side screws.
6 Art No Profile No l mm a mm h mm s mm
13.0221.B49 21.000 85 38 36 3
13.0223.B49 23.000 120 50 44 4
13.0224.B49 24.000 150 61 54 4,5
13.0225.B49 25.000 180 81 75 6
13.0226.B49 26.000 200 100 94 8
13.0227.B49 27.000 250 118 133 10
Weld-on Support Bracket

This bracket can be used and adapted for specific applications
where standard supports are unsuitable.
Art No zinc plated Art No black Support bracket No. zinc plated Support bracket No. black Profile No l mm a mm h mm s mm
13.0221.B00 13.0221.B50 21.B00 21.B50 21.000 40 38 36 3
13.0223.B00 13.0223.B50 23.B00 23.B50 23.000 56 50 44 4
13.0224.B00 13.0224.B50 24.B00 24.B50 24.000 68 61 54 4,5
13.0225.B00 13.0225.B50 25.B00 25.B50 25.000 90 81 75 6
13.0226.B00 13.0226.B50 26.B00 26.B50 26.000 110 100 94 8
13.0227.B00 13.0227.B50 27.B00 27.B50 27.000 120 116 133 10
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:10
Ceiling Support
This bracket is designed for bolting direct to overhead steelwork or ceiling.
27.B02 23.B02-26.B02
Art No Support bracket No. Profile No L mm h mm b mm d mm n mm s mm m mm

13.0223.B02 23.B02 23.000 115 50 56 11 81 4 8
13.0224.B02 24.B02 24.000 130 60 68 13 94 4,5 8
13.0225.B02 25.B02 25.000 171 81 90 17 124 6 10
13.0226.B02 26.B02 26.000 210 104 110 22 149 8 12
13.0227.B02 27.B02 27.000 260 145 120 22 178,5 10 23,5
Split Support Bracket

This bracket is generally used for attaching the reinforce-
ment spine and used in conjunction with the adjustable
suspension bracket for variable height configurations.
21.B03-26.B03
27.B03
Art No Support bracket No Profile No B mm H mm L mm h mm s mm e mm d mm

13.0221.B03 21.B03 21.000 36 65 40 50 3 6 M 10
13.0223.B03 23.B03 23.000 48 78 50 60 4 8 M 12
6
13.0224.B03 24.B03 24.000 57 88 50 70 4 8 M 12
13.0225.B03 25.B03 25.000 77 132 90 94 6 10 M 16
13.0226.B03 26.B03 26.000 96 150 110 112 8 10 M 16
13.0227.B03 27.B03 27.000 110 180 120 148 10 15 M 16
Adjustable Bracket
This bracket is used for suspension of track profiles where it is necessary
to equalize height differences in the suspension design.
Art No Support bracket No. Profile No H mm h mm L mm B mm d mm

13.0223.B04 23.B04 23.000 136 92 56 50 M16
13.0224.B04 24.B04 24.000 146 92 68 61 M16
13.0225.B04 25.B04 25.000 215 140 90 81 M20
13.0226.B04 26.B04 26.000 295 201 110 100 M20
13.0227.B04 27.B04 27.000 348 215 120 116 M30
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:11
Split Suspension Bracket

This bracket is used for mounting directly to the underside flange of a parallel I beam.
Profile No a mm b mm c mm d mm Ø Screw type Material

23.000 25 34 35 9 M8 x 30 50 x 4
24.000 25 34 44 9 M8 x 30 50 x 4
25.000 42 56 60 17 M16 x 50 90 x 6
26.000 45 63 75 17 M16 x 50 110 x 8
27.000 66 90 110 17 M16 x 50 120 x 10
Split Suspension Bracket IPN DIN1025

Profile No 23.000 24.000 25.000 26.000 27.000
For IPN 80X42 13.0223.B08 13.0224.B08
For IPN 100X50 13.0223.B10 13.0224.B10 13.0225.B10
For IPN 120X58 13.0223.B12 13.0224.B12 13.0225.B12
For IPN 140X66 13.0223.B14 13.0224.B14 13.0225.B14
For IPN 160X74 13.0224.B16 13.0225.B16 13.0226.B16
For IPN 180X82 13.0224.B18 13.0225.B18 13.0226.B18
For IPN 200X90 13.0224.B20 13.0225.B20 13.0226.B20 13.0227.B20
For IPN 220X98 13.0225.B22 13.0226.B22 13.0227.B22
For IPN 240X106 13.0225.B24 13.0226.B24 13.0227.B24
For IPN 260X113 13.0225.B26 13.0226.B26 13.0227.B26
Adjustable Joist Clamp B35

Parallel to the I-beam.
6
Art No Bracket No Profile No H mm L mm b mm h mm
13.0223.B35 23.B35 23.000 85 250 150 43,5
13.0224.B35 24.B35 24.000 94 250 150 43,5
13.0225.B35 25.B35 25.000 129 300 175 60
13.0226.B35 26.B35 26.000 146 300 175 60
13.0227.B35 27.B35 27.000 199 330 205 75
Adjustable Joist Clamp B36

Vertical to the I-beam.
Art No Bracket No Profile No H mm L mm b mm h mm

13.0223.B36 23.B36 23.000 85 250 150 43,5
13.0224.B36 24.B36 24.000 94 250 150 43,5
13.0225.B36 25.B36 25.000 129 300 175 60
13.0226.B36 26.B36 26.000 146 300 175 60
13.0227.B36 27.B36 27.000 199 330 205 75
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:12
Adjustable Suspension Bracket B37

This item is used for clamping the adjustable suspension bracket to the
support steelwork and is supplied with bolt and square nut.
Art No Bracket No Profile No a mm b mm h mm d mm H mm

13.0223.B37 23.B37 23.000 - 24.000 30 32 24 M12 60
13.0225.B37 25.B37 25.000 - 26.000 40 40 30 M16 70
Adjustable Suspension Bracket B38

This bracket is used for attachment of track profiles to a steel
construction, eg IPE-profile, where it is necessary to equalize height
differences in the suspension design. They are normally used in
conjunction with the split support brackets.
Art No Bracket No Profile No L mm a mm d mm H mm

13.0223.B38 23.B38 23.000 198 76 12,5 35
13.0223.B38 23.B38 24.000 198 76 12,5 35
13.0225.B38 25.B38 25.000 250 80 18 60
13.0225.B38 25.B38 26.000 250 80 18 60
4-Wheel Trolley with Pin and Buffer (plate)
Art No Item ref. Profile No WLL t L mm H mm b mm h mm d mm c mm

13.0224.T48 24.T48 24.000 0,125 100 65 48,5 43,5 16 30
13.0225.T48 24.T48 25.000 0,25 130 77 65 60 20 37
13.0226.T48 26.T48 26.000 0,5 152 92 80 75 22 37
13.0227.T48 27.T48 27.000 1 215 123 90 110 26 45
End Carriage with Track Joint

This range of trolleys are fitted with horizontal guide rollers and are
used for connecting the moving cross members to the inner side
tracks. For standard crane applications it is recommended that only
one side of the cross member is fixed allowing the other side to
move freely to facilitate track misalignment.
Art No Item ref. Profile No L mm L1 mm L5 mm H mm H1 mm

13.0223.T54 23.T54 23.000 350 242 40 52 0,5
13.0224.T54 24.T54 24.000 400 270 50 63 2,6
13.0225.T54 25.T54 25.000 450 276 60 91 3,5
13.0226.T54 26.T54 26.000 500 280 70 109 4
13.0227.T54 27.T54 27.000 600 340 100 163 5,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:13
End Carriage with Double Track Joint

This range of trolleys are fitted with horizontal guide rollers and
are used for connecting the moving cross members to the inner
side tracks. For standard crane applications it is recommended
that only one side of the cross member is fixed allowing the
other side to move freely to facilitate track misalignment.
Art No Item ref. Profile No Lm L1 mm L5 mm H mm h1 mm

13.0223.T53 23.T53 23.000 410 300 40 64 0,5
13.0224.T53 24.T53 24.000 630 495 50 74 2,6
13.0225.T53 25.T53 25.000 700 500 60 91 3,5
13.0226.T53 26.T53 26.000 820 600 70 126 4
13.0227.T53 27.T53 27.000 860 600 100 152 5,5
Track End Stop

The end stop has a rubber buffer and is required at the end of
the open profiles. Used in conjunction with a fixed cross bolt.
6 Art No
13.0223.X01
Item ref.
23.X01
Profile No
23.000
L mm
70
13.0224.X01 24.X01 24.000 75
13.0225.X01 25.X01 25.000 122
13.0226.X01 26.X01 26.000 135
13.0227.X01 27.X01 27.000 135
End Stop with Cable End Clamp

This item is utilised on cranes that hold electrical hoist and serves as an end stop and cable
end clamp combined.It is installed at the power source end of the track and reinforced tracks.
End stop/clamp No. Item ref. Profile No Length mm

13.0223.K02 23.K02 23.000 57
13.0224.K02 24.K02 24.000 57
13.0225.K02 25.K02 25.000 57
13.0226.K02 26.K02 26.000 57
13.0227.K02 27.K02 27.000 57
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:14
Nylon Cable Trolley L00

This trolley is used for carrying flat cable for electrical power
supply and can be adapted for hoses and round cables.
Art No Item ref. Profile No For cable dimensions L mm

13.0223.L00 23.L00 21.000 / 23.000 Flat up to 23 x 10 mm & round up to 15 mm diameter 60
13.0225.L00 25.L00 24.000 / 25.000 78
13.0227.L00 27.L00 26.000 / 27.000 78
Nylon Cable Trolley L01

This trolley is used for carrying flat cable for electrical power
supply.
Art No Item ref. Profile No For cable dimensions L mm

13.0223.L01 23.L01 21.000 / 23.000 Flat up to 55 x 20 mm 60
13.0225.L01 25.L01 24.000 / 25.000 78
13.0227.L01 27.L01 26.000 / 27.000 78
6
Flat Cable Towing Trolley
This trolley is pulled along by means of a towing arm fitted to
the travelling device and inserted into the stirrup section of the
trolley. It cannot be used on curved tracks.
Note: If the thickness of cables is larger than "C" normal, then

when the trolley comes close together the cables collide and
might wear. In this case use a bigger "NIKO" series or ask us
for special trolleys with buffers.
Art No Profile No Max. cable dimension L a b c normal d e R r

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
13.0221.M10 21.000/21.010 55x20 165 94 40 12 55 15 25 20
13.0223.M10 23.000/23.000 55x30 230 94 60 20 55 15 45 20
13.0223.M11 23.000/23.000 100x30 230 94 60 20 100 15 45 20
13.0224.M10 24.000 55x40 260 94 60 24 55 15 55 20
13.0224.M11 24.000 100x40 260 94 60 24 100 15 55 20
13.0225.M10 25.000 150x50 360 156 90 38 150 20 70 40
13.0226.M10 26.000 200x50 360 156 110 38 200 20 70 40
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:15
Pillar Jib Crane Type SK-C

General: This type of pillar crane is for lifting and handling of light-
weight loads. Our standard programme is designed in load groups
from 30 kg up to 800 kg. All these jib cranes are designed with a jib
arm in a special C-profile characterized by a very low net weight as
well as a very smooth running trolley. The cranes can be used with
electrical chain hoists as well as vacuum lifters, balancing blocks etc.
Design: Lightweight welded beam construction providing good tor-
sional stiffness.
Material: Beam and plate of high-strength structural steel.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL), CE marking, manufacturer, serial
number, year of manufacturing, etc.
Proof load: Usually 1,5 x WLL.
Finish: Yellow painted. Other treatments available on request.
Art No WLL Type L H H1 H2 ØD Number of Profile No. Max. hoist Max. total
tons mm brace weight kg weight kg
WLL 30 kg
13.2052-10302000 0,03 SK-C-30/2 2.000 4.000 500 3.530 430 1 24.000 15 45
13.2052-10303000 0,03 SK-C-30/3 3.000 4.000 500 3.530 430 1 25.000 15 45
13.2052-10304000 0,03 SK-C-30/4 4.000 4.000 500 3.530 430 1 25.000 15 45
WLL 50 kg
13.2052-10502000 0,05 SK-C-50/2 2.000 4.000 500 3.530 430 1 25.000 15 65
13.2052-10503000 0,05 SK-C-50/3 3.000 4.000 500 3.530 430 1 25.000 15 65
13.2052-10504000 0,05 SK-C-50/4 4.000 4.000 500 3.530 430 2 25.000 15 65
WLL 80 kg
13.2052-10802000 0,08 SK-C-80/2 2.000 4.000 500 3.530 430 1 25.000 15 95
6
13.2052-10803000 0,08 SK-C-80/3 3.000 4.000 500 3.530 430 2 25.000 15 95
13.2052-10804000 0,08 SK-C-80/4 4.000 4.000 500 3.530 430 2 25.000 15 95
WLL 125 kg
13.2052-11252000 0,125 SK-C-125/2 2.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 1 25.000 15 140
13.2052-11253000 0,125 SK-C-125/3 3.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 2 25.000 15 140
13.2052-11254000 0,125 SK-C-125/4 4.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 2 25.000 15 140
13.2052-11255000 0,125 SK-C-125/5 5.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 3 25.000 15 140
13.2052-11256000 0,125 SK-C-125/6 6.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 3 25.000 15 140
WLL 250 kg
13.2052-12502000 0,25 SK-C-250/2 2.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 1 26.000 15 265
13.2052-12503000 0,25 SK-C-250/3 3.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 2 26.000 15 265
13.2052-12504000 0,25 SK-C-250/4 4.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 2 26.000 15 265
13.2052-12505000 0,25 SK-C-250/5 5.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 3 26.000 15 265
13.2052-12506000 0,25 SK-C-250/6 6.000 4.000 750 3.280 580 3 26.000 15 265
WLL 500 kg
13.2052-15002000 0,5 SK-C-500/2 2.000 4.000 750 3.280 430 1 27.000 30 530
13.2052-15003000 0,5 SK-C-500/3 3.000 4.000 750 3.280 580 2 27.000 30 530
13.2052-15004000 0,5 Type SK-C-500/4 4.000 4.000 750 3.280 580 2 27.000 30 530
13.2052-15005000 0,5 Type SK-C-500/5 5.000 4.000 750 3.280 580 3 27.000 30 530
13.2052-15006000 0,5 Type SK-C-500/6 6.000 4.000 750 3.280 680 3 27.000 30 530
WLL 800 kg
13.2052-18002000 0,8 Type SK-C-800/2 2.000 4.000 750 3.280 580 1 27.000 30 830
13.2052-18003000 0,8 Type SK-C-800/3 3.000 4.000 750 3.280 580 2 27.000 30 830
13.2052-18004000 0,8 Type SK-C-800/4 4.000 4.000 750 3.280 680 2 27.000 30 830
13.2052-18005000 0,8 Type SK-C-800/5 5.000 4.000 750 3.280 680 3 27.000 30 830
13.2052-18006000 0,8 Type SK-C-800/6 6.000 4.000 750 3.280 680 3 27.000 30 830
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:16
Pillar Jib Crane Type SK-I

General: We recommend this type of pillar jib crane for lifting and handling
of loads heavier than 500 kg. Our standard programme has been de-
signed in load groups from 500 kg up to 3.200 kg. All these jib cranes are
designed with an IPE-profile jib arm, which is ideal for use together with an
electrical trolley.
The cranes are assembled with a separate C-profile for cable, hose etc.
Electrical chainhoist: When using an electrical chain hoist we can offer
a wide selection of hoists as well as electrical and manual trolleys. We rec-
ommend an electrical trolley for this type of crane.
Design: Lightweight welded beam construction providing good torsional
stiffness.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL), CE marking, manufacturer, serial num-
ber, year of manufacturing, etc.
270°
Art No WLL Type L L1 H H1 H2 ØD IPE Flange breadth Max. hoist weight Max. total weight
tons mm mm kg kg
WLL 500 kg
13.2052-20053000 0,5 SK-I-500/3 3.000 2.500 4.000 750 3.285 580 120 64 55 555
13.2052-20054000 0,5 SK-I-500/4 4.000 3.500 4.000 750 3.285 580 140 73 55 555
13.2052-20055000 0,5 SK-I-500/5 5.000 4.500 4.000 750 3.285 580 160 82 55 555
13.2052-20056000 0,5 SK-I-500/6 6.000 5.500 4.000 750 3.285 680 160 82 55 555
WLL 1.000 kg
13.2052-20103000 1 SK-I-1000/3 3.000 2.500 4.000 750 3.285 580 140 73 58 1.058
13.2052-20104000 1 SK-I-1000/4 4.000 3.500 4.000 750 3.285 680 160 82 58 1.058
13.2052-20105000 1 SK-I-1000/5 5.000 4.500 4.000 1.000 3.070 680 180 91 58 1.058
13.2052-20106000 1 SK-I-1000/6 6.000 5.500 4.000 1.000 3.070 810 200 100 58 1.058
6
WLL 2.000 kg
13.2052-20203000 2 SK-I-2000/3 3.000 2.500 4.000 1.000 3.070 680 180 91 88 2.088
13.2052-20204000 2 SK-I-2000/4 4.000 3.500 4.000 1.000 3.070 810 200 100 88 2.088
WLL 3.200 kg
13.2052-20323000 3,2 SK-I-3200/3 3.000 2.500 4.000 1.000 3.070 810 200 100 142 3.342
13.2052-20324000 3,2 SK-I-3200/4 4.000 3.500 4.000 1.000 3.070 810 240 120 142 3.342
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:17
Pillar Jib Crane Type SK-IL

General: We recommend this type of pillar jib crane when the lift-
ing height is limited. Our standard programme has been designed in
load groups from 125 kg up to 3.200 kg. This type of crane has been
designed without counter bracing which maximises the lifting height
considerably.
All these cranes have been designed with an IPE-profile jib arm, which
is ideal for use together with an electrical trolley. If using a manual trol-
ley we can offer to deliver the jib arm mounted with a smooth running
C-profile.
The jib cranes are assembled with a separate C-profile for cable, hose
etc.
a wide selection of hoists as well as electrical and manual trolleys. We
recommend an electrical trolley for this type of crane.
stiffness.
Art No WLL Type L L1 H H1 H2 ØD IPE Flange breadth Max. hoist weight Max. total weight
tons mm mm kg kg
WLL 125 kg
13.2052-30012000 0,125 SK-IL-125/2 2.000 500 4.000 750 3.820 430 120 64 40 165
13.2052-30013000 0,125 SK-IL-125/3 3.000 500 4.000 750 3.740 430 200 100 40 165
13.2052-30014000 0,125 SK-IL-125/4 4.000 500 4.000 750 3.700 430 240 120 40 165
13.2052-30015000 0,125 SK-IL-125/5 5.000 500 4.000 750 3.640 430 300 150 40 165
WLL 250 kg
6 13.2052-30022000
13.2052-30023000
13.2052-30024000
0,25
0,25
0,25
SK-IL-250/2
SK-IL-250/3
SK-IL-250/4
2.000
3.000
4.000
500
500
500
4.000
4.000
4.000
750
750
750
3.760
3.720
3.670
430
430
430
180
220
300
91
110
150
45
45
45
295
295
295
13.2052-30025000 0,25 SK-IL-250/5 5.000 500 4.000 750 3.610 580 330 160 45 295
WLL 500 kg
13.2052-30052000 0,5 SK-IL-500/2 2.000 500 4.000 750 3.740 430 200 100 55 555
13.2052-30053000 0,5 SK-IL-500/3 3.000 500 4.000 750 3.670 580 270 135 55 555
13.2052-30054000 0,5 SK-IL-500/4 4.000 500 4.000 750 3.640 580 300 150 55 555
13.2052-30055000 0,5 SK-IL-500/5 5.000 500 4.000 1.000 3.560 680 360 170 55 555
WLL 1.000 kg
13.2052-30102000 1 SK-IL-1000/2 2.000 500 4.000 750 3.720 580 270 110 58 1.058
13.2052-30103000 1 SK-IL-1000/3 3.000 500 4.000 750 3.610 580 400 160 58 1.058
13.2052-30104000 1 SK-IL-1000/4 4.000 500 4.000 1.000 3.510 680 400 180 58 1.058
WLL 2.000 kg
13.2052-30202000 2 SK-IL-2000/2 2.000 500 4.000 750 3.650 680 270 135 88 2.088
13.2052-30203000 2 SK-IL-2000/3 3.000 500 4.000 1.000 3.560 810 360 170 88 2.088
13.2052-30204000 2 SK-IL-2000/4 4.000 500 4.000 1.000 3.470 810 450 190 88 2.088
WLL 3.200 kg
13.2052-30322000 3,2 SK-IL-3200/2 2.000 500 4.000 750 3.610 810 330 160 142 3.342
13.2052-30323000 3,2 SK-IL-3200/3 3.000 500 4.000 1.000 3.520 810 400 180 142 3.342
13.2052-30324000 3,2 SK-IL-3200/4 4.000 500 4.000 1.000 3.420 810 500 200 142 3.342
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:18
Jib Crane Type SK-K

General: We recommend this type of pillar jib crane for lifting and handling of lightweight
loads as well as for loads, which must be lifted close to the pillar. The jib arm is designed as
an “elbow arm” which makes handling extremely easy and ergonomically correct in the full
range of the crane. Our standard program has been designed in load groups from 30 kg up
to 125 kg.
This type of jib crane is designed for permanent mounting of a lifting device and we recom-
mend a vacuum lifter or a compressed air lifter with weight balancing.
Electrical chainhoist: When using an electrical chain hoist we can offer a wide selection of
hoists as well as electrical and manual trolleys. We recommend an electrical trolley for this
type of crane.
Design: Lightweight welded beam construction providing good torsional stiffness.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL), CE marking, manufacturer, serial number, year of manu-
facturing, etc.
Art No WLL Type L L1 H H1 H2 ØD

tons mm
WLL 30 kg
13.2052-40302000 0,03 SK-K-30/2 2.000 950 4.000 500 3.880 430
13.2052-40303000 0,03 SK-K-30/3 3.000 1.450 4.000 500 3.880 430
WLL 50 kg
13.2052-40502000 0,05 SK-K-50/2 2.000 950 4.000 500 3.880 430
13.2052-40503000 0,05 SK-K-50/3 3.000 1.450 4.000 500 3.880 430
WLL 80 kg
13.2052-40802000 0,08 SK-K-80/2 2.000 950 4.000 750 3.840 430
13.2052-40803000 0,08 SK-K-80/3 3.000 1.450 4.000 750 3.840 430
WLL 125 kg
13.2052-41252000 0,125 SK-K-125/2 2.000 950 4.000 750 3.840 430
6
13.2052-41253000 0,125 SK-K-125/3 3.000 1.450 4.000 750 3.840 430
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:19
Moveable Jib Crane Type SK-CF

General: This type of pillar jib crane is recommended for lifting and
handling of loads from 30 kg up to 250 kg. The standard jib is available
in 2, 3 or 4 meters. Size 250 kg is only available with a 2-meter jib. The
advantage of this type of crane: it is possible to move the crane, when
needed. The moving of the crane is done with a forklift.
The jib crane is recommended where there is a need for more than
one crane in various positions. When placing the crane it is essential to
consider that the surface is plain and can withstand the load capacity.
The weight of the specific crane is shown in the table. The jib is made
in a C-profile rail, with an integrated trolley, characterized by a very low
net weight as well as a very smooth running trolley. The cranes are
delivered with a painted jib-arm and pillar with CE-approval.
sional stiffness.
Note: The specified article numbers are for the remov-

able foundation only. Crane and foundation are ordered
separately.
Warning: It is not approved to move the crane with a

hanging load.
6
Art No WLL Type L H H1 BXA Weight
tons mm kg
WLL 30 kg
13.2052-90302000 0,03 SK-CF-30/2 2.000 4.130 3.660 970X970 360
13.2052-90303000 0,03 SK-CF-30/3 3.000 4.165 3.695 970X970 625
13.2052-90304000 0,03 SK-CF-30/4 4.000 4.195 3.725 970X970 890
WLL 50 kg
13.2052-90502000 0,05 SK-CF-50/2 2.000 4.150 3.680 970X970 515
13.2052-90503000 0,05 SK-CF-50/3 3.000 4.195 3.725 970X970 865
13.2052-90504000 0,05 SK-CF-50/4 4.000 4.240 3.770 970X970 1.205
WLL 80 kg
13.2052-90802000 0,08 SK-CF-80/2 2.000 4.180 3.710 970 X 970 745
13.2052-90803000 0,08 SK-CF-80/3 3.000 4.240 3.770 970 X 970 1.205
13.2052-90804000 0,08 SK-CF-80/4 4.000 4.300 3.830 970 X 970 1.650
WLL 125 kg
13.2052-91252000 0,125 SK-CF-125/2 2.000 4.240 3.520 970 X 970 1.235
13.2052-91253000 0,125 SK-CF-125/3 3.000 4.330 3.610 970 X 970 1.915
13.2052-91254000 0,125 SK-CF-125/4 4.000 4.415 3.695 970 X 970 2.570
WLL 250 kg
13.2052-92502000 0,25 SK-CF-250/2 2.000 4.365 3.645 970 X 970 2.200
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:20
Moveable Jib Crane Type SK-KF

General: This type of jib crane can be moved with a truck or other type of pallet
lifter.
It is not approved to move the crane with a hanging load.
We recommend to use this crane for lifting and handling of lightweight loads and
where the crane must be used at many different locations. The jib arm is designed
as an “elbow arm” which makes handling extremely easy and ergonomically correct
in the full range of the crane. Our standard programme has been designed in load
groups from 30 kg up to 125 kg.
This type of jib crane is self-supporting and demands no attachment to the floor or
similar. The crane is designed for permanent mounting of a lifting device and we
recommend a vacuum lifter or a compressed air lifter with weight balancing.
Electrical chainhoist: When using an electrical chain hoist we can offer a wide
selection of hoists as well as electrical and manual trolleys. We recommend an elec-
trical trolley for this type of crane.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL), CE marking, manufacturer, serial number, year
of manufacturing, etc.
Note: The specified article numbers are for the removable foundation
only. Crane and foundation are ordered separately.
Warning: It is not approved to move the crane with a hanging load
6
Art No WLL Type L L1 H1 H AXB Weight
tons mm kg
WLL 30 kg
13.2052-80302000 0,03 SK-KF-30/2 2.000 950 4.150 4.030 970 X 970 540
13.2052-80303000 0,03 SK-KF-30/3 3.000 1.450 4.195 4.075 970 X 970 915
WLL 50 kg
13.2052-80502000 0,05 SK-KF-50/2 2.000 950 4.150 4.030 970 X 970 555
13.2052-80503000 0,05 SK-KF-50/3 3.000 1.450 4.240 4.120 970 X 970 1.270
WLL 80 kg
13.2052-80802000 0,08 SK-KF-80/2 2.000 950 4.195 4.035 970 X 970 925
13.2052-80803000 0,08 SK-KF-80/3 3.000 1.450 4.300 4.140 970 X 970 1.740
WLL 125 kg
13.2052-81252000 0,125 SK-KF-125/2 2.000 950 4.240 4.080 970 X 970 1.255
13.2052-81253000 0,125 SK-KF-125/3 3.000 1.450 4.365 4.205 970 X 970 2.265
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:21
Jib Crane Rotation type Electric Standard

General: This type of crane lifts light and medium weight parts during produc-
tion processes where separate manufacturing stations are required for the main
cranes in the building.
Available in standard versions with capacities ranging from 125 kg to 4 t.
5 standard models are available, according to load capacity and boom, and
5 special models according to column height.
All the cable hoists have a converter for lifting, trolley travel and rotation,
enabling smooth, precise movement.
Electric chain hoist: We can offer a wide range of hoists, as well as trolleys.
WLL Boom m
tons 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6 6,5 7 8 9 10
0,125 7 6 5 4 3,5 3 7 6,5 5,5 5 4,5 3,5 3 4,5
0,25 4,5 3,5 3 7 6,5 6 5 4,5 4 3,5 3 5 4 3,5
0,5 8,5 7 5,5 4,5 4 3,5 6 5 4,5 4 3,5 5 4,5 3,5
0,75 6 5 4 3,5 3 5 4,5 4 3,5 5 4,5 4 3,5 4
1 4,5 3,5 3 5 4,5 4 3,5 5 4,5 4 3,5 4,5 4 3,5
1,6 3 4,5 4 3,5 3 4 4 3,5 3 4 4 3,5 3 -
2 5 4 3 4,5 4 3,5 3 4 4 3,5 3 - - -
2,5 4 3 4,5 3,5 3 4,5 4 3,5 3 - - - - -
3,2 3 4 3,5 4,5 4 3,5 3 - - - - - - -
4 4 3,5 4,5 3,5 3 - - - - - - - - -
Jib Crane Rotation type Electric Special

General: This type of crane lifts light and medium weight parts during produc-
6 tion processes where separate manufacturing stations are required for the
main cranes in the building.
Available in standard versions with capacities ranging from 125 kg to 4 t.
5 standard models are available, according to load capacity and boom, and
5 special models according to column height.
All the cable hoists have a converter for lifting, trolley travel and rotation,
enabling smooth, precise movement.
Electric chain hoist: We can offer a wide range of hoists, as well as trolleys.
WLL Boom m
tons 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6 6,5 7 8 9 10
0,125 9 8 7 6 5,5 5 9 8,5 7,5 7 6,5 5,5 5 6,5
0,25 6,5 5,5 5 9 8,5 8 7 6,5 6 5,5 5 7 6 5,5
0,5 10,5 9 7,5 6,5 6 5,5 7,75 6,75 6,25 5,75 5,25 6,5 6 5
0,75 8 7 6 5,5 5 8,75 6,25 5,75 5,25 6,75 6 5,5 5 5
1 6,5 5,5 5 6,745 6,25 5,75 5,25 6,25 5,75 5,25 5,25 5,5 5 4,5
1,6 5 6 5,5 5 4,5 5,25 5,25 4,75 4,25 4,75 4,75 4,25 3,75 -
2 6,5 5,5 4,5 5,75 5,25 4,75 4,25 4,75 4,75 4,25 3,75 - - -
2,5 5,5 4,5 5,75 4,75 4,25 5,25 4,75 4,25 3,75 - - - - -
3,2 4,5 5,25 4,75 5,25 4,75 4,25 3,75 - - - - - - -
4 5,25 4,75 5,25 4,25 3,75 - - - - - - - - -
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:22
Jib Crane Industrial

General: This type of crane lifts heavy weights during industrial
production processes where separate manufacturing stations
are required for the main cranes in the building.
Standard version with a capacity of up to 12.5 t and a 7 m
boom, or version with a 20 t capacity and a 5 m boom, with
electric rotation drive.
4 different sized models are available.
Electric chain hoist: We can offer a wide range of hoists, as
well as trolleys.
&DQDOVREHR௺HUHGWR
the harbor environment
WLL Boom m
tons 4 4,5 5 5,5 6 6,5 7
2,5 12 11 10 9 8 7,5 7
3,2 10,5 9 8 7,5 7 12,5 11,5
4 8,5 7,5 7 12,5 11 10,5 9,5
5 7 12,5 11 10 9 8,5 8
6,3 11,5 10 9 8 7,5 14 13
8 9 8 14,5 13 12 11,5 10,5
10 15 13,5 12 11 10 16 15
12,5 12 10,5 16 15 14 12,5 11
16 - - 13 12 10,5 9 -
20 - - 10,5 - - - -
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:23
Wall Mounted Jib Crane Type VK-C

General: We recommend this type of wall jib crane for lifting and handling of
lightweight items. Our standard programme has been designed in load groups
from 30 kg up to 800 kg. All these wall mounted swing cranes are designed
with a jib arm in a special C-profile characterized by a very low net weight as
well as a very smooth running trolley.
Design: Lightweight welded beam construction providing good torsional stiff-
ness.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL), CE marking, manufacturer, serial number,
year of manufacturing, etc.
Art No WLL Type L H H1 H2 B Number of brace Profile No. Max. hoist weight Max. total weight
tons mm kg kg
WLL 30 kg
13.2153-10302000 0,03 VK-C-30/2 2.000 800 500 600 250 1 24.000 15 45
13.2153-10303000 0,03 VK-C-30/3 3.000 800 500 600 250 1 24.000 15 45
13.2153-10304000 0,03 VK-C-30/4 4.000 800 500 600 250 1 25.000 15 45
WLL 50 kg
13.2153-10502000 0,05 VK-C-50/2 2.000 800 500 600 250 1 25.000 15 65
13.2153-10503000 0,05 VK-C-50/3 3.000 800 500 600 250 1 25.000 15 65
13.2153-10504000 0,05 VK-C-50/4 4.000 800 500 600 250 2 25.000 15 65
WLL 80 kg
13.2153-10802000 0,08 VK-C-80/2 2.000 800 500 600 250 1 25.000 15 95
13.2153-10803000 0,08 VK-C-80/3 3.000 800 500 600 250 2 25.000 15 95
13.2153-10804000 0,08 VK-C-80/4 4.000 800 500 600 250 2 25.000 15 95
WLL 125 kg
13.2153-11252000 0,125 VK-C-125/2 2.000 1.000 750 800 350 1 25.000 15 140
6
13.2153-11253000 0,125 VK-C-125/3 3.000 1.000 750 800 350 2 25.000 15 140
13.2153-11254000 0,125 VK-C-125/4 4.000 1.000 750 800 350 2 25.000 15 140
13.2153-11255000 0,125 VK-C-125/5 5.000 1.000 750 800 350 3 25.000 15 140
13.2153-11256000 0,125 VK-C-125/6 6.000 1.000 750 800 350 3 25.000 15 140
WLL 250 kg
13.2153-12502000 0,25 VK-C-250/2 2.000 1.000 750 800 350 1 26.000 15 265
13.2153-12503000 0,25 VK-C-250/3 3.000 1.000 750 800 350 2 26.000 15 265
13.2153-12504000 0,25 VK-C-250/4 4.000 1.000 750 800 350 2 26.000 15 265
13.2153-12505000 0,25 VK-C-250/5 5.000 1.000 750 800 350 3 26.000 15 265
13.2153-12506000 0,25 VK-C-250/6 6.000 1.000 750 800 350 3 26.000 15 265
WLL 500 kg
13.2153-15002000 0,5 VK-C-500/2 2.000 1.000 750 850 400 1 27.000 30 530
13.2153-15003000 0,5 VK-C-500/3 3.000 1.000 750 850 400 2 27.000 30 530
13.2153-15004000 0,5 VK-C-500/4 4.000 1.000 750 850 400 2 27.000 30 530
13.2153-15005000 0,5 VK-C-500/5 5.000 1.000 750 850 400 3 27.000 30 530
13.2153-15006000 0,5 VK-C-500/6 6.000 1.000 750 850 400 3 27.000 30 530
WLL 800 kg
13.2153-18002000 0,8 VK-C-800/2 2.000 1.000 750 850 400 1 27.000 30 830
13.2153-18003000 0,8 VK-C-800/3 3.000 1.000 750 850 400 2 27.000 30 830
13.2153-18004000 0,8 VK-C-800/4 4.000 1.000 750 850 400 2 27.000 30 830
13.2153-18005000 0,8 VK-C-800/5 5.000 1.000 750 850 400 3 27.000 30 830
13.2153-18006000 0,8 VK-C-800/6 6.000 1.000 750 850 400 3 27.000 30 830
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:24
Wall Mounted Jib Crane Type VK-I

General: We recommend this type of wall jib crane for lifting and
handling of loads above 500 kg. Our standard programme has been
designed in load groups from 500 kg up to 3.200 kg. All these cranes are
designed with an IPE-profile jib arm, which is ideal for use together with
an electrical trolley.
The wall mounted jib cranes are assembled with a separate C-profile for
cable, hose etc.
a wide selection of hoists as well as electrical and manual trolleys. We
recommend an electrical trolley for this type of crane.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL), CE marking, manufacturer, serial number, year of manufacturing, etc.
Art No WLL Type L L1 H H1 H2 B IPE Flange breadth Max. hoist weight Max. total weight
tons mm mm kg kg
WLL 500 kg
13.2153-20053000 0,5 VK-I-500/3 3.000 2.500 1.000 750 800 350 120 64 55 555
13.2153-20054000 0,5 VK-I-500/4 4.000 2.500 1.000 750 850 400 140 73 55 555
13.2153-20055000 0,5 VK-I-500/5 5.000 4.500 1.000 750 850 400 160 82 55 555
13.2153-20056000 0,5 VK-I-500/6 6.000 5.500 1.000 750 850 400 160 82 55 555
WLL 1.000 kg
13.2153-20103000 1 VK-I-1000/3 3.000 2.500 1.000 750 850 400 140 73 58 1.058
13.2153-20104000 1 VK-I-1000/4 4.000 2.500 1.000 750 850 400 160 82 58 1.058
13.2153-20105000 1 VK-I-1000/5 5.000 4.500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 180 91 58 1.058
13.2153-20106000 1 VK-I-1000/6 6.000 5.500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 200 100 58 1.058
WLL 2.000 kg
6
13.2153-20203000 2 VK-I-2000/3 3.000 2.500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 180 91 88 2.088
13.2153-20204000 2 VK-I-2000/4 4.000 3.500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 200 100 88 2.088
WLL 3.200 kg
13.2153-20323000 3,2 VK-I-3200/3 3.000 2.500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 200 100 142 3.342
13.2153-20324000 3,2 VK-I-3200/4 4.000 3.500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 240 120 142 3.342
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:25
Wall Mounted Jib Crane Type VK-IL

General: We recommend this type of wall jib crane when the
lifting height is limited. Our standard programme has been
designed in load groups from 125 kg up to 3.200 kg. This type
of jib crane has been designed without counter bracing which
maximises the lifting height considerably.
All these wall mounted swing cranes have been designed
with an IPE-profile jib arm which is ideal for use together with
an electrical trolley. If using a manual trolley we can offer to
deliver the jib arm mounted with a smooth running C-profile.
The cranes are delivered with painted jib arm and wall
bracket.
The jib cranes are assembled with a separate C-profile for
cable, hose etc.
Electrical chainhoist: When using an electrical chain hoist
we can offer a wide selection of hoists as well as electrical and manual trolleys. We recommend an electrical trolley for this type of
crane.
Art No WLL Type L L1 H H1 H2 B IPE Flange breadth Max. hoist weight Max. total weight
tons mm mm kg kg
WLL 125 kg
13.2153-30012000 0,125 VK-IL-125/2 2.000 500 1.000 750 800 350 120 64 40 165
13.2153-30013000 0,125 VK-IL-125/3 3.000 500 1.000 750 800 350 180 91 40 165
13.2153-30014000 0,125 VK-IL-125/4 4.000 500 1.000 750 800 350 220 110 40 165
6
13.2153-30015000 0,125 VK-IL-125/5 5.000 500 1.000 750 800 350 240 120 40 165
WLL 250 kg
13.2153-30022000 0,25 VK-IL-250/2 2.000 500 1.000 750 800 350 140 73 45 295
13.2153-30023000 0,25 VK-IL-250/3 3.000 500 1.000 750 800 350 200 100 45 295
13.2153-30024000 0,25 VK-IL-250/4 4.000 500 1.000 750 800 350 240 120 45 295
13.2153-30025000 0,25 VK-IL-250/5 5.000 500 1.000 750 850 400 300 150 45 295
WLL 500 kg
13.2153-30052000 0,5 VK-IL-500/2 2.000 500 1.000 750 800 350 180 91 55 555
13.2153-30053000 0,5 VK-IL-500/3 3.000 500 1.000 750 800 350 240 120 55 555
13.2153-30054000 0,5 VK-IL-500/4 4.000 500 1.000 750 850 400 300 150 55 555
13.2153-30055000 0,5 VK-IL-500/5 5.000 500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 330 160 55 555
WLL 1.000 kg
13.2153-30102000 1 VK-IL-1000/2 2.000 500 1.000 750 850 400 200 100 58 1.058
13.2153-30103000 1 VK-IL-1000/3 3.000 500 1.000 750 850 400 270 135 58 1.058
13.2153-30104000 1 VK-IL-1000/4 4.000 500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 330 160 58 1.058
WLL 2.000 kg
13.2153-30202000 2 VK-IL-2000/2 2.000 500 1.000 750 850 400 240 120 88 2.088
13.2153-30203000 2 VK-IL-2000/3 3.000 500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 330 160 88 2.088
13.2153-30204000 2 VK-IL-2000/4 4.000 500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 400 180 88 2.088
WLL 3.200 kg
13.2153-30322000 3,2 VK-IL-3200/2 2.000 500 1.000 750 850 400 270 135 142 3.342
13.2153-30323000 3,2 VK-IL-3200/3 3.000 500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 400 180 142 3.342
13.2153-30324000 3,2 VK-IL-3200/4 4.000 500 1.300 1.000 1.100 450 450 190 142 3.342
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:26
Aluminium Gantry Crane foldable

General: Our range of lightweight portable gantries brings a
new dimension to the professional lifting market. The portability,
safe manual assembly and rigidity of the structure mean that it
opens up a whole new market for the use of gantries with lifting
applications such as confined space, rooftop, HVAC, lift-shaft,
waste water, clean environments (food, hospitals etc.) and
increasing availability from the hire industry.
Design: The gantry crane consists of four individual elements
that can be assembled and disassembled in a few minutes.
The height is adjustable so that the crane can also be placed in
rooms with low ceilings.
Areas of applications:
- Moving and lifting of heavy loads.
- Building motors and driving applications in and out.
- Repair and maintenance of pumps.
- Loading trucks and trailers on and off.
- For use in workshops and on site.
Note: Can be delivered with capacity up to 3 tons,

as well as custom-made solutions.
7KHZHOOSURYHQGLVDVVHPEOLQJFUDQHIRUPRELOHXVH
$VVHPEOHGLQRQO\PLQXWHVE\RQHRSHUDWRU
6WLFNWKHWZRDOXPLQLXPVXSSRUWHQGVRQHDIWHUWKHRWKHURQERWKVLGHVWDQGV
2) Move the supports, insert the bolts.
3XWWKHWUROOH\RQWRSRIWKHVXSSRUWDQGLQVHUWEROWV
+DQJXSWKHFKDLQEORFN¿QLVKHG
'HOLYHUHGZLWKRXWKRLVW
Art No WLL Model A B C D E F L X W Weight

tons mm kg
13.10111001 1,5 Mini 240 1.185 370 320 1.180-2.100 220 4.233 600 2.000-4.000 96
13.10112001 1,5 Standard 240 1.705 370 320 1.680-3.000 220 4.233 1.000 2.000-4.000 111
13.10113001 1,5 Maxi 240 2.285 370 320 2.230-4.000 220 4.233 1.450 2.000-4.000 127
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:27
Aluminium Gantry Crane movable under Load

General: Our range of lightweight portable gantries brings a new di-
mension to the professional lifting market. The portability, safe manual
assembly and rigidity of the structure mean that it opens up a whole
new market for the use of gantries with lifting applications such as
confined space, rooftop, HVAC, lift-shaft, waste water, clean environ-
ments (food, hospitals etc.) and increasing availability from the hire
industry.
Design: The gantry crane consists of four individual elements that
can be assembled and disassembled in a few minutes. The height
is adjustable so that the crane can also be placed in rooms with low
ceilings.
Areas of applications:
- Moving and lifting of heavy loads.
- Building motors and driving applications in and out. 'HOLYHUHGZLWKRXW
- Repair and maintenance of pumps. SXOOH\EORFN
- Loading trucks and trailers on and off.
- For use in workshops and on-site.
Note: Can be delivered with capacity up to 3 t, as well as

custom-made solutions.
6
Art No WLL Model B G E L W X Weight approx.
tons mm kg
13.10121001 1 Mini 1.250 2.385 1.500-2.000 4.230 4.000 500 120
13.10122001 1 Standard 1.700 3.385 2.000-3.000 4.230 4.000 1.000 150
13.10123001 1 Maxi 2.000 3.885 2.250-3.500 4.230 4.000 1.250 170
Accessories for Gantry Cranes
3-T-Set Undercarriage without load Transport carriage

$OORZVWRGRXEOHWKHORDGFDSDFLW\ZLWKRXW 0DNHVLWSRVVLEOHWRPRYHWKHPRXQWHG $OORZVWRVWRUHDFRPSOHWHFUDQHFRPSDFW
FKDQJLQJPDLQSDUWVRIWKHFUDQH XQORDGHGJDQWU\FUDQH DQGGHSOR\WKHFUDQHUDSLGO\WRWKHUHTXLUHG
7ZRFUDQHVRIWKHVDPHPRGHODUHUHTXLUHG Suitable for: SODFHRIDFWLRQ
Suitable for: &UDQH)ROGDEOH0LQL6WDQGDUGDQG0D[L Suitable for:
&UDQH)ROGDEOH0LQL6WDQGDUGDQG0D[L &UDQH)ROGDEOH0LQL6WDQGDUGDQG0D[L
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:28
Basic-Lift
The BASIC-LIFT is an all-rounder complementing the tried and tested AERO-LIFT® range of
vacuum lifters. Without battery or inconvenient power cables and thus purely mechanical, it
is absolutely independent. But yet this type can lift loads of 1.200 kg and above.
Its safety is additonally guaranteed by vacuum gauge and a battery-operated warning de-
vice and meets the requirements of the EU norm EN 13155.
Handling is extremely easy. Every time the lifter is put down it automatically switches from
„Suction“ to „Release“ and vice versa.
Art No Code WLL Min. load Plate Ø Main beam length Cross beam width Weight
tons kg mm mm mm kg
16.6068-1100400 BL 100 / 1L 0,1 2 1 / 230 - - 15
16.6068-1100401 BL 400 / 1L 0,4 2 1 / 410 - - 55
16.6068-1100402 BL 400 / 4L 0,4 3 4 / 280 2.200 1.000 100
16.6068-1100403 BL 600 / 2L 0,6 3 2 / 410 2.200 - 90
16.6068-1100404 BL 600 / 3L 0,6 3 3 / 410 2.200 - 140
16.6068-1100601 BL 600 / 4L 0,6 3 4 / 340 2.200 1.000 115
16.6068-1100602 BL 600 / 6L 0,6 3 6 / 280 2.200 1.000 140
16.6068-1100603 BL 600 / 8L 0,6 3 8 / 280 4.000 1.000 200
16.6068-1100750 BL 750 / 6L 0,75 3 6 / 340 4.000 1.000 160
16.6068-1100901 BL 900 / 6L 0,9 3 6 / 280 2.200 1.000 135
16.6068-1101201 BL 1200 / 4L 1.2 5 4 / 410 2.200 1.000 195
16.6068-1101202 BL 1200 / 6L 1.2 5 6 / 410 2.200 1.000 220
16.6068-1101203 BL 1200 / 8L 1.2 5 8 / 340 3.000 1.000 230
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:29
Vacuum Beam Aero 150/4R

WLL tons: 0,15
Art No: 16.6068-1000150
'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWHPLQ
DQGPD[PHWDOVKHHWSODWH
size.

WLL tons: 0,15
Art No: 16.6068-1000151
6
size.

WLL tons: 0,25
Art No: 16.6068-1000250
'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWH
PLQDQGPD[PHWDO
sheet plate size.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:30

WLL tons: 0,25
Art No: 16.6068-1000251
'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWH
PLQDQGPD[PHWDO
sheet plate size.

WLL tons: 0,35
Art No: 16.6068-1000351
6
'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWH
PLQDQGPD[PHWDO
sheet plate size.

WLL tons: 0,4
Art No: 16.6068-1000450
size.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:31

WLL tons: 0,4
Art No: 16.6068-1000451
size.
Vaccum Beam Aero 600/4R

WLL tons: 0,6
Art No: 16.6068-1000650
6
size.

WLL tons: 0,6
Art No: 16.6068-1000651
'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWH
PLQDQGPD[PHWDO
sheet plate size.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:32

WLL tons: 0,9
Art No: 16.6068-1000951
'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWH
PLQDQGPD[PHWDO
sheet plate size.

WLL tons: 1
Art No: 16.6068-1001001
'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWH
PLQDQGPD[PHWDO
sheet plate size. 6
WLL tons: 1
Art No: 16.6068-1001002
size.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:33

WLL tons: 1,2
Art No: 16.6068-1001200
size.

WLL tons: 1,5
Art No: 16.6068-1001500
6 'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWHPLQ
size.

WLL tons: 1,5
Art No: 16.6068-1001501
'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWH
PLQDQGPD[PHWDO
sheet plate size.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:34
'LPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWH
PLQDQGPD[PHWDO
sheet plate size.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:35
Standard swivelling units 90°

Transported materials can be pivoted through 90° with
these units.
When handling sheet metal, it is not always possible to

transport the sheets horizontally. For instance, to feed
a vertical saw or remove upright panels standing in a
warehouse, it is necessary to have a swivelling range
of 90°.
With vacuum lifters from AERO-LIFT swivelling is an

easy and comfortable task even for a single worker
when it comes to large and/ or heavy loads.
Functionality
Swivelling manually for loads up to 150 kg.
With a handle the load can be swivelled manually.
Comfortable swivelling with a lifting cylinder

Easy to operate with push buttons at the handle.
Swivelling continuously without manpower of the user.
Description Carrying capacity Main traverse Cross traverse Suction plate quantity / Ø
kg mm mm mm
AERO 125/4R-90° 125 1800 1000 4 / 170
AERO 125/4R-90° 125 2200 1000 4 / 170
AERO 125/4R-90° 125 3000 1000 4 / 170
AERO 125/8R-90° 125 1800 1000 8 / 120
6
AERO 125/8R-90° 125 2200 1000 8 / 120
AERO 125/8R-90° 125 3000 1000 8 / 120
AERO 125/12R-90° 125 3000 1000 12 / 110
AERO 250/4R-90° 250 1800 1000 4 / 250
AERO 250/4R-90° 250 2200 1000 4 / 250
AERO 250/4R-90° 250 3000 1000 4 / 250
AERO 250/8R-90° 250 1800 1000 8 / 170
AERO 250/8R-90° 250 2200 1000 8 / 170
AERO 250/8R-90° 250 3000 1000 8 / 170
AERO 250/12R-90° 250 3000 1000 12 / 160
AERO 500/4R-90° 500 1800 1000 4 / 350
AERO 500/4R-90° 500 2200 1000 4 / 350
AERO 500/4R-90° 500 3000 1000 4 / 350
AERO 500/8R-90° 500 1800 1000 8 / 250
AERO 500/8R-90° 500 2200 1000 8 / 250
AERO 500/8R-90° 500 3000 1000 8 / 250
AERO 500/12R-90° 500 3000 1000 12 / 210
AERO 1000/8R-90° 1000 1800 1000 8 / 350
AERO 1000/8R-90° 1000 2200 1000 8 / 350
AERO 1000/8R-90° 1000 3000 1000 8 / 350
AERO 1000/12R-90° 1000 3000 1000 12 / 270
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:36
Standard turning units 180°

The 180° turnable vacuum lifters are ideal, for instance,
for being able to paint both sides of metal panels. The
load can be variably swivelled manually or using an
electric motor and comfortably transported in one step
to be processed on the front and back.
Functionality
turning devices enables processing from 2 sides. Trans-
ported materials can be pivoted from 0 to 180° with
ease. Control both side of a plate for a quality check or
fitting of veneer on both side. Turning heavy loads 180°
only with a push button.
Description Carrying capacity Main traverse Cross traverse Suction plate quantity / Ø
kg mm mm mm
AERO 125/4R-180° 125 1800 1000 4 / 210
AERO 125/4R-180° 125 2200 1000 4 / 210
AERO 125/4R-180° 125 2200 1000 4 / 250
AERO 125/4R-180° 125 3000 1000 4 / 210
AERO 125/8R-180° 125 1800 1000 8 / 160
AERO 125/8R-180° 125 2200 1000 8 / 160
AERO 125/8R-180° 125 3000 1000 8 / 160
AERO 125/12R-180° 125 2200 1000 12 / 110
AERO 125/12R-180° 125 3000 1000 12 / 110
AERO 125/12R-180° 125 3000 1000 12 / 120
AERO 250/4R-180°
AERO 250/4R-180°
AERO 250/4R-180°
250
250
250
1800
2200
2200
1000
1000
1000
4 / 270
4 / 250
4 / 270
6
AERO 250/4R-180° 250 3000 1000 4 / 270
AERO 250/8R-180° 250 1800 1000 8 / 210
AERO 250/8R-180° 250 2200 1000 8 / 210
AERO 250/8R-180° 250 3000 1000 8 / 210
AERO 250/12R-180° 250 2200 1000 12 / 160
Vacuum components
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:37
CLAD-BOY®
CLAD-BOY® is a vacuum lifting beam developed for the profes-
sional workman who mounts roof- and wall panels. The vacuum
lifting beam makes the mounting easier and increases the safety
and the efficiency substantial.
Suitable for lifting of:

- Roof panels.
- Wall panels.
- Profile plates.
- Sandwich elements and similar materials.
6
An all-round tool...
CLAD-BOY is designed for outdoor as well as indoor use and can be used together
with a crane, telescope loading machine, truck or similar. The lifting beam works
without power connection due to the built-in batteries with integrated charger.
- Up to 18 meter long
- Up to 300 kg in weight
- Rotatable by up to 90º
The vacuum pump is equipped with a power saving function which means that the
pump automatically stops when vacuum has been reached and starts again, when
the vacuum is released.
CLAD-BOY can – without using tools – be set to hold loads in horizontal or vertical
position, or to turn items from horizontal to vertical position or vice versa the other
way around. This function is very functional when mounting light building elements
such as trapezoidal plates, sandwich elements and similar.
All suction plates can be adjusted without using tools and accessories such as
elongation beams and extra suction plates can also be mounted easily.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:38
CLAD-MAN®
The CLAD-MAN vaccum lifter beam is the all-rounder for XXL jobs at the construction site. The vacuum lifting beam makes the
mounting easier and increases the safety and the efficiency substantial.
Suitable for lifting of:

- Panels up to 26 meters long
- Trapezoidal elements
- Roof and wall elements weighing up to 800 kg
- Rotatable by up to 90º
- Roof slope up to 45º
An all-round tool...
CLAD-MAN is designed for outdoor as well as indoor use and can be used together with a crane, telescope loading machine,
truck or similar. The lifting beam works without power connection due to the built-in batteries with integrated charger.
6
Thanks to the 2-circuit system, the digital vacuum sensor technology and optional belt safety system, CLAD-MAN delivers
maximum safety for personnel and materials under harsh on-site conditions. The unique belt system allows for very fast and safe
placement of the belts.
The vacuum-actuated pump control (Ecomatic) makes sure that the batteries are taken good care of. A long workday on site
poses a great challenge for personnel and equipment. You can rely on CLAD-MAN‘s consistent level of performance and intel-
ligent energy management. The modular design with the wide variety of option packs offers the right solution for every application.
CLAD-MAN is the ideal partner when it is necessary to install especially long wall or roof panels or heavy trapezoidal sheets on
sloped roofs with a pitch of up to 45°.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:39
Types of standard Lifting Beams
6WDQGDUG/LIWLQJ%HDPW\SH/2 6WDQGDUG/LIWLQJ%HDPW\SH/) 6WDQGDUG/LIWLQJ%HDPW\SH. 6WDQGDUG&RLO+RRN
6WDQGDUG+/LIWLQJ%HDP 6WDQGDUG+6%/LIWLQJ%HDP 6WDQGDUG+66%/LIWLQJ%HDP 6WDQGDUG+HOLFRSWHU%HDP
General: Lifting beams make many lifts easier and are in many cases a necessary help. Lifting beams also include lifting triangles
and spreaders. Lifting beams are used for all types of loads and are widely used across all types of industries. Due to this it would
6 be impossible to only offer a standard range of lifting beams and this catalogue only detalis the most common types. Other types
and designs are manufactured on request.
Design: Every lifting beam is manufactured to the highest safety standards tailored specifically for its intended application. Our
lifting beams comply with all the different requirements of the standards covering calculations, manufacturing, testing and CE
marking.
Manufacturing: All lifting beams are manufactured in-house, or from our partners, by fully certified and trained certified staff who
is experienced in manufacturing specialized lifting equipment.
Marking: Working Load Limit (WLL) and CE marking.
Accessories: Lifting beams can be supplied with a wide range of lifting accessories including shackles, hooks, wire rope slings,
chain- and textile slings. For details please refer to the relevant parts of this catalogue. Alternatively, please describe in your re-
quest how you would like to lift and we will select the appropriate gear.
Order and enquiries

When enquiring or ordering it is important to have as much information as possible including:
- The application and area where the beam is being used.
- Preferred type of beam.
- The maximum load to be lifted (WLL).
- Dimensions of the lifting beam.
- Available headroom where the beam is being used.
- Dimension of existing lifting hook to ensure the lifting point is compatible with your equipment.
The lifting beam is equipped with the best accessories for the application. Because of this, it is important to specify specific acces-
sories that you require, if in doubt please contact your nearest CERTEX sales office.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:40
Lifting Beam Type LO

General: This type of lifting beam functions primarily as a spreader beam meaning that a 2-part sling
must be used between the crane hook and the lifting beam. The lifting beam is designed with 2x3
attachment points, which makes it possible to have several different types of attachments mounted
on the lifting beam at the same time. Other lengths and working loads can be manufactured upon
request.
Design: Lightweight welded pipe beam construction providing good torsional stiffness.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL), CE marking, manufacturer, serial number, year of
manufacturing, etc.
Note: Top sling, separate slings and other accessories to be ordered separately.
Art No WLL 90° WLL 120° Code L1 H Weight

tons tons mm kg
WLL 500 kg. (90°) / 300 kg (120°)
13.4063-0051500 0,5 0,3 LO-0,5/1,5 1.500 925/610 12
13.4063-0052000 0,5 0,3 LO-0,5/2 2.000 1175/750 14
13.4063-0052500 0,5 0,3 LO-0,5/2,5 2.500 1425/900 16
13.4063-0053000 0,5 0,3 LO-0,5/3 3.000 1675/1040 19
13.4063-0053500 0,5 0,3 LO-0,5/3,5 3.500 1925/1185 21
13.4063-0054000 0,5 0,3 LO-0,5/4 4.000 2195/1350 40
13.4063-0055000 0,5 0,3 LO-0,5/5 5.000 2695/1640 48
13.4063-0056000 0,5 0,3 LO-0,5/6 6.000 3195/1930 56
WLL 1.000 kg. (90°) / 700 kg (120°)
13.4063-0101500 1 0,7 LO-1/1,5 1.500 945/630 20
13.4063-0102000 1 0,7 LO-1/2 2.000 1195/770 24
13.4063-0102500 1 0,7 LO-1/2,5 2.500 1445/920 28
13.4063-0103000 1 0,7 LO-1/3 3.000 1695/1060 32
13.4063-0103500 1 0,7 LO-1/3,5 3.500 1945/1205 36
13.4063-0104000 1 0,7 LO-1/4 4.000 2270/1425 61
13.4063-0105000 1 0,7 LO-1/5 5.000 2770/1715 473
13.4063-0106000 1 0,7 LO-1/6 6.000 3270/2000 85
WLL 2.000 kg. (90°) / 1.200 kg (120°)
6
13.4063-0201500 2 1,2 LO-2/1,5 1.500 1020/705 31
13.4063-0202000 2 1,2 LO-2/2 2.000 1270/850 37
13.4063-0202500 2 1,2 LO-2/2,5 2.500 1520/990 43
13.4063-0203000 2 1,2 LO-2/3 3.000 1770/1135 49
13.4063-0203500 2 1,2 LO-2/3,5 3.500 2020/1280 55
13.4063-0204000 2 1,2 LO-2/4 4.000 2290/1445 87
13.4063-0205000 2 1,2 LO-2/5 5.000 2790/1735 105
13.4063-0206000 2 1,2 LO-2/6 6.000 3290/2020 123
WLL 3.000 kg. (90°) / 2.000 kg (120°)
13.4063-0302000 3 2 LO-3/2 2.000 1315/890 52
13.4063-0303000 3 2 LO-3/3 3.000 1815/1180 69
13.4063-0304000 3 2 LO-3/4 4.000 2315/1470 87
13.4063-0305000 3 2 LO-3/5 5.000 2845/1790 131
13.4063-0306000 3 2 LO-3/6 6.000 3345/2080 152
WLL 5.000 kg. (90°) / 3.000 kg (120°)
13.4063-0502000 5 3 LO-5/2 2.000 1370/950 68
13.4063-0503000 5 3 LO-5/3 3.000 1870/1235 89
13.4063-0504000 5 3 LO-5/4 4.000 2370/1525 110
13.4063-0505000 5 3 LO-5/5 5.000 2885/1830 151
13.4063-0506000 5 3 LO-5/6 6.000 3385/2135 173
WLL 8.000 kg. (90°) / 5.000 kg (120°)
13.4063-0802000 8 5 LO-8/2 2.000 1405/980 83
13.4063-0803000 8 5 LO-8/3 3.000 1905/1270 105
13.4063-0804000 8 5 LO-8/4 4.000 2405/1560 128
13.4063-0805000 8 5 LO-8/5 5.000 2920/1865 171
13.4063-0806000 8 5 LO-8/6 6.000 3420/2155 195
WLL 10.000 kg. (90°) / 6.000 kg (120°)
13.4063-1002000 10 6 LO-10/2 2.000 1440/1020 99
13.4063-1003000 10 6 LO-10/3 3.000 1940/1305 123
13.4063-1004000 10 6 LO-10/4 4.000 2440/1595 147
13.4063-1005000 10 6 LO-10/5 5.000 2975/1920 206
13.4063-1006000 10 6 LO-11/6 6.000 3475/2210 233
WLL 16.000 kg. (90°) / 10.000 kg (120°)
13.4063-1604000 16 10 LO-16/4 4.000 2535/1890 205
13.4063-1605000 16 10 LO-16/5 5.000 3055/2000 226
13.4063-1606000 16 10 LO-16/6 6.000 3555/2290 256
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:41
Lifting Beam Type LF

General: Lifting beam with low headroom to be used where the lifting height is limited.
No adjusting possibilities and designed for direct attachment with the crane hook in
the central lifting eye. The lifting beam is designed with one attachment point in each
end. Other lengths and working loads can be manufactured upon request.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL), CE marking, manufacturer, serial number, year of
manufacturing, etc.
Art No WLL Code L1 H Weight

tons mm kg
WLL 500 kg
13.3561-0051500 0,5 LF-0,5/1,5 1.500 225 16
13.3561-0052000 0,5 LF-0,5/2 2.000 225 20
13.3561-0052500 0,5 LF-0,5/2,5 2.500 225 24
13.3561-0053000 0,5 LF-0,5/3 3.000 225 42
13.3561-0053500 0,5 LF-0,5/3,5 3.500 260 56
13.3561-0054000 0,5 LF-0,5/4 4.000 260 63
13.3561-0055000 0,5 LF-0,5/5 5.000 260 118
13.3561-0056000 0,5 LF-0,5/6 6.000 310 145
WLL 1.000 kg
13.3561-0101500 1 LF-1/1,5 1.500 260 27
13.3561-0102000 1 LF-1/2 2.000 260 34
13.3561-0102500 1 LF-1/2,5 2.500 260 41
13.3561-0103000 1 LF-1/3 3.000 260 49
13.3561-0103500 1 LF-1/3,5 3.500 260 84
13.3561-0104000 1 LF-1/4 4.000 310 99
13.3561-0105000 1 LF-1/5 5.000 310 151
13.3561-0106000 1 LF-1/6 6.000 395 155
WLL 2.000 kg
6
13.3561-0201500 2 LF-2/1,5 1.500 310 30
13.3561-0202000 2 LF-2/2 2.000 310 37
13.3561-0202500 2 LF-2/2,5 2.500 310 53
13.3561-0203000 2 LF-2/3 3.000 310 76
13.3561-0203500 2 LF-2/3,5 3.500 310 105
13.3561-0204000 2 LF-2/4 4.000 395 110
13.3561-0205000 2 LF-2/5 5.000 395 188
13.3561-0206000 2 LF-2/6 6.000 395 329
WLL 3.000 kg
13.3561-0302000 3 LF-3/2 2.000 440 58
13.3561-0303000 3 LF-3/3 3.000 440 97
13.3561-0304000 3 LF-3/4 4.000 440 153
13.3561-0305000 3 LF-3/5 5.000 555 224
13.3561-0306000 3 LF-3/6 6.000 555 348
WLL 5.000 kg
13.3561-0502000 5 LF-5/2 2.000 440 87
13.3561-0503000 5 LF-5/3 3.000 440 143
13.3561-0504000 5 LF-5/4 4.000 440 220
13.3561-0505000 5 LF-5/5 5.000 555 300
13.3561-0506000 5 LF-5/6 6.000 555 348
WLL 8.000 kg
13.3561-0802000 8 LF-8/2 2.000 440 103
13.3561-0803000 8 LF-8/3 3.000 555 204
13.3561-0804000 8 LF-8/4 4.000 555 301
13.3561-0805000 8 LF-8/5 5.000 555 432
13.3561-0806000 8 LF-8/6 6.000 720 533
WLL 10.000 kg
13.3561-1002000 10 LF-10/2 2.000 555 156
13.3561-1003000 10 LF-10/3 3.000 555 204
13.3561-1004000 10 LF-10/4 4.000 555 357
13.3561-1005000 10 LF-10/5 5.000 720 460
13.3561-1006000 10 LF-10/6 6.000 720 637
WLL 16.000 kg
13.3561-1604000 16 LF-16/4 4.000 720 456
13.3561-1605000 16 LF-16/5 5.000 720 655
13.3561-1606000 16 LF-16/6 6.000 720 761
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:42
Lifting Beam Type K

General: This type of lifting beam is characterized by adjustable attachments via a
cam beam and it is designed for direct attachment to the crane hook in the central lift-
ing eye. The attachment points are designed as oval rings, which makes it possible to
use for example a 2-part sling. Other lengths and working loads can be manufactured
upon request.
Design: Lightweight welded pipe beam construction providing good torsional stiff-
ness.
Material: Hollow beam and plate manufactured with high-strength structural steel.
Art No WLL Code L1 L2 H Weight

tons mm kg
WLL 500 kg
13.3562-0051500 0,5 K-0,5/1,5 1.500 750 250 28
13.3562-0052000 0,5 K-0,5/2 2.000 800 250 34
13.3562-0052500 0,5 K-0,5/2,5 2.500 1300 250 38
13.3562-0053000 0,5 K-0,5/3 3.000 1350 250 58
13.3562-0053500 0,5 K-0,5/3,5 3.500 1850 280 72
13.3562-0054000 0,5 K-0,5/4 4.000 1900 280 81
13.3562-0055000 0,5 K-0,5/5 5.000 2450 280 139
13.3562-0056000 0,5 K-0,5/6 6.000 3000 330 172
WLL 1.000 kg
13.3562-0101500 1 K-1/1,5 1.500 750 280 32
13.3562-0102000 1 K-1/2 2.000 800 280 48
13.3562-0102500 1 K-1/2,5 2.500 1300 280 56
13.3562-0103000 1 K-1/3 3.000 1350 280 65
13.3562-0103500 1 K-1/3,5 3.500 1850 280 101
13.3562-0104000 1 K-1/4 4.000 1900 330 146
13.3562-0105000 1 K-1/5 5.000 2450 330 177
13.3562-0106000 1 K-1/6 6.000 3000 415 169
WLL 2.000 kg
6
13.3562-0201500 2 K-2/1,5 1.500 750 330 48
13.3562-0202000 2 K-2/2 2.000 800 330 56
13.3562-0202500 2 K-2/2,5 2.500 1300 330 74
13.3562-0203000 2 K-2/3 3.000 1350 330 98
13.3562-0203500 2 K-2/3,5 3.500 1850 330 132
13.3562-0204000 2 K-2/4 4.000 1900 415 135
13.3562-0205000 2 K-2/5 5.000 2450 415 207
13.3562-0206000 2 K-2/6 6.000 3000 415 253
WLL 3.000 kg
13.3562-0302000 3 K-3/2 2.000 800 415 74
13.3562-0303000 3 K-3/3 3.000 1350 415 115
13.3562-0304000 3 K-3/4 4.000 1900 415 174
13.3562-0305000 3 K-3/5 5.000 2450 455 246
13.3562-0306000 3 K-3/6 6.000 3000 595 408
WLL 5.000 kg
13.3562-0502000 5 K-5/2 2.000 800 455 106
13.3562-0503000 5 K-5/3 3.000 1350 455 165
13.3562-0504000 5 K-5/4 4.000 1900 455 245
13.3562-0505000 5 K-5/5 5.000 2450 595 258
13.3562-0506000 5 K-5/6 6.000 3000 595 409
WLL 8.000 kg
13.3562-0802000 8 K-8/2 2.000 800 455 123
13.3562-0803000 8 K-8/3 3.000 1350 595 250
13.3562-0804000 8 K-8/4 4.000 1900 595 352
13.3562-0805000 8 K-8/5 5.000 2450 595 495
13.3562-0806000 8 K-8/6 6.000 3000 760 600
WLL 10.000 kg
13.3562-1002000 10 K-10/2 2.000 800 595 266
13.3562-1003000 10 K-10/3 3.000 1350 595 330
13.3562-1004000 10 K-10/4 4.000 1900 595 383
13.3562-1005000 10 K-10/5 5.000 2450 760 522
13.3562-1006000 10 K-10/6 6.000 3000 760 704
WLL 16.000 kg
13.3562-1604000 16 K-16/4 4.000 1900 760 517
13.3562-1605000 16 K-16/5 5.000 2450 825 741
13.3562-1606000 16 K-16/6 6.000 3000 825 850
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:43
Lifting Beam Type H

General: This type of lifting beam cannot be adjusted and is designed for direct attach-
ment with the crane hook in the central lifting eye. The lifting beam is designed with one
attachment point in each corner and is based on lifting assignments in all four points.
Other lengths and working loads can be manufactured upon request.
Design: Lightweight welded pipe beam construction providing good torsional stiffness.
Material: Hollow beam and plate manufactured with high-strength structural steel.

tons mm kg
WLL 500 kg
13.3564-10051500 0,5 H-0,5/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 255 80
13.3564-10052000 0,5 H-0,5/3-2 3.000 2.000 255 109
13.3564-10052500 0,5 H-0,5/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 255 152
WLL 1.500 kg
13.3564-10151500 1,5 H-1,5/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 310 102
13.3564-10152000 1,5 H-1,5/3-2 3.000 2.000 310 139
13.3564-10152500 1,5 H-1,5/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 310 216
WLL 3.000 kg
13.3564-10301500 3 H-3/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 395 131
13.3564-10302000 3 H-3/3-2 3.000 2.000 395 185
13.3564-10302500 3 H-3/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 395 263
WLL 5.000 kg
13.3564-10501500 5 H-5/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 440 193
6
13.3564-10502000 5 H-5/3-2 3.000 2.000 440 280
13.3564-10502500 5 H-5/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 440 388
WLL 8.000 kg
13.3564-10801500 8 H-8/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 555 326
13.3564-10802000 8 H-8/3-2 3.000 2.000 555 422
13.3564-10802500 8 H-8/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 555 565
WLL 10.000 kg
13.3564-11001500 10 H-10/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 720 502
13.3564-11002000 10 H-10/3-2 3.000 2.000 720 647
13.3564-11002500 10 H-10/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 720 793
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:44
Lifting Beam Type H-SB

General: This type of lifting beam has adjustable attachment points in one direction
via a cam beam and is based on lifting in four points. The lifting beam is designed for
direct attachment with the crane hook in the central lifting eye. The attachment points
are designed as oval rings, which makes it possible to use for example a 2-part sling.
Other lengths and working loads can be manufactured upon request.
Proof load: Usualley 1,5 x WLL.

tons mm kg
WLL 500 kg
13.3564-20051500 0,5 H-SB-0,5/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 280 97
13.3564-20052000 0,5 H-SB-0,5/3-2 3.000 2.000 280 143
13.3564-20052500 0,5 H-SB-0,5/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 280 173
WLL 1.500 kg
13.3564-20151500 1,5 H-SB-1,5/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 330 135
13.3564-20152000 1,5 H-SB-1,5/3-2 3.000 2.000 330 178
13.3564-20152500 1,5 H-SB-1,5/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 330 256
WLL 3.000 kg
13.3564-20301500 3 H-SB-3/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 415 165
13.3564-20302000 3 H-SB-3/3-2 3.000 2.000 415 224
13.3564-20302500 3 H-SB-3/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 415 302
WLL 5.000 kg
13.3564-20501500 5 H-SB-5/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 455 229
6
13.3564-20502000 5 H-SB-5/3-2 3.000 2.000 455 320
13.3564-20502500 5 H-SB-5/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 455 428
WLL 8.000 kg
13.3564-20801500 8 H-SB-8/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 595 422
13.3564-20802000 8 H-SB-8/3-2 3.000 2.000 595 524
13.3564-20802500 8 H-SB-8/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 595 667
WLL 10.000 kg
13.3564-21001500 10 H-SB10/2-1,5 2.000 1.500 760 609
13.3564-21002000 10 H-SB-10/3-2 3.000 2.000 760 760
13.3564-21002500 10 H-SB10/4-2,5 4.000 2.500 760 906
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:45
Lifting Beam Type H-SSB

General: This type of lifting beam has adjustable attachment points in
both directions and is based on lifting in four points. The lifting beam is
designed for direct attachment with the crane hook in the central lifting
eye. The attachment point is designed as an oval ring, which makes it
possible to use for example a 2-part sling. Other lengths and working
loads can be manufactured upon request.
sional stiffness.
Art No WLL Code L1 max. L1 min. L2 max. L2 min. H Weight

tons mm kg
WLL 500 kg
13.3564-30051500 0,5 H-SSB-0,5/2-1,5 2.000 1.200 1.500 750 205 112
13.3564-30052000 0,5 H-SSB-0,5/3-2 3.000 1.800 2.000 800 205 146
13.3564-30052500 0,5 H-SSB-0,5/4-2,5 4.000 2.400 2.500 1.300 205 174
WLL 1.500 kg
13.3564-30151500 1,5 H-SSB-1,5/2-1,5 2.000 1.200 1.500 750 240 142
13.3564-30152000 1,5 H-SSB-1,5/3-2 3.000 1.800 2.000 800 240 183
13.3564-30152500 1,5 H-SSB-1,5/4-2,5 4.000 2.400 2.500 1.300 240 221
WLL 3.000 kg
6
13.3564-30301500 3 H-SSB-3/2-1,5 2.000 1.200 1.500 750 300 192
13.3564-30302000 3 H-SSB-3/3-2 3.000 1.800 2.000 800 300 241
13.3564-30302500 3 H-SSB-3/4-2,5 4.000 2.400 2.500 1.300 300 286
WLL 5.000 kg
13.3564-30501500 5 H-SSB-5/2-1,5 2.000 1.200 1.500 750 315 276
13.3564-30502000 5 H-SSB-5/3-2 3.000 1.800 2.000 800 315 369
13.3564-30502500 5 H-SSB-5/4-2,5 4.000 2.400 2.500 1.300 315 480
WLL 8.000 kg
13.3564-30801500 8 H-SSB-8/2-1,5 2.000 1.200 1.500 750 425 553
13.3564-30802000 8 H-SSB-8/3-2 3.000 1.800 2.000 800 425 653
13.3564-30802500 8 H-SSB-8/4-2,5 4.000 2.400 2.500 1.300 425 802
WLL 10.000 kg
13.3564-31001500 10 H-SSB-10/2-1,5 2.000 1.200 1.500 750 540 837
13.3564-31002000 10 H-SSB-10/3-2 3.000 1.800 2.000 800 540 989
13.3564-31002500 10 H-SSB-10/4-2,5 4.000 2.400 2.500 1.300 540 1135
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:46
Helicopter Beam X-Simplex

General: This type of lifting beam is designed as a folding cross beam.
The lifting beam is designed with fixed attachment points and a 4-part
sling must be used between the lifting beam and the crane hook. Other
lengths and working loads can be manufactured upon request.
stiffness.
Note: Top sling, separate slings and other accessories to be ordered separately
Art No WLL Type Beam length L L 1 max. Weight

tons m mm kg
13.4065-02502500 2,5 Simplex 2,5 3,6 2590 123
13.4065-06002500 6 Simplex 6 3,7 2615 156
13.4065-10002600 10 Simplex 10 3,7 2635 211
13.4065-20002600 20 Simplex 20 3,7 2655 404
7KH://VWDWHGLQWKHWDEOHLVEDVHGRQDPD[LPXPWRSVZLQJDQJOHRJ
Helicopter Beam X-Duplex

General: This type of lifting beam is designed as a folding crossbeam.
The lifting beam is designed with one pullout per arm allowing the attach-
6
ment points to be adjusted in the length/width. A 4-part sling must be used
between the lifting beam and the crane hook. Other lengths and working
stiffness.
6LQJOHSXOORXW
Art No WLL Type Beam length - L1 L 1 max Weight

tons Min. m Max. m mm kg
13.4065-02503400 2,5 Duplex 2,5 3,6 4,8 3390 159
13.4065-06003400 6 Duplex 6 3,6 4,8 3420 199
13.4065-10003400 10 Duplex 10 3,7 4,9 3465 279
13.4065-20003400 20 Duplex 20 3,7 4,9 3485 492
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:47
Helicopter Beam X-Triplex

General: This type of lifting beam is designed as a folding crossbeam. The
lifting beam is designed with a double pullout per arm, allowing the attach-
ment points to be adjusted in the length/width. A 4-part sling must be used
between the lifting beam and the crane hook. Other lengths and working
stiffness. TRIPLEX model K is special designed to fit in the side direction of
a truck.
Double pull-out
Standard WLL Type Beam length L L 1 max. Weight

Art No tons Min. m Max. m mm kg
13.4065-02504200 2,5 Triplex 2,5 3,6 6,0 4265 196
13.4065-06004500 6 Triplex 6 3,9 6,5 4520 239
13.4065-10004500 10 Triplex 10 4,0 6,4 4525 343
13.4065-20004500 20 Triplex 20 4,0 6,4 4545 591
13.4065-06004510 6 Triplex 6K 2,30 4,65 3250 197
13.4065-10004510 10 Triplex 10K 2,25 4,4 3160 285
13.4065-20004510 20 Triplex 20K 2,25 4,4 3160 465
Coil Hook Type CH

General: This type of coil hook is designed for lifting and handling of steel coils or other
heavy materials. The suspension eye is placed at the centre of gravity meaning that the coil
hook will always be in balance with or without load. If used correctly the coil hook will never
6
tilt forward therefor eliminating the risk of unintended loss of the coil.
Coil hooks type CH are available in various sizes with a permissible load range from 5.000
kg to 30.000 kg.
Marking: Working load limit (WLL), CE marking, manufacturer, serial number, year of manu-
facturing, etc.
Art No WLL Type Coil width max. L L1 L2 H H1 H2 Weight

tons mm mm kg
WLL 5.000 kg
16.8066-10501050 5 CH 5 / 1,05-0,55 1.050 1.230 1.050 545 1.060 890 550 299
16.8066-10501270 5 CH 5 / 1,27-0,55 1.270 1.470 1.270 655 1.100 910 550 371
16.8066-10501540 5 CH 5 / 1,54-0,55 1.540 1.760 1.540 790 1.140 930 550 455
WLL 10.000 kg
16.8066-11001050 10 CH 10 / 1,05-0,65 1.050 1.290 1.050 545 1.290 1.070 650 546
16.8066-11001270 10 CH 10 / 1,27-0,65 1.270 1.530 1.270 655 1.330 1.090 650 635
16.8066-11001540 10 CH 10 / 1,54-0,65 1.540 1.820 1.540 790 1.370 1.110 650 752
WLL 15.000 kg
16.8066-11501050 15 CH 15 / 1,05-0,70 1.050 1.370 1.050 545 1.520 1.230 700 790
16.8066-11501270 15 CH 15 / 1,27-0,70 1.270 1.610 1.270 655 1.560 1.250 700 902
16.8066-11501540 15 CH 15 / 1,54-0,70 1.540 1.850 1.540 790 1.500 1.220 700 988
WLL 20.000 kg
16.8066-12001050 20 CH 20 / 1,05-0,80 1.050 1.380 1.050 545 1.680 1.390 800 1.021
16.8066-12001270 20 CH 20 / 1,27-0,80 1.270 1.620 1.270 655 1.720 1.410 800 1.142
16.8066-12001540 20 CH 20 / 1,54-0,80 1.540 1.910 1.540 790 1.760 1.430 800 1.298
WLL 30.000 kg
16.8066-13001050 30 CH 30 / 1,05-0,95 1.050 1.450 1.050 545 1.980 1.640 950 1.596
16.8066-13001270 30 CH 30 / 1,27-0,95 1.270 1.690 1.270 655 2.020 1.660 950 1.734
16.8066-13001540 30 CH 30 / 1,54-0,95 1.540 1.980 1.540 790 2.040 1.680 950 1.912
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:48
OX Spreader Beams
General: With OX spreader beams you have a complete modular range, that allows to assembly on the spot one or multiple
spreader beams of 1 to 24 m. long and with 2 to 400 tons capacity. We can manufacture, besides the standard series, units supe-
rior to 400 tons.
- The spreader beam is designed and manufactured in accordance with current norms.
- Reduced size and weight, that eases and reduces transportation, storage and installation costs.
- Easy and fast assembly, following the steps on the instructions manual. An annual checking is mandatory.
- Cheap product, replaces a whole range of spreader and beams.
- It is a modular system, you just have to add or remove sections in order to have a new spreader beam adjusted to your needs for
any lifting work.
- For a lifting of multiple anchorage points you can combine spreader beams vertically.
- We can deliver shackles with all series.
- Series with huge loads use wide body shackles to avoid any damage on the slings.
Material: The material we have used is: S275 for beams and S355 for the rest of materials. We can design spreader beams in
high elastic limit depending on the customer premises.
Finish: The finish of our products is sandblasted Sa 2,5 in accordance with ISO 8503-2:1.996 norms. Afterwards, a 50 micras
thick of polyurethane epoxi primer (RAL 1028).
In accordance with: We comply with the provisions in the directives of the European Parlament and from the Council 2006/42/
CE, on 17th May 2006, regarding the approach of several legislations of the member states on machinery and 2004/108/CE, on
15th December 2004, regarding the approach of several legislations of the member states about electromagnetic compatibility,
and it has been manufactured in accordance with the following norms:
- UNE-EN ISO 12100 - 1:2004. Security on machines. Basic concepts, main principles for its design. Part 1: Basic terminology,
methodology.
- UNE-EN ISO 12100- 2:2004. Security on machines. Basic concepts, main principles for its design. Part 2: Technical principles.
- UNE-EN 13155:2004+A2:2009. Cranes. Security, static equipment for lifting loads.
- UNE-EN ISO 3834-1:2006. Quality requisites for fusion welding of metallic materials. Part 1: Criteria for the proper level selection
of quality requisites.
FEM5 building section. Lifting speed 20 m/min.

Contact us with your specific enquiry!
/LIWLQJRIDQ\NLQGRIORDGZLWKRXW /LIWLQJRIFRQWDLQHUVZLWKRQO\ /LIWLQJZLWKYHUWLFDOWZLVWORFNV /LIWLQJRIKXJHVLORVDQGWXEXODUORDGV

VXSHU¿FLDOGDPDJHVRUWZLWLQJV VSUHDGHUDQGODWHUDOWZLVWORFNV
Angle explanation
Loads/Lengths:
A = 20°
B = 30°
C = 45°
Load at 20° Load at 30° Load at 45°
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:49
OX-SB 07
Length m 1 2 3 4
WLL at 20º ton 7 7 7 7
WLL at 30º ton 7 7 7 4 6%6KDFNOHV7RS
WRQV%RWWRPWRQV
WLL at 45º ton 7 6 5 2
OX-SB 15
Length m 1-2-3 4 5 6
WLL at 20° ton 15 15 15 15
WLL at 30º ton 15 15 15 10 6%6KDFNOHV7RS
WRQV%RWWRPWRQV
WLL at 45º ton 15 14 9 5
OX-SB 24
Length m 1-2-3 4 5 6 7 8
6
WLL at 20º ton 24 24 24 24 18 13
WLL at 30º ton 24 24 24 15 11 8 6%6KDFNOHV7RS
WRQV%RWWRPWRQV
WLL at 45º ton 24 21 13 8 6 5
OX-SB 34
Length m 1-2-3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WLL at 20º ton 34 34 34 34 30 23 18 14 6%6KDFNOHV7RS
WRQV%RWWRP
WLL at 30º ton 34 34 34 27 19 15 12 10
tons
WLL at 45º ton 34 31 25 18 11 8 6 5
OX-SB 50
Length m 1α5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
WLL at 20º ton 50 50 50 50 48 40 32 27
6%6KDFNOHV7RS
WLL at 30º ton 50 50 50 43 33 25 20 17 WRQV%RWWRP
WLL at 45º ton 50 45 38 24 20 15 12 10 tons
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:50
OX-SB 70
Length m 1α7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
WLL at 20º ton 70 70 70 70 70 60 52 45 6%6KDFNOHV7RS
WLL at 30º ton 70 70 70 62 50 42 35 30 WRQV%RWWRPWRQV
WLL at 45º ton 70 60 46 35 28 24 20 18
OX-SB 110
6%6KDFNOHV7RS
Length m 1α7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 WRQV%RWWRPWRQV
WLL at 20º ton 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 95 80 70 60
WLL at 30º ton 110 100 110 110 110 100 85 70 60 50 45 40
WLL at 45º ton 110 100 90 80 70 58 48 40 35 30 25 22
OX-SB 170
6%6KDFNOHV7RS
Length m 1α8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 WRQV%RWWRPWRQV
6
WLL at 20º ton 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 160 145 130
WLL at 30º ton 170 170 170 170 170 170 150 125 110 95 80
WLL at 45º ton 170 160 150 135 115 100 85 70 60 50 45
OX-SB 250
Length m 2 α 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
WLL at 20º ton 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 230 210 6%6KDFN-
OHV7RSWRQV%RW-
WLL at 30º ton 250 250 250 250 250 230 210 180 160 140 120
WRPWRQV
WLL at 45º ton 250 230 210 180 160 140 120 100 90 80 70
OX-SB 400
Length m 2 α 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
WLL at 20º ton 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
WLL at 30º ton 400 400 400 400 400 400 390 350 320 290 270 6%6KDFN-
OHV7RSWRQV%RW-
WLL at 45º ton 400 380 350 310 280 250 220 200 180 160 150 WRPWRQV
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:51
OX-SB-400/600
6%6KDFNOHV7RS
WRQV%RWWRPWRQV
Length m 2-3 4-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

WLL at 20º ton 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 550 500 450 410
WLL at 30º ton 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 540 480 430 390 350 320 290 270
WLL at 45º ton 525 510 500 490 480 470 460 450 430 410 380 350 310 280 250 220 200 180 160 150
OX-SB 600
6%6KDFNOHV7RS
WRQV%RWWRPWRQV
Length m 3-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
WLL at 20º ton 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
WLL at 30º ton 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 430 600 550 500 450
WLL at 45º ton 560 550 545 535 525 515 505 495 480 470 455 435 420 415 395 355 320 290 260
6 OX-SB 600/800
6%6KDFNOHV7RS
WRQV%RWWRPWRQV
Length m 3-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
WLL at 20º ton 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 600 600 800 750 700 650
WLL at 30º ton 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 750 690 625 550 500 450
WLL at 45º ton 560 550 545 535 525 515 505 495 480 470 455 435 420 415 395 355 320 290 260
OX-SB 800
6%6KDFN-
OHV7RSWRQV%RW-
WRPWRQV
Length m 2-3 4-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

WLL at 20º ton 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
WLL at 30º ton 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 770 730 690
WLL at 45º ton 680 680 670 660 650 640 630 620 605 590 575 560 545 525 505 480 460 430 400 370
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:52
Container Lifting Beam Type A and B

General: Lifting beam for handling standard 20-ft and 40-ft containers. Supplied
complete with wire rope slings or chain slings and Type CH or MK5 container hooks
for attachment to container bottom fixings.
Design: Type A is a transverse beam with a low lifting height designed for lifting by
the bottom fixings (as shown). Type B (not shown) is a transverse beam in the form
of a spreader. This requires a greater lifting height but offers superior balance and
lighter weight.
Material: Hollow-beam and plate of high-strength structural steel.
Marking: Maximum load and CE mark.
Proof: 1.5 x WLL.
B
Finish: Painted (yellow). A

H
Note: Manufactured in accordance with the Swedish and international standard L

K
SS-ISO 3874, which states that a lifting beam is required when handling loaded
standard containers larger than 10 ft in length.
Type A Transverse beam

Type B Transverse beam - spreader (not shown).
Code WLL Container size A B H K L Weight

tons foot type kg
6692A - 250 25 20 1C-1CC 350 160 680 3.700 2.500 550
6694A - 360 36 40 1A-1AAA 500 220 880 6.100 2.500 800
:HDOVRPDQXIDFWRUOLIWLQJEHDPVIRUIRRWVWDQGDUGFRQWDLQHURWKHUORDGVDQGVSHFLDOFRQWDLQHUV
Container Lifting Beam Type C and D
6
General: Lifting beam for handling standard 20-ft and 40-ft containers. Supplied
complete with wire rope or chain slings, type CLB-32 or CLB-40 container hooks for
attachment to container bottom fixings and type CLT for top fixings.
Design: The type C frame beam is designed for lifting from the bottom fixings. The
type D frame beam is designed for lifting from the top fixings.
Proof: 1.5 x WLL.
Finish: Painted (yellow).
H
Note: Manufactured in accordance with the Swedish and international

standard SS-ISO 3874, which states that a lifting beam is required when L B
handling loaded standard containers larger than 10 ft in length.

K
Type C Frame beam - bottom lift.

Type D Frame beam - top lift.
Code WLL Container size B H K L Weight

tons foot type kg
6692C-240 24 20 1C-1CC 2.550 3.650 3.400 5.850 720
6694C-360 36 40 1A-1AAA 2.550 6.500 3.800 11.985 2.400
6692D-240 24 20 1C-1CC 2.260 3.600 1.100 5.850 690
6694D-360 36 40 1A-1AAA 2.260 6.500 1.300 11.985 2.350
:HDOVRPDQXIDFWRUOLIWLQJEHDPVIRUIRRWVWDQGDUGFRQWDLQHURWKHUORDGVDQGVSHFLDOFRQWDLQHUV
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:53
Aluminium Lifting Beam

General: Removable aluminium frame beam. The beam is easy to fit/remove. Prac-
tical device for attachment to loader trucks and mobile cranes. Ideal for lifting sheds,
boats, containers, etc. The beam can be equipped with accessories such as hooks
and shackles, and textile slings, chain slings or wire-rope slings.
Design: Lightweight aluminium tubular spacers and corners with excellent corrosion
resistance. The corners can be attached to two tubes to facilitate fitting/removal.
7 tonne version: 75 x 4 mm tubing, cast corners with shackle (hook not included —
available as optional extra); secured by means of a set screw.
17 tonne version: 100 x 6 mm box-section tube, cast corners with intermediate
plate (30-mm-diameter hole for shackle numbers 1209/1239 or 1210/1240), secured
by means of through bolt.
Material: Aluminium, with EN 6063-T6 tubing and stainless steel thread.
Proof: Type tested.
Note: Smaller frame sizes can be made to order. Note that the short side
must always be at least 80% of the long side.
Art No Max load Length Width Top angle Lifting height Round sling length Round sling max. load Weight
tons mm mm ° mm m tons kg
13.3566400722 7 2.400 2.400 82 2.000 2,5 3 39
13.3566400732 7 3.000 2.400 98 1.700 2,5 3 42
13.3566400733 7 3.000 3.000 110 1.500 2,5 3 45
13.3566401622 17 2.400 2.400 90 - 2,5 8 56,4
13.3566401632 17 2.400 3.100 90 - 2,5 8 62,6
13.3566401633 17 3.100 3.100 90 - 3,5 8 68,8
2WKHUVL]HVRQUHTXHVW
Lifting Beam for Big Bags
6 General: Low profile lifting beam for handling big bags with four lifting eyes. Fits most
bags with the measurements of 75x75 cm to 105x105 cm in the bottom.
Design: The attachment points of the bag´s liftingeyes are leveled with the lifting point of
the beam - see drawing. The attachment points are extra thick and round to protect the
lifting eyes of the big bag and are also designed to prevent the bag from sliding.
Material: Plate of high-strength structural steel.
Marking: WLL and CE marking.
Proof: Batch proof 1,5 x WLL. E
K B
A
Note: Special design lifting beams with negative lifting height for other dimen- H
sions of big bags and loads are also manufactured. We also manufacture lifting
beams/spreader for simultaneous handling of two or more big bags e.g. as L (diagonalt)
used in harbours.
Art No Code WLL A B E H L K Weight

tons kg
13.356695 6695 1,5 80 60 62 170 960 25 26
2WKHUGLPHQVLRQVDQGGHVLJQDUHPDGHRQUHTXHVW
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:54
Fork Lift Jib

General: Coupling the fork lift jib to a forklift creates a virtual crane hoist with
a reach that is both longer and higher, and capable of moving goods that
would otherwise require the use of a mobile crane. It also makes it possible
to pass over obstacles such as fencing for example.
Design: Telescopic sliding arm for lifting in positions 6-10. The arm can be
raised in 15-degree steps, up to 45 degrees. It is equipped with a support
wheel that can be raised and is also demountable. Supplied complete with
shackle and swivel safety hook, as shown in the table. The fork lift jib is
locked behind the fork ends by means of a through locking pin.
Material: Hollow beam and plate of high-strength structural steel.
Marking: Maximum load and CE-markning.
Proof: Batch proof 1,5 x max. last.
WARNING!To be able to use the full capacity of the fork lift jib ac-
cording to the chart above there needs to be a lifting capacity of
at least 5 tonnes at 600mm on the forks. If a smaller truck is to be
used the chart needs to be equivalently reduced. The recalculation and remarking of the loading sign can be made on
request.
Art No Code Max. load Fork dimension Shackle Hook Weight

tons mm type type kg
13.356913 6913 3 155x60 - 125x50 1128 WSB/S-10-10 175
2WKHUVL]HVDQGGHVLJQVRQUHTXHVW
Lifting position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Gap to hook (L) 700 1000 1300 1600 1900 2300 2700 3100 3500 3700
Maximum load kg 3000 2500 2000 1750 1395 1075 875 735 640 600
6
Fork Lift Beam
General: During forklift work, there is often a need to lift at one point, using both
forks and the full capacity of the fork lift. Our fork lift beam provides a simple solution
as it can quickly be attached to the forks without the need for any mechanical lock-
ing. A stand to facilitate collection and return of the beam (storage) can be made to
order.
Design: Cut plate with welded support plates. Glued friction adhesive underneath
the plates prevents sliding during loading. Model 6702 incorporates large openings
for trucks with stabilizer legs. The beam comes complete with shackle and swivel
safety hook.
Material: High-strength structural steel.
Marking: Maximum load and CE-markning.
Proof: Batch proof 1,5 x max last.
Art No Code Max load A B G H L Shackle Hook (*) Weight

tons mm code code (*) kg
13.356700020 6702 2 92 220 50 340 180 1236 WSB/S-7/8-10 7
13.356700030 6703 3 72 165 100 385 450 1237 WSB/S-10-10 12
13.356700050 6705 5 72 165 100 425 450 1128 WSB/S-13-10 16
13.356700080 6708 8 92 200 120 535 550 1129 WSB/S-16-10 60
2WKHUGLPHQVLRQVDQGGHVLJQVDUHPDGHRQUHTXHVW
(*) or equivalent
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:55
Foldable Man Riding Basket SKM-200

General: A welded frame in tubing profile with closed base. The basket is supplied with a foot
kickplate around the base, and a hand rail internal above the top rail. Personal protective safety
equipment can be fixed on the welded frame. Basket is supplied with feet for quick and easy
handling with a pallet or forklift truck. Basket is supplied with a 4 part wire rope and oval ring.
Material: Hollow sections and high-strength structural steel.
Finish: Painted RAL 1007.
Note: Man riding baskets are not covered by the Maschinery Directive and are there-
fore not to be CE marked.
Chain suspension must be ordered separately!
Art No Type Max. load Number of persons Length Height Width Collapsed Weight total
tons mm mm mm mm kg
19.5057-8030200 SKM-1000 0,2 2 2000 1213 1003 275 240
19.5057-8030200K Chain suspension
Man riding Basket BK-500 / BK-1000 / BK-1000E

General: Man riding baskets can be used quickly and safely for temporary working at
heights. Our man riding baskets are designed to be hung from a crane hook.
Design: Welded frame in hollow beam with the bottom and sides covered in expanded-metal
mesh. Personal items of safety equipment can be attached to the inside handrail. The basket
is supported underneath for easy handling by truck or forklift. A gate is provided on one of the
short sides (see the respective model). The basket is supplied complete with a four leg wire
rope sling and a masterlink
type MLA.
BK-500: Supplied with inward-opening latching gate.
6
BK-1000: Supplied with inward-opening latching gate.
BK-1000E (Emergency): Identical to the BK-500 / BK-1000 above except that in an emer-
gency the entire end gate can be opened outwards to provide access, e.g. for a stretcher
and medical equipment to be taken on board.
Marking: Sign according to standard for inspection mark.
Proof: First inspection by accredited third party authority including certificate.
Note: Before use basket and crane has to be initially inspected together.
The baskets are supplied as standard with wire rope sling.
Can alternative be delivered with chainsling. Wire sling suspension (W),
chain suspension (K).
Art No Type Max. load tons Number of persons A B E H L Weight basket kg Weight total kg
19.50BK0500WDK BK-500 0,5 2 1.240 1.000 600 2.000 3.100 220 720
19.50BK1000WDK BK-1000 0,65 4 2.000 1.200 700 2.100 4.470 350 1.000
19.50BK1000EDK BK-1000E 0,6 4 2.000 1.200 700 2.100 4.700 400 1.000
19.5057-8030200K Chain suspension
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:56
Adjustable - bow and eye standard version

For the 2 ton versions:
The standard forks are 40 mm high and 100 mm wide,
they are made of tube steel
The wide forks are 30 mm high and 150 mm wide, they
are made of solid high strength steel.
For the 3 ton versions:
The solid forks are 40 mm high and 120 mm wide, they
are made of solid high strength steel.
Art No Type WLL A B C D E H I K Weight

tons mm kg
13.3024-PG-028202 PG 100/2 SSB (Pipe forks) 2 970 400-950 200-750 40 1.270-1.900 1.700 2.330 500 150
13.3024-PG-136207 PG 100/2 SSB (Solid forks) 2 970 500-950 200-650 30 1.270-1.900 1.700 2.330 500 190
13.3024-PG-213200 PG 120/1,75 SSB (Pipe forks) 1,75/2 970 400-950 200-750 40 1.270-1.900 1.700 2.330 400-500-600 155
13.3024-PG-213204 PG 120/1,75 SSB (Solid forks) 1,75/2 970 500-950 200-650 30 1.270-1.900 1.700 2.330 400-500-600 195
13.3024-PG-240002 PG 120/3 SSB (Solid forks) 3 970 460-950 220-710 40 1.320-2.010 1.895 2.585 400-500-600 245
. 'LVWDQFHIURPFHQWHUWXEHWRFHQWHURIJUDYLW\RIORDG/RQJIRUNVPPDUHDYDLODEOHWKH\DSSO\WRWKH3*W\SHV:HDOVRPDNHVSHFLDOFUDQH
IRUNVRQGHPDQG
Crane Fork with Bow & Eye with extended free Height
A BSV crane fork with bow lifting eye offers many advan-
tages, especially in terms of safety and durability
- Simple adjustment of lifting point
- Manufactured in high grade steel
- Extremely strong and durable
- Low unit weight combined with a strong, rigid design
6
- High safety factor
- Quick and easy adjustment of free height and fork
separation
- Handgrips are located clear of the load to prevent injury
- Various fork dimensions can be fitted
- Individually load tested on a computerised test-bench
BSV crane forks can be mounted on a wide variety of
cranes and gantries. Different suspension linkages are
available to suit all types of crane.
Art No Type WLL A B C D E H I K Weight

tons mm kg
13.3024-PG-00-270000 PG 120/1,75 SSB (Pipe Forks) 1,75/2 970 400-950 200-750 40 1.360-3.000 1.770 3.410 400-500-600 180
13.3024-PG-00-270002 PG 120/1,75 SSB (Solid Forks) 1,75/2 970 500-950 200-650 30 1.360-3.000 1.770 3.410 400-500-600 220
13.3024-PG-00-260002 PG 120/3 SSB (Solid Forks) 3 970 460-950 220-710 40 1.460-2.980 1.965 3.400 400-500-600 275
. 'LVWDQFHIURPFHQWHUWXEHWRFHQWHURIJUDYLW\RIORDG)RUNVRIPPDUHDOVRDYDLODEOH:HDOVRPDQXIDFWXUHVSHFLDOIRUNVRQUHTXHVW
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:57
Adjustable-selfbalancing standard version

The self balancing crane fork is especially handy for handling pallets with
tower cranes and other wire rope cranes. The advantage is that the crane
fork hangs automatically in the right balance both unloaded and loaded
without any handling.
Warning: The minimun load must be 15-20% of the WLL.
Art No Type WLL A B C ED H I K Weight

tons mm kg
13.30201201002 PG 100/2 SSB SBL (Pipe forks) 2 970 400-950 200-750 40 1.270-1.900 1.700 2.330 500 160
13.30201201005 PG 120/3 SSB SBL (Solid forks) 3 970 460-950 220-710 40 1.320-2.010 1.895 2.585 600 260
)RUNVRIPPDUHDOVRDYDLODEOHVXLWDEOHIRUWKHODVWW\SHPHQWLRQHGDWWKHERWWRP:HDOVRPDQXIDFWXUHVSHFLDOIRUNVRQUHTXHVW
Pallet Fork Type 6010 L

General: For handling standard pallets from the short side. Tp
Design: Horizontal boom. The lifting eye must be moved to its re-
spective position for lifting empty or loaded. H
Marking: Maximum load and CE-marking.
Proof: Batch proof 1,5 x max load. S
E A
Note: Other sizes and designs are available upon request. This item is easily adjustable for customer’s requirements and
particuarly suitable where there is restricted head room.
6 Art No Code WLL

tons
A E H L S Tp WLL Weight
kg
13.306010 6010 1,5 560 1.150 1.300 360 60 650 130
13.306011 6011 2,5 560 1.150 1.300 380 60 650 150
Pallet Fork Type 6020F L

General: For handling of standard pallets from the long side.
Design: Thanks to the spring-loaded lifting eye, the pallet fork is Tp
self-balancing, which means that the forks are always horizontal,
regardless of whether the pallet fork is empty or loaded. Please H
note the minimum load specified in the table. Concealed spring and
linkage.
Material: Beam and plate of high-strength structural steel. E
S
A
Marking: Minimum load, maximum load and CE-marking.
Proof: Batch proof 1,5 x max load.
Note:Other sizes and designs are available upon request. For custom made forks the type has some restrictions regard-
ing small loads and low profile goods (measure H).
Art No Code WLL Min load A E H L S Tp max* Weight

tons kg kg
13.306020F 6020-F 2 300 700 800 1.500 485 50 400 80
13.306021F 6021-F 3 300 700 800 1.500 515 60 400 92
13.306022F 6022-F 1,5 300 700 980 1.500 485 50 500 86
13.306023F 6023-F 2,5 300 700 980 1.500 515 60 500 100
7KH7SPD[YDOXHLVYDOLGIRUPD[LPXPORDG7KHSDOOHWIRUNVFDQEHXVHGZLWKDJUHDWHUSRLQWRIEDODQFHLIWKHORDGLVUHGXFHG
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:58
Pallet Fork Type 6030

General: For handling of standard pallets from the long
side. L
Design: Thanks to the spring-loaded lifting eye, the pal-
let fork is self-balancing, which means that the forks are
Tp
always horizontal, regardless of whether the pallet fork is
empty or loaded. Please note the minimum load specified
in the table. Concealed spring and linkage. H
Marking: Maximum load and CE-marking.
Finish: Yellow painted. S
E A
Note: Other sizes and designs are available upon
request. For customer made forks the type has some restrictions
regarding small loads and low profile goods (measure H).
Art no Code WLL Min load A E H L S Tp max* Weight

tons kg kg
13.306030 6030 1,5 300 835-435 900 1.500 450 50 500 120
13.306031 6031 2,5 300 850-495 900 1.500 500 60 500 150
7KH7SPD[YDOXHLVYDOLGIRUPD[LPXPORDG7KHSDOOHWIRUNVFDQEHXVHGZLWKDJUHDWHUSRLQWRIEDODQFHLIWKHORDGLVUHGXFHG
Pallet Fork Type 6040F

General: For handling of standard pallets from the long
L
side.
Design: Thanks to the spring-loaded lifting eye, the pal-
let fork is self-balancing, which means that the forks are Tp
always horizontal, regardless of whether the pallet fork is
H
empty or loaded. Please note the minimum load speci-
6
fied in the table. Concealed spring and linkage. The 6044
model has extra thin forks (size S). When folded down, the
pallet fork must not be used for lifting.
S
Material: Beam and plate of high-strength structural steel. E A1
Marking: Maximum load and CE-marking. A
Note: Other sizes and designs are available upon request. For
customer made forks the type has some restrictions regarding small
loads and low built goods (measure H).
Art No Art.no Code WLL Min load A A1 E H L S Tp max* Weight

tons kg kg
13.306040F 6040-F 2 300 700 290 800 1.500 450 50 400 98
13.306042F 10360100 6042-F 1,5 300 700 290 980 1.500 450 50 500 105
13.306044F 6044-F 1,5 300 700 290 800 1.250 450 35 450 120
Pallet Fork for turning of plates

General: This special crane fork is used to load and unload plates and further to change the position
of the plates from horizontal to vertical position.
Art No Type
13.3024-PG-153750 PG 120/1,8 VG
13.3024-PG-153777 PG 90/1,8 VG
13.3024-PG-153779 PG 90-120/1,8 VG
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:59
BSV Lifting Grab for Flags/Kerbstones

Typical application: For kerb/paving stones, etc. Here shown with sand bricks.
Art No Type WLL A B C D E Rubber pad Unit weight

tons mm kg
16.86110406 406 1,5 1.200 400-650 930 710-1.090 200 GS20 125
16.86110608 608 1,5 1.200 600-850 1.115 710-1.130 205 GS20 140
16.86110801 801 1,5 1.200 800-1.050 1.335 760-1.170 245 GS20 150
16.86110203 203 0,7 600 400-650 925 710-1.090 200 GS20 60
16.86110304 304 0,7 600 600-850 1.115 710-1.130 205 GS20 70
16.86110400 400 0,7 600 800-1.050 1.335 760-1.170 245 GS20 80
BSV Lifting Grab for Kerbstones/Elements

General: Scissor grab for lifting stair elements, footing
6 stones, etc. with max. load of 500 kg.

Art No Type WLL A B C D E Rubber pad Unit weight

tons mm kg
16.86ET12,5/15-246901 ET 2469 0,1 100 125-150 600 445-545 160 GS20sm 17
16.86ET91,4-246801 ET 2468 0,1 100 914 1.002 275-400 60 RB stål 14
16.86ET30/100-247401 ET 2474 0,3 300 300-1.000 1.110 275-400 116 GS20sm 35
16.86ET5/15-103101 ET 5-15/300 0,3 400 50-150 620 520 150 GS20 35
16.86ET15/35-033001 ET 15-35/300 0,3 400 150-350 625 600 150 GS20 35
16.86ET5/30-123201 ET 5-30/500 0,5 600 50-300 1.080 650 200 GS20 50
16.86ET10/38-063801 ET 10-38/700 0,7 600 100-380 790 650 200 GS20 55
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:60
BSV Multi Grab for Flags/Kerbstone

General: The span of this grab can be adjusted from 400 to 1000 mm and
it is available in several height clearance variants. Multigrabs have separate
jaw sections so that different lenghts of jaw can be used on the same grab.
Art No Type WLL A B C D E Rubber pad Weight

tons mm kg
16.86760/18-076040 Multi 760/18 1,5 1.200 350-1.050 1.280 865 180 GS20 250
16.86760/50-130901 Multi 760/50Z 1,5 12.00 400-1.070 1.280 1.150 180-500 GS20 300
BSV Lifting Grab for Concrete Pipes

General: For concrete pipes. Standard grabs to suit pipes from 15 to 60 cm.
Special grabs for pipes from 80 to 160 cm.
Art No Type WLL A B C D E Rubber pad Weight

tons mm kg
16.85RB15/25-174501 RB 15/25 0,25 100 208-325 510 530 210 Steel 21
16.85RB20/30-022101 RB 20/30 0,5 410 250-400 625 650 310 Steel/RB 50
16.85RB30/40-016301 RB 30/40 0,6 410 390-550 740 720 360 Steel/RB 65
16.85RB40/50-016801 RB 40/50 0,9 410 515-655 900 840 435 Steel/RB 85
16.85RB50/60-016701 RB 50/60 1,6 410 630-780 1.040 970 580 Steel/RB 120
6
16.85RB50/60-133000 RB 50/60 S 1,6 410 630-840 1.040 970 580 Steel/RB 120
Lifting Magnet POWERTEX

General: Permanent lifting magnets are versatile, easy to use and with a good factor of safety. The
magnets need limited maintenance and keep their magnetic power for a long lifetime. The magnets
are very powerful compared to their dimensions and are light weight. Handle with positive locking
device and double locking.
Marking: WLL, CE individual serial number, manufacturer ID, manufacturing date and a warning tag.
Material: High quality magnetic material in strong and solid housing.
Working temperature: -40°C - +80°C.
Safety factor: 3,5:1.
Finish: Powderpainted.
Standard: EN 13155.
Note: Max. lifting capacity is based upon lifting clean, flat,

low-carbon steel plate with the full area of the magnet’s
pole area in contact with the load.
Art No Code WLL A B C D E K L M N O Max. handle turning force Weight

ton mm kgf kn kg
16.45PLM01 PLM-1 0,1 29 71 64 47 29 92 54 130 45 31 <4 0.0392266 3
16.45PLM03 PLM-3 0,3 39 96 88 63 41 165 78 158 63 45 <8 0.0784532 10
16.45PLM06 PLM-6 0,6 51 118 118 74 57 216 114 199 94 57 <8 0.0784532 20
16.45PLM10 PLM-10 1 64 140 148 90 66 286 126 246 106 73 < 16 0.1569064 40
16.45PLM20 PLM-20 2 92 188 188 122 82 397 150 375 120 100 < 16 0.1569064 95
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:61
Lifting Magnet NEO

General: Tremendous lifting capacity thanks to high energy Neodymium magnets. Suitable
for both flat and round material. Easy activation of the magnet with the Easy Switch system,
which allows you to switch the magnet On and Off using just one hand, saving 40% of time.
Material: Robust construction ensures high durability even under harsh conditions.
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: Minimum 3:1 – break away test carried out with an air gap.
Standard: EN 13155.
Art No Code WLL flat materials WLL round materials W L H Ø of eye Ø min./max. Weight
tons tons mm kg
16.45NEO150 NEO 150 0,15 0,065 60 93 120 10 40/100 3
16.45NEO300 NEO 300 0,3 0,15 100 152 180 16 60/200 10
16.45NEO600 NEO 600 0,6 0,3 120 246 180 20 65/270 21
16.45NEO1000 NEO 1000 1 0,5 146 306 236 20 100/300 40
16.45NEO2000 NEO 2000 2 1 165 478 273 20 150/350 90
Lifting Arm NEO HV

General: The “HV” lifting arm transforms your standard NEOLIFT or NEO HOT
magnet into a handling device. The magnet’s position is adjustable to suit a range
of diameters or widths. The lifting arm with stoppers enables rotating work pieces
through 90° and vertical transport.
Working temperature: Material -10ºC up to +70°C, environment 0ºC up to +50°C.
6 Beware of leaving the clamp oi direct sunlight.

Finish: Painted
Safety factor: Minimum 4:1
Standard: EN 13155.
Note: Only suitable for NEOLIFT and NEO HOT, which have to be ordered
separately.
Art No Code WLL Workpiecewidth W L H Weight

tons mm mm kg
16.45NEOHV250 NEO-HV 250 0,25 300-800 210 958 244 27
16.45NEOHV500 NEO-HV 500 0,5 300-1000 210 1158 244 38
16.45NEOHV100 NEO-HV 1000 1 300-1000 210 1211 297 59
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:62
Lifting Magnet NEOLIFT

General: Suitable for both flat and round material. To be used together with the NEO HV lifting arm,
which transforms your standard NEOLIFT or NEO HOT magnet into a handling device.
Material: Robust construction
Finish: Painted.
Safety factor: Minimum 3:1.
Standard: EN 13155.
Art No Code WLL flat materials WLL round materials W L H Ø of eye Ø min./max. Weight
tons tons mm kg
16.41NMG250 NEO 250 0,05 0,15 100 152 180 16 60/200 10
16.41NMG500 NEO 500 0,50 0,3 120 246 180 16 65/270 21
16.41NMG1000 NEO 1000 1 0,5 146 306 236 20 100/300 40
Lifting Magnet GP 250

General: The first magnet of its kind to comply with EN 13155 standard. Recommended for steel sheets
from 3 mm thick and up. Easy lifting and handling of horizontally or vertically stacked sheets. Sheets and
6
plates can be turned through 90 degrees.
Design: Unique pole configuration reducing thin sheet peel off tendency. Large lifting eye, lockable in the
vertical position. Release lever safety lock.
Beware of leaving the clamp in direct sunlight.
Finish: Painted.
Standard: EN 13155.
Art No Model WLL WLL Vertical Tested break away force W L H Weight
tons tons kN mm kg
16.45GP250 GP250 0,25 0,8 1100 200 288 40 9,75
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:63
Lifting Magnet NEO EP

General: NEO EP magnets are the professional solution for the frequent turning of workpieces. The
electrical control allows the operator to turn the unit without any physical effort, even on hard to reach
areas. The permanent magnet system can be activated via Pushbutton in 0.8 seconds, and when you
turn off the workpiece is released safely. The connection is made easy to mains voltage. Thus, the
device is ready for use with very low installation effort. If the power fails, the load is held by the perma-
nent magnet field. For this, no prone- and maintenance-intensive back-up batteries are necessary.
Material: High-quality, recessed stainless steel button.
Design: Very robustly built and designed for continuous use. Magnetic module in monoblock design.
Finish: Painted.
Standard: EN 13155.
Art No Code W L H Clamping surface Number of poles Pole structure Breakaway Weight
mm kN kg
16.45NEOEP300 NEO EP 300 164 164 420 116x166 4 50 14 23
16.45NEOEP600 NEO EP 600 95 420 450 372x52 6 50 22 44
16.45NEOEP1000 NEO EP 1000 228 228 295 172x172 4 80 36 77
16.45NEOEP4000 NEO EP 4000 228 783 295 724x172 16 80 144 132
Lifting Magnet BM
General: These models are designed to lift heavy, thick plates and blocks. Thanks to the good
depth of field, these models cope very well with ingots and forgings.
6
Handling heavy loads up to 5.000 kg. Lifting cut-off from saws and burning tables. Handling
loads with poor accessibility (using IR remote control) Model BM 3600 is specially designed for
plate lifting. The „Tip-off” feature allows to drop excess plates in case multiple plates are picked
up from a stack. Controller/battery enclosure with detachable front and back panel.
Material: Solid magnetic base with durable embedded coil.
Design: Powered by built-in 12 V battery. At least 8 hours of operation at 50% duty. Hand-held,
IR remote control unit allows to operate the lifting magnet from up to 10 metres.
Finish: Painted.
Standard: EN 13155.
Art No Model WLL L x W of base Height up to crane hook Built in battery Type of battery Weight
tons mm mm V/Ah kg
16.45BM1350 BM 1350 1.35 272 x 242 460 12V / 35 Ah FG12 - 35 D 60
16.45BM2500 BM 2500 2.5 400 x 242 460 12V / 75 Ah FG12 - 75 D 72
16.45BM3600 BM3600 3.6 1050 x 240 460 12V / 75 Ah FG12 - 75 D 180
16.45BM500 BM5000 5.0 1200 x 300 460 12V / 75 Ah FG12 - 75 D 203
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
6:64
Lashings
Standard lashings » Securing of the load »

Chain lashings » Dunnage bags »
Accessories for lashing » Tow slings »
Net » Outrigger blocks »
Chapter 7
Lashings
Technical description 7:3

Standard lashings and accessories 7:4
Lashing and accessories 7:8
One-way lashings 7:15
Corner protection 7:16
Chain lashing and accessories G10 7:18
Chain lashing and accessories G12 7:26
Chain lashing and chain 7:36
Chain long link 7:38
D-rings with welding flippers 7:38
Hamburgers 7:38
Container net 7:39
Double cone twistlocks 7:39
Rubber bands 7:40
Securing of load 7:41
Dunnage bags 7:42
Tow sling 7:43
7 Outrigger blocks 7:44
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:2
Technical description
In the past decade, much has happened in load securing area, both in terms of lashing and ways to calculate load-securing-need.
Check the applicable rules of what is required to achieve approved cargo security. Making transport through Europe, cargo secur-
ing usually comply with the requirements of EN 12195-1. Also note that if the load carrier is going to switch modes of transport
before arrival (ship, train, road), all different requirements. This applies to both the trailer and container.
The load securing must stand (at land transport):
Acc. to EN 12195-1 it must withstand 0,8 x load weight forward.
Acc. to EN 12195-1 the load securing must withstand half the load to the sides and backwards. If there is a risk of tipping, the load
security must withstand 0,6 x load weight on the sides acc. to EN 12195-1.
CERTEX-lashings with tensile strength of 500 kg and above is made and marked to be used according to the requirements above.
Abbreviation Description Explanation

LC Lashing Capacity Max. load securing capacity acc. to EN 12195
STF* Standard Tension Force Achieved fixing force in lashing at 50 daN** in tension lever
BL, (S)BL Breaking Load Breaking load (can be set as System Breaking Load “System Tensile Strength”)
*Not available on the smaller 25 mm lashings

** 1daN = 1 kp = 1 kg
Picture 1 x breaking load

1 x LC*
2 x breaking load
2 x LC*
*Value for load securing capacities (LC) applies to the lashing of vehicles.
Remember to use the correct short and long part when using a split lashing. Contact your CERTEX-office to find out if your
CERTEX-lashing to be expanded. If you use the wrong short and long part, the values on the label get wrong.
CERTEX is constantly working to develop and improve its products, so the information on the STF may vary over time.
The information contained in the catalog are minimum STF.
Metods to secure the load:

Secure the load in one of the following ways:
By Closure
By Lashing - By synthetic webbing, chain, steel wire rope
fibre ropes.
By Locking
7
Or a combination of theese actions.
Some kinds of goods demands a certain material.
If you use lashing there are also a number of accessories
fittings to be used.
Marking
Every lashing are provided with marking label/marking plate
with manufacturer symbol, information about lash load
capacity (LC), failure load, length and date of manufacture.
For some goods, the load securing must be of a special type. Think of cargo that can dust, burn or whirl away, flood with water or
flushed, so that the load is not a danger to other road users. CERTEX has nets in various designs (mesh), which is a very useful
protection for e.g. transport of wood chip or waste.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:3
Load Lashing Handy

General: Allround lashings which suits almost all situations for light and middle weight
transports. A flexible and durable lashing of polyester webbing. Produced with double hooks
as standard but can also be produced with other end fittings upon request. Suitable for roof-
racks, trailers and pickups.
Note: Can be supplied with various end fittings.
Art No Code Design Width Length Colour LC* (LC1/LC2)

mm m kg
14.01HAN01ZZ0800OEP HANDY 1000 Endless 35 8 Orange 2.000
14.02HAN01WD0575OEP HANDY 1000 Split lashing 35 7,5+0,5 Orange 1.000/2.000
/DVKLQJFDSDFLW\2WKHUOHQJWKVDQG¿WWLQJVRQUHTXHVW
Load Lashing Lorry/Trucker

General: Lorry and Trucker is the highstrenght polyester webbing lashingsystem for heavy general loads.
It is the markets most common lashing and is beeing used by most lorriedrivers and carriers. It is suitable
for all kinds of transport veichle on road, rail, sea and in air. Can be supplied with various end fittings suit-
/RUU\
able for the majority of lashing points and produced with high quality polyester webbing.
Note: Can be supplied with various lengths and end fittings.
7UXFNHU
Art No Code Design Width Length Colour LC (LC1, LC2)

mm m kg
14.01LOR01ZZ100OEP LORRY 1700 Single lashing 50 10 Orange 3.400
14.02LOR01WD0595OE10 LORRY- 1700 Split lashing 50 9,5+0,5 Orange 1.700/3.400
14.01TRU01ZZ100BEP TRUCKER 2500 Single lashing 50 10 Blue 5.000
14.02TRU01WD0595BE10 TRUCKER 2500 Split lashing 50 9,5+0,5 Blue 2.500/5.000
* Lashing capacity.
Load Lashing Force/Force ERGO

General: Force and Force Ergo lashing gives you twice the tensioning power compared to the
Lorry and Trucker. This due to the longer handle on the ratchet which give you twice the hand
7
force. According to the EN 12195-2 a lashing give at least 350 kg tensioning power when the han-
dle is loaded with 50 kg. Force and Force Ergo lashing gives you 700 kg. This means that you can
reduce the amount of lashings to half when used for transports. Labelled and produced in accord-
ance with EN 12195-2. )RUFH
Ergo ratchet are produced with opposite tensioning movment compared to the normal ratchet.
This means that you pull the ratchet towards your body instead of against it. Which reduces the
load on shoulders and joints considerably.
Note: Available in other lengths and with various end fittings.

)RUFH(5*2

mm m kg
14.02TUF05WD0595OE Force 2500 Split lashing 50 9,5+0,5 Orange 2.500/5.000
14.02TUF10WD0595OE Force ERGO 2500 Split lashing 50 9,5+0,5 Orange 2.500/5.000
* Lashing capacity.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:4
Load Lashing Strong

General: The ratchets for exceptional loads. The lashings are mainly used to secure trailer or con-
tract machinery, both on land and sea. Strong has an extra long handle to increase the tensioning.
Produced in polyester webbing and labelled in accordance with SS-EN 12195-2.
Note: Available in other lengths and with various end fittings.

mm m kg
14.02STR01WD0595YW STRONG 5000 Split lashing 75 0,5+9,5 Yellow 5.000/10.000
* Lashing capacity.
Inner Lashing Carry

General: Carry is an interior lashing that fits well in most transportvans and lorries. Interior
lashings comes standard with end fittings with latch (EF-fitting) as they fit most rails on the
market.
()¿WWLQJ

mm m kg
14.02CA501EF1030OE CARRY 5/1000 Split lashing, EF-fitting 50 1+3 Orange 2.000/4.000
14.02CA201EF1030BC CARRY 2/1000 Split lashing, EF-fitting 50 1+3 Orange 2.000/4.000
* Lashing capacity.
2WKHUOHQJWKDQG¿WWLQJVRQUHTXHVW
Load Lashing Euro

General: Europe´s most commonly used lashing for trans-
porting new cars. Produced in the way that it will not harm
the wheel suspension when tied down. Euro has hard rubber
heels as extra protection towards the webbing for a longer
lasting lashing.
7
Art No Code Design Width Length Colour LC
mm m daN
14.02EUR11WD0025OE Euro Split-lashing 35 0+2,5 Orange 1.000/2.000
* Lashing capacity.
Load Lashing Rally

General: When transporting cars on trailers Rally tyre lashings
is both quick and safe to use. This sort of lashing is most com-
mon to use when transporting or towing cars.
Art No Code Colour Width Length Breaking force Min STF LC*
mm m tons daN daN
14.02RA111RR0020OE Split lashing Orange 35 0+2 2,5 180 1.000/2.000
14.02RA211RR0020OE Split lashing Orange 50 0+2 4 350 1.000/2.000
* Lashing capacity.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:5
Junior Lashing
General: Sturdy and reliable lashings of low-stretch polyester fabric. Ratchet and quality fittings. SDUW
Typical application: Useable for lashing of small loads up to 1.000 kg
Material: Polyester, resistant to most acids, but not to alkalis.
Identification: The lashings are supplied with a blue label on which are the prescribed informa-
tion, as required in EN 12195-2.
Note: The displayed color combination is only indicative. (QGOHVV
Art No Design Webbing width Length Colour LC* (LC1/LC2)

mm m kg
14.020800050 Split lashing 25 4,5+0,5 Blue 400/800
14.010800050 Endless 25 5,0 Blue 800
* Lashing capacity.
Load Lashing Rollo mini

General: Rollo mini is a lashing for securing lighter cargo. Rollo mini is easy to use and the
functionality is like a retractable seat belt. The lashing is rolled out to desired length and then
tightened like an ordinary lashing. After usage the band retracts automatically. The lashing
only consists of one part which benefits ease of use and simplicity.
Art No Design Width Length Colour LC* (LC1/LC2)

mm m kg
14.02131610002 Double wire hook 25 3,26 Black 300/600
* Lashing capacity.
Load Lashing Rollo

General: Rollo is a lashing for securing lighter and midrange-weighted cargo. Rollo is easy
to use and the functionality is like a retractable seat belt. The lashing is rolled out to desired
length and then tightened like an ordinary lashing. After usage the band retracts automati-
cally. The lashing only consists of one part which benefits ease of use and simplicity.
7
Art No Width Length Design Breaking load LC*
mm M ton kg
14.02131610004 50 3,26 Double wire hook 1,2 600
* Lashing capacity.
Load Lashing Rollo E-Fitting

General: Rollo is a very easy-to-use lashing for securing light or medium heavy loads.
The function is similar to a regular seat belt. The webbing is rolled out to the desired
lenght and is tensioned like a traditional ratchet, after use the webbing is rolled up auto-
maticly. The lashing is one piece only which creates simplicity and order.
Art No Width Length Design Breaking Load LC*

mm m ton daN
12.02131610007 50 3,3 E-Fitting 1,5 750
* Lashing capacity.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:6
Fast Lashing Cambuckle

General: Cambuckle lashing is a versitile strap with a hefty buckle cast in zinc.
Sold separately or in a display box containing 32 pcs. in 4 different lengths and
colours: 8 pcs. of each (1m red, 2m orange, 3m blue and 5m black).
Strap width: 25 mm.
Breaking force: 250 kg.
Art No Code Color Length m

14.01130310060 Display box 8 pieces of each 1, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 5
14.01130310062 MINI-1 Red 1
14.01130310066 MINI-2 Orange 2
14.01130310068 MINI-2,5 Yellow 2,5
14.01130310070 MINI-3 Blue 3
14.01130310072 MINI-3,5 Black 3,5
14.01130310075 MINI-5 Black 5
2WKHUOHQJWKEUHDNLQJORDGVDQGFRORUVRQUHTXHVW
Load Lashing - Stainless

Certex offers a comprehensive range of stainless steel lashing, from 25 mm to 50 mm webbing in various lengths together with
stainless steel ratchets and fittings. Stainless lashing is used in acid environment as well as where the risk of corrosion is high.
Used in barns, silage pits and for marine use.
Note: Contact us directly for more information.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:7
A2 Lashing 25 mm
Ratchet type A2
Art No LC* straight pull kp LC* noose kp

14.3643320-22 (Galv.) 1.000 2.000
14.3601000S (Stainless) 400 800
* Lashing capacity.
Webbing 26 mm
Art No Colour Breaking load kp Webbing width mm

14.3003090OR Orange 2.000 26
Claw Hook type BC8
Art No Breaking load kp Webbing width mm

14.3504101 (Galv.) 2.000 25
14.3501001S (Stainless) 2.000 25
Accessories for 25 mm webbing

Triangel D25

14.392002 2.000 25
7 Wire Hook type A6

14.354005 1.000 25
Latch Hook P25

14.3543044-10 2.300 25
Flat Hook with stop

14.3540044-10 1.600 25
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:8
A3 Lashing 35 mm
Ratchet type A3
Art No LC* straight pull kp LC* noose kp

14.3605000R(Galv.) 1.500 3.000
14.3648195-10 (Stainless) 1.250 2.500
* Lashing capacity.
Webbing 35 mm

14.3006-601100351B Orange 3.000 35
Claw Hook type BC10

14.3500010 (Galv.) 3.000 35
14.3505001S (Stainless) 2.500 35
A9 Lashing 50 mm
Ratchet type A9
Art No
14.3644627-11
Strength straight pull kp
1.500
Strength noose kp
3.000
7
Webbing 50 mm

14.3050500-21 Orange 6.000 50
14.3050493-17 Yellow 5.000 50
Claw Hook type A12

14.3510001 (Galv.) 5.000 50
14.3510001 S (Stainless) 4.000 50
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:9
A12 Lashing 50 mm
Ratchet A12 with load safety
Art No Strength straight pull kp Strength noose kp

14.3610000C (Galv.) 2.500 5.000
14.3647105-17 (Stainless) 2.000 4.000
Webbing 50 mm
Art No Colour Strength kp Webbing width mm

14.3050500-21 Orange 6000 50
14.3050762-12 Blue 7500 50
Claw Hook type A12

14.3510001 (Galv.) 5.000 50
14.3510001 S (Stainless) 4.000 50
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:10
Accessories for 50 mm webbing

Wire Hook B14

14.3510004 5.000 50
Triangle D50

14.395102 2.500 50
D-Triangle D54

14.3910009 5.000 50
U-Hook U11
7

14.3510005 5.000 50
Flat Hook F50

14.3543099-10 2.300 50
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:11
Rail Buckle EF

14.394008 2.000 50
Latch Hook PA5

14.3543044-10-1 5.000 50
Latch Hook DPA5

14.3510007 5.000 50
7
Latch Hook P50

14.3540084-14 2.300 50
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:12
A20, B20 Lashing 75 mm

Ratchet type B20
Art No LC* strraight pull kp LC* noose kp Webbing width mm

14.3620000B 5.000 10.000 75
* Lashing capacity.
Webbing 75 mm

14.30255514 Yellow 13.500 75
Claw Hook A20

14.3520001 10.000 75
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:13
Cambuckle type B25

Application: Can e.g. be fastened with a bolt in order to have a fixed point for the straps.

14.37110110010 650 25
Cambuckle type C25

Application: Mini straps can be used in a countless number of purposes for example tiring pallets,
wooden plates, plastic pipes, furniture, luggage, etc.

14.37110110007 400 25
Webbing 25 mm

14.3050420-12 Blue 1.400 25
Wire Hook type B26

14.3502001 1.000 25
Cambuckle type S50

7 Application: A heavy-duty type of C25 for 50 mm webbing.
Art No Breaking load kp Webbing widht mm

14.37110110004 1.300 50
Webbing 50 mm

14.3050500-21 Orange 6.000 50
14.3050493-17 Yellow 5.000 50
Wire Hook type A12

14.3510001 5.000 50
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:14
One-way Lashing and Accessories

One Way Lashing - Ratchet
General: Reliable tensioning tool. Fits most webbings and is fast and easy to operate.
Art No Description Width SHF FF (Pretentioning)

mm kN kp kN kp
14.361890 Tensioning tool 50 0,49 => 50 => 4,9 500
Key-lock
Delivered in bags of 50 pcs.
Art No Breaking load kp Type

14.3906-4013015 2000 For 50 mm webbing
Quicklash lock
Delivered in sacks of 250 pcs.
Art No Breaking load kp Type

99.DKAA107745 2.000 For 50 mm webbing
7
PP-Webbing 50 mm
The webbing is delivered in sacks.
Art No Colour Breaking load kg Webbing width mm m/sack

14.3040023048604 White 1.800 50 250
14.30IPP050021WE White 2.000 50 400
Release Handle for Key-lock
Art No Type
14.3601860 Release handle 50 mm
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:15
EXTREEMA® Protection lashing

EXTREEMA® Protections
Lashings should be protected from sharp edges, abrasion and tear, both
on the side of the load as well as on the lifting device. In case a protection
against damage of the sides or against tear is supplied as a part of the round
sling, the protections should be applied as described. An additional protection
can be mandatory.
Standard: EN 1492.
Why EXTREEMA® Protection?

Very good features:
· High cut resistance.
· High tear resistance (with HMPE Dyneema® Sleeves).
· High abrasion resistance.
Good resistance to chemicals.
Good resistance to sea water.
Does not take up water.
In many configurations.
EXTREEMA® Protections with Dyneema®

EXTREEMA® L-series - with velcro.
EXTREEMA® XL-series - protective sleeve.
EXTREEMA® XXL-series - protective.
Standard: EN 1492-1 and EN 1492-2.
Art No Art No Code Width Use on

50 cm 100 cm mm
12.40EP-L0050 12.40EP-L0100 EP-L0 80 Cable/chain
12.40EP-L1050 12.40EP-L1100 EP-L1 120 Cable/chain
12.40EP-L2050 12.40EP-L2100 EP-L2 150 WLL 1T - 2T
12.40EP-L3050 12.40EP-L3100 EP-L3 180 WLL 3T - 4T
12.40EP-L4050 12.40EP-L4100 EP-L4 200 WLL 5T - 8T
12.40EP-L5050 12.40EP-L5100 EP-L5 250 WLL 10T - 20 T
12.40EP-L6050 12.40EP-L6100 EP-L6 300 WLL 20T - 30T
12.40EP-L7050 12.40EP-L7100 EP-L7 450 WLL 35T - 60T
12.40EP-L8050 12.40EP-L8100 EP-L8 550 WLL 65T - 85T
12.40EP-L9050 12.40EP-L9100 EP-L9 600 WLL 90T - 115T
7 FIXED LOAD
Dyneema® in alkali
100
ROTATING & LINEAR 90 Dyneema® in acid

BLADE MOVEMENT
80
Twaron Vectran® (LCP) (Aramid)
70
Strength resistance %
60
Technora® (Aramid)
FABRIC SAMPLE
Dyneema® (HMPE)
50
Vectran® (LCP)
Diolen® (PES)
40
Zylon® (PBO)
30
Aramid in alkali
20
10
Aramid in acid
0
0 50 100 150 200
CONDUCTIVE STRIP
Time (hours)
&XWUHVLVWDQFH $EUDVLRQUHVLVWDQFH $ONDOLDQGDFLGUHVLVWDQFH
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:16
STOBITEX - PU Sharp Edge Protection Plates DF

General: Stobitex PU-Elastomer sharp edge protection plates DF can be
used wherever there are sharp edges to be protected or where damage to
lifting materials needs to be prevented. The protective plates are applied
during the load fastening / lashing operation. The lashing belt is threaded
through the two openings, so that the plate can slide freely along the belt.
During the lashing process the belt can thus slide over the plate, avoiding
damage due to no direct contact between the belt and sharp edges.
The minimum thickness “d” recommended to afford good cut protection is
4 mm.
Material: Polyurethan-Elastomer.
Plates can be supplied in all sizes, with the standard sizes are listed in the
table.
Art No Type Length x Width Recess a x b Weight

mm kg
12.40DF025 DF 25 250 x 80 25 x 10 0,11
12.40DF035 DF 35 250 x 80 35 x 10 0,12
12.40DF055 DF 55 300 x 100 55 x 10 0,17
12.40DF060 DF 60 450 x 100 60 x 30 0,26
12.40DF070 DF 70 450 x 120 70 x 30 0,30
12.40DF080 DF 80 450 x 120 80 x 30 0,31
12.40DF090 DF 90 470 x 130 90 x 40 0,33
12.40DF110 DF 110 470 x 150 110 x 40 0,40
12.40DF130 DF 130 470 x 170 130 x 40 0,43
12.40DF160 DF 160 470 x 200 160 x 40 0,48
12.40DF200 DF 200 470 x 240 200 x 40 0,54
12.40DF220 DF 220 470 x 240 220 x 40 0,57
12.40DF250 DF 250 500 x 280 250 x 40 0,70
12.40DF320 DF 320 600 x 400 320 x 40 1,33
12.40DF420 DF 420 600 x 500 420 x 40 1,93
PVC Protector for 50 mm Webbing

Protector for 50 mm webbing.
Art No Type Webbing width mm

7
14.395161 Edge protector 50
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:17
Comparison of pewag lashing chains in G8, G10, G12

Direct lashing of loads on trucks
When using 4 lashingchains of Permitted load weight when using 4 lashing chains
type α = 35°, β = 30°,friction coefficient μ = 0,3
ZRS GB ZRSW G10 ZRSWP G12
Lashing chain 8 mm 14.100 17.600 21.150
Lashing chain 10 mm 22.200 28.200 35.250
Lashing chain 13 mm 35.250 47.200 56.400
WIN PEWAG
NER
GR 1
0
Features and benefits of pewag lashing chains in G10 quality

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
G10
151 kg
G8
Weight of lashing chain (kg)
25% higher load capacity than G8
7
114 kg
G10 104 kg
G8
Weight of load (to)
62
62 to
61 kg
28 to
41 kg
28
23 to
23
10 mm ø
10 mm ø
13 mm ø
13 mm ø
16 mm ø
8mø
G10
G10
G10
G8
G8
G8
LC (kN) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Weight of load (to)
Lashing capacity LC Previous chain weight pewag winner chain ø

50 10 8
80 13 10
160 16 13
Lashing capacity LC Previous chain weight kg pewag winner chain weight kg % Reduction
50 14,5 9,7 33
80 37,7 14,5 44
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:18
pewag winner pro data

Chain quality: pewag winner meets the EN 818-2 standard with modifications (higher mechanical values, reduced application
temperature)
Lashing force: 500 N/mm2
Test stress: 625 N/mm²
Breaking stress: 1.000 N/mm²
Breaking elongation: min. 20%
Bending: 0,8 x d
Stress crack corrosion: The characteristics in regards to stress crack corrosion is equal to G8
Admissible operating temperature: -40°C - +200°C
Quality grade stamping: pewag winner chain – 100 at a distance of 300 mm and 10 on the back of each link pewag winner com-
ponents – 10
Manufacturer‘s name or symbol: Chain - PW, Components - PW or pewag
Surface:
Chain – shot-blasted and clear coated, components - orange powder coated - RAL 2004
Lashing tag: All the required data are shown on the tag
Compatibility: pewag winner chains and components may be combined by a competent person under consideration of the manu-
facturer specifications with all components of G8 meeting the requirements of EN 818 and EN 1677. Furthermore, the pewag win-
ner chains may be combined with all competitors chains and components, being compatible with EN 818 and EN 1677 qualified
items. Only original pewag spare parts (esp. pins and bolts, safety catches, etc.) may be used for pewag articles. The maximum
working load capacity of pewag sling chains is always defined by their weakest part.
The competent person has to check and approve the functionality of the chain sling (in consequence, it is not allowed to combine
winner chains with competitors items that follow neither the EN 818 nor the EN 1677 requirements).
Identification, Documentation
Lashing chains meet the EN 12195-3 standard an are supplied with:
● Identification tag
● Manufacturer certificate
● User information
● Test certificate
pewag winner lashing Example of order text

Below you will find a detailed example of a finished and commer- ZRSW 8 200 I - KHSW - KHSW 3500
cially available pewag lashing chain. Nominal- 1-leg Clevis Clevis Lenght
diameter sling sling mm
hook hook
pewag winner 8 mm - single lashing chain with shortening hooks an
hook mounted with Connex connecting links, length: 3.500 mm.
7
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:19
Lashing Chain pewag winner 200

General: Round steel chains for use in lifting or lashing chains.
Material: High duty chain in grade 10.
Marking: Every link is marked with 10. Every 8th link is marked PWA 100/Austria and a lot number.
Finish: Blasted, clear painted.
Safety factor: 2:1.
WIN PEWAG
NER
GR 1
0
Art No LC Code Nominal dia. Std. length Pitch t Inside width Outside width max. Breaking force Weight
kN d m mm b1 min mm kN kg/m
11.653973 38 WIN 7 200 7 50 21 10 25 77,0 1,20
11.653975 50 WIN 8 200 8 50 24 11 29 101 1,57
11.653976 80 WIN 10 200 10 50 30 14 36 157 2,46
11.653986 134 WIN 13 200 13 50 39 18 47 265 4,18
11.653988 200 WIN 16 200 16 25 48 22 58 402 6,28
Load Binder RSW G10

General: For pewag winner connex system. Load binder with
optimized lever length. 25% higher lashing capacity than grade 8
ratchet.
Marking: Pewag or PW, winner 10, H16, CE, batch code and type.
Safety factor: 2:1.
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
7
Art No LC Code Marking STF L closed L open Tension distance Lever length I D d Weight
kN daN mm kg
14.107309 50 RSW 7/8 Type A 1.900 355 500 145 237 20 16 3,20
14.107305 80 RSW 10 Type B 3.000 365 510 145 355 26 18 3,80
14.107307 134 RSW 13 Type C 2.500 576 866 290 359 31 22 9,90
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:20
Load Binder RSPSW G10

General: Ratchet for a two part chain lashing system, with lashing
chain ZKW. Variable positioning possible. 25% higher lashing capacity
than grade 8 ratchet.
Material: Alloy steel grade 10. g
Safety factor: 2:1. L
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
Art No LC Code Marking STF L closed L open Tension range Lever length I g Weight
kN daN mm kg
14.1087720 50 RSPSW 8 Type A 1.900 621 766 145 237 11 4,4
14.1087721 80 RSPSW 10 Type B 3.000 685 830 145 355 13 6,3
14.1087722 134 RSPSW 13 Type C 2.500 978 1.268 290 359 17 15
$OVRXVDEOHZLWKPPFKDLQ/&ZLWKPPFKDLQ N1
Clevis Turnbuckle for Lashing Chain KSSW G10

General: For lashing and load security of heavy loads on trucks and rail. 25%
higher lashing capacity than grade 8 Clevis turnbuckles.
Material: Alloy steel grade 10. d1
Safety factor: 2:1. L
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
Art No LC Code STF L closed L open Tension distance d Weight

kN daN mm kg
14.1073217 200 KKSW 16 - 530 780 250 20 10
Connex Connecting Link CW G10

General: CW Connex connecting link for pewag connex and welded system.
Load pin and collar CBH are also separately available.
7
Connecting link for:
Master link - chain, chain - chain, hook - chain.
Safety factor: 2:1.
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
Art No LC Code e c s t d b g Weight

kN mm kg/pcs.
11.0651978 38 CW 7 51 10 13 14 9 47 17 0,12
11.0689347 50 CW 8 62 12 14 20 10 55 18 0,23
11.0689340 80 CW 10 72 15 18 22 13 64 24 0,42
11.062693 134 CW 13 88 20 22 26 17 79 28 0,84
11.0650857 200 CW 16 103 21 29 31 21 106 33 1,40
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:21
Clevis Sling Hook KHSW G10

General: KHSW Clevis sling hooks are designed for the assembly of
chain slings.
General purpose hook, can be used without transition link and without
connecting link.
With forged safety catch.
Safety factor: 2:1.
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
Art No LC Code e h a d g1 b Weight

kN mm kg/pcs.
11.114890 38 KHSW 7 95 28 19 9 26 90 0,60
11.1117754 50 KHSW 8 95 28 19 10 26 90 0,60
11.1117755 80 KHSW 10 109 35 25 12,5 31 108 1,10
11.1117756 134 KHSW 13 136 41 34 16 39 131 2,00
11.1117757 200 KHSW 16 155 49 37 20 45 153 3,48
Eye Sling Hook HSW G10

General: HSW Eye sling hooks are designed for the assembly of chain
slings. All hooks with forged safety catch.
For general lifting applications.
Safety factor: 2:1.
7 WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
Art No LC Code e h a d1 d2 g1 b Weight

kN mm kg/pcs.
11.1167239 50 HSW 7/8 106 27 19 25 11 26 88 0,5
11.1167241 80 HSW 10 131 33 26 34 16 31 109 1,1
11.1167243 134 HSW 13 164 44 33 43 19 39 134 2.2
11.1167245 200 HSW 16 183 50 40 50 25 45 155 3,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:22
Grab Hook PSW with Safety Catch G10

General: Shortening hook with safety catch against accidental release of
the chain.
Safety factor: 2:1.
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
Art No LC Code e b d1 d2 g Weight

kN mm kg/pcs.
11.2160816 50 PSW 7/8 71 58 20 12 11 0,40
11.2150102 80 PSW 10 88 76 22 15 13 0,90
11.2188533 134 PSW 13 98 98 24 17 16 1,60
11.2169207 200 PSW 16 129 118 32 23 19 3,60
Master Link AW G10

General: AW Master links for connex and welded system.
Safety factor: 2:1.
WIN PEW
NER AG
GR 1
0
Art No LC Code For chain Ø d t w s Weight

kN mm mm kg/pcs.
11.0246775 46 AW 13 7 13 110 60 10 0,34
11.0246776 70 AW 16 8 16 110 60 14 0,53
11.0246777
11.0246778
11.0246779
100
152
200
AW 18
AW 22
AW 26
10
13
16
19
23
27
135
160
180
75
90
100
14
17
20
0,92
1,60
2,46
7
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:23
Direct lashing G10

ZRSW 7 with RSW 7/8 Loadbinder (LC 38kN; for 4 lashing chains)
Angle Angle Max. load at dynamic friction factor
α β 0,01 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
15 - 35º 21 - 30º - - - 13.350 17.800 24.450 37.650
15 - 35º 31 - 40º 6.050 7.400 9.400 12.150 16.000 22.000 34.000
15 - 35º 41 - 50º 5.100 6.300 8.100 10.600 13.750 19.000 29.450
15 - 35º 51 - 60º 3.950 5.050 6.600 8.500 11.100 15.500 24.250
36 - 50º 21 - 30º - - 8.950 11.950 16.350 23.800 38.600
36 - 50º 31 - 40º 4.800 6.150 8.150 10.950 15.150 22.150 36.150
36 - 50º 41 - 50º 4.000 5.300 7.150 9.750 13.650 20.150 33.150
36 - 50º 51 - 60º - 4.300 6.000 8.350 11.900 17.650 28.750
ZRSW 8 with RSW 7/8 Loadbinder (LC 50kN; for 4 lashing chains)
α β 0,01 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
15 - 35º 21 - 30º - - - 17.600 23.450 32.150 49.550
15 - 35º 31 - 40º 8.000 9.750 12.350 15.950 21.050 28.950 44.750
15 - 35º 41 - 50º 6.700 8.300 10.650 13.950 18.100 25.000 38.800
15 - 35º 51 - 60º 5.250 6.650 8.700 11.200 14.650 20.400 31.900
36 - 50º 21 - 30º - - 11.800 15.700 21.550 31.300 50.800
36 - 50º 31 - 40º 6.300 8.100 10.750 14.400 19.950 29.150 47.600
36 - 50º 41 - 50º 5.300 6.950 9.400 12.850 17.950 26.500 43.600
36 - 50º 51 - 60º - 5.650 7.900 11.000 15.650 23.250 37.850
ZRSW 10 with RSW 10 Loadbinder (LC 80kN; for 4 lashing chains)

α β 0,01 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
15 - 35º 21 - 30º - - - 28.200 37.550 51.500 79,300
15 - 35º 31 - 40º 12.800 15.650 19.750 25.550 33.700 46.350 71.600
15 - 35º 41 - 50º 10.750 13.300 17.100 22.350 28.950 40..000 62.050
15 - 35º 51 - 60º 8.400 10.650 13.950 17.900 23.450 32.650 51.050
36 - 50º 21 - 30º - - 18.900 25.150 34.500 50.100 81.300
36 - 50º 31 - 40º 10.100 13.000 17.200 23.100 31.950 46.650 76.150
36 - 50º 41 - 50º 8.800 11.150 15.100 20.550 28.750 42.450 69.800
7 36 - 50º 51 - 60º - 9.050 12.650 17.600 25.100 37.200 60.550
ZRSW 13 with RSW 13 Loadbinder (LC 134kN; for 4 lashing chains)

α β 0,01 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
15 - 35º 21 - 30º - - - 47.200 62.900 86.250 132.900
15 - 35º 31 - 40º 21.450 26.200 33.150 42.850 56.500 77.650 119.950
15 - 35º 41 - 50º 18.050 22.350 28.600 37.400 48.500 67.000 104.000
15 - 35º 51 - 60º 14.050 17.850 23.400 30.000 39.250 54.700 85.500
36 - 50º 21 - 30º - - 31.700 42.150 57.800 83.900 136.150
36 - 50º 31 - 40º 16.950 21.750 28.800 38.700 53.500 78.200 127.550
36 - 50º 41 - 50º 14.250 18.750 25.250 34.450 48.200 71.100 116.900
36 - 50º 51 - 60º - 15.200 21.150 29.500 42.050 62.350 101.450
This table provides information on how to get the best use from the pewag lashing systems. This table also shows you the
maximum load which can be secured with 4 equal lashing systems given the angles and dynamic friction factors referred
to. Additional securing methods (i.e. wedges, or similar) have not been taken into account. These could be used to secure α
loads with even higher weights. Please contact our customer service. Every lashing system has its own table. The maxi-
mum forces occurring due to acceleration, braking and avoidance maneuvers in road traffic acc. EN 12195-1 were taken
into account. Other tables are applicable for transport by rail and sea. Please contact our customer service. β
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:24
Frictional lashing G10

ZRSW 7 with RSW 7/8 Loadbinder STF 1900 (daN)
Angle to surface Max. load at dynamic friction factor
α 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
90º 400 950 1.710 2.850 4.750 8.550
85º 400 940 1.700 2.830 4.730 8.510
80º 400 930 1.680 2.800 4.670 8.420
70º 380 890 1.600 2.670 4.460 8.030
60º 350 820 1.480 2.460 4.110 7.400
50º 310 720 1.300 2.180 3.630 6.540
40º 260 610 1.090 1.830 3.050 5.490
30º 200 470 850 1.420 2.370 4.270
ZRSW 8 with RSW 7/8 Loadbinder STF 1900 (daN)

α 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
90º 400 950 1.710 2.850 4.750 8.550
85º 400 940 1.700 2.830 4.730 8.510
80º 400 930 1.680 2.800 4.670 8.420
70º 380 890 1.600 2.670 4.460 8.030
60º 350 820 1.480 2.460 4.110 7.400
50º 310 720 1.300 2.180 3.630 6.540
40º 260 610 1.090 1.830 3.050 5.490
30º 200 470 850 1.420 2.370 4.270
ZRSW 10 with RSW 10 Loadbinder STF 3000 (daN)

α 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
90º 640 1.500 2.700 4.500 7.500 13.500
85º 640 1.490 2.680 4.480 7.470 13.440
80º 630 1.470 2.650 4.430 7.380 13.290
70º 600 1.400 2.530 4.220 7.040 12.680
60º 550 1.290 2.330 3.890 6.490 11.690
50º 490 1.140 2.060 3.440 5.740 10.340
40º 410 960 1.730 2.890 4.820 8.670
30º 320 750 1.350 2.250 3.750 6.750
7
ZRSW 13 with RSW 13 Loadbinder STF 2500 (daN)
α 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
90º 530 1.250 2.250 3.750 6.250 11.250
85º 530 1.240 2.240 3.730 6.220 11.200
80º 520 1.230 2.210 3.690 6.150 11.070
70º 500 1.170 2.110 3.520 5.870 10.570
60º 460 1.080 1.940 3.240 5.410 9.740
50º 410 950 1.720 2.870 4.780 8.610
40º 340 800 1.440 2.410 4.010 7.230
30º 260 620 1.120 1.870 3.120 5.620
This table provides information on how to get the best use from the pewag lashing systems. This table also shows you the maximum
load which can be secured with 1 lashing system given the angles and dynamic friction factors referred to. Please note that when
friction lashing min. 2 lashing systems are needed. Additional securing methods (i.e. wedges, or similar) have not been taken into
account. These could be used to secure loads with even higher weights. Please contact our customer service. The values in the
α
table are applicable in the event that the same tension force (STF) is not effective in the lashing system on both sides of the load due
to the deflection and edges. If this can be determined (e.g. using a pretensioning gauge), the values in the table may be increased by
a factor of 1.3. The maximum loading weight depends on the STF value of the tensioning system – the value is shown on the lashing
system‘s tag. Every lashing system has its own table. The maximum forces occurring due to acceleration, braking and avoidance
maneuvers in road traffic acc. EN 12195-1 were taken into account. Other tables are applicable for transport by rail and sea.
Please contact our customer service.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:25
Comparison of pewag lashing chains in G8, G10, G12

Direct lashing of loads on trucks
When using 4 lashing Permitted load weight when using 4 lashing chains α = 35°,
hains of type β = 30°,friction coefficient μ = 0,3
ZRS GB ZRSW G10 ZRSWP G12
Lashing chain 8 mm 14100 17600 21150
Lashing chain 10 mm 22200 28200 35250
Lashing chain 13 mm 35250 47200 56400
WIN PEWAG
NER
PRO
G12
Features and benefits of pewag lashing chains in G12 quality

WIN PEW
N AG
G12 ER PRO
7
Lashing capacity
Nicroman G8
pewag winner G10 Nicroman G8
Weight
pewag winner pro G12 pewag winner pro G12
Chain dimension
8 10 13 3.350 kg 4.250 kg 7.100 kg 11.200 kg
Lashing capacity LC Previous chain weight pewag winner pro chain weight % Reduction
60 14,5 10,3 29%
100 26,1 15,6 40%
160 37,7 30,7 18%
Lashing capacity LC Previous chain-ø pewag winner pro chain-ø

60 10 8
100 13 10
160 16 13
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:26
pewag winner pro Data

Chain quality: pewag winner pro meets the PAS 1061 standard with modifications (higher mechanical and impact strength val-
ues, reduced application temperature).
Stress at lashing capacity: 600 N/mm².
Fatigue test: 20.000 cycles at 450 N/mm² nominal stress
Test stress: 750 N/mm².
Breaking stress: 1.200 N/mm².
Breaking elongation: min. 20% regardless of surface.
Bending: 0,8 x d.
Stress crack corrosion: Harmless against stress crack corrosion acc. to PAS 1061.
Impact strength toughness: 42J at -60°C.
Admissible operation temperature: -60°C – +300°C (please note WLL reduction at high temperatures).
Quality grade stamping: pewag winner pro chain – 12 resp. 120 at a distance of 300 mm and 12 on the back of each link pewag
winner pro components – 12.
Manufacturer‘s name or symbol: D16 and/or pewag.
Surface:
Chain – light blue powdercoated – RAL 5012 or black corropro (PCP) coated – similar to RAL 9005.
Components – light blue powdercoated – RAL 5012.
Lashing tag: All the required data are shown on the tag.
Compatibility: pewag winner pro chains and components have only limited compatibility with chains and components of other
suppliers; combinations should be checked in advance with the manufacturer.
pewag winner pro Lashing tag Identification

Novel lashing tags with warning marks made from stainless steel
material which guarantee longer lasting than standard lashing tags
and therefore increases the safety of the lashing system
pewag winner pro lashing

Example of order text ZRSWP 8 I KHSWP - KHSWP - PSWP 3500
Below you will find an example of a finished Nominal- 1-part Clevis sling Clevis sling Grab hook Lenght mm
pewag lashing chain that can be commercially diameter hook hook with safety pin
ordered.
pewag winner pro 8 mm - one-piece lashing chain

with shortener and clevis sling hook, assembled
with connex-connecting links. Lenght: 3.500 mm. 7
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:27
Lashing chain ZRSWP I KHSWP - KHSWP - PSWP

General: Lashing chain with a built-in load binder.
Safety factor: 2:1.
Note: Must not be used for lifting or attaching loads.
Lashing capacity Code Standard tension Length Length Tension Jaw size Weight
LC force STF closed L open L range g1
kN daN mm kg/pcs.
47 ZRSWP 7 200 I KHSWP-KHSWP- 1.900 355 500 145 36 9,8
PSWP 3500 CONNEX
PSWP 3500 CONNEX
PSWP 3500 CONNEX
PSWP 3500 CONNEX
Lashing chain ZRSWP I HSWP - HSWP - PSWP

General: Lashing chain with a built-in load binder.
Safety factor: 2:1.
7 Note: Must not be used for lifting or attaching loads.
Lashing capacity Code Standard tension Length Length Tension Jaw size Weight
LC force STF closed L open L range g1
kN daN mm kg/pcs.
47 ZRSWP 7 200 I HSWP-HSWP- 1.900 365 500 145 26 9,3
PSWP 3500 CONNEX
60 ZRSWP 8 200 I HSWP-HSWP- 1.900 365 500 145 26 10,6
PSWP 3500 CONNEX
100 ZRSWP 10 200 I HSWP-HSWP- 3.000 365 510 145 31 16,8
PSWP 3500 CONNEX
160 ZRSWP 13 200 I HSWP-HSWP- 2.500 576 866 290 39 33
PSWP 3500 CONNEX
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:28
Lashing chain ZKWP I HSWP - HSWP

General: Lashing chain for a two-part system.
Safety factor: 2:1.
Lashing capacity LC Code L Jaw size g1 Weight

kN mm kg/pcs.
47 ZKWP 7 200 I HSWP-HSWP 3500 CONNEX 3.500 26 5,73
Lashing chain ZKWP I KHSWP - KHSWP

General: Lashing chain for a two-part system.
Safety factor: 2:1.
7
Lashing capacity LC Code L Jaw size g1 Weight

kN mm kg/pcs.
47 ZKWP 7 200 I KHSWP-KHSWP 3500 3.500 36 6,15
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:29
Winpro Lifting Chain Flex 200

General: Profile steel chain in grade 12 for lifting.
Working temperature: -40ºC up to +200ºC. t dn
Marking: Every link is marked with manufactor ID and grade.
Finish: Light grey powdercoated. b2 b1
max. min.
Safety factor: 2:1.
Note: Not to be heat-treated.
Art No WLL Code dn t b1 b2 Weight

tons mm kg/m
11.6658065 2,36 WINPRO 7 FLEX 200 7 22 10 26 1,36
11.6658068 3 WINPRO 8 FLEX 200 8 25 11 29 1,64
11.6658069 5 WINPRO 10 FLEX 200 10 33 14 37 2,70
11.6658070 8 WINPRO 13 FLEX 200 13 41 19 50 4,80
11.6658071 12,5 WINPRO 16 FLEX 200 16 51 23 60 7,17
Load Binder RSWP G12

General: For pewag winner pro connex system. Load binder with optimized lever length.
Standard: Corresponds to EN 12195-3 with lashing capacity according to G12. l

Safety factor: 2:1. d
D
7
Art No Lashing capacity Code Marking Std. tension force Length Length Tension Lever D d Weight
LC STF closed L open L range length l
kN daN mm kg/pcs.
14.107311 60 RSWP 7/8 Type A 1.900 355 500 145 237 20 16 3,20
14.107331 100 RSWP 10 Type B 3.000 365 510 145 355 26 18 3,80
14.107393 160 RSWP 13 Type C 2.500 576 866 290 359 31 22 9,90
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:30
Load Binder RSPSWP Grade 12

General: Load binder for two-part lashing systems, with pre-mounted shorten-
ing hooks with safety catch.
Safety factor: 2:1.
Art No LC Code STF standard tension Length closed Length open Tension Jaw size Lever length I Weight
force L L range g
kN daN kg/unit
14.1089138 47 RSPSWP 7 1.900 586 741 155 237 10 4,6
14.1089139 60 RSPSWP 8 1.900 600 755 155 237 10 4,9
14.1089140 100 RSPSWP 10 3.000 674 829 155 355 13 6,7
14.1089141 160 RSPSWP 13 2.500 981 1.278 297 359 17 15,7
Load Binder RSKWP G12

General:
- Ratchet lever is foldable by 90° and it clicks into the cylinder knob or between two knobs
- A safety mechanism keeps it in its position to avoid accidental opening of the lashing assembly
- Flat system due to foldable ratchet lever
- Space-saving
- Reduced risk of injury: prevention from getting caught by the ratchet lever
- Open system
- Turnbuckles and short loadbinders shall have a securing device against working loose.
7
- Possibility to obstruct the load binder in the U-lock (theft protection)
Art No LC * Code STF** Length closed Length open Tension range Lever length L1 D d Weight
Kn daN mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/pc.
14.1062537 60 RSKWP 7/8 2.200 536 176 360 237 23 16 5,20
14.1062640 100 RSKWP 10 2.500 536 176 360 360 23 16 5,50
*Lashing capacity
6WDQGDUG7HQVLRQ)RUFH
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:31
Connecting Link CWP Grade 12

General: Universal connecting link consisting of two die-forged identical
halves, a bolt and a safety sleeve.
Safety factor: 2:1.
Art No WLL Code LC L F s d A B Weight

tons kN mm kg/pcs.
11.0785823 2,36 CWP 7 47 63 12 16 9 47 17 0,13
11.0787965 3 CWP 8 60 62 14 20 10 58 20 0,30
11.0789315 5 CWP 10 100 78 18 25 13 66 22 0,55
11.0789316 8 CWP 13 160 107 22 34 17 84 25 1,24
11.0750093 12,5 CWP 16 - 128 27 41 21 120 48 2,26
Clevis Sling Hook KHSWP Grade 12

General: Application for general lifting.
Safety factor: 2:1.
7
Art No WLL LC Code e h a d g1 b Weight
tons kN mm kg/pcs.
11.1218504 2,36 47 KHSWP 7 105 26 19 9,5 36 101 0,85
11.1211598 3 60 KHSWP 8 105 26 19 10,7 38 101 0,85
11.1218463 5 100 KHSWP 10 121 33 26 14 41 118 1,68
11.1218475 8 160 KHSWP 13 148 43 30 17,5 49 147 2,99
11.1218481 12,5 - KHSWP 16 173 51 35 21 59 176 5,10
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:32
Load Hook HSWP Grade 12 - Eye/Latch

General: Hook with eye, with forged and galvanised safety catch.
Safety factor: 2:1.

b
Art No WLL LC Code B F L T g k b Weight

tons kN mm kg/pcs.
11.1288001 3 60 HSWP 7/8 26 11 106 25 19 27 88 0,65
11.1288003 5 100 HSWP 10 31 16 131 34 26 33 108 1,29
11.1288005 8 160 HSWP 13 39 19 164 43 33 43 132 2,43
Grab Hook with Safety Pin PSWP Grade 12 - Eye

General: For pewag winner pro connex system. Hook for shortening which
prevents the accidential release of the chain. Special design of the chain contact
area for optimal interaction between chain and hook.
Safety factor: 2:1.
WARNING! Not to be heat-treated. 7
Art No WLL Lashing capacity LC Code L Width T F B Weight

tons kN mm kg/pcs.
11.2288013 3 60 PSWP 7/8 68 63 18 11 10 0,53
11.2288014 5 100 PSWP 10 88 81 22 14 13 1,05
11.2288015 8 160 PSWP 13 110 103 26 18 17 1,89
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:33
Direct lashing G12

Lashing system: WINPRO 7 chain with load binder dimension 7 (LC 47kN; for 4 lashing chains)
α β 0,01 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
20 - 35º 21 - 30º - - 10.150 13.700 16.550 20.400 25.950
20 - 35º 31 - 40º 7.450 8.650 10.300 12.350 15.000 18.600 23.450
20 - 35º 41 - 50º 6.250 7.350 8.850 10.700 13.100 16.150 25.350
20 - 35º 51 - 60º 4.900 5.850 7.150 8.800 10.750 13.200 16.750
36 - 50º 21 - 30º - - 9.250 11.900 14.750 18.650 24.200
36 - 50º 31 - 40º - 7.100 8.750 10.850 13.550 17.200 22.450
36 - 50º 41 - 50º 4.950 6.100 7.600 9.550 12.050 15.450 20.350
36 - 50º 51 - 60º - 4.900 6.300 8.050 10.350 13.450 17.850
α β 0,01 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
20 - 35º 21 - 30º - - 13.000 17.450 21.150 26.100 33.150
20 - 35º 31 - 40º 9.550 11.050 13.150 15.750 19.150 23.750 29.950
20 - 35º 41 - 50º 8.000 9.400 11.300 13.650 16.750 20.650 25.950
20 - 35º 51 - 60º 6.250 7.450 9.100 11.200 13.700 16.850 21.350
36 - 50º 21 - 30º - - 11.800 15.200 18.850 23.800 30.900
36 - 50º 31 - 40º - 9.100 11.200 13.850 17.300 22.000 28.700
36 - 50º 41 - 50º 6.300 7.750 9.700 12.200 15.400 19.750 25.950
36 - 50º 51 - 60º - 6.250 8.050 10.300 13.200 17.150 22.800
α β 0,01 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
20 - 35º 21 - 30º - - 21.650 29.150 35.250 43.500 55.250
20 - 35º 31 - 40º 15.900 18.450 21.950 26.300 31.950 39.650 49.900
20 - 35º 41 - 50º 13.350 15.700 18.800 22.800 27.900 34.450 43.300
20 - 35º 51 - 60º 10.400 12.450 15.200 18.700 22.850 28.100 35.600
36 - 50º 21 - 30º - - 19.700 25.350 31.450 39.700 51.500
36 - 50º 31 - 40º - 15.150 18.650 23.100 28.850 36.650 47.800
36 - 50º 41 - 50º 10.550 12.950 16.200 20.350 25.700 32.950 43.300
36 - 50º 51 - 60º - 10.450 13.400 17.150 22.000 28.600 38.050
7 Lashing system: WINPRO 13 chain with load binder dimension 13 (LC 160kN; for 4 lashing chains)
α β 0,01 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
20 - 35º 21 - 30º - - 34.700 46.650 56.400 69.600 88.450
20 - 35º 31 - 40º 25.500 29.550 35.100 42.100 51.150 63.400 79.850
20 - 35º 41 - 50º 21.400 25.100 30.150 36.450 44.700 55.100 69.250
20 - 35º 51 - 60º 16.700 19.950 24.350 29.950 36.600 45.000 57.000
36 - 50º 21 - 30º - - 31.550 40.550 50.300 63.500 82.400
36 - 50º 31 - 40º - 24.250 29.850 36.950 46.200 58.700 76.500
36 - 50º 41 - 50º 16.900 20.750 25.950 32.550 41.150 52.700 69.250
36 - 50º 51 - 60º - 16.700 21.450 27.450 35.250 45.800 60.900
This table provides information on how to get the best use from the pewag lashing
systems. The loads specified are maximum loads which can be secured with 4 equal
lashing systems given the angles and dynamic friction factors referred to. Additional α
securing methods (i.e. wedges, or similar) have not been taken into account. These could
be used to secure loads with even higher weights. Please contact our customer service.
Every lashing system has its own table. The maximum forces occurring due to accelera- β
tion, braking and avoidance maneuvers in road traffic acc. EN 12195-1 were taken into
account. Other tables are applicable for transport by rail and sea. Please contact our
customer service.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:34
Frictional lashing G12

Load binder with STF of: 1900 daN
Angle to loading surface Max. load/chain with dynamic friction factor
α 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
90 430 1.010 1.820 3.040 5.060 9.120
85 430 1.000 1.810 3.020 5.040 9.080
80 420 990 1.790 2.990 4.980 8.980
70 400 950 1.710 2.850 4.760 8.560
60 370 870 1.570 2.630 4.380 7.890
50 330 770 1.390 2.320 3.880 6.980
40 270 650 1.170 1.950 3.250 5.880
30 210 500 910 1.520 2.530 4.560

α 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
90 500 1.170 2.110 3.520 5.860 10.560
85 500 1.160 2.100 3.500 5.840 10.510
80 490 1.150 2.070 3.460 5.770 10.390
70 470 1.100 1.980 3.300 5.510 9.920
60 430 1.010 1.820 3.040 5.080 9.140
50 380 890 1.610 2.690 4.490 8.080
40 320 750 1.350 2.260 3.770 6.780
30 250 580 1.050 1.760 2.930 5.280

α 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
90 570 1.330 2.400 4.000 6.600 12.000
85 660 1.320 2.390 3.980 6.640 11.950
80 560 1.310 2.360 3.930 6.560 11.810
70 530 1.250 2.250 3.750 6.260 11.270
60 490 1.150 2.070 3.460 5.770 10.390
50 430 1.020 1.830 3.060 5.100 9.190
40 360 850 1.540 2.570 4.280 7.710
30

280 660 1.200 2.000 3.330 6.000
7
α 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
90 680 1.600 2.880 4.800 8.000 14.400
85 680 1.590 2.880 4.780 7.960 14.340
80 670 1.570 2.830 4.720 7.870 14.180
70 640 1.500 2.710 4.510 7.510 13.530
60 590 1.380 2.490 4.150 6.920 12.480
50 520 1.220 2.200 3.670 6.120 11.030
40 440 1.020 1.850 3.080 5.140 9.250
30 340 800 1.440 2.400 4.000 7.200
This table provides information on how to get the best use from the pewag lashing systems. This table also shows
you the maximum load which can be secured with 1 lashing system given the angles and dynamic friction factors
referred to. Please note that when friction lashing min. 2 lashing systems are needed. Additional securing methods
(i.e. wedges, or similar) have not been taken into account. These could be used to secure loads with even higher
weights. Please contact our customer service. The values in the table are applicable in the event that the same
tension force (STF) is not effective in the lashing system on both sides of the load due to the deflection and edges. α
If this can be determined (e.g. using a pretensioning gauge), the values in the table may be increased by a factor of
1.3. The maximum loading weight depends on the STF value of the tensioning system – the value is shown on the
lashing system‘s tag. Every lashing system has its own table. The maximum forces occurring due to acceleration,
braking and avoidance maneuvers in road traffic acc. EN 12195-1 were taken into account. Other tables are applica-
ble for transport by rail and sea. Please contact our customer service.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:35
Load Binder - POWERTEX

General: Safety, reliable design for easy operation. No requirement
for locking of handle than lever type loadbinders.
Standard: With hooks.
Material: High quality drop forged construction. Heat treated for extra
strength.
Design: With safety latches and prevent dislodging.
Features: Short treach hooks provide optimum take-up.
Finish: Painted.
Note: Each binder individually proof tested.
Art No Chain size a b c d e f g Take-up Lashing cap. Proof load Min. breaking load Weight each
mm mm mm kN tons tons kg
14.10PLB08L 8 355 66 16 252 742 573 11 169 39.2 5 8 4,5
14.10PLB10L 10 355 66 16 252 789 620 13 169 61,8 7,9 12,6 5,4
14.10PLB13L 13 355 66 16 252 866 703 17 163 98.2 12,5 21,2 7,7
14.10PLB16L 16 355 66 16 252 892 733 20 159 157,1 20 32,2 10,2
Chain Lashing System

General: Round steel chain for use as a lashing chain.
Material: High strength chain in Grade 8.
Working temperature: -40ºC up to + 200°C.
Labeling: Marking plate according to EN 12195-3.
Surface: Black chain and yellow hooks.
Safety factor: 2:1.
7
Art No LC (kN) Type
14.11DK501151003 61,8 10 mm 3,5 m chain
14.11DK501151005 61,8 10 mm 5,0 m chain
14.11DK501151305 104,0 13 mm 5,0 m chain
Green Pin Loadbinder Ratchet type P-7130

General: Loadbinder ratchet type for short link alloy chain.
Material: Drop forged/cast steel, quenched and tempered.
Safety factor: MBL equals 3.5 x Lashing Capacity.
Finish: Painted red or green.
Art No LC Chain Length Length Length Length Hook Take- Minimum breaking Weight
size handle barrel open closed opening up load
tons mm mm mm mm mm mm mm tons kg
14.10LCR06 1,18 6-8 210 160 510 420 9 90 4,13 1,7
14.10LCR08 2,45 8-10 385 255 739 578 12 161 8,2 4,82
14.10LCR10 4,175 10-13 385 255 759 587 16 172 14,7 5,12
14.10LCR13 5,9 13-16 385 260 838 687 18 151 20,6 7,85
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:36
Green Pin Loadbinder Lever type P-7110

General: Loadbinder lever type for short link alloy chain.
Features:
Material: Drop forged/cast steel, quenched and tempered.
Safety factor: MBL equals 3.5 x Lashing Capacity.
Finish: Painted red or green.
c
b f
e
g
b
a
Art No LC Chain Length Length Length Length Length Length Width Take- Proof Minimum Weight
size open closed handle up load Breaking Load
a b c d e f g
t mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm t t kg
14.10LCS08 2,45 8-10 610 592 488 408 287 287 12 104 4.9 8.62 2.81
14.10LCS10 4,175 10-13 768 680 550 458 325 325 16 130 8.35 14.97 5.08
Crosby L-130 Midget Load Binders

General: Forged handle, hooks and swivel link.
Material: Steel swivels and clevis.
Standard: Meet or exceeds requirements if US DOT
FMCSA Part 393 subpart I.
Art No LC Min-max chain size Load Take up A B C D E F G Weight

tons mm t mm mm kg
14.101048100 0.66 5-6 2.31 61.0 410 346 279 286 159 167 8.65 1.17
Loadbinder Lever
Extra heavy construction at leverage point to prevent spreading.
Heel of binder toggles away from load, permitting easy release.
Ball and socket swivel joints at hook assemblies permit a
straight line pull. 7
Art No Code Chain size Length Breaking load Weight approx.
mm mm tons kg
14.60ATC-1-09CL Lever 9 9 600 10 3,5
14.60ATC-1-11CL Lever 11 11 600 15 3,9
14.60ATC-1-13CL Lever 13 13 650 20 6,0
Loadbinder Lever
Art No Code Chain size Breaking load Weight approx.

mm tons kg
14.10DK579L 9-L 9 10 0,5
14.10DK5711L 11-L 11 15 0,85
14.10DK5713L 13-L 13 20 1,1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:37
Chain-Long Link Grade 8

General: Chain for lashing.
Material: Alloy steel grade 8. Not to be heat-treated.
Marking: One link per m. chain is marked with grade. E D
Finish: Painted.
H
Art No Code Min breaking load Chain E H Weight

tons ØD mm kg/m
14.1410651300 LLP-9-8 102 9 53 15 1,4
14.1410651500 LLP-11-8 154 11 64 18 2,1
14.1410651700 LLP-13-8 212 13 80 22 2,6
14.1410652000 LLP-16-8 322 16 88 27 4,6
D-rings for Lashing with Welding Flippers
Art No MBL Weight

tons kg
11.42DR-1/36 36 2,75
11.42DR-1/50 50 4,50
Hamburgers
Finish: Untreated.
7
Art No Diameter in Length mm BL kg Weight approx. kg
14.60HAM09T 1 400 9.000 3,0
14.60HAM12T 1 1/8 400 13.000 4,4
14.60HAM20T 1 1/8 400 20.000 5,0
14.60HAM33T 1 1/2 400 33.000 7,0
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:38
Double Cone Twistlocks

Application/limitation: Breaking load in tension: 50 tons (491 kN). Breaking load in
shear: 30 tons (294 kN).
Tests to be carried out: 2% of items to be proof tested in tension and horizontal
shear to 1.1 times the allowable working loads, and in addition to be function tested.
Marking: Each item to be marked for traceability.
Container Net
General: Ropes of polypropylen.
Material: Polypropylen, resistant to rot and most acids and alkalies. The fibre does not
absorb water and is UV-stabilized against sunlight. As a result of the low specific grav-
ity of polypropylen the net will float.
Design: The meshes is manufactured by rope with the diameter 1 alt. 3 mm, 8 mm
rope will be used to the frame. The net is provided with attachment eyes in each corner.
Art No Rope dia. Size of mesh Width Length

mm mm m m
14.20DK6012001 3 45 3,0 5
14.20DK6012002 3 45 3,0 7
14.20DK6012003 3 45 3,5 5
14.20DK6012004 3 45 3,5 7
2WKHUVL]HVDQGGLPHQVLRQVRQUHTXHVW
Fine-meshed Container Net
Art No Colour Width m Length m
7
14.20DK6013001 Green 2,5 7
14.20DK6013002 Green 3,5 5
14.20DK6013003 Green 3,5 7
Strongly gummed
14.20DK6013007 Green 3,5 7
14.20DK6013008 Green 3,5 5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:39
Quality Rubber Bands
Art No Code
14.99111014 Combi Plus.
14.99111011 Combi Small.
14.99112290 Ladder.
14.99112285 T-ladder
14.99111032 Oval 200 mm
Quality Rubber Ladder
Art No Code Length m

14.99111010 Rubber ladder 10
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:40
Securing of the Load

Safety Principles:
Countering of acceleration forces - these values are required:
1,0 G = weight of load
The load during truck transport, according to applicable regulations, must be se-
cured with 50% of the weight toward the sides and back and with 80% of the weight
toward the front. For transport by rail and ship, the values are accordingly higher.
High-quality anti-slip mats can facilitate compliance with the regulations.
· wear-resistant, durable, re-usable up until replacement state of wear

· enduring solution
· tested safety, high quality
· high kinetic friction coefficient
· made of recycled material, therefore eco-friendly
· fast and easy to handle, therefore time-saving
· reduces costs by reducing lashing straps required
Kraitec® Protect
General: This anti-slip mat KRAITEC® protect, with an extremely high kinetic friction
coefficient of μ = 0.91, is the ideal solution, because it optimally counters a horizontal
movement of the load (sliding).
Colour: Multi-coloured.
Material: High-specification PU-bound recycling rubber granules.
Sizes: Panels: 1.150 x 2.300 mm (L x W)
Strips: L (on request) x W 1.250 mm
Thicknesses: Panels and stripes: 4-10 mm
Max. permissible surface load (at max. 30 % compression): approx. 270 t/m2 at 3, 5,
6, 8, 10 mm thickness.
Kinetic friction coefficient μ: 0.91 at 3, 5, 6, 8, 10 mm thickness.
Elongation at break: At least 120% (DIN EN ISO 1798).
Kraitec® Spezial Plus

General: Further improved, versatile anti-slip mat.
KRAITEC® special plus is an anti-slip mat for securing the load, which is distinguished
by good kinetic friction values.
Very high permissible surface pressure.
Material: PU-bounded recycling rubber granules.
Sizes: Panels: 2.000 x 1.000 mm (L x W).
Strips: L (on request) x W 1.250 mm.
Thicknesses: Panels and stripes: 3-10 mm.
7
Max. permissible surface load (at max. 30% compression): approx. 180 t/m2 at 3 mm
thickness, approx. 290 t/m2 at 8 mm thickness.
Kinetic friction coefficient μ: 0.81 at 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 mm thickness.
Kraitec® Secure
General: Anti-slip mat for extremely heavy loads.
KRAITEC® secure is the anti-slip mat for heavy loads. The combination of an excep-
tionally high surface load capacity (max. 500 t/m2 *) and an excellent kinetic friction
coefficient (μ = 0.80) makes this product the first choice when it comes to securing
extremely heavy loads.
Highest permissible surface pressure.
Special feature registered colour coding system (black with blue and white granuleate
particles).
Material: PU-bounded recycling rubber granules.
Sizes: L (on request) x W 1.250, 1.500 mm.
Thickness: 8 mm, 10 mm.
Max. permissible surface load: (at max. 30% compression) approx. 500 t/m2 at 8, 10
mm thickness.
Kinetic friction coefficient μ 0.80 at 8, 10 mm thickness.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:41
Dunnage Bags
General: Dunnage bags for avoiding damage of goods when being transported.
Design: A dunnage bag is made from an airtight case of polyethylene equipped with
an air valve and an outer layer of heavy-duty paper or polypropylene. The dunnage
bag is inflated with air. The dunnage bag can be used several times, and its volume
redone due to its valve which can be opened and re-closed.
Colour: White.
Art No Dimensions L x B Description Valve Packing/pallet

mm units
14.54140310008 1200x900 Dunnage bag PP AirGoBag Side vent 450
14.54140310009 1800x900 Dunnage bag PP AirGoBag Side vent 350
14.54140310031 1200x900 Woven Dunnage Bag Cordstrap Fast Inflation Valve 560
Dunnage Bag Filler Cargo Tuff

General: Battery powered dunnage bag inflator with quick connector.
For use with: Fits all types of dunnage bags.
Power supply: 2x batteries and charger included.
Colour: Neon green.
Art No.: 14.54140310042
Dunnage Bag Inflator for PP AirGoBag

General: Dunnage bag inflator for PP AirGoBag with quick connect.
7
For use with: Works with all PP AirGoBags.
Colour: Black
Art No.: 14.54140310039
Inflator for Dunnage Bags

General: Dunnage bag gun with fast inflation valve (FIV). With cordstrap. Digital.
Colour: Black.
Art No.: 14.54140310033
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:42
Tow Sling
Typical application: Are used to heavier machines like forrest machines,
load vehicles, excavators. The tow sling has low weight and good chockab-
sorption that makes it flexible and safe to use. Is delievered in a durable and
non-absorbent bag.
Design: The sling is provided with a sleeve and flag.
Material: Polyester 100%. Resistent against most acids, but not to rich alka-
lies.
Working temp: Approx. -40°C up to +100°C
Marking: The tow sling is marked with information about breaking load in
straight pull.
Note: Can also be delivered in 3-strand nylon and Dyneema®.
Art No Art No Code Length Breaking force

m kN kp
14.95TRS07 14.95TRS07 RBS-7 6 68,7 7.000
14.95TRS14 14.95TRS14 RBS-14 6 137 14.000
14.95TRS21 14.95TRS21 RBS-21 6 206 21.000
14.95TRS35 14.95TRS35 RBS-35 6 343 35.000
14.95TRS56 14.95TRS56 RBS-56 6 550 56.000
2WKHUOHQJWKVPDGHRQUHTXHVW
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:43
Outrigger Block 40 mm
General: Out rigger blocks for mobile cranes, trucks, tractors etc. Ex-
treamly strong, do not absorb water, do not "shard" and are easy to clean.
Provided with handles of webbing at one or two sides depending of size.
Material: Recycled plastic.
- Low weight
- Extremely strong 6WDQGDUGVL]HZLWKFXW
- Absorbs no moisture FRUQHUV
- Turnable
- Will not splintre
- Hand grip in rope with tube for higher strength an better comfort
- No sharp edges
- Other sizes and shapes can be delivered on request.
'HQQHPRGHOInVSn
IRUHVS¡UJVHO
Out rigger blocks 40 mm

Art No Code Load Width Lenght Thickness Weight
tons mm mm mm kg
99.0105-9011004* 74RB40404 10 400 400 40 6,3
99.0105-9011005* 74RB40505 15 500 500 40 9,8
99.0105-9011006* 74RB40606 15 600 600 40 14
99.0105-9011007 74RB40707 15 700 700 40 19
99.0105-9011008 74RB40808 25 800 800 40 25
99.0105-9011010 74RB41010 40 1000 1000 40 39
6WDQGDUGVL]HVZLWKFXWFRUQHUV2WKHUVL]HVZLWKXQFXWFRUQHV2WKHUGLPHQVLRQDYDLODEOHXSRQUHTXHVW
Outrigger Block 60 mm
General: Out rigger blocks for mobile cranes, trucks, tractors etc.
Extreamly strong, do not absorb water, do not "shard" and are easy
to clean. Provided with handles of webbing at one or two sides
depending of size.
Material: Recycled plastic.
6WDQGDUGVL]HZLWK
- Low weight FXWFRUQHUV
7
- Extremely strong
- Absorbs no moisture
- Turnable
- Will not splintre
- Hand grip in rope with tube for higher strength an better comfort
- No sharp edges
- Other sizes and shapes can be delivered on request.
'HQQHPRGHOInVSn
IRUHVS¡UJVHO
Out rigger blocks 60 mm

Art No Code Load Width Length Thickness Weight
tons mm mm mm kg
99.0105-9011104* 74RB60404 20 400 400 60 9,3
99.0105-9011105* 74RB60505 25 500 500 60 15
99.0105-9011106* 74RB60606 30 600 600 60 21
99.0105-9011107 74RB60707 30 700 700 60 29
99.0105-9011108 74RB60808 30 800 800 60 38
99.0105-9011110 74RB61010 50 1.000 1.000 60 58
6WDQGDUGVL]HVZLWKFXWFRUQHUV2WKHUVL]HVZLWKXQFXWFRUQHV2WKHUGLPHQVLRQDYDLODEOHXSRQUHTXHVW
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
7:44
��
Fibre ropes »
Cables »
Mooring links »
Studlink chaincable and accessories »
Chapter 8
��
3-strand rope 8:4

Cross braidet nylon 8:5
Hempex 3-strand 8:4
Manila 3-strand 8:6
Polykordel 8:7
Cross braided nylon 8:7
Polykordel 8:7
�� 8:8
Shock cord 8:8
Black rope 8:8
Dynice rope 8:11
Himan P.P. rope 8:14
KARAT® MAXI PLUS 8-strand 8:15
Orion Premium 8:16
Tønsberg mooring links 8:17
Studlink chaincables 8:18
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:2
��
CER�� ,
polypropylene, manila and sisal.
For mooring purpose we of��
Fiber rope slings
The CER��
* Single leg with eye spliced each end
* Endless rope sling with short splice
* Two legged sling - two single slings joined together in a common ring
* Four legged sling - four single slings joined to 2 intermediate rings which are themselves joined to a master ring
�� The use of thimbles in eyes is strongly recommended.

Each sling is supplied fully labelled with the safe working load, date of manufacture, material, diameter and unique reference num-
ber. Careful attention is paid to the selection of materials used in the construction of the sling.
Users are strongly recommended to read our instructions on the selection, care, use and maintenance of slings.
Typical applications of three strand rope slings include cargo handling on docks, cargo vessels and ferries, engineering shops,
factories, forestry and civil engineering. Only ropes complying with European standards of quality are used:
Nylon EN 696
Polyester EN 697
Polypropylene EN 699
Manilla & Sisal EN 698
From spinning mill to international lifting equipment company

Vojens Tovværk, as CERTEX Danmark was referred to previously, originally began as a spinning mill and produced rope and
mooring rope in Vojens. The company was established in 1887 and had its own spinning mill to produce rope, primarily made of
��o TEX Danmark A/S. The company name was no longer compatible
with what we do today��
T��=
webbing slings made of polyester��
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:3
MARITIME AND FIBRE ROPES

PP Rope Blue 3-Strand
General:��
pick-up lines, lifting slings, general purpose use.
Material: Polypropylene, resistant to rot, most acids and alkalies. ��s
-stabilized
against sunlight.
Design:��K
Colour: Blue.
��W ��K
Melting point: Approx. 165°C.
Elongation: Approx. 30%.
Strength wet/dry: 100%.
Shock absorption: Very good.
Water absorption: None.
Abrasion resistance: Good.
Standard: EN ISO 1346:2004.
Art No Dia MBL WLL* Weight per

mm tons tons 220 m/kg
12.03PPE030BEC22 3 0,16 - 1,1
12.03PPE040BEC22 4 0,28 - 1,6
12.03PPE050BEC22 5 0,45 - 2,4
12.03PPE060BEC22 6 0,55 - 3,7
12.03PPE080BEC22 8 0,96 - 6,6
12.03PPE100BEC22 10 1,425 - 10,0
12.03PPE120BEC22 12 2,03 0,29 14,5
12.03PPE140BEC22 14 2,79 0,39 20,0
12.03PPE160BEC22 16 3,5 0,5 25,5
12.03PPE180BEC22 18 4,45 0,63 32,5
12.03PPE200BEC22 20 5,37 0,76 39,5
12.03PPE220BEC22 22 6.5 0,92 48,5
12.03PPE240BEC22 24 7,6 1,08 57,0
12.03PPE260BEC22 26 8,45 1,2 67,0
12.03PPE280BEC22 28 10,1 1,44 78,0
12.03PPE320BEC22 32 12,8 1,82 101
12.03PPE360BEC22 36 16,1 2,3 129
12.03PPE400BEC22 40 19,4 2,77 158
12.03PPE440BEC22 44 23,4 3,34 194
12.03PPE480BEC22 48 27,2 3,88 229
* WLL = Safety factor 7:1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:4
Nylon Rope White 3-Strand

General: V��=
elongation makes this rope ideal for towing and mooring applications. Nylon ropes offer greater
break load strength than polyester and polysteel. Please note that all nylon ropes absorb water
and as a consequence the ropes strength will be reduced when wet.
Material:�� -
ment. It is a strong rope and has a high elongation under load, but goes back to its original
length. Nylon has high energy absorbation under shock and good abration resistance. It has a
��=
as well as polypropylen.
Colour: White.
��W 1.14 (sinks).
Melting point: 250°C.
Elongation: 26%.
Strength wet/dry: 85-90%.
Shock absorption: Excellent.
Water absorption: Yes.
Abrasion resistance: Very good.
Standard: EN ISO 1140:2004.
Art No Dia MBL WLL* Weight per

mm tons tons 220 m/kg
12.03PAE040WEC22 4 0,35 - 2,5
12.03PAE060WEC22 6 0,75 - 5,2
12.03PAE080WEC22 8 1,35 - 9,2
12.03PAE100WEC22 10 2,08 - 14,3
12.03PAE120WEC22 12 3 0,420 20,6
12.03PAE140WEC22 14 4,1 0,585 28,0
12.03PAE160WEC22 16 5,3 0,75 36,5
12.03PAE180WEC22 18 6,7 0,95 46
12.03PAE200WEC22 20 8,3 1,18 57
12.03PAE220WEC22 22 10 1,42 69
12.03PAE240WEC22 24 12 1,71 82
12.03PAE260WEC22 26 14 2 97
12.03PAE280WEC22 28 15,8 2,25 112
12.03PAE300WEC22 30 17,8 2,54 128
12.03PAE320WEC22 32 20 2,85 146
12.03PAE360WEC22 36 24,8 3,54 184
12.03PAE400WEC22 40 30 4,28 228
12.03PAE440WEC22 44 35,8 5,11 276
12.03PAE480WEC22 48 42 6 330
* The WLL is based on a safety factor 7:1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:5
Hempex 3-Strand
General: Appearance like hemp, however it is softer and has greater weather resistance,
carries heavier loads while quality stays the same.
Spun Polyprophylene, UV-resistant. Floats on water.
Colours: Depend on monitor settings.
Construction: 3-strand.
Material: Poly-Hemp, hemp coloured.
Art No Dia. MBL Weight per

mm tons kg/220 m
12.03HAP5053104 4 0,165 1,54
12.03HAP5053106 6 0,355 3,32
12.03HAP5053108 8 0,595 6,16
12.03HAP5053110 10 0,9 9,46
12.03HAP5053112 12 1,34 13,86
12.03HAP5053114 14 1,74 17,82
12.03HAP5053116 16 2,18 22,80
12.03HAP5053118 18 2,73 28,60
12.03HAP5053120 20 3,42 35,20
12.03HAP5053122 22 4,1 41,80
12.03HAP5053124 24 4,83 50,60
12.03HAP5053126 26 5,64 59,40
12.03HAP5053128 28 6,47 68,20
12.03HAP5053130 30 7,3 77,00
12.03HAP5053132 32 8,3 88,00
12.03HAP5053136 36 10,4 112,20
12.03HAP5053140 40 12,9 138,60
12.03HAP5053144 44 15,6 169,40
12.03HAP5053148 48 18,5 200,20
Manila 3-Strand
Material��K
Construction: 3-strand.
Colour: Brown (natural-coloured).
Elongation at break: Approx. 16%.
��W Approx. 1,48 g/cm3.
Water absorption: 30%.
Art No Dia MBL Weight per

mm tons kg/220 m
12.03MAL060 6 0,360 5,28
8
12.03MAL080 8 0,540 10,56
12.03MAL100 10 0,700 14,96
12.03MAL120 12 1,025 23,10
12.03MAL140 14 1,4 30,80
12.03MAL160 16 2 41,80
12.03MAL180 18 2,4 48,40
12.03MAL200 20 3,2 60,50
12.03MAL220 22 3,8 77,60
12.03MAL240 24 4,5 88,00
12.03MAL260 26 5,3 103,40
12.03MAL280 28 6 117,04
12.03MAL320 32 7,8 154,00
12.03MAL360 36 8,7 195,80
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:6
Cross Braided Nylon

General: For universal purposes in industry, civil engineering and shipping.
Material: UV-stabilised Polyamid.
Design: Braided.
Colour: Standard colour white, others on request.
��W 1,14 g/cm3.
Elongation: High.
Strength wet/dry: 85%/100%.
Standard: EN 696.
Art No Dia MBL Length per reel

mm tons m
12.08PAE020WEC10 2 0,07 100
12.08PAE020WEC30 2 0,07 300
12.08PAE030WEC10 3 0,140 100
12.08PAE030WEC30 3 0,140 300
12.08PAE040WEC10 4 0,240 100
12.08PAE040WEC30 4 0,240 300
12.08PAE050WEC10 5 0,400 100
12.08PAE050WEC30 5 0,400 300
12.08PAE060WEC10 6 0,520 100
12.08PAE060WEC30 6 0,520 300
12.03PAE080WEC22R 8 0,900 220
12.03PAE100WEC22R 10 1,3 220
12.03PAE120WEC22R 12 1,8 220
Polykordel
General: For universal purposes in industry, civil engineering and shipping.
Material: UV-stabilised Polyamide.
Design: Braided.
Colour: Standard colour white, others on request.
�� 1,14 g/cm3.
Elongation: High.
Standard: EN 696.

Art No Type Dia
mm
MBL
tons
Length per coil
m
8
12.03PES100WEC90 900 1,0 0,036 1.800
12.03PES015WEC60 600 1,5 0,054 1.200
12.03PES020WEC45 450 2,0 0,072 900
12.03PES025WEC30 300 2,5 0,108 600
12.03PES035WEC20 200 3,5 0,170 400
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:7
Sisal Fibre
General: For bundling small loads and other universal purposes.
Material:��
Design: Braided.
Colour: Natural white,
�� 1,33 g/cm3.
Elongation: Low.
Shock absorption: Bad.
Abrasion resistance: Good.
Standard: EN ISO 1181.
Art No Type Dia MBL Length per coil

mm tons m
12.0002-5056001 2-450 2,5 0,090 820
12.0002-5056005 3-450 3,5 0,130 540
Shock Cord
Generally: Latex rubber with polyester outer braid.
Art No Dia mm Length m

12.ZZ1299ELASTIK6 6 100
12.ZZ1299ELASTIK8 8 100
12.ZZ1299ELASTIK10 10 100
TechnaOne Rope
General: Stunt rigging ropes holds a heap, hardly stretches, doesn‘t creep at all.
Pure aramid as the economical solution for static applications.
Construction: 12-braided.
Elongation at 10% of break load: 0,9%.
Colour: Black
Properties:
- Available with Geothane coating for high abrasion resistance – or without for a
��
- Reasonable UV resistance
- Suited for static applications – even under high temperatures
8 Ø
mm
Breaking load linear
tons**
Breaking load real
tons*
Weight
kg/100m
4 1,57 1,4 1,1
5 2,58 2,35 2,0
6 3,65 3,31 2,8
8 6,5 5,9 5,0
10 10,65 9,69 8,0
12 15,70 14,28 12
14 19,07 17,34 15
16 24,12 21,92 19,6
18 29,73 27,00 24,8
20 35,89 32,24 30,6
22 42,62 38,75 37
24 49,92 45,38 44
*Spliced break load
**Break load in accordance with DIN EN ISO 2307
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:8
DynaOne Rope
General: Stunt rigging ropes. The naked truth. Pure Dyneema for highest per-
formance with the smallest weight.
Construction: 12-braided.
Elongation at 10% of breaking load: 0,6%.
Colours: Grey or anthracite.
Properties:
- Geothane coating for improved protection against weathering and abrasion
- Due to inelastic elongation (creep) under continuous load less suited for static
applications
- Very good abrasion resistance
- Excellent UV resistance
- Referring to ISO 10325
Ø Breaking load linear** Breaking load real Weight

mm tons tons* kg/100m
3 0,8 0,72 0,5
4 1,46 1,33 0,8
5 2,70 2,45 1,4
6 3,03 2,75 2,0
8 6,17 5,60 3,5
10 10,06 9,18 5,0
12 13,46 12,24 8,5
14 16,25 14,79 10,5
16 21,31 19,37 12,7
18 26,92 24,47 16,5
20 32,53 29,57 20,0
22 39,26 35,69 24,3
24 45,99 41,80 28,5
*Spliced break load
GeoTwin Polyester Rope

General: Flying ropes for hemp sets and counterweight systems.
The ultimate classic superior performance in break load, handling and longevity.
Construction: Double braided.
Elongation at 10% of break load: 2,4%.
Colour: Black
Properties:
- Excellent break load with minimum elongation
��
- Available with HT Polyester (Tasmania)
- Excellent abrasion resistance
Ø
mm
5
Breaking load linear
tons**
0,78
Breaking load real
tons*
0,71
Weight
kg/100m
1,6
8
6 1,23 1,12 2,6
8 1,68 1,53 4,0
10 2,70 2,45 6,8
12 4,03 3,67 9,3
14 5,05 4,59 13,0
16 7,29 6,63 18,0
18 9,31 8,46 23,4
20 11,22 10,20 30,0
22 13,69 12,44 37,3
24 16,26 14,79 43,4
*Spliced break load
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:9
PRIMA
General: 12 strand braided HMPE ropes with very good breaking strength and
good wear.
Material: HMPE.
Colour: Yellow with a blue tracer.
Art No Dia. Breaking strength unspliced Weight

mm tons kg/100m
12.1229081035 6 4,0 2,33
12.1229081040 8 6,7 3,88
12.1229081050 10 9,4 5,4
12.1229081061 12 16,0 9,3
12.1229081070 14 18,7 10,9
12.1229081080 16 24,9 14,5
12.1229081090 18 31,0 18,1
12.1229081100 20 37,0 21,7
12.1229081110 22 45,9 27,2
12.1229081120 24 54,8 32,6
12.1229081130 26 60,5 36,2
12.1229081140 28 67,8 41,5
12.1229081150 30 79,9 49,1
12.1229081160 32 92,0 56,6
12.1229081170 34 104,0 64,2
12.1229081180 36 116,0 71,7
12.1229081190 38 127,9 79,3
12.1229081200 40 139,8 86,8
12.1229081210 42 145,5 90,6
12.1229081220 44 169,4 105,7
12.1229081230 46 181,1 113,2
12.1229081240 48 192,7 120,8
12.1229081250 50 204,3 128,3
12.1229081260 52 224,5 145,0
12.1229081270 54 254,1 164,1
12.1229081280 56 265,9 171,7
12.1229081290 58 277,7 179,3
12.1229081300 60 307,2 198,4
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:10
DYNICE 75
General: DYNICE 75 ropes are made from DSM's Dyneema®�� They are
impregnated with Duracoat to improve resistance and endurance.
The main focus is on 12-strand braided ropes which have proven very popular for their
roundness and smooth surface. These ropes combine good strength retention with good
�� Termination is easy through splicing where up to 90%
of linear strength is retained.
Three basic types are being offered:

DYNICE 75 12-strand braided rope
DYNICE 75 with braided cover
DYNICE 75 Cable rope
Properties:
Density: 0,97 g/m3
Tenacity: 3,5 N/tex.
Modulus: 120 N/tex.
Elongation: 3,7%
Melting point: 144-152ºC.
Resistance to chemicals: Excellent.
UV resistance: Good.
Flexibility: Good.
Art No Dia. Breaking strength unspliced Maximum unspliced lenght Weight
mm tons m kg/100m
12.122911020 4 2.0 6,5 1.1
12.122911035 6 4.2 3,2 2.3
12.122911040 8 6.7 2,0 3.8
12.122911050 10 10.7 1,2 6.1
12.122911061 12 16.4 5,3 9.3
12.122911070 14 21.8 4,1 12.5
12.122911080 16 27.4 2,5 16.0
12.122911090 18 35.0 2,1 20.7
12.122911100 20 41.9 1,7 25.2
12.122911110 22 50.0 1,4 30.5
12.122911120 24 57.8 1,2 35.6
12.122911130 26 65.7 1,0 41.0
12.122911140 28 73.8 900 46.5
12.122911150 30 80.9 750 51.5
12.122911160 32 88.3 660 56.7
12.122911170 34 95.7 600 62.0
12.122911180 36 102.9 550 67.2
12.122911190 38 110.9 500 73.0
12.122911200 40 119.8 470 79.3
12.122911210 42 130.8 430 87.2
12.122911220 44 140.7 400 94.3
12.122911230 46 151.7 370 102.2
8
12.122911240 48 165.0 340 111.9
12.122911250 50 178.7 310 121.9
12.122911260 52 192.7 290 132.2
12.122911270 54 206.9 270 142.7
12.122911280 56 221.3 250 153.6
12.122911290 58 236.0 230 164.8
12.122911310 60 251.0 210 176.4
12.122911320 62 266.4 200 188.3
12.122911330 64 282.2 190 200.7
12.122911340 66 298.3 180 213.4
12.122911350 68 314.7 170 226.5
12.122911360 70 331.4 160 240.0
12.122911370 72 348.4 150 254.0
12.122911380 74 365.8 140 268.3
12.122911390 76 383.4 130 283.0
12.122911400 78 401.2 120 298.0
12.122911410 80 419.4 110 313.5
12.122911420 82 437.8 105 329.4
12.122911430 84 456.5 100 345.7
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:11
DYNICE DEEP SEE ROPES

General: This rope is for heavy lifts and extreme dep sea lowering and lifting.
��
This rope can easily be used in depths up to 3000 m.
Material: Dyneema®.
Design: 12 strand braided, with durable impregnation and with either cover of polyester
or Dyneema, or a blend of those materials.
Comparison of steel wire rope and DYNICE Deep Sea:

Steel wire rope 56 mm: MBL 264 tons.
SF 7 = WLL: 38 tons.
Weight on deck: 41 tons.
DYNICE Deep Sea 56 mm: MBL 266 tons

SF 7 = WLL: 38 tons.
Weight on deck: 6 tons.
Dia. under 5% load Breaking strength unspliced Density Weight in air Weight in sea
mm tons g/cm3 kg/m kg/100m
40 139 0.96 0.95 -7.0
42 150 0.96 1.02 -8.0
44 161 0.96 1.09 -9,0
46 171 0.96 1.17 -10
48 182 0.96 1.24 -10
50 193 0.96 1.32 -11
52 214 0.96 1.46 -12
54 236 0.96 1.61 -13
56 257 0.96 1.76 -14
58 278 0.96 1.90 -15
60 299 0.96 2.05 -16
62 320 0.96 2.19 -18
64 341 0.96 2.34 -19
66 362 0.96 2.49 -20
68 382 0.96 2.63 -21
70 403 0.96 2.78 -22
80 516 0.96 3.58 -29
90 648 0.96 4.54 -36
100 798 0.96 5.63 -45
110 957 0.96 6.80 -55
120 1.124 0.96 8.05 -65
130 1.318 0.96 9.51 -76
140 1.508 0.96 10.97 -88
150 1.706 0.96 12.51 -101
160 1.940 0.96 14.34 -115
170 2.151 0.96 16.17 -130
8
180 2.277 0.96 18.00 -144
190 2.421 0.96 20.12 -161
200 2.554 0.96 22.31 -179
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:12
DYNICE WARP WINCH ROPES

General: Specialized high performance rope for extreme deep sea lowering and lifting and
��K
Material: DYNICE W��
and roundness and a durable cover of Dyneema® overbraid is moulded in the main rope. The
main strength member and the cover is braided ensuring that the rope is totally balanced and
torque free and will not untwist at any load.
Design: 6 different layers to make the line with very high cross-sectional stability and axial
stiffness.
Colour: White.
Dia Breaking strength unspliced Density Weight in air Weight in sea

mm tons g/cm3 kg/m kg/100m
12 12 0.96 0.110 -0.9
14 18 0.96 0.141 -1.1
16 25 0.96 0.184 -1.5
18 31 0.96 0.219 -1.8
20 39 0.96 0.295 -2.4
22 44 0.96 0.318 -2.6
24 47 0.96 0.384 -3.1
26 56 0.96 0.439 -3.5
28 65 0.96 0.523 -0.042
30 74 0.96 0.576 -0.046
32 83 0.96 0.662 -0.053
34 91 0.96 0.710 -0.057
36 99 0.96 0.804 -0.065
38 107 0.96 0.863 -0.069
40 115 0.96 0.915 -0.073
42 134 0.96 0.979 -0.079
44 142 0.96 1.043 -0.084
46 146 0.96 1.155 -0.093
48 157 0.96 1.229 -0.099
50 169 0.96 1.311 -0.105
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:13
Himan P.P. Rope

It is super strong
The fracture resistance is 32% higher than regular P.P ropes. (In case of 8-ST
ropes). It is safe to impact load. There is no decline of fracture resistance even
when wet.
It is tough
It is more resistant to abrasion than regular P.P ropes and wears off uniformly. It
doesn’t expand even after repeated performance and has good restoration abil-
ity. It is also safe under ultraviolet rays.
It is economical
More economical because it can be used for longer periods of time by being super strong and more resistant to abrasion.
This is Himan.
General: UV stabilized.
Material:��K
Gravity: 0,91.
Elongation: 15%.
Water absorption: 0%.
Melting point: 329 F/160°C.
Colour: 3-strand: Green with blue traces.
8-strand: Iceblue with blue traces.
Construction: 4-44 mm: 3-strand.
24-96 mm: 8-braided.
Art No Breaking load MBL Dia Circ. Weight coil

kp tons mm in 220 m/kg
12.08PPE240BEC22 9.800 9,9 24 3 57,0
12.03PPE260BEC22 11.400 11,6 26 3 1/4 68,0
12.08PPE280BEC22 12.700 12,9 28 3 1/2 78,0
12.08PPE320BEC22 15.900 16,2 32 4 101,0
12.08PPE360BEC22 19.600 19,9 36 4 1/2 129,0
12.08PPE400BEC22 25.700 26,2 40 5 158,0
12.08PPE440BEC22 31.800 32,4 44 5 1/2 194,0
12.08PPE480BEC22 36.600 37,3 48 6 229,0
12.08PPE520BEC22 42.100 42,9 52 6 1/2 268,0
12.08PPE560BEC22 48.700 49,6 56 7 312,0
12.08PPE600BEC22 54.500 55,5 60 7 1/2 359,0
12.08PPE640BEC22 61.500 62,6 64 8 407,0
12.08PPE680BEC22 69.600 70,9 68 8 1/2 461,0
12.08PPE720BEC22 77.200 78,6 72 9 515,0
12.08PPE800BEC22 95.000 96,8 80 10 638,0
12.08PPE880BEC22 115.000 117,2 88 11 772,0
12.08PPE960BEC22 135.000 137,5 96 12 917,0
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:14
KARAT® MAXI PLUS 8-strand

KARAT® MAXI PLUS has become standard terminology in high quality mooring ap-
plications. Very high strength/weight ratio allows substantial size reductions and ease
in handling, as well as providing excellent overall economy. The new KARAT® MAXI
PLUS have the same properties but offer a higher MBL and much better abrasion
resistance. The new KARAT® MAXI PLUS is DNV Type approved.
Special characteristics are:

��
- High abrasion resistance.
- No loss of strength when wet.
- High energy absorption.
- Very low snap-back effect.
- Manufactured acc. to ISO and OCIMF.
- EStalonTM is a polyester/polypropylene melt mixture.
��å TM
in outer yarn.
- Melting point: 185°C.

- Spec. Gravity: 0,99.
- Water absorption: 0%.
- Reduction of MBL when wet: 0%.
- Bending Ratio, Dynamic ISO 3730 9:1 .
- Elongation, new rope: 18%.
- Elongation, broken-in ropes (15-20 operations) 11%.
Dia. mm MBL MBL Weight

kN tons kg/100 m
32 221 22,5 52
36 278 28,3 66
40 344 35,1 80
44 411 41,9 97
48 483 49,2 115
52 560 57,1 136
56 644 65,6 157
60 731 74,5 181
64 827 84,3 206
68 927 94,5 232
72 1.033 105,3 260
76 1.138 116 291
80 1.243 126,7 321
88 1.384 141,1 389
96 1.637 166,9 463
104 1.833 287 544
112 2.111 215 630
120 2.418 246 724
8
128 2.744 380 823
136 3.102 316 929
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:15
Orion Premium
General: The outstanding performance features of Orion Premium result from a
specially composed yarn comprising two dif��=
�� These composite yarns
offer high strength, in combination with high
abrasion resistance.
Material:�� -
��K
��W 0,98.
Melting point: 140°C - 260°C.
Elongation at break: Appr. 17%.
Art No Size Dia. Min. breaking force Weight

No. mm mtons kN 100 m/kg
12.08ORI156040 5 40 33,1 324 80
12.08ORI156044 5,5 44 38,5 377 93,4
12.08ORI156048 6 48 46,5 456 113
12.08ORI156052 6,5 52 54,5 534 133
12.08ORI156056 7 56 62,5 613 153
12.08ORI156060 7,5 60 71,5 701 177
12.08ORI156064 8 64 81,5 799 202
12.08ORI156068 8,5 68 91,8 900 228
12.08ORI156072 9 72 102 1.000 255
12.08ORI156076 9,5 76 112 1.098 282
12.08ORI156080 10 80 123 1.205 312
12.08ORI156088 11 88 150 1.470 379
12.08ORI156096 12 96 177 1.735 449
12.08ORI156104 13 104 206 2.019 526
12.08ORI156112 14 112 237 2.323 614
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:16
Tønsberg Mooring Links

Tønsberg Mooring Link - galvanized steel mooring link of compact design typically utilised
�� Available in three sizes: 90 t, 120 t and 180 t.
300 t can be supplied on special request. R
E
C
B
Each link is proof tested and certified by
DNV.DNV type approval.
Art No Link Tail A B C D E R Breaking load Proof load Weight

tons mm mm mm mm mm mm mm tons tons kg
12.ZZ29950090T 90 56-68 285 115 136 65 75 22 90 55 11,2
12.ZZ29950120T 120 72-80 324 142 150 75 90 28 120 70 16,9
12.ZZ29950180T 180 88-112 350 184 160 85 120 30 180 95 25
D R D
B
Art No Tønsberg Mooring Link with roller Opening E Roller dia D

tons mm mm
12.ZZ29950120TR 120 90 82
12.ZZ29950180TR 180 120 97
Art No Tønsberg Mooring Link WLL A B C D E R Breaking load Weight

tons tons mm mm mm mm mm mm tons kg
12.ZZ29950300T 300 100 447 216 190 110 146 26 300 52
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:17
Studlink Chaincables
Shackles and forerunner.
Chain dia. Grade 1Break- Grade 2Break- Grade 3Break- ORQBreak- R3 Breakload R4Breakload Number of links
load load load load
mm kN kN kN kN kN kN per 27,5 m
12,5 66 92 - - - - 549
14 82 116 - - - - 491
16 107 150 - - - - 429
17,5 127 179 - - - - 391
19 150 211 - 324 342 420 357
20,5 175 244 349 376 397 488 329
22 200 280 401 431 456 560 305
24 237 332 476 511 541 664 285
26 278 389 556 598 635 776 259
28 321 449 642 691 730 897 245
30 368 514 735 790 835 1.026 225
32 417 583 833 895 946 1.163 213
34 468 655 937 1.007 1.064 1.308 195
36 523 732 1.050 1.124 1.188 1.460 187
38 581 812 1.160 1.248 1.319 1.621 179
40 640 896 1.280 1.377 1.456 1.789 171
42 703 981 1.400 1.513 1.599 1.964 165
44 769 1.080 1.540 1.654 1.748 2.147 153
46 837 1.170 1.680 1.800 1.903 2.338 147
48 908 1.270 1.810 1.952 2.063 2.535 143
50 981 1.370 1.960 2.110 2.230 2.740 137
52 1.060 1.480 2.110 2.273 2.402 2.952 129
54 1.140 1.590 2.270 2.441 2.580 3.170 125
56 1.220 1.710 2.430 2.615 2.764 3.396 123
58 1.290 1.810 2.600 2.794 2.953 3.628 119
60 1.380 1.940 2.770 2.978 3.147 3.867 113
62 1.470 2.060 2.940 3.166 3.347 4.112 111
64 1.560 2.190 3.130 3.360 3.551 4.364 107
66 1.660 2.310 3.300 3.559 3.761 4.621 105
68 1.750 2.450 3.500 3.762 3.976 4.885 99
70 1.840 2.580 3.690 3.970 4.196 5.156 97
73 1.990 2.790 3.990 4.291 4.535 5.572 93
76 2.150 3.010 4.300 4.621 4.884 6.001 89
78 2.260 3.160 4.500 4.847 5.123 6.295 87
81 1.410 3.380 4.820 5.194 5.490 6.745 85
84 2.580 3.610 5.160 5.550 5.866 7.208 81
87 2.750 3.850 5.500 5.916 6.252 7.682 79
90 2.920 4.090 5.840 6.289 6.647 8.167 77
8
92 3.040 4.260 6.080 6.544 6.916 8.497 73
95 3.230 4.510 6.440 6.932 7.326 9.001 71
97 3.340 4.680 6.690 7.195 7.604 9.343 71
100 3.530 4.940 7.060 7.596 8.028 9.864 69
102 3.660 5.120 7.320 7.868 8.315 10.217 67
105 3.850 5.390 7.700 8.282 8.753 10.754 65
107 3.980 5.570 7.960 8.561 9.048 11.118 63
111 4.250 5.940 8.480 9.130 9.650 11.856 61
114 4.440 6.230 8.890 9.565 10.109 12.420 59
117 4.650 6.510 9.300 10.005 10.574 12.993 57
120 4.850, 6.810 9.720 10.452 11.047 13.573 57
122 5.000 7.000 9.990 10.753 11.365 13.964 57
124 5.140 7.200 10.280 11.057 11.686 14.358 55
127 5.350 7.490 10.710 11.516 12.171 14.955 55
130 5.570 7.800 11.140 11.981 12.663 15.559 53
132 5.720 8.000 11.420 12.294 12.993 15.965 53
137 6.080 8.510 12.160 13.085 13.829 16.992 51
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:18
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:19
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
��
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
8:20
Stainless articles
Stainless steel wire rope »

Stainless steel wire accessories »
Stainless rigging screws and terminals »
Stainless chain and accessories »
Stainless lashing » CHAPTER 9
Stainless articles
Stainless steel wire ropes 9:3

Stainless ferrules 9:5
Stainless thimbles 9:6
Stainless wire rope clips 9:7
Stainless rigging screws 9:8
Stainless terminals 9:10
Stainless swageless terminals 9:13
Stainless blocks 9:14
Lubrication 9:15
Stainless chain and components G6 9:17
Stainless eyebolts 9:23
Stainless safety shackle SSWI 9:24
Stainless pump chain G6 9:25
Stainless lifting eye bolt and nut 9:26
Stainless shackles 9:27
Stainless steel snap hooks 9:30
Stainless chains 9:32
Stainless lashings 9:32
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:2
SS 1x19
Typical applications: Wire rope for rigging, stays and controls.
Construction: 1x19 stainless steel strand.
Design: Right- or left-handed.
Material: AISI 316/1570 N/mm2.
Art No Rope Ø Min. breaking force Weight

mm kN tons kg/100m
01.S10019010D 1,0 0,82 0,1 0,50
01.S10019020D 2,0 3,30 0,3 2,00
01.S10019030D 3,0 7,42 0,8 4,50
01.S10019040D 4,0 13,20 1,3 7,90
01.S10019050D 5,0 20,60 2,1 12,40
01.S10019060D 6,0 29,70 3,0 17,80
01.S10019070D 7,0 40,40 4,1 24,30
01.S10019080D 8,0 52,80 5,4 31,70
01.S10019100D 10,0 82,50 8,4 49,50
01.S10019120D 12,0 119,00 12,1 71,30
SS 7x7
Design: 7x7 staínless steel wire rope.
Construction: Cross lay right-handed.
Art No Rope Ø Min. breaking load Weight

mm kN kg/100m
01.S10049010D 1,0 0,59 0,41
01.S10049015D 1,5 1,37 0,90
01.S10049020D 2,0 2,26 1,60
01.S10049025D 2,5 3,92 2,50
01.S10049030D 3,0 5,00 3,50
01.S10049040D 4,0 8,93 6,30
SS 7x19
Construction: 7x19 stainless steel wire rope.
Design: Cross lay right-handed.
Art No
01.S10133030D
Rope Ø
mm
3,0
kN
4,66
Min. breaking force
tons
0,5
Weight
kg/100 m
3,42
9
01.S10133040D 4,0 8,34 0,9 6,09
01.S10133050D 5,0 13,00 1,3 9,52
01.S10133060D 6,0 18,70 1,9 13,80
01.S10133080D 8,0 33,30 3,4 24,30
01.S10133100D 10,0 52,10 5,3 38,10
01.S10133120D 12,0 75,00 7,6 54,80
01.S10133140D 14,0 102,00 10,4 76,40
01.S10133160D 16,0 133,00 13,6 97,00
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:3
SS 6x36 IWRC
Design: Cross lay right-handed, alternative design on request.
Construction: 6x36 IWRC.
Art No Rope Ø Min. breaking force Weight

mm kN tons kg/100m
01.S10265080D0 8,0 36,60 3,7 27,00
01.S10265100D0 10,0 56,90 5,8 42,00
01.S10265120D0 12,0 80,60 8,2 60,20
01.S10265130D0 13,0 94,80 9,7 70,70
01.S10265140D0 14,0 109,00 11,1 82,00
01.S10265150D0 15,0 125,80 12,8 94,50
01.S10265160D0 16,0 142,00 14,5 107,00
01.S10265180D0 18,0 180,00 18,4 135,00
01.S10265200D0 20,0 221,00 22,5 167,00
01.S10265240D0 24,0 321,00 32,7 241,00
SS 7x7+ PVC Coating

Construction: 7 x 7 + plastic coating.
Finish: 1570 N/mm2 (160kp/mm2).
Art No Inner Outer Min. breaking load Weight

Ømm Ømm tons kg/100m
01.S60049060D 4 6 0,915 9,8
01.S60049080D 4 8 0,915 11,5
PYTHON / Inox 18x7

Construction: 18 x 7 AISI 316.
1570 N/mm2 (160kp/mm2).
Art No Rope Ø Min. breaking load Mass weight approx.
9 01.S30133040D
01.S30133050D
mm
4
5
kN
8,70
13,28
tons
0,9
1,4
kg/100m
6,43
10,00
01.S30133060D 6 18,99 1,9 14,50
01.S30133065D 6,5 22,27 2,3 16,40
01.S30133070D 7 26,07 2,7 19,70
01.S30133080D 8 34,18 3,5 25,70
01.S30133100D 10 53,71 5,5 40,20
01.S30133120D 12 77,61 7,9 57,90
01.S30133140D 14 104,19 10,6 78,80
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:4
Talurit™TCU ferrule, copper

Design: The copper clamp is intended for stainless steel wire rope to avoid galvanic corrosion.
Material: Copper.
Art No Dimension mm
10.02TCUxx 1-30
Talurit™ RCU ferrule, copper

Material: Copper.
Art No Dimension mm
10.02RCUxx 1,5-8
Talurit™INOX ferrule
Design: The original ferrule design, intended for galvanized or bright wire ropes.
Material: Stainless steel, AISI 316.
Art No Dimension mm
10.04INOXxx 1-30
See pillar swager page 1:72
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:5
Stainless Steel Thimble

Material: Stainless acidproof steel AISI 316.
Finish: Polished
Art No Wire Ø A B L S Pack Weight

mm mm pcs kg/100
10.26110002 2 3 9 16 1,0 100 0,2
10.26110003 3 4 10 17 1,0 100 0,3
10.26110004 4 5 11 19 1,35 100 0,5
10.26110005 5 6 13 21 1,2 100 0,7
10.26110006 6 7 15 27 1,5 100 1,1
10.26110007 7 8 19 33 1,5 100 1,4
10.26110008 8 9 22 38 2,0 50 2,6
10.26110009 9 10 24 43 2,0 50 3,1
10.26110010 10 11 27 46 2,7 Bulk 4,9
10.26110012 12 14 29 52 2,7 Bulk 6,6
10.26110014 14 16 33 57 3,0 Bulk 9,0
10.26110016 16 18 40 67 3,0 Bulk 11,3
10.26110018 18 20 45 75 4,0 Bulk 19,0
10.26110020 20 22 52 84 4,0 Bulk 31,2
10.26110022 22 24 56 93 5,0 Bulk 45,5
10.26110026 26 28 65 112 6,0 Bulk 67
10.26110028 28 30 80 135 5,5 Bulk 82
10.26110032 32 34 92 160 6,25 Bulk 110
10.26110034 34 36 105 160 6,0 Bulk 117
10.26110036 36 38 115 176 6,0 Bulk 142
10.26110038 38 40 120 180 8,0 Bulk 206
10.26110040 40 42 120 192 8,0 Bulk 220
10.26110042 42 45 150 240 8,0 Bulk 304
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:6
Stainless Wire Rope Clip

General: Clamps are used for making wire loops, with or without thimbles, on site.
Design: acc. to DIN 741.
Material: Stainless acidproof steel AISI 316.
Finish: Polished.
Warning: Not approved for lifting.
Art No Rope dia. d1 h1 a Weight

mm mm kg/100
10.1674102S 2 M3 17 4 0,69
10.1674103S 3 M4 20 5 1,20
10.1674104S 4 M4 22 6 1,30
10.1674105S 5 M5 24 6 1,40
10.1674106S 6 M5 28 8 1,72
10.1674108S 8 M6 34 10 4,10
10.1674110S 10 M8 42 12 5,89
10.1674112S 12 M10 55 15 13,00
10.1674116S 16 M12 63 18 21,00
10.1674119S 19 M12 75 21 28,00
10.1674122S 22 M14 85 24 40,00
10.1674124S 24 M14 95 27 42,39
Wire Rope Clip SS

General: Wire ropes clips for steel wire ropes for general applications.
Design: Pressed steel plate. Fixed screws. Acid-resistant.
Material: AISI 316
Note: 6 mm not approved for lifting.
Art No Art No Code Rope dia. Weight

mm kg/100
10.16BGSSS02 10.16110302 BGSS-2 2 1,2
10.16BGSSS03 10.16110303 BGSS-3 3 1,6
10.16BGSSS04 10.16110304 BGSS-4 4 2,2
10.16BGSSS05 10.16110305 BGSS-5 5 4,1
10.16BGSSS06 10.16110306 BGSS-6 6 5,0
9
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:7
Stainless Rigging Screw

Design: Jaw-Jaw.
Material: Stainless steel AISI 316.
Finish: Polished.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Breaking load G Thread Pin A B L1 L2 Pack Weight

tons size pcs. kg/100
11.50120005 0,8 M5 5 7,5 12 180 126 10 5,1
11.50120006 1 M6 5 7,5 12 200 138 10 9,0
11.50120006X 1,2 M6 6 9,5 13 202 140 10 14,0
11.50120008 1,6 M8 6 9,5 13 234 158 10 14,0
11.50120008X 2,2 M8 8 11 15 240 166 10 15,0
11.50120010 3,2 M10 8 11 15 272 188 10 24,0
11.50120010X 3,5 M10 9,5 12 19 280 196 10 26,0
11.50120012 5,1 M12 12 14 25 350 244 5 52,5
11.50120012X 5,1 M12 14 18 32 370 269 5 72,2
11.50120014 6,9 M14 12 14 25 387 267 5 63,5
11.50120014X 6,9 M14 14 18 32 405 295 5 84,5
11.50120016 9,4 M16 14 18 32 446 313 5 100
11.50120016L 9,4 M16 14 22 30 442 309 5 100
11.50120016X 9,4 M16 16 18 33 446 313 5 100
11.50120020 14 M20 19 24 48 550 390 BULK 197
11.50120020L 14 M20 19 30 47 546 386 BULK 197
11.50120022 18,2 M22 22 30 57 653 472 BULK 448
11.50120024 21 M24 25 30 62 769 536 BULK 638
11.50120027 23 M27 28 32 68 825 590 BULK 881
11.50120030 28 M30 32 35 76 907 647 BULK 1.060
11.50120036 41 M36 35 40 86 990 715 BULK 1.657
Note: All breakloads are determined by the clevis pin and the thread.
! M20>M36 Available with threaded bronze inserts in a S/S body
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:8
Stainless Rigging Screw with Jaw and Terminal

Design: Jaw/Terminal.
Finish: High polished.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Breaking load G Thread Wire Pin A B D L1 L2 Pack Weight

tons mm size mm pcs. kg/100
10.07120205 0,8 M5 2 5 7,5 9,4 5,5 206 152 10 4,5
10.07120505 0,8 M5 2,5 5 7,5 9,4 5,5 206 152 10 4,6
10.07120306 1,2 M6 3 5 7,5 9,4 6,35 232 170 10 8,5
10.07120306X 1,2 M6 3 6 9,5 10,4 6,35 233 171 10 8,5
10.07120406 1,2 M6 4 5 7,5 10,4 7,5 242 180 10 8,7
10.07120406X 1,2 M6 4 6 9,5 10,4 7,5 242 180 10 9,1
10.07120408 1,6 M8 4 6 9,5 10,4 7,5 275 199 10 13,0
10.07120408X 1,7 M8 4 8 11 12,2 7,5 277 201 10 13,0
10.07120508 1,6 M8 5 6 9,5 13,0 9 281 205 10 13,2
10.07120508X 2,2 M8 5 8 11 12,2 9 284 208 10 14,8
10.07120510 2,5 M10 5 8 11 14,0 9 312 228 10 22,5
10.07120510X 2,5 M10 5 9,5 12 14,0 9 316 232 10 22,5
10.07120610 3,2 M10 6 8 11 15,0 12,58 327 243 10 25,6
10.07120610X 3,5 M10 6 9,5 12 18,5 12,58 330 250 10 27,4
10.07120612 5,1 M12 6 12 14 18,5 12,58 393 287 5 47,5
10.07120712 5,1 M12 7 12 14 25,0 14,20 401 295 5 50,0
10.07120812 5,1 M12 8 12 14 25,0 16,00 416 310 5 53,5
10.07120714 6,8 M14 7 12 14 25,0 14,20 439 319 5 58,0
10.07120714X 6,8 M14 7 14 18 33,0 14,20 453 335 5 68,8
10.07120814 6,8 M14 8 12 14 25,0 16,00 453 333 5 63,5
10.07120816 8,7 M16 8 14 18 32,0 16,00 498 365 5 89,5
10.07120816L 8,7 M16 8 14 22 30,0 16,00 494 361 5 89,5
10.07120816X 8,7 M16 8 16 18 33,3 16,00 499 366 5 89,5
10.07121016 9,4 M16 10 14 18 33,0 17,80 506 373 5 93,0
10.07121016L 9,4 M16 10 14 22 33,0 17,80 504 371 5 93,0
10.07121016X 9,4 M16 10 16 18 33,0 17,80 510 376 5 93,0
10.07121020 9,7 M20 10 19 24 38,3 17,80 587 427 Bulk 170,1
10.07121220 11,5 M20 12 19 24 38,3 20,00 606 446 Bulk 170,1
10.07121220X* 14,2 M20 12 19 24 38,3 21,40 622 462 Bulk 170,1
10.07121422 15,9 M22 14 22 30 46,0 25,00 736 555 Bulk 452,0
10.07121622 18,0 M22 16 22 30 57,5 28,00 696 588 Bulk 490,0
10.07121424 15,9 M24 14 25,4 30 47,8 25,00 846 613 Bulk 642,0
10.07121624 19,4 M24 16 25,4 30 47,8 28,00 874 641 Bulk 662,0
10.07121927 23,0 M27 19 28 32 68,0 34,50 968 734 Bulk 878,0
10.07122230 28,0 M30 22 32 35 76,0 40,50 1.076 814 Bulk 1.074
10.07122636 41,0 M36 26 35 40 86,0 46,00 1.195 921 Bulk 1.682
9
* Note: Terminal OD. = 21,4 mm.! M20>M36 Available with threaded bronze inserts in a S/S body
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:9
Stainless Fork Terninal

Finish: Polished.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Breaking load Wire Wire Pin A B D L1 L2 Pack Weight

tons mm inch. size mm pcs. kg/100
10.07100502 0,8 2 1/16” 5 7,5 12 5,5 58 32 25 2,0
10.07100525 0,8 2,5 3/32” 5 7,5 12 5,5 58 32 25 2,0
10.07100503 0,8 3 1/8” 5 7,5 12 6,4 67 38 25 2,3
10.07100603 1,3 3 1/8” 6 9,5 13 6,4 68 38 25 2,8
10.07100504 0,8 4 5/32” 6 7,5 12 7,5 71 45 25 2,7
10.07100604 1,5 4 5/32” 6 9,5 13 7,5 73 45 25 3,4
10.07100804 1,7 4 5/32” 8 11 15 7,5 77 45 25 4,9
10.07100605 1,5 5 3/16” 6 9,5 13 9,0 83 51 25 4,1
10.07100805 2,4 5 3/16” 8 11 15 9,0 87 51 10 5,5
10.07109505 2,4 5 3/16” 9,5 12 19 9,0 91 51 10 7,2
10.07100806 3,2 6 - 8 11 15 12,6 99 64 10 10,0
10.07109506 3,8 6 - 9,5 12 19 12,6 104 64 10 11,3
10.07101206 5,2 6 - 12 14 25 12,6 110 64 10 17,6
10.07101207 6,5 7 9/32” 12 14 25 14,2 119 70 10 18,1
10.07101208 6,5 8 5/16” 12 14 25 16,0 136 83 10 21,6
10.07101408 8,5 8 - ´14 18 33 16,0 143 83 10 32,5
10.07101608 8,5 8 5/16" 16 17 33 16,0 145 83 10 25,5
10.07101410 9,4 10 - 14 18 32 17,8 151 89 10 35,0
10.07101410L 9,4 10 - 14 22 30 17,8 149 89 10 36,0
10.07101610 9,4 10 - 16 17 33 17,8 149 89 5 36,6
10.07101910 9,4 10 - 19 24 48 17,8 168 89 5 47,7
10.07101612 11,2 12 - 16 17 33 20,0 174 105 5 60,0
10.07101612L 11,2 12 - 16 22 31 20,0 171 105 5 60,0
10.07101912 11,2 12 - 19 24 48 20,0 189 105 5 66,0
10.07101912L 11,2 12 - 19 30 47 20,0 187 105 5 66,0
10.07101912X* 14 12 - 19 24 48 21,4 205 120 5 75,0
10.07101914L 15 14 - 19 30 47 25,0 221 140 5 75,0
10.07102214 15 14 - 22 30 57 25,0, 232 140 5 112,7
10.07102216 19 16 - 22 30 57 28,0 260 160 5 141
10.07102514 15 14 - 25,4 30 62 25,0 235 140 5 125
10.07102516 19 16 - 25,4 30 62 28,0 264 160 5 140
10.07102819 27 19 - 28 32 68 34,5 309 200 Bulk 246
10.07103222 34 22 - 32 35 76 40,5 354 230 Bulk 372
9
10.07103526 45 26 - 35 40 86 46,0 420 280 Bulk 548
* Note: Terminal OD = 21,4
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:10
Stainless Eye Terminal

Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Breaking load Wire Wire A B D1 D3 L1 L2 Pack Weight

tons mm Inch. mm pcs. kg/100
10.07190002 1,2 2 1/16” 3 13 5,5 5,5 49 32 100 0,9
10.07190025 1,0 2,5 3/32” 3 13 5,5 5,5 49 32 100 0,8
10.07190003 1,3 3 1/8” 4 14 6,35 6,5 60 38 100 1,3
10.07190004 1,7 4 5/32” 5 17 7,5 8,5 67 45 100 2,3
10.07190005 2,4 5 3/16” 6 21 9,0 10,5 79 51 25 3,9
10.07190006 5,5 6 - 8 25 12,58 13,0 94 64 10 8,7
10.07190006X 5,5 6 - 10 28 12,58 13,2 105 64 10 11,2
10.07190007 6,8 7 9/32” 9 27 14,2 13,0 104 70 10 11,5
10.07190007X 8,7 7 9/32” 10 28 14,2 13,2 110 70 10 13,5
10.07190008 8,7 8 5/16” 10 30 16,0 14,5 124 83 10 17,0
10.07190008D 4,6 8 5/16” 10 30 13,0 14,5 123,5 83 10 13,5
10.07190008X 8,7 8 5/16” 12 36 16,0 16,5 141 83 10 23,5
10.07190010 9,7 10 - 11 35 17,8 16,3 137 89 10 25,0
10.07190010X 9,7 10 16 40 17,8 19,5 165 100 10 38,0
10.07190012 11,4 12 - 15 40 20,0 19,3 156 105 5 41,5
10.07190012X* 14,2 12 - 15 42 21,4 19,3 178 120 5 41,0
10.07190014 15,9 14 - 18 47 25,0 23,0 206 140 5 75,6
10.07190016 19 16 - 20 53 28,0 26,0 232 160 5 102,0
10.07190019 31 19 - 25 65 34,5 28,5 302 200 BULK 209,0
10.07190022 42 22 - 30 70 40,4 33,0 348 230 BULK 314,0
10.07190026 53 26 - 30 77 46,0 36,0 400 280 BULK 425,0
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:11
Rigging Screw Terminal

General: Threaded terminals are used to put tension on a wire, either with
the help of nuts and washers or as part of a rigging screw. They are available
with right-and left-hand thread.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Art No Breaking load G Thread Wire D1 D2 L1 L2 L3 KW Weight

right left tons mm mm kg/100
10.07900205 10.07910205 0,8 M5 2 2,2 5,50 87 32 42 4,5 1,4
10.07902505 10.07912505 0,8 M5 2,5 2,8 5,50 87 32 42 4,5 1,5
10.07900306 10.07910306 1,2 M6 3 3,5 6,35 100 38 48 5,0 2,0
10.07900406 10.07910406 1,2 M6 4 4,4 7,50 110 45 48 6,0 2,4
10.07900408 10.07910408 1,7 M8 4 4,4 7,50 117 45 57 6,0 3,0
10.07900508 10.07910508 2,2 M8 5 5,3 9,00 123 51 57 7,0 4,0
10.07900510 10.07910510 2,5 M10 5 5,3 9,00 130 51 63 7,0 4,5
10.07900610 10.07910610 3,5 M10 6 6,5 12,58 145 64 63 11 8,4
10.07900612 10.07910612 5,1 M12 6 6,5 12,58 162 64 80 11 11,0
10.07900712 10.07910712 5,1 M12 7 7,5 14,20 170 70 80 12 13,3
10.07900714 10.07910714 6,8 M14 7 7,5 14,20 180 70 89 12 16,0
10.07900812 10.07910812 5,1 M12 8 8,4 16,00 185 83 80 14 19,2
10.07900814 10.07910814 6,9 M14 8 8,4 16,00 194 83 89 14 20,0
10.07900816 10.07910816 8,7 M16 8 8,4 16,00 203 83 100 14 23,0
10.07901016 10.07911016 9,4 M16 10 10,5 17,80 210 89 100 15 35,0
10.07901020 10.07911020 9,7 M20 10 10,5 17,80 230 89 120 15 35,0
10.07901220 10.07911220 11,4 M20 12 12,5 20,00 249 105 120 17 45,0
10.07901220X* 10.07911220X* 14,2 M20 12 12,5 21,40 265 120 120 19 50,0
10.07901422 10.07911422 15,9 M22 14 14,8 25,00 308 140 140 22 76,8
10.07901622 10.07911622 18,2 M22 16 17,0 28,00 333 160 140 25 97,8
10.07901624 10.07911624 19,4 M24 16 17,0 28,00 363 160 170 25 111
10.07901927 10.07911927 23,0 M27 19 20,0 34,50 425 200 180 30 209
10.07902230 10.07912230 28,0 M30 22 23,5 40,50 480 230 200 36 314
10.07902636 10.07912636 41,0 M36 26 27,5 46,00 550 280 220 41 470
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:12
Swageless Terminal with Fork

General: Stainless jaw terminal for self assembly.
Art No Breaking load Wire Wire Pin A B L1 L2 L3 L4 KW1 KW2 Weight

tons mm inch size kg/100
10.07840603 0,75 3 1/8" 6 6 11 55 63 29 8 12 14 5,5
10.07840804 1,5 4 5/32” 8 8 12 62 73 35 8 14 19 7,3
10.07841005 2,18 5 - 10 10 15 72 83 42 10 16 22 15
10.07841206 3,7 6 1/4” 12 12 18 82 95 48 12 19 27 23
10.07841207 4,7 7 9/32”” 12 12 18 102 115 55 13 21 29 29
10.07841408 5,6 8 5/16” 14 14 21 103 118 58 14 24 30 38
10.07841610 8,3 10 - 16 16 24 117 135 70 16 27 36 63
10.07841912 12 12 - 19 18 26 142 162 75 16 32 42 97
10.07842214 14 14 - 22 21 30 162 191 88 19 36 46 135
10.07842516 23 16 - 25 23 35 184 217 102 22 41 55 215
All breakloads are determined by the wedges (jaws) and the clevis pin.
Swageless Terminal with Eye

General: Stainless eye terminal for self assembly.
Art No Breaking load Wire Wire A D1 L1 L2 L3 KW1 KW2 Weight

tons mm inch mm kg/100
10.07821903 0,75 3 1/18" 5,5 6,3 58 50 26,5 10 12 4,0
9
10.07821904 1,5 4 5/35" 7 8,3 68 58 31,0 13 14 7,3
10.07821905 2,18 5 - 8 10,3 81 70 37,0 14 16 9,8
10.07821906 3,7 6 1/4" 9 12,3 97 83 45,0 17 19 15,0
10.07821907 4,7 7 9/32" 9 12,3 105 89 50,5 18 21 21,2
10.07821908 5,6 8 5/16" 10 14,3 114 97,5 52,5 19 24 28,1
10.07821910 8,3 10 - 13 16,3 135 116 65,0 24 27 46,0
10.07821912 12 12 - 15 19,5 160 137 71,5 27 32 72,0
10.07821914 14 14 - 18 22 185 160 85,0 30 36 110
10.07821916 23 16 - 20 25 197 170 98,0 32 41 160
All breakloads are determined by the wedges (jaws) and the eye (D2)
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:13
Swageless Terminal with Thread

General: Stainless thread terminal for self assembly.
Finish: Polished.
Art No Art No Breaking load Wire G Thread L1 L2 L3 KW KW1 Weight

right left tons mm mm kg/100
10.07800305 10.07810305 0,75 3 M5 79 58 42 10 12 4,2
10.07800306 10.07810306 0,75 3 M6 85 63 47 10 12 4,5
10.07800406 10.07810406 1,2 4 M6 92 63 47 12 14 5,6
10.07800408 10.07810408 1,5 4 M8 102 72 57 12 14 6,6
10.07800508 10.07810508 2,18 5 M8 111 78 57 13 16 9
10.07800510 10.07810510 2,18 5 M10 117 84 63 13 16 10
10.07800610 10.07810610 3,5 6 M10 128 90 63 16 19 15
10.07800612 10.07810612 3,7 6 M12 145 107 80 16 19 17
10.07800712 10.07810712 4,7 7 M12 153 110 80 18 21 22
10.07800714 10.07810714 4,7 7 M14 162 119 89 18 21 25
10.07800812 10.07810812 5,1 8 M12 162 113 80 19 24 28
10.07800814 10.07810814 5,6 8 M14 171 122 89 19 24 31
10.07800816 10.07810816 5,6 8 M16 182 133 100 19 24 40
10.07801016 10.07811016 8,3 10 M16 190 139 100 24 27 48
10.07801220 10.07811220 12 12 M20 227 159 120 27 32 79
10.07801422 10.07811422 17 14 M22 264 191 140 30 36 124
10.07801624 10.07811624 21 16 M24 308 227 170 32 41 175
All breakloads are determined by wedges (jaws) and thread
Sheave Block, Single Stainless

General: Sheave block, single with swivel-eye.
Material: AISI 316.
Art.no Art No Dimensions mm A B C D D1 L

99.NO6011423005 16.17BR25S 25 30 24 14 6 12 83
99.NO6011423205 16.17BR32S 32 36 24 14 6 12 96
99.NO6011423405 16.17BR50S 50 54 28 20 8 15 130
Sheave Block, Double Stainless

General: Sheave block, double with swivel-eye.
Material: AISI 316.
9
Art.no Art No Dimensions mm A B C D D1 L
99.NO6011424005 16.17BRD25S 25 30 24 14 6 12 103
99.NO6011424205 16.17BRD32S 32 36 24 14 6 12 116
99.NO6011424405 16.17BRD50S 50 54 28 20 8 15 150
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:14
Other Blue Wave products

We can also deliver other stainless products
to many purposes.
Bolts Eyebolts U-bolts
Blue Wave Lubrication

Synthetic oil based Lubricant with PTFE
General: The Blue Wave Lubricant contains PTFE micro powder, dispersed in synthetic base oil with anti-oxidation additives.
It is high effective lubricant, with long life properties, for use in metal to metal applications. Water repellent, do not soil.
Working temperature: Resists temperatures between - 50°C and +200°C.
Non ageing and has exrtemely low friction.
Delivery: In tube with 50 gr.
The Blue Wave Lubricant is used on the threads improving the performance. Whenever stainless steel threaded parts are screwed
together it is always strongly recommended to lubricate the threads first, as this prevents the threads from jamming!
Art. nr. 10.07BWLUB1
Lubricant apply
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:15
Working Load Limits Stainless Steel Lifting Chains and Accessories in G6 plus
Data: Increase in carrying capacity of G6 plus by approx. 25% with the same nominal diameter as the G5; therefore more lifting
capacity with similar weight.
Stress at working load limit: 160 N/mm2.
Breaking stress: 630 N/mm2.
Breaking elongation: min. 20%.
Material: 1.4571 (AISI 316 Ti), 1.4404 (AISI 316L) and 1.4462 (AISI 318 LN).
Surface: Chain: Bright polished.
Components: Pickled and blasted.
Stain
Appr le
oved ss
for lift
ing
Safety factor 1-leg chain 2-leg chain 3- and 4-leg chain End- Single lifting Double lifting U-
less sling sling shape
chain
sling
Angle of incli- - - 0°- 45° 45°-60° 0°- 45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60° - 0°- 45° 45°-60° 0°-45° 45°-60° -
nation
Loadfactor 1 0,8 1,4 1 1,12 0,8 2,1 1,5 1,6 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 2
Type d WLL (kg)
WOX 4-6 4 400 320 560 400 450 320 840 600 640 560 400 840 600 800
WOX 4 4 320 256 450 320 355 256 670 475 512 450 320 670 475 640
WOX 5-6 5 630 500 850 630 700 500 1.300 940 1.000 850 630 1.300 940 1.260
WOX 5 5 500 400 700 500 560 400 1.050 750 800 700 500 1.050 750 1.000
WOX 6-6 6 900 720 1.250 900 1.000 720 1.850 1.350 1.400 1.250 900 1.850 1.350 1.800
WOX 6 6 750 600 1.000 750 800 600 1.600 1.120 1.200 1.000 750 1.600 1.120 1.500
WOX 7-6 7 1.250 1.000 1.750 1.250 1.400 1.000 2.600 1.850 2.000 1.750 1.250 2.600 1.850 2.500
WOX 7 7 1.000 800 1.400 1.000 1.120 800 2.100 1.500 1.600 1.400 1.000 2.100 1.500 2.500
WOX 8-6 8 1.600 1.280 2.200 1.600 1.800 1.280 3.350 2.400 2.500 2.220 1.600 3.350 2.400 3.200
WOX 8 8 1.250 1.000 1.700 1.250 1.400 1.000 2.650 1.800 2.000 1.700 1.250 2.650 1.800 2.500
WOX 10-6 10 2.500 2.000 3.500 2.500 2.800 2.000 5.250 3.750 4.000 3.500 2.500 5.250 3.750 5.000
WOX 10 10 2.000 1.600 2.800 2.000 2.240 1.600 4.250 3.000 3.200 2.800 2.000 4.250 3.000 4.000
WOX 13-6 13 4.250 3.400 5.950 4.250 4.750 3.400 8.900 6.350 6.800 5.950 4.250 8.900 6.350 8.500
WOX 13 13 3.200 2.560 4.500 3.200 3.550 2.560 6.700 4.750 5.120 4.500 3.200 6.700 4.750 6.400
WOX 16-6 16 6.300 5.040 8.800 6.300 7.050 5.040 13.200 9.400 10.000 8.800 6.300 13.200 9.400 12.600
WOX 16 16 5.000 4.000 7.100 5.000 5.600 4.000 10.000 7.500 8.000 7.100 5.000 10.000 7.500 10.000
WOX 20-5 20 8.000 6.400 11.200 8.000 - - - - 12.800 11.200 8.000 - - 16.000
WOX 26-4+ 26 12.000 9.600 - - - - - - 19.200 - - - - 24.000
Connex system Welded system

(standard) Option
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:16
Chain WOX Stainless Grade 6 - Short Link

General: Stainless steel lifting chain, electrically welded and stamped, guaranteed
compatible with Connex CWI connectors. E D
Material: 1.4404 (AISI 316L).

Finish: Brightly polished. H
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: Similar DIN 5687-1 repr. EN 818-2. 100% tested.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No WLL Code Breaking force Outside width. b2 max. Nominal dia. dn E H Weight
tons kN mm mm mm kg/m.
11.6337931 0,4 WOX 4-6 16 14,8 4 12 6,2 0,38
11.6338094 0,63 WOX 5-6 25 18,5 5 15 7,5 0,58
11.6338110 0,9 WOX 6-6 37,5 20,9 6 18 8,7 0,82
11.6338113 1,25 WOX 7-6 50 25,2 7 21 9,5 1,11
11.6338116 1,6 WOX 8-6 63 28,6 8 24 10,8 1,43
11.6339568 2,5 WOX 10-6 100 36,0 10 30 13,5 2,25
11.6339904 4,25 WOX 13-6 170 46,8 13 39 17,5 3,77
11.6340205 6,3 WOX 16-6 250 57,6 16 48 21,5 5,62
11.6383501 8,0 WOX 20-5* 314 72,0 20 60 27,0 9,29
11.6392200 12,0 WOX 26-4+** 471 93,6 26 78 35,0 16,20
* WOX 20-5 is grade 5
** WOX 26-4+ is grade 4+
Master Link AWI Stainless

General: Stainless steel master link for 1- and 2-leg chainslings.
Also useable as endlink.
Material: 1.4404 (AISI 316L), 1.4462 (AISI 318LN).
Finish: Pickled and blasted.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: Similar DIN 5688-1.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Code WLL 0-45° Usable with sling hooks For chain Ø in mm D L B Weight
tons up to DIN 15401 No. 1-leg 2-leg mm kg/pcs.
11.0450342 AWI 8-6 0,56 0,5 4 4 8 60 35 0,08
11.0450344 AWI 10-6 0,85 1,6 5 5 10 80 50 0,16
11.0450346 AWI 13-6 1,6 2,5 6/7/8 6 13 110 60 0,34
11.0450348 AWI 16-6 2,6 2,5 10 7/8 16 110 60 0,53
11.0450350 AWI 18-6 3,5 5 - 10 18 135 75 0,83
9
11.0450352 AWI 22-6 6,3 6 13/16 13 23 160 90 1,55
11.0450354 AWI 26-6 8,9 8,0 20 16 27 180 100 2,46
11.0450356 AWI 32-6 13,2 10 - 20 32 200 110 3,86
11.0450358 AWI 36-6 14,7 16 - - 36 260 140 6,22
11.0498994 AWI 45* 12 25 26 - 45 340 180 12,82
* AWI 45 is grade 5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:17
Transition Link BWI Stainless

Safety factor: 4:1.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Code WLL 0-45° 1-leg 2-leg D L B Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.0450361 BWI 7-6 0,9 5/6 5/6 7 36 16 0,04
11.0450363 BWI 9-6 1,25 7 7 9 44 20 0,07
11.0450365 BWI 10-6 1,6 8 8 10 44 20 0,09
11.0450367 BWI 13-6 2,5 10 10 13 54 25 0,18
11.0450369 BWI 16-6 4,25 13 13 16 70 34 0,35
11.0450371 BWI 20-6 6,3 16 16 20 85 40 0,67
11.0450029 BWI 22-6 8 20 - 23 115 50 1,16
11.0450374 BWI 26-6 10,07 - - 27 140 65 1,92
11.0460272 BWI 32-6 12 26 - 32 150 70 3,18
Enlarged Master Link Assembly VWI Stainless

Safety factor: 4:1.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Code WLL 0-45° Consisting of Usable up to sling hooks following D L B d l b Weight
tons DIN 15401 No. mm kg/pcs.
11.0460068 VWI 4-6 0,84 AWI 10-6 + 2 BWI 9-6 1,6 10 80 50 9 44 20 0,28
11.0460103 VWI 5-6 1,3 AWI 13-6 + 2 BWI 10-6 2,5 13 110 60 10 44 20 0,52
11.0460127 VWI 6/7-6 2,6 AWI 16-6 + 2 BWI 13-6 2,5 16 110 60 13 54 25 0,91
11.0459936 VWI 8-6 3,35 AWI 18-6 + 2 BWI 16-6 5 18 135 75 16 70 34 1,64
11.0460060 VWI 10-6 5,25 AWI 22-6 + 2 BWI 20-6 6 23 160 90 20 85 40 3,02
11.0460064 VWI 13-6 8,9 AWI 26-6 + 2 BWI 22-6 8 27 180 100 23 115 50 4,78
11.0460066 VWI 16-6 13,2 AWI 32-6 + 2 BWI 26-6 10 32 200 110 27 140 65 7,98
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:18
Special Master Link Assembly VAWI Stainless - Grade 5

General: Special stainless steel masterlink for assembly of wire rope slings. Electrically
welded and stamped. For assembling 3- and 4-legged wire rope slings with enlarged
transition links that offer enough inner width to fit even two ropes.
Material: 1.4571 (AISI 316Ti) og 1.4404 (AISI 316L).
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: Similar DIN 3088-1989 respectively DIN 5688-1.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Code WLL 0º-45º Usable with sling hooks B D L l L+l b d Weight
tons up to DIN 15401 No. mm kg
11.0492136 VAWI 6 1,6 2,5 75 19 135 110 245 60 13 1,6
11.0492137 VAWI 7 2,1 5 75 19 135 110 245 60 16 2,0
11.0492138 VAWI 8 3,0 6 90 23 160 135 295 75 19 3,4
11.0492139 VAWI 10 4,8 8 100 27 180 160 340 90 23 5,7
11.0492140 VAWI 13 7,1 10 110 33 200 180 380 100 27 9,1
11.0492141 VAWI 16 10,5 16 140 36 260 200 460 110 33 14,50
Shortener VLWI Stainless

General: Stainless steel shortener for shortening of stainless steel chains, ex-
tremely convenient in applications, in assembled systems or for retrofitting.
Material: VLWI 5/6 - 7/8 1.4571 (shortener) and 1.4404 (BWI) / AISI 316 TI
(shortener) and AISI 316 L (BWI).
VLWI 10 - 16 1.4571 (shortener) and 1.4462 (BWI) / AISI 316 TI (shortener) and
AISI 318 LN (BWI).
Safety factor: 4:1.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Art No Code WLL a d d1 e e1 g Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.2462906 11.2492152 VLWI 5/6-6 0,9 52 16 26 80 114 8 0,22
11.2462927 11.2492153 VLWI 7/8-6 1,6 68 22 34 111 156 11 0,57
11.2462655 11.2492154 VLWI 10-6 2,5 86 27 40 133 183 12 1,06
11.2462894 11.2492155 VLWI 13-6 4,25 108 32 52 169 242 16 2,20
11.2462928 11.2492156 VLWI 16-6 6,3 134 38 64 204 284 20 4,16
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:19
Loop Connector LCWI

General: Special applications such as the lifting of pumps require user-friendly solu-
tions that simplify work processes and comply with all legal regulations. LCWI loop
connector encompasses all of them.
With the loop connector, forming loops even through narrow eyes (they must of
course be large enough to feed the chain through) is easy, quick and does not
require an additional connecting link. The loops will not tighten and, thanks to the
special design, it is no longer necessary to reduce the load capacity down to 80%
when using a loop.
Marking: Manufacturer's symbol, CE marking and batch number.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No WLL tons Code e d a b c Weight

mm kg/pcs.
11.2474048 0,63 LCWI 5-6 C 31 6,00 10 6 12 0,07
Connex Connecting Link CWI Stainless

General: Stainless steel Connex connecting link, drop-forged and stamped.
It is resistant to seawater and ideally suited for use in water and wastewater
applications.
Material: 1.4462 (AISI 318LN).
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: Similar EN 1677-1.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Code WLL e c s t d b g Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.0992142 CWI 5-6 0,63 36 7 10 11 7 34 13 0,06
11.0974344 CWI 6-6 0,9 42 8 11 12 7 40 13 0,08
11.0992143 CWI 7-6 1,25 54 9 13 14 9 51 17 0,14
11.0974355 CWI 8-6 1,6 58 10 13 14 8,5 51 17 0,16
9
11.0992144 CWI 10-6 2,50 73 13 18 18 13 70 25 0,37
11.0992145 CWI 13-6 4,25 92 17 23 25 17 86 29 0,76
11.0992146 CWI 16-6 6,30 104 21 32 28 20 105 37 1,41
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:20
Bolt and Safety Bush CBHWI Stainless G6

General: Stainless steel safety-set matching to Connex connector, consisting of suspen-
sion bolt and spiral spring (Mat. 1.4571), with an enlarged synthetic sleeve as practically
fit-up aid, where the spiral locking of suspension bolt.
CBHWI grade 6 correspond to the design of CBHWI grade 5 and can be used as replace-
ment parts for CWI grade 5. Please note, however, the modified material properties of
grade 6.
Note: The replacement set for grade 5 should not be used for CWI grade 6.
Only bolts that have been stamped with grade 6 are allowed to be used.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Code For connecting link

11.09PEW87012 CBHWI 5-6 CWI 5-6
11.09PEW87013 CBHWI 7-6 CWI 7-6
11.09PEW87014 CBHWI 10-6 CWI 10-6
11.09PEW87015 CBHWI 13-6 CWI 13-6
11.09PEW87016 CBHWI 16-6 CWI 16-6
Eye Sling Hook HSWI Stainless

General: Stainless steel eye sling hook, drop-forged. Safety latch available as
sparepart.
Material: 1.4462 (AISI 318LN).
Safety factor: 4:1.
Standard: Similar EN 1677-2.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
b
Art No Code WLL L k g T F B b Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.1492147 HSWI 5/6-6 0,9 84 20 14 21 8 22 67 0,25
11.1492148 HSWI 7/8-6 1,6 112 29 20 27 13 32 98 0,70
11.1492149 HSWI 10-6 2,5 133 33 28 37 15 39 115 1,35
11.1492150 HSWI 13-6 4,25 172 43 35 48 18 51 147 2,60
11.1492151 HSWI 16-6 6,3 213 51 44 55 24 66 182 4,85
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:21
Safety Latch G6+ SFGWI Stainless

General: Stainless steel safety latch set with extra strong spring and rivetable safety
pin.
Art No Code For hook

11.14PEW87017 SFGWI 5/6-6 HSWI 5/6 stamped HSWI 5/6
11.14PEW87018 SFGWI 7/8-6 HSWI 7/8 stamped HSWI 7/8
11.14PEW87019 SFGWI 10-6 HSWI 10 stamped HSWI 10
Safety Latch G5 SFGWI Stainless

General: Stainless steel safety latch set with extra strong spring and rivetable safety
pin.
Art No Code For hook

11.14PEW92162 SFGWI 5 HSWI 5 stamped HSK 5 or HK 5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:22
Stainless Lifting Eye PLGWI

General: The eye bolt PLGWI is the stainless variant of the lifting point PLGW from
pewag. Equipped with the same advantages in terms of measurement, carrying
capacity and application, the PLGWI expands the application tremendously. The
lifting point PLGWI is available in the version "Supreme" with the patented tool-free
mounting options, and on request in the version "Basic". The pewag PLGW Basic
differs solely in the assembly: mounting and removing requires the use of a hexagon
Allen wrench.
PLGWI Basic PLGWI Supreme
Further benefits of the lifting point PLGWI compared to a conventional DIN 580
eye bolt are:
• Same thread size but much higher working load limit
• Rotatable 360° – can be aligned in the direction of pull
• 4-fold safety against breakage in all directions
• 100% crack tested screw
• extended applications by using a duplex steel with higher resistance to corrosion. (PRE/N-value* of 34 at variant PLGWI Basic)
Each lifting point is marked with the allowed WLL, the thread size and an individual serial number that allows traceability. The table
with the load capacities depending on the different methods of lifting, number of legs and angle of inclination is part of the user
manual, which is added to each lifting point. This new lifting point has been developed and tested according to the valid technical
standards (MSV 2010, MD 2006/42/EC, BGR 500, EN 1677, etc).
* The PRE (n) value is determined by the alloy composition, and thus the corrosion resistance.
Art No WLL Code Thread a b c d e Øf n Weight
ton mm mm kg/pcs.
11.4434721 2 Supreme M20 40 72 17 40 80 45 30 12 0,6
11.4473500 2 Basic M20 40 72 17 40 80 45 30 12 0,6
Method of lifting
Number of legs 1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
Thread Fastening WLL
torque
mm Nm tons
M20 Can be tight- 3,8 2 7,6 4 2,8 2 4,2 3 2 2
9
ened manually
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:23
Safety Shackle SSWI Stainless d
General: Stainless steel safety shackle, drop-forged, stamped, tested, with added
suspension bolt useable as end fitting in chain- and wire rope slings and pump
chains for lifting of submersible pumps and breathers, with maximum safety, also c
under vibration (not directly mountable onto chain).
S = with splint pin for safety. d1
C = bolt adhesive for safety.
a
Material: Stainless steel.
d2
Marking: Article and batch code.

Safety factor: 6:1.
Rust
f
Stain ri
less
Art No Code WLL c a d d1 d2 Weight

tons mm kg/pcs.
11.3987036 SSWI 0,5 t-S 0,5 33 18 8 9 18 0,07
11.3987039 SSWI 1,25 t-S 1,25 40 25 12 13 25 0,23
11.3987041 SSWI 2 t-S 2 60 32 16 17 32 0,53
11.3987043 SSWI 3,2 t-S 3,2 78 41 19 21 47 1,03
11.3987045 SSWI 5 t-S 5 109 56 25 29 60 2,46
11.3917084 SSWI 26-C 13 152 76 34 38 75 5,8
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:24
Pump Chain Stainless G6

General: Application for submersible pumps and breathers in the water and waste
water area.
Finish: Bright polished.
Safety factor: 4:1.
Type WLL Master Dimensions Transition Dimensions Chain type Shackle jaw Length of master Weight
link AWI link BWI space links/end links SL*
mm tons mm mm mm mm kg
PCWI 4/320 0,32 AWI 6 6x60x35 - - WOX 4x12-5 18 60 0,39
PCWI 4/400 0,4 AWI 8 8x60x35 BWI 5 5x26x13 WOX 4x12 18 60 0,43
PCWI 6 0,85 AWI 10 10x80x50 BWI 7 7x36x16 WOX 6x18 25 80 0,90
PCWI 13 3,5 AWI 18 18x135x75 BWI 16 17x70x34 WOX 13X39 56 135 4,50
PCWI 20** 8 AWI 26 27x180x100 BWI 22 23x115x50 WOX 20x60 76 180 21,00
PCWI 26** 12 AWI 45 45x340x180 BWI 32 32x150x70 WOX 26x78 76 340 43,20
* SL consisting of 1 x AWI, 2 x BWI, WOX chain in standard length. PCWI 4/200 manufactured without transition links BWI.
** Made to order.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:25
Stainless Lifting Eye Bolt DIN 580

Ring screw for common purposes.
Only approved for lifting as an integrated part of a machine (Machine Directive).
For other purposes, the next size WLL must be used.
User information
Eyebolts/eyenuts to this standard are intended as permanent attachments on
equipment such as motors, control cabinets, gear boxes, etc.
The values given for eyebolts/eyenuts used with double-strand slings (cf. table
line 2) apply only if the angle between each sling branch and the vertical does not
exceed 45°. Larger angles and any lateral loading of eyebolts/eyenuts should be
avoided.
Art No WLL d1 l d2 d3 d4 h k Weight

tons kg/100
11.4058006S 0,070 M6 13 20 36 20 36 8 6
11.4058008S 0,140 M8 13 20 36 20 36 8 6
11.4058010S 0,230 M10 17 25 45 25 45 10 11
11.4058012S 0,340 M12 20,5 30 54 30 53 12 18
11.4058016S 0,700 M16 27 35 63 35 62 14 28
11.4058020S 1,200 M20 30 40 72 40 71 16 45
11.4058024S 1,800 M24 36 50 90 50 90 20 74
Stainless Lifting Eye Nut DIN 582

Lifting eye nut for common purposes.
Only approved for lifting as an integrated part of a machine (Machine Directive).
For other purposes, the next size WLL must be used.
User information
Eyebolts/eyenuts to this standard are intended as permanent attachments on
equipment such as motors, control cabinets, gear boxes, etc.
The values given for eyebolts/eyenuts used with double-strand slings (cf. table
line 2) apply only if the angle between each sling branch and the vertical does not
exceed 45°. Larger angles and any lateral loading of eyebolts/eyenuts should be
avoided.
Art No WLL d1 d2 d3 d4 h k Weight
9
tons kg/100
11.4058206S 0,07 M6 20 36 20 36 8 5
11.4058208S 0,14 M8 20 36 20 36 8 5
11.4058210S 0,23 M10 25 45 25 45 10 9
11.4058212S 0,34 M12 30 54 30 53 12 16
11.4058216S 0,7 M16 35 63 35 62 14 24
11.4058220S 1,2 M20 40 72 40 71 16 36
11.4058224S 1,8 M24 50 90 50 90 20 72
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:26
Stainless Round Steel Shackles H-type

Material: AISI 316.
WLL are theoretic ratings. Not tested.
Art No MBL tons A d4 b1 r h1 Weight kg/100

11.3190036109 - 5 mm - 3/16" M5 10 15 20 1,8
11.3190037109 1,2 6 mm - 1/4" M6 12 18 24 2,6
11.3190038110 1,8 8 mm - 5/16" M8 16 24 32 5,8
11.3190039110 2,8 10 mm - 3/8" M10 20 30 40 11,3
11.3190039120 6,5 12 mm - 5/8" M12 25 36 48 20,9
11.3190039160 12 16 mm - 5/8" M16 32 48 64 49,8
11.3190039200 16 20 mm - 3/4" M20 38 60 80 92,5
11.3190039220 20 22 mm - 7/8" M22 44 66 88 136,0
11.3190039240 27 24 mm - 1" M24 50 75 100 192,4
Stainless Round Steel Shackle D-type

Material: AISI 316.
Art No MBL tons A d1 b1 h1 Weight kg/100

11.3090029109 1,2 5 mm - 3/16" M5 10 20 1,60
11.3090030109 1,8 6 mm - 1/4" M6 12 24 2,52
11.3090031109 2,8 8 mm - 5/16" M8 16 32 5,80
11.3090032109 4,3 10 mm - 3/8" M10 20 40 11,11
11.3090034109 6,5 12 mm - 5/8" M12 25 48 20,20
11.3090035109 12 16 mm - 5/8" M16 32 64 47,40
11.3090035200 16 20 mm - 3/4" M20 38 80 79,30
11.3090035209 20 22 mm - 7/8" M22 44 88 126,00
11.3090035309 27 25 mm - 1" M24 50 100 186,40
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:27
Stainless Shackle AISI 304

General: Stainless steel plateshackles AISI 304.
Material: AISI 304
Art No Breaking load A D L Pack Weight

tons mm pcs. kg/100
11.55150041 0,5 10 M4 15 100 0,5
11.55150051 1 12 M5 17 100 1,0
11.55150052 1 16 M5 24 100 1,6
11.55150053 1,1 16 M5 326 100 1,8
11.55155251 1,1 13,5 M5 25 50 1,5
11.55155206 1,4 16 M6 23 50 1,6
11.55150062 2 14 M6 40 50 2,9
11.55150082 3 18 M8 42 50 5,0

Material: AISI 304

tons mm pcs. kg/100
11.55150061 2 14 M6 23 50 2,5
11.55150081 3 17 M8 31 50 4,5
11.55150010 4,8 21 M10 40 25 8,5
11.55150012 7 25 M12 50 25 16,0
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:28

Material: AISI 304
Warning:Not approved for lifting.

tons mm pcs. kg/100
11.55170005 1,2 12 M5 22 100 1,5
11.55170053 1,2 12 M5 33 100 1,7
11.55170006 2 14 M6 36 25 2,9
11.55170008 3 18 M8 36 25 5,0

Material: AISI 304
Rust
f
Stain ri
less

tons mm pcs. kg/100
11.55151010 4,8 21 M10 40 25 9,0
11.55151212 7 25 M12 50 25 16,5
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:29
Stainless Steel Snap Hook SS

Material: AISI 316.
Typical applications: For connecting 2 chains.
Warning: Not for lifting.
Art No MBL Size l d1 d2 m f Weight

tons mm kg/100
11.565299C05S 0,40 5 x 50 50 5 8 7 5,0 1,90
11.565299C06S 0,48 6 x 60 60 6 9 8 6,5 2,70
11.565299C07S 0,72 7 x 70 70 7 10 8 8,0 4,40
11.565299C08S 0,92 8 x 80 80 8 10 9 8,5 6,50
11.565299C09S 1,00 9 x 90 90 9 12 10 9,5 8,80
11.565299C10S 1,40 10 x 100 100 10 15 11 10,5 12,70
11.565299C11S 1,80 11 x 120 120 11 18 16 11,5 18,00
11.565299C12S 2,04 12 x 140 140 12 20 19 13,0 26,00
11.565299C13S 2,40 13 x 160 160 13 22 25 15,0 35,00
Stainless Steel Snap Hook with Closed Eye

AISI 316.
Not for lifting purposes.
Art No Dimension / Gab mm Overall length mm

11.56KHR50J 6 50
11.56KHR70J 10 70
11.56KHR100J 13 100
Stainless Steel Snap Hook with Lock

Warning: Not for lifting.
9
Art No Size = Ø A B C D Weight
mm kg/100 pcs.
11.56KHR08SSS 08 80 09 13 08 6.5
11.56KHR10SSS 10 100 12 16 10 13.2
11.56KHR11SSS 11 120 13 19 15 18.0
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:30
Stainless Steel Shaped Spring Snap

Not for lifting.
Type A.
Standard: AISI 316.

11.56KHR06A 6 60
11.56KHR08A 8 80
11.56KHR10A 10 100
11.56KHR12A 12 120
Stainless Steel Snap Hook

General: Fast rigid snap.
Material: AISI 316.
Warning: Not for lifting purposes.

11.56S24900 7 54
11.56S24901 10 73
11.56S24902 10 82
11.56S24903 9 100
Quick Links
General: Quick link for connecting 2 chains.
Material: AISI 316.
Note: Not for lifting.
9
Art No MBL Size t b c d Weight
tons mm mm mm mm kg/100
11.56PLED03S 0,20 3 29 10 5,0 3,5 1,20
11.56PLED04S 0,36 4 32 12 5,5 4 1,25
11.56PLED05S 0,56 5 39 13 6,5 5 2,20
11.56PLED06S 0,80 6 45 14 7,5 6 3,60
11.56PLED07S 1,1 7 52 16 8,5 7 5,00
11.56PLED08S 1,4 8 58 18 10 8 7,80
11.56PLED10S 2,2 10 69 22 12 10 13,80
11.56PLED12S 3,0 12 81 24 15 12 23,47
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:31
Chain DIN 766A - AISI 316 SS

Material: AISI 316.
Not approved for lifting.
Art No Breaking force d Outside width Inside width Weight

tons mm mm mm kg/m
11.61CAX316D020 - 2 16 x 8 12 x 4 0,07
11.61CAX316D030 - 3 22 x 12 16 x 6 0,16
11.61CAX316D040 1,26 4 24 x 14 16 x 5 0,32
11.61CAX316D050 2 5 28 x 17 18,5 x 6,5 0,5
11.61CAX316D060 3 6 30 x 20 18,5 x 7,4 0,75
11.61CAX316D080 5 8 40 x 26 24 x 9,2 1,35
11.61CAX316D100 8 10 48 x 34 28 x 12,8 2,25
Chain DIN 5685C - AISI 316 SS

Material: AISI 316.
Not approved for lifting.
Art No Breaking force d Outside width Inside width Weight

tons mm mm mm kg/m
11.62CAX316C020 0,1 2 26 x 8 22 x 3,6 0,06
11.62CAX316C030 0,24 3 32 x 12 26 x 5,4 0,15
11.62CAX316C040 0,4 4 40 x 16 32 x 7,2 0,27
11.62CAX316C050 0,64 5 45 x 20 35 x 9,0 0,43
11.62CAX316C060 0,8 6 54 x 24 42 x 10,8 0,63
Load lashing - stainless

Certex offers a comprehensive range of stainless steel lashing, from 25 mm to 50
mm webbing in various lengths together with stainless steel ratchets and fittings.
Stainless lashing is used in acid environment as well as where the risk of corrosion
is high. Used in barns, silage pits and for marine use.
9 Note: Contact us directly for more information.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
9:32
Fall protection equipment
Personal fall protection equipment »

Anchor points »
Tripods, winches and rescue »
Lifeline systems »
Chapter 10
Fall protection equipment
Fall protection kits 10:4

Harness 10:5 - 10:12, 10:24 - 10:26, 10:32 - 10:34
Harness with vest 10:11, 10:26 - 10:27, 10:34
Lanyards 10:13
Fall arrest blocks 10:16
Snap hooks 10:19 - 10:20
Suspension relief strap 10:20
Tool securing 10:21
Rescue equipment 10:22
Lift belt 10:35
Loop 10:37
Rope bag 10:38
Lifeline horizontal gurtband 10:39
Beamclamp Beamtac 10:39
Anchor clamps 10:40, 10:41
Anchor points 10:41
Jackpod Davit system 10:43
Rope pulley 10:47
Tripods and bag 10:47
Lifeline systems 10:48 - 10:49
10
..
10:2
FALL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT

Basic Knowledge in Fall Protection Systems
Fall protection regulations say
"Each employee who has to carry out work 2 meters or more above any
lower level must be protected from falling by using a security fence, a
safety net or a personal fall protection system." When you work high up,
you must follow directive 89/686/EEG, AFS 1996:7/2006:4 and Law on
the Working Environment SFS 1977:1160.
We have divided the basic components into items 1, 2, 3, and 4

Items 1, 2, 3, and 4 make up a comprehensive personal fall protection,
and if it is applied correctly it can alleviate or prevent damages from a
fall. But all four items must be met, in accordance with existing legisla-
tion and applied together - only then it is comprehensive personal fall
protection.
1. Anchorage connector
The anchorage connecter is regulated by EN 795 about personal fall
protection and anchorage. An anchorage connector may be a beam, a
security fence, a weded construction, a temporary horizontal wire etc.
The standard says that the anchorage connector must be able to toler-
ate a static load of mininimum 12 kN in 3 minutes. The anchorage con-
nector must be as high as possible to minimize the risk of falling, and as
vertically as possible in relation to the work place as possible to avoid
2. Connecting device
The connecting device is the critical link which joins the anchorage
connector to the fall protection equipment and harness. A connect-
ing device may be a sling, steel line, or a carabiner. It must meet the
requirements of EN 362 and must be able to tolerate a load of minimum
15 kN in 3 minutes.
3. Shock-absorbing device
Shock-absorbing equipment must be installed directly upon on the anchorage line or
built into the sliding lock or appropriate sliding block; loose fall protection equipment is
available, too. Shock-absorbing devices ensure that the body will not be stressed more
than 6 kN. In order for this to work all components in the system must be produced in
accordace with EN 365. Always use approved equipment in combination with shock-
absorbing devices, or a fall may result in deadly damage to internal organs. Shock-
absorbing devices must meet EN 355.
4. Harness
Part of the personal protection system worn by the user. But harness is considered to
be a fully approved and valid personal protection. It must meet the requirements of EN
361. The selection of the harness depends on use, environment and type of work.
Please contact Certex for more information about fall protection analyses, special
brochures or other fall protection training.
Symbol explanation
Edge tested
10
10:3
Kit 1 - Roofers and snow patrols

General
for the worker to be able to attach him/her self on a roof if there is
no built in attaching point, including a carbine for the A point on the
harness. Delivered with a rope bag for storage.
Content:
1 x Harness P0902
1 x Rope 10 m, P0003
1 x Carbiner SC, H-037
1 X Loop 2,0 m P0008
1 x Rope bag PS0009
Harness size onesize
Art No: 19.01PFPKIT01
Kit 2 - universal with block for attachment

General: Universal kit with a block for attachment,
light weighted products to maximize mobility.
Delivered with a rope bag for storage.
Content:
1 x Harness P0030
1 x Fall arrest Marble
1 x Loop 2,0 m P0008
1 x Rope bag PS0009
Kit 3 - universal for positioning

General: Universal kit without fall arrester, but with lanyard and
belt for positioning. Delivered with a rope bag for storage.
Content:
1 x Harness P0904
1 x Energy absorber P0626-1,8
1 x Positioning line P0031
1 X Loop 2,0 m P0008
1 x Carabine SC, H-037
1 x Rope bag PS0009
10
10:4
11021900 Harness IGNITE ION web chest strap

General: The new all-round safety harness for all classical applications in construction and mainte-
Even for users who rarely wear personal protective equipment against falls from height, the IGNITE
ION is extremely easy to use and self-explanatory.
The buckle by Fidlock in the chest area snaps magnetically and closes almost automatically. The two
orange roping-up loops made of fabric are approved for joint use and equipped with abrasion indica-
tor for maximum safety. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
User-friendly, self-explanatory, safe:
· Easy to put on and adjust
· Large roping-up loops (chest) with wear indicator

· Chest webbing, with quick connect buckle, for additional safety
Attachment points: Dorsal and sternal.
Working temperature: -35ºC to +45ºC.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/length, production date, reference no, serial no, CE.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Size Waist size Max. number of persons Max. rated load Weight
mm kg kg
19.02G-1135-XS/M XS/M 700-1000 1 140 1,21
19.02G-1135-M/XXL M/XXL 800-1100 1 140 1,26
19.02G-1135-XXL/5XL XXL/5XXL 900-1200 1 140 1,31
11022000 Harness IGNITE TRION

General: The new high-performance full body harness for industry and trade is uncomplicated and
ensures that the buckle does not exert any pressure in the abdominal area. Ergonomic eyelets are
perfectly folded in at the hip without interfering. They are unfolded for use and
maintain their position after snapping.
The innovative OKTALOCK click buckles made of stainless steel include new
adjustment elements that eliminate undesirable loosening of the belt strap during movement and
obviate the need for readjusting during work. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
Functionality and ergonomics in abundance:
· Asymmetric padding with integrated belt guide
· 4 buckles allow individual adjustments

Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/length, production date, reference no, serial no, CE. 2.7$/2&.ÀDWV\PPHWULFDO
Standard: EN 358 + EN 361. FOLFNEXFNOHVIRUHYHQORDGRQ
ERWKSDUWV
mm mm kg kg
19.02G-1131-XS/M XS/M 750-1250 1 140 2,13
19.02G-1131-M/XXL M/XXL 800-1300 1 140 2,22
19.02G-1131-XXL/5XL XXL/5XL 900-1400 1 140 2,32
10
10:5
11022100 Harness IGNITE PROTON

General: The IGNITE PROTON is the evolution of our popular ARG 51 to a higher level.
A safety harness with an elaborate and thought-out design with thermoformed hip padding
AIRPAD and sophisticated construction leaves nothing to be desired in terms of comfort and
usability. The central chest eyelet can be adapted perfectly to the user. Anatomically preformed
shoulder and leg padding clings to the body and distributes the load optimally. Excess belt strap
course. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.

Scores with comfort, colour concept and design:
· Ergonomic high-tech padding AIRPAD
· Colour coding to identify the main anchoring points
· Tool eyelets and gear loops for every purpose
$,53$'$QDWRPLFDO'KLS
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/length, production date, reference no, serial no, CE. SDGGLQJ352721
Standard: EN 358 + EN 361.
mm kg kg
19.02G-1132-XS/M XS/M 650-1150 1 140 2,8
19.02G-1132-M/XXL M/XXL 800-1300 1 140 2,9
19.02G-1132-XX/5XL XXL/5XXL 950-1450 1 140 3,0
11022300 Harness IGNITE ARGON

General: A solid safety harness for rope access that impresses through many improvements
in ergonomics and usability with very high wearing comfort. In developing this special safety
harness in V-design, great importance was attached to ergonomic adjustments and optimum
-
ment. The retaining eyelets adapted to the body shape cling perfectly to the hip in folded and
unfolded state. In addition, the anatomically shaped leg and hip padding ensures that no pres-
sure points develop when sitting in the safety harness even during long working days. This
makes the IGNITE ARGON a true comfort miracle. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
Perfectly adjustable safety harness for rope access:
· Anatomically shaped padding for maximum wearing comfort
· Chest eyelet for belay, but also for rescue
· Optimal freedom of movement without pressure points
Attachment points: Dorsal, sternal, pole strap, seat
Standard: EN 358 + EN 361 + EN 813.
Art No Size Size/Waist size Max. number of persons Max. rated load Weight
mm kg kg
19.02G-1133-XS/M XS/M 800-1200 1 140 2,71
19.02G-1133-M/XXL M/XXL 900-1300 1 140 2,82
10 19.02G-1133-XXL/5XL XXL/5XL 1000-1500 1 140 2,93
10:6
11022200 Harness IGNITE PROTON WIND

General: The IGNITE PROTON is the evolution of our popular ARG 51 to a higher
level. A safety harness with an elaborate and thought-out design with thermoformed hip
padding airpad and sophisticated construction leaves nothing to be desired in terms
of comfort and usability. The central chest eyelet can be adapted perfectly to the user.
Anatomically preformed shoulder and leg padding clings to the body and distributes the
load optimally. Excess belt strap is no longer a disturbing factor due to practical belt strap
matter of course. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.

Features:
· Ergonomic high-tech padding AIRPAD
· Colour coding to identify the main anchoring points
· Tool eyelets and gear loops for every purpose
mm kg kg
19.02G-1132-WS-XS/M XS/M 650-1150 1 140 2,8
19.02G-1132-WS-M/XXL M/XXL 800-1300 1 140 2,9
19.02G-1132-WS-XX/5XL XXL/5XXL 950-1450 1 140 3
Highlights IGNITE Harnesses
$,53$'$QDWRPLFDO'KLS 0295IRUHDV\DGMXVWPHQW 2.7$/2&.ÀDWV\PPHWULFDO

SDGGLQJ352721 FRXSOHGZLWKVWURQJFODPSLQJ FOLFNEXFNOHVIRUHYHQORDGRQ
ERWKSDUWV
10
10:7
1102450 Harness ARG 31 Skyfizz

General: The ARG 31 SKYFIZZ is the further development of the ARG 30. The harness is ideal
for work without positioning ropes, tools or other aids. It has an extremely resilient front and rear
suspension eyelet made from robust steel, thus meeting international standards. The central
chest eyelets sit perfectly against the body, thanks to the individual adjustment settings.
The comfortable back padding makes it easy to put on the harness, distributes the load evenly
and is breathable. The crossed harness straps are sewn on to the back padding and distribute
the load perfectly. Due to quick locks, it is easier to put on and handling the harness. The double-
40°C.
Anchoring: Back and chest.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/lenght, production date, reference no, serial no, CE.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Size Weight

kg
19.02G-0031-M/L M/L 2,13
19.02G-0031-L/XXL L/XXL 2,17
19.02G-0031-XXXL XXXL 2,22
11020900 Harness ARG 31 Skyfizz Lifter Click

General: Advanced harness with robust and elastic cheast and back anochoring, individually
adjustibe anchoring points. The comfortable back padding makes it easy to put on the harness,
distributes the load evenly and is breathable. The crossed harness straps are sewn on to the
back padding and distribute the load perfectly. Due to quick locks, it is easier to put on and
slipping. Good for long term use for example when working with skylifts, service or maintainance
thanks to its high comfort. Approved for weights up to 140 kg independent of the size. Can be
specially ordered in sizes XXL- XXXXL. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
Anchoring: Back and chest.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/lenght, production date, reference no, serial no, CE.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Size Weight kg

19.02G-0031-LC-M/L M/L 1,66
19.02G-0031-LC-L/XXL L/XXL 1,69
10
10:8
11021600 Harness Offshore Master

General: Stormy wind, lashing rain and meterhigh waves – People working on the high seas or
deep underground are subject to the harshest conditions. These experts have to rely more than
100% upon themselves and on their equipment. The new OFFSHORE MASTER is developed
completly with stainless steel precisely for these circumstances.
Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
Marking: Supplier symbol. product id, size/length, production date, reference no, serial no, CE.
Art No Waist size Size Max. number of persons Rated load Weight
mm kg kg
12.02G-0052-O-XS/M 700-1000 XS/M 1 140 3,42
12.02G-0052-O-M/XXL 830-1200 M/XXL 1 140 3,6
12.02G-0052-O-XXL/5XL 900-1300 XXL/5XL 1 140 3,62
11023400 Harness Rescue Pro 2.0

General:
such as:
integrated, changeable rope clamp, V-Shaped back construction with comfort padding, round
webbing corner for increased comfort in the neck area, adjustable, interchangeable shoulder
pads, double layer leg padding ergonomically shaped for increased comfort, great adjustment
opportunities for long working sessions, loops for sit board (Skyboard) attachment: optimal work-
place organization large ventral attachment point (high quality aluminium), front attachment points
back- and hip- pad for better support, large side D-rings for working supended, on the legs high
quality alumimium quick buckles, fallindicator on the back, 2 material loops & 2 tool eyelets, material loops on the leg pads give
quick access, textile banderole to protect and cover the marking, attached rescue knife.
Working temperature: -35ºC to 45ºC.
Art No Waist Size Size Max. number of persons Rated load Weight
mm kg kg
19.02G-1083-AL-XS/M 850-1200 XS/M 1 140 2,6
19.02G-1083-AL-M/XXL 900-1300 M/XXL 1 140 2,6
19.02G-1083-AL-XXL/5XL 1000-1450 XXL/5XL 1 140 2,6
10
10:9
Harness ARG 110 Ergotec Twin PlusClick

General: The ARG 110 ERGOTEC TWIN PLUSCLICK is a partially elastic fall-arrest harness
elastic harness with the safety of static harnesses. The straps can no longer sag into the harness
or tilt too far back.
placing too much pressure on the chest.
Practical click fasteners make putting on the harness easy and quick.

19.02G-0110-HC Unisize 1,37
Harness ARG 110 HRS Ergotec Twin PlusClick

General: Harness with elastic belt straps with high comfort, is easy to handle and has low weight.
With climbing protection eyelet. Suitable for all types of industry and construction work. Partially
elastic harness, but with the same security as a static harness. Aluminiumanchors makes the
harness light, and it is fast and easy to put on. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
Anchoring: Back, chest and positioning.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/length, production date, reference no, serial no and CE.

19.02G-0110-HRSC One size 1,86
10
10:10
Harness ARG 110 Ergowest Click Black

General: The harness has a built in black vest, with low weight, that is easy to handle and has
high comfort. Suitable for all types of industry and construction work. Produced in material that
Anchoring: Back, breast and positioning.

Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/length, production date, reference no, serial and CE.
Art No Colour Size Weight kg

19.02G-0110-HCW Black One size 1,62
19.02G-0110-HCW-GE Yellow One size 1,71
Harness ARG 110 Entry West

General: Entry west in special design for work in channels and shafts. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Size Colour Weight kg

19.02-G-0110-WMC-GE-M M Yellow 2,55
19.02-G-0110-WMC-GE-L L Yellow 2,55
19.02-G-0110-WMC-GE-XL XL Yellow 2,66
19.02-G-0110-WMC-GE-XXL XXL Yellow 2,80
10
10:11
11020400 Harness ARG 30 Fire

General: Light and smooth basic harness for maintenance, construction and industry work. The
electrical environments and is tested and approved for electric arc. The harness has adjustible
leg- and shoulder straps. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
Anchoring: Back, chest and positioning made of steel.

19.02G-0030-F One size 1,72
11022650 Skyboard
General: Work seat with large seat surface and special possible combinations with the lateral holding
similar to that of technical work seats. It serves as an aid for comfortable positioning, when used for long
periods of rope-supported work.
Material: Polyester, aluminium.
Note: Carabineries ordered separately.
Note: The work seat is not part of the PPE, and therefore must never be used as the sole system. As a redundant
safety system to the work seat, always use an additional catching system. A slip down into the harness must always
be expected. When using it for rope-supported work, always observe the applicable rules of the government safety
organisations in regards to service life. The use of the work seat is only permitted to persons, who are skilled in rope-
supported work, able to determine the working and protection distances according to the rules of the government
safety organisations, and in a suitable health condition. The work seat is dimensioned for persons weighing up to 100
kg and disposes of three material eyelets.
Art No Seat width Size Rated load Max. number of persons Weight
mm kg kg
19.02G-0205-L 325 L 100 1 1,12
19.02G-0205-XL 420 XL 100 1 1,74
10
10:12
Lanyard Skysafe Pro Flex (I)

General: Revolutionary, patented energy absorber with the large weight range from 50 kg to 140 kg which always
withstands a maximum impact of less than 6 kN at a maximum absorber length of 1,75 m. Meets the most interna-
tional standards in one single product. Can be hand washed to 40°C.
Carabiner on anchoring point side: FS 90 ALU
Carabiner on belt side: STAK TRI
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, art no, serial no, production year, standards, max. load, CE.
Art No Type Max. length Max. number of persons Weight

m kg
19.04L-0566-1,8 Single (I) 1,8 1 1,16
Lanyard Skysafe Pro Flex Y

General: Revolutionary, patented energy absorber with the large weight range from 50 kg to 140 kg which al-
ways withstands a maximum impact of less than 6 kN at a maximum absorber length of 1,75 m. Meets the most
international standards in one single product.
Carabiner on anchoring point side: FS 90 ALU

Carabiner on belt side: STAK TRI
Art No Type Max. length m Max. number of persons Weight kg

19.04L-0559-1,8 Double (Y) 1,8 1 1.81
Lanyard Shockyard Flex (I)

General: Shockyard is encased in elastic tubing. This removes the danger of slack ropes when Shockyard is
not suspended. The danger of stumbling is reduced, as it remains kink-free and sits close to the body. Integrated
rescue loops allow a rescue device to be attached directly. This makes rescue easier and quicker, without necessi-
from the comprehensive marking, and can therefore be used worldwide. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
Max. rated load: 100 kg.
Working temperature: -35°C to +45ºC
Marking: Supplier symbol, production id, art no, serial no, production year, standards, max. load, CE.
Art No Type Max. length m Max. number of persons Weight kg

19.04L-0425-1,8 Single (I) 1,8 1 1,2
10
10:13
Lanyard BFD SK12 (I)

General: Energy absorbing anchor line with a single large hook. Can be hand washed up to 40ºC.
Marking: Production symbol, product id, art no, serial no, production year, standards, max. load, CE.
Art No Type Length m Diameter mm Max. numbers of persons Weight kg

19.04L-0097-2 Single 2 12 1 0,94
Lanyard BFD SK12 (Y)

General: Energy absorbing anchor line with double hooks (large). Can be hand washed up to 40ºC.
Art No Type Length m Diameter mm Max. numbers of persons Weight kg

19.04L-0103-1,5 Double 1,5 12 1 1,54
19.04L-0103-2 Double 2 12 1 1,58
Position Rope ERGOGRIP SK12

General: Work positioning ropes are for getting into the right working position. The core-sheathed ropes
can withstand extreme edge loads, are resistant to abrasion, remain soft in damp conditions and feature a
long service life. It is easy to adjust the Ergogrip range with self-locking carabiners with one hand.
Standard: EN 353-2 + EN 358.
Art No Max. length Diameter Max. number of persons Weight

m mm kg
19.04L-0205-1,5 1,5 12 1 1,07
19.04L-0205-2 2 12 1 1,07
10
10:14
Positioning Rope Atlas SK 12

General: Holding rope can be used for retaining or holding (positioning).
Material: Polyamide, steel, aluminium. Can be handwashed to 40°C.
Working temperature: -35°C to +45°C.
Suspension element: Coated core rope 12 mm.
Standard: EN 358.
Art No Stock Code Diameter mm Max. length m Max. number of persons Weight kg
19.04L-0138-1,5 09A1710 12 1,5 1 0,80
19.04L-0138-2 09A1720 12 2,0 1 0,84
Self-retracting Lanyard Peanut I-1

General: This ultra-compact fall protection device with FS 90 ALU carabiner on anchoring is already equipped
with the new One-4-All shock absorber and therefore approved for all weights between 50-135 kg. 2,5 m length

Art No Type Length m Max. number of persons Weight kg

19.07HSG-021-2,5-1 Single (I) 2,5 1 1,61
Self-retracting Lanyard Peanut Y-1

General: This ultra-compact fall protection device with FS 90 ALU carabiner on anchoring is already equipped
with the new One-4-All shock absorber and therefore approved for all weights between 50-135 kg. It can also be
used for tasks involving aerial platforms.
Art No Type Length m Max. number of persons Weight kg

19.07HSG-022-2,5-1 Double (Y) 2,5 1 2,75
10
10:15
Fall Arrest Block Marble

General: All MARBLE fall arrest devices have high quality, powder coated aluminum housing which meets the tough
The webbing is made of polyamide.

The internal mechanisms are intentionally kept simple in order to guarantee the safe operation and easy maintenance.
Material: Aluminium (powder coated), polyamide.
Work temperature: -35ºC to +45ºC.
Standard: EN 360.
Art No Length m Max. number of persons: Weight kg

19.07HSG-037-3,3 3,3 1 1,48
19.07HSG-037-6,6 6,6 1 2,71
Fall Arrest Block HSG HK

General: Light and compact fall arrest block that provide the maximum in functional safety and durability. The
spring return is very small, weighing just 1.5 kg. The housing is manufactured from break-proof ABS plastic. The
interior is made of saltwater-proof aluminium. The carabiner is equipped with a fall indicator. The cable is 5 mm
thick and made of steel. The maintenance costs are low and the professional inspection, required annually, can
take place without opening the device. The devices are also approved for horizontal use according to RFU. Use
energy absorber L-0005-F-HSG as accessory for horizontal use.
Standard: EN 360.
Art No Length m Max. number of persons Weight kg

19.07HSG-002-3 3 1 2,41
19.07HSG-002-4 4 1 2,51
19.07HSG-002-5 5 1 2,6
19.07HSG-002-6 6 1 3,37
19.07HSG-002-8 8 1 3,57
19.07HSG-002-10 10 1 3,77
19.07HSG-002-15 15 1 7,05
10
10:16
Energy Absorber 0,3 m

General: Energy absorber with fall indicator. As accessory for horizontal use with the
HSG range of fall arrest blocks. Can be hand washed up to 40°C.
Woring temperature: -35°C to +45°C.
Carabiner on belt side: H-009.
Material: Polyamide, steel.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, art no, serial no, production year, standards,
max load, CE.
Standard: EN 355.
Art No Length m Max. number of persons Weight kg

19.07L-0005-F-HSG 0,3 1 0,42
Height Safety Device HK 4L

General: Loads of up to 250 kg can be secured with the height safety device HSG HK L.
Higher loads (up to 500 kg) are possible with a pulley.
As a standard, the devices are designed for several thousand movements at speeds of up to 1 m/s.
Material: Acrylonitril-butadien-styrol, steel, steel.
Suspension element: Steel rope 5 mm.
Note: Load equipment. Not approved for personal security.
Art No Length m Material load, max. kg Weight kg

19.07HSG-002-4-L 4 250 2,77


19.07HSG-002-5-L 5 250 2,87 10
10:17


19.07HSG-002-6-L 6 250 2,9


19.07HSG-002-7-L 7 250 3,07
10
10:18
Carabiner Ovalsteel SC
General: Oval steel carabiner (screw).
Material: Steel (electrogalvanized).
Marking: Supplier symbol, art no, standards, max. load, CE.
Standard: EN 362.
Art No Breaking load open Breaking load, major axis Breaking load, minor axis Max. opening Weight
kN kN kN mm kg
19.09H-037 8 25 9 18 0,16
Carabiner Ovalsteel TW
General: Twistlock steel carabiner.
Material: Steel (electrogalvanized).
Standard: EN 362.
Art No Breaking load, major axis Breaking load, minor axis Max. opening Weight
kN kN mm kg
19.09H-038 22 7 18 0,19
Carabiner passO-TW
General: Twistlock aluminium carabiner.
Material: Aluminium (anodised).
Standard: EN 362B + EN 12275H.
Art No Breaking load open Breaking load, major axis Breaking load, minor axis Size Max. opening Weight
kN kN kN mm mm kg
19.09H-137-TW 7 22 10 112x76 30 0,08
Carabiner passO-SC
General: Aluminium carabiner (screw).
Art No Breaking load, major axis

kN
Breaking load, minor axis
kN
Breaking load open
kN
Size
mm
Max. opening
mm
Weight
kg
10
19.09H-137-SC-GR 22 10 7 112x76 30 0,08
10:19
Snap Hook FS 90 Alu

General: Aluminium hook, with one-handed locking system.
Standard: EN 362.
Art No Breaking load, major axis Inner eyelet Max. opening Weight
kN mm mm kg
19.09H-015 20 29 60 0,48
Double Carabiners
General: With the new carabiner series DOUBLE, SKYLOTEC provides a solution
for all those who work and climb left-handed or use both hands. With the innova-
tive design (180° spring rotation), the sleeve that closes the gate can rotate in both
directions. Conventional Twist / TriLock carabiners can be turned only to the right;
Art No Measurements Breaking load horizontal/open Breaking load vertical Material Weight
mm kN kN g
19.09H-173-TRI 112x76 9 kN/7 kN 22 Aluminium 91
19.09H-173-TW 112x76 9 kN/7 kN 22 Aluminium 90
19.09H-176-TRI 109x58x12,7 9 kN/7 kN 24 Aluminium 85
19.09H-176-TW 109x58x12,7 9 kN/7 kN 24 Aluminium 85
Suspension Relief Straps

General: The thought behind the suspension Relief Step is to create more time for rescue and evacuation
and lessen the pressure on the body after a fall. The straps are pulled out and put together after the fall
and then creates a loop that the user can stand in. This to lessen the pressure from the fall arrest against
the body and thereby decrease the risk of loss of blood supply to the rest of the body.
Material: Polyamide, steel.
Art No Weight
kg
19.09ACS-0189 0,12
10
10:20
Tool Securing
General: Tool securing.
Material: Stainless steel, polyurethane.
Art No Working load limit Length Weight

kg mm kg
19.09ACS-0182 5 700 0,09
Energy Absorber BFD 0,3m

General: The strap fall shock absorber serves for energy absorption in anti-fall safety systems.
Material: Polyamide.
Working temperature: from -35°C to +45°C.
Suspension element: Webbing.
Marking: Supplier symbol, production id, art no, serial no, production year, standards, max. load, CE.
Standard: EN 355.
Art No Size m Max. number of persons Weight kg

19.09L-005 0,3 1 0,18
CAB Hercules S 12
General: Steel wire rope strap with polypropylen protection, with thimbles in both ends. Can be
handwashed up to 40°C.
Working temperature: from -35° up to +45°C.
Standard: EN 354 + EN 795B.
Art No Size m Diameter mm Max. number of persons Weight kg

19.04L-0001-1 1 12 3 0,56
SKYCROWN Helmet
General:
ventilation, while the inner padding ensures superb wear comfort. Our SKYCROWN is also equipped with
Standard: EN 397.
Art No Stock Code Size Weight
19.09BE-016-WE 09A1810
cm
54-62
kg
0,43 10
10:21
Milan 2.0
General: Rescue equipment with constant descending speed which leads to a fast and safe rescue. The housing
is constructed of milled aircraft aluminium which makes the product very robust.
Material: Aluminium (anodised), steel (electrogalvanized), polyamide.
Standard: EN 341.
Note: Rope must be ordered in desired length (not included in the price of hoist)
Art No Max. rated load Abseiling speed Abseiling height max. Max. number of persons Weight
kg m/s m kg
19.15A-027 260 0,9 500 2 2,3
Milan 2.0 Hub & Milan 2.0 Power

General: Rescue equipment with constant descending speed which leads to a fast
and safe rescue. The housing is constructed of milled aircraft aluminium which makes
the product very robust. On top of that Milan 2.0 HUB & Power is equipped with a lifting
function that makes it possible to move a victim a short distance, to enable release of the
victims lanyard and then securely descend the victim by using the Milan rescue equip-
ment. The rescue equipment can be handled electronicly by using approved electronic
lifting gear (sold separately).
Material: Aluminium (anodised), steel (electrogalvanized), polyamide.
Note: Rope must be ordered in desired length (not included in the price of hoist).
Art No Part Code Design Max. rated load Abseiling speed Abseiling height max. Max. number of persons Weight
kg m/s m kg
19.15A-028 A-028 Milan Hub 260 0,9 500 2 3,11
19.15A-029 A-029 Milan Power 260 0,9 500 2 3,13
Lory Pro Descender

General: Rescue device for multiple use; abseiling, belaying, ascent, hauling, etc..
With double-blocking panic function.
Standards: EN 12841-C:2006, EN 341-A:2011, EN 795-B:2012; ANSI Z359.4:2013.
Rope: kernmantle ropes. Various diametres 10 - 12 mm, depending on standard and application.
Max. load:
Descend speed: 2m/sec max. permitted speed.
Max. height: 190 m.
Safe use in temperature range: -20ºC up to +60ºC.
10 Art No Max. load kg Max. descent height m Max. descent speed m/sec. Weight kg
19.15A-041 180 190 2 0,37
10:22
UltraRoll Stretcher
General: The ultra roll stretcher, the rollable support system, is ideal for rescue in
rescue. The rolling stretcher can be used horizontally, diagonally and vertically. It
has a special stability through the tube-like shape. The patient is also protected by
the longitudinal and transverse stabilizing elements in the shoulder, thorax, pelvis
and spine. The big advantage is the low weight and pack size during transport,
operation.
Weight: 7,3 kg.
Includes: A waterproof backpack bag with compact dimensions, 8 padded handles, 4 patient restraints
Art No: 19.15SAN-9000
UltraBasket Stretcher
General: Stretcher to be used in rescue of victim.
Size: 2178 x 618 x 189mm.
Material: Polypropylene.
Art No Max number of persons Max. rated load Weight

kg kg
19.15SAN-0087-1 1 315 14
Bridle UltraBridles
General: Bridle with 4 carbiners
Material: Polyester, aluminium, steel (hot-dip galvanized)
Standard: EN 354.
Art No Size Weight

mm kg
19.15SAN-0086 1600 3,18
Ultrabelt "X-TREME"
General:
Even transport of the patient “head over” poses no problem.
Art No
19.15SAN-0087
Weight kg
1,8
10
10:23
Harness Miller RevolutionTM Comfort R2

General: This Miller Revolution R2 Confort 2 point harness is perfect for construction and general industry.
Design: Engineered with pivot link connections at waist level and cam-buckle webbing adjustment for a more
shield.
Anchorage point: Dorsal D-ring and front anchorage loops.
Marking: Manufacturer, product, size/length, date of manufacture, reference and serial number and CE mark-
ing.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Size Webbing Weight kg

19.021014236 S/M DuraFlex® stretch webbing 1,58
19.021014237 L/XL DuraFlex® stretch webbing 1,7
19.021014238 XXL DuraFlex® stretch webbing 1,82
19.021014239 S/M DualTechTM webbing 1,78
19.021014240 L/XL DualTechTM webbing 1,90
19.021014241 XXL DualTechTM webbing 2,02
Harness Miller RevolutionTM R7 OFFS

General: Full body 2 points harness with positioning belt. This harness has been specially designed for work-
High corrosion resistance & reinforced harness. Conforms to multi standards.

Design:
Anchorage point: 2 Point + workpositioning. Front and rear anchorage (front webbing loops) and workposi-
tioning side D-rings.
Marking: Manufacturer, product, size/length, date of manufacture, reference and serial number and CE
marking.
AS/NZS 1891.1:2007
ANSI 359.1-2007
OSHA 1926.502
CSA Z.259.10-06.
Art No Size Webbing Weight

Belt and leg straps kg
19.021014807/OFFS S/M DualTechTM webbing 2,86
19.021014808/OFFS L/XL DualTechTM webbing 3,01
19.021014809/OFFS XXL DualTechTM webbing 3,16
10
10:24
Harness Miller RevolutionTM R7 WIND

General: Full body 2 points harness with positioning belt. This harness is ideal for any working at height on
inshore windmill applications.
Design: Equiped with a back D pad with fall indicator integrated , quick connect buckles on the belt and legs
Anchorage point: 2 Point + workpositioning. Front and rear anchorage (front webbing loops) and workposi-
tioning side D-rings.
ing.
AS/NZS 1891.1:2007
ANSI 359.1-2007
OSHA 1926.502
CSA Z.259.10-06
Art No Size Webbing Weight

Belt and leg straps kg
19.021014807/WIND S/M Type 10 webbing 2,61
19.021014808/WIND L/XL Type 10 webbing 2,76
19.021014809/WIND XXL Type 10 webbing 2,91
Harness Miller H-Design

General: ฀
general industry sectors providing more comfort, freedom of movements and safety to workers.
Design: ฀
chest and legs straps.
Anchorage point: 2 Point. front and dorsal anchorage (front long webbing loops and back D-ring).
ing.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Description Max. load Weight

kg kg
19.021032870 140 1,06
19.021032871 140 1,08
19.021032872 140 1,10
19.021032873 140 1,12
10
10:25
Harness Miller H-DesignTM

General: -d
quicker way. This removable vest is available with 2 pts. DuraFlex H-Design harnesses versus automatic buck-
les with both sternal loops or 2 D ring version.
Design: -d -
matic buckles on chest and legs straps.
Anchorage point: Back anchorage D-ring with fall indicator, made of steel. Sternal anchorage point: long web-
bing loops or sternal D-ring.
Marking: Manufacturer, product, size/length, date of manufacture, reference and serial number and CE marking.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Description Size Weight

kg
19.021032880 0,13
19.021032887 S 1,21
19.021032888 M/L 1,23
19.021032889 XL 1,25
19.021032890 S 1,31
19.021032891 M/L 1,33
19.021032892 XL 1,35
High visibility yellow Vest

General: ®
harness, to be visible from a distance and in dark environments.

Vest supplied with Miller H-Design® DuraFlex 2 points harness with automatic buckles (2 sternal loops version or
2 D version).
Design: -
ness: 2 large front slits allow the height adjustment of the sternal anchor point and the chest straps. 1 slit at the
back with velcro fastener to sustain the back D ring.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Description Size

19.021032895 H-Design High Visibility Yellow Vest S - M/L
19.021032896 H-Design High Visibility Yellow Vest M/L - XL
19.021032917 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 loops Auto Harness + High Visibility Yellow Vest S
19.021032918 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 loops Auto Harness + High Visibility Yellow Vest M/L
19.021032919 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 loops Auto Harness + High Visibility Yellow Vest XL
19.021032920 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 D- Auto Harness + High Visibility Yellow Vest S
19.021032921 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 D- Auto Harness + High Visibility Yellow Vest M/L
19.021032922 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 D- Auto Harness + High Visibility Yellow Vest XL
10
10:26
High visibility orange Vest

General: ®
harness, to be visible from a distance and in dark environments.

Vest supplied with Miller H-Design® DuraFlex 2 points harness with automatic buckles (2 sternal loops version or
2 D version).
Design: -
ness: 2 large front slits allow the height adjustment of the sternal anchor point and the chest straps. 1 slit at the
back with velcro fastener to sustain the back D ring.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Description Size

19.021032897 H-Design High Visibility Orange Vest S - M/L
19.021032898 H-Design High Visibility Orange Vest M/L - XL
19.021032929 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 loops Auto Harness + High Visibility Orange Vest S
19.021032930 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 loops Auto Harness + High Visibility Orange Vest M/L
19.021032931 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 loops Auto Harness + High Visibility Orange Vest XL
19.021032932 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 D- Auto Harness + High Visibility Orange Vest S
19.021032933 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 D- Auto Harness + High Visibility Orange Vest M/L
19.021032934 Miller H-Design DuraFlex 2 D- Auto Harness + High Visibility Orange Vest XL
Miller Quick-fit Vest for Miller H-DesignTM Harness

General:
easier and quicker way.
Size: One size.
Material: 100% polyamide. Textile semi-rigid and breathable.
Weight: 0,13 kg
Art No: 19.021032880
10
10:27
Self-retracting Lifeline Black Rhino

General: The Miller Black Rhino is the smallest and lightest 2,7 m cable lifeline on
the market. It is designed to endure the daily rigours of harsh environments. Ideal
for concrete construction, welding, steel erection and warehouse applications that
require durability and reliability.
Scaffold hook: Aluminium (opening 63 mm).
Swivel: Stainless steel (opening 17 mm).
- Corrosion-resistant components.
- Meets all applicable global industry standards.
Features:
- Quick-activating braking system in high strength stainless steel.
- Integral fall indicator.
- Integral internal shock absorber.
- Aluminium housing and hub.
Standard: EN 360.
Art No Working capacity Max. working load Max. arresting force Weight
m kg kN kg
19.071012392 2,7 140,6 6 1,9
Self-retracting Lifeline Scorpion

General: The lightweight, compact design of the Scorpion personal fall limiter.
Edge tested.
Material: Durable thermo plastic enclosed aluminum house.

Marking: Manufacturer, product, size/length, date of manufacture, reference and
serial number and CE marking.
Standard: EN 360.
Art No Connector Working length Weight

Anchorage Harness m kg
19.071016840 Steel screwgate carabiner Steel snap hook 2,8 2,7
19.071016841 Aluminium screwgate carabiner 2,8 2,7
19.071016842 Steel snap hook 2,8 2,7
10
10:28
Self-retracting Lifeline Falcon

General: Lightest, most compact web self-retracting lifeline weighing less 1,36 kg. Base unit
-
structable, load indicator for greater safety, swivel at the top of unit to prevent lifeline from
twisting during use.
Material: High-strength Thermoplastic Polypropylene housing. Lifeline of galvanized or
stainless steel wire rope.
Marking: Manufacturer, product, size/length, date of manufacture, reference and serial
number and CE marking.
Standard: EN 360.
Art No Code Rope/Band Handle Length Weight

m kg
09.071011728 1011728 Galvanized wire rope 6,2 4,1
09.071011729 1011729 Stainless steel wire rope 6,2 4,1
09.071011742 1011742 Galvanized wire rope 10 5
09.071011743 1011743 Stainless steel wire rope 10 5
09.071011746 1011746 Galvanized wire rope X 15 6,7
09.071011747 1011747 Stainless steel wire rope X 15 6,7
09.071011750 1011750 Galvanized wire rope X 20 7,7
09.071011751 1011751 Stainless steel wire rope X 20 7,7
Barracuda Scaffolding Lanyard 1,20 m

General:
ing.
Standard: EN 795 Class B (clamp) and EN 355 (fall arrest lanyard).
Standard: EN 355.
Art No For tube dia. mm Weight kg

19.041010470 48,3 to 50 1,31
10
10:29
Shock-absorbing Lanyard Miller Manyard

General:
manoeurability and safety. The manyard is hooked to the harness when not in use.
Design: Specially-woven shock-absorbing inner core smoothly expands to reduce
fall arrest forces. Heavy-duty tubular outer jacket serves as a back-up web lanyard.
Marking: Manufacturer, product, size/length, date of manufacture, reference and
serial number and CE marking.
Standard: EN 355.
Art No Code Connection Length

m
19.041005317 ME82-15 Carabiner/Carabiner 1,5
19.041005318 ME82-20 Carabiner/Carabiner 2
19.041005326 ME83-15 Carabiner/Locking snap hook 1,5
19.041005327 ME83-20 Carabiner/Locking snap hook 2
19.041005324 ME86-15 1,5
19.041005325 ME86-20 2
Miller Forked Manyard

General:
Webbing: 25 mm
Material: 100% Polyamide
Breaking strength: > 2200 daN.
CS20:
Material: Galvanized steel.
Standard: EN 362.
Opening: 18 mm.
Breaking strength: >2500 daN.
Scaffold hook:
Material: Alloy.
Opening: 65 mm.
Breaking strength: >2200 daN.
Standard: EN 355.
Art No Hooks Maxi length m

19.041013970 1,5
19.041013491 2
10
10:30
Manyard Edge Tested Shockabsorber

General: The Manyard edge has integrated shock absorber, integrated fall indicator and
a new tubular design in green and black.
The Manyard edge has been tested on edge.
Hooks:
Scaffold hook: Aluminium (opening 63 mm).
CS20 Carabiner: Steel (opening 18 mm).
Marking: Manufacturer, product, size/length, date of manufacture, reference and serial
number and CE marking.
Standard: EN 355:2002 and PR EN 354:2006.
Standard: EN 355.
Art No Hooks Webbing width Breaking strength Weight

mm > daN kg
19.041017916 60 2.500 1,206
19.041017918 Carabiner/Carabiner 60 2.500 1,040
Twin Edge Manyard

Description: Twin Edge Manyard with 45 mm shock absorber.
Elastic webbing: Polyamide 45 mm.
Breaking strength: > 2200 daN.
Marking: Manufacturer, product, size/length, date of manufacture, reference and serial number and CE
marking.
Standard: EN 354:2002, EN 355:2002.
Art No Length Hooks Weight

m kg
19.041028523 1,5 1,55
19.041028522 2 1,58
19.041028520 1,5 1,65
19.041028521 2 1,68
10
10:31
Harness P0902
General:
The harness is light and easy to put on. Simple, good and safe.
Max. number of persons: 1.
Anchoring: Back.
Hand-washing: 40°C.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/length, production date, reference no, se-
rial no and CE.
Standard: EN 361.
Art No Size Max. rated load kg Weight kg

19.02PFPG0902 One size 100 0,91
Harness P0030
General: -
struction.
Anchoring: Back.
rial no and CE.
Standard: EN 361.

19.02PFPG0030 One size 100 1,3
Harness P0040B
General: Harness for general use.
Anchoring: Back.
rial no and CE.
10 Art No Size Max. rated load kg Weight kg

19.02PFPG0040B One size 100 1,42
10:32
Harness P0904
General:
The harness is light and easy to put on. Simple, good and safe. With gear loop/tool
eyelet.
Anchoring: Back.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/length, production date, reference no, serial
no and CE.

19.02PFPG0904 One size 100 2,0
Harness P0908
General:
The harness is light and easy to put on. Simple, good and safe. With gear loop/tool
eyelet.
Anchoring: Back.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/length, production date, reference no, serial
no and CE.
Art No Size Max. rated load Weight kg

19.02PFPG0908 One size 100 1,7
10
10:33
Harness P0002Y
General: Warning vest with integrated fall arrest harness.
Colour: Yellow.
Anchoring: Back.
rial no and CE.
Standard: EN 361.

19.02PFPG0002WY M-L 100 1,7
19.02PFPG0002WYXL XL 100 1,8
19.02PFPG0002WYXXL XXL 100 1,8
Harness P0002O
General: Warning vest with integrated fall arrest harness.
Colour: Orange.
Anchoring: Back.
rial no and CE.
Standard: EN 361.

19.02PFPG0002WO M-L 100 1,7
19.02PFPG0002WOXL XL 100 1,8
19.02PFPG0002WOXXL XXL 100 1,8
10
10:34
Lift Belt PB-31

General: Liftbelt with automatic alu buckle.
Only to be used in lifts.
Standard: EN 358.
Note: CERTEX recommend always to use a harness.
Art No Model Size Weight kg

19.03PB31 PB-31 M-XL 0,9
Bag for Lift Belt PB-31

General: Bag for Lift Belt PB-31. With 2 separate rooms. Velcro closure.
Material: PVC.
Art No.: 19.09LIFTTASKE
Double Energy Absorber P0626-1,8

General:
Suitable for applications where double safety is needed, such as tower or ladder climbing.
Tested according to EN 354, EN 355 with test weight of 100 kg.

Hand washing: Up to 40°C.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, art no, serial no, production year, standards, max load, CE.
Art No Type Model Retracted/Extended length m Max. rated load kg

19.04PFPL0626-1,8 Double (V) P0626-1,8 2x1,38/2x2,00 100
Single Energy Absorber P0627-1,8

General:
Tested according to EN 354, EN 355 with test weight of 100 kg.

Hand washing: Up to 40°C.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, art no, serial no, production year, standards, max load, CE.
Standard: EN 355.
Art No
19.04PFPL0627-1,8
Type
Single (I)
Model
P0627-1,8
Retracted/Extended length m
1,38/2,00
Max. rated load kg
100
10
10:35
Energy Absorber P0624-1,5

General: Energy absorbing anchor line with a single or double hook.
Both come with a big hook. Max. load 100 kg.
Hand washing: Up to maks. 40°C.
Art No Type Model Description Length Rope diameter Max. rated load Weight
m mm kg kg
19.04PFPL0624-1,5 Single P0624-1,5 With black maxi carabine, FS90-ALU 1,5 12 100 0,90
Energy Absorber P0625-2,0

General: Energy absorbing anchor line with a single or double hook. Both come with a
big hook. Max. load 100 kg.
Hand washing: Up to maks. 40°C.
Marking: Production symbol, product id, art no, serial no, production year, standards,
max. load, CE.
Art No Type Model Description Length Rope diameter Max. rated load Weight
m mm kg kg
19.04PFPL0625-2,0 Double (Y) P0625-2,0 With double black maxi carabine FS90-ALU 2 12 100 1,58
Position Line P0031

General: Work positioning ropes are for getting into the right working position. The core-sheathed ropes
can withstand extreme edge loads, are resistant to abrasion, remain soft in damp conditions and feature
a long service life. It is easy to adjust the P0031 range with self-locking carabiners with one hand. Hand
wash up to 40°C.
Standard: EN 353-2 + EN 358.
10 Art No
19.04PFPL0031-1,5
Length
m
1,5
Diameter
mm
12
Max. number of persons
1
Max. rated load
kg
100
Weight
kg
0,68
19.04PFPL0031-2,0 2 12 1 100 0,73
10:36
SKN Band P0043

General: -
sorbs the energy. As soon as the unit tilts, the brake blocks close around the rope and SKN Band SK 11 holds
the secured person within an extremely short reaction time and without much noise. This appreciably reduces
the initial shock from the fall and the worker feels safe.
Handwashing: Up to max. 40ºC.
Standard: EN 353-2.
Art No Type Rope diameter Length Max. rated load Weight

mm m kg kg
19.04PFPL0043-10 P0043-10 11 10 100 1,65
19.04PFPL0043-15 P0043-15 11 15 100 2,02
19.04PFPL0043-20 P0043-20 11 20 100 2,4
Loop P0008
General: Webbing sling made of polyamide.
Breaking load: 26kN.
Handwashing: Up to max. 40ºC.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, size/length, production date, reference no,
serial no and CE.
Standard: EN 354 + EN 566 + EN 795B.
Art No Type Length (EWL) m Colour Band width mm Weight kg

19.09PFPL0008-1,5 P0008-1,5 1,5 Red 25 0,14
19.09PFPL0008-2,0 P0008-2,0 2,0 Black 25 0,19
10
10:37
Rope Bag PS0009

General: Classic rope bag for easy transportation and storage of climbing ropes.
Material: Polyamide.
Diameter: 300 mm.
Art No Type Material load max. kg Size (l) Weight kg

19.09PFPACS0009-3 PS0009M 20 30 0,39
19.09PFPACS0009-4 PS0009L 20 38 0,52
Bag, round
General: Transport bag for fall arrest equipment.
Material: 600D polyester/PVC.
Color: Blue and red.
Art No Height cm Diameter cm Size l approx.

19.09TRANS01 ±47 ±17 20
10
10:38
Lifeline Horizontal Gurtband

General: Horizontal anchor line, 20 m to use as temporary anchor.
Material: Polyster, steel.
Standard: EN 795-B.
Art No Max. number of persons Length max. Weight

m kg
19.06L-0329 2 20 2,8
Beamclamp Beamtac
General:
Marterial: Aluminium (anodised), steel (hot-dip galvanized).
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, art no, serial no, production year, standards, max.
load, CE.
Standard: EN 795-B.
Art No Max. rated load Max. number of persons Weight

kg kg
19.09AP-017 180 1 1,8
Mobile anchor point JAMBTAC

General: Mobile anchoring point that covers all kinds of door widths – even hospital doors
the risk of injuries and scratches.

Can be used by up to two people simultaneously. Available in two versions – for doors with a
width from 600 to 1150 mm and a width from 985 to 1525 mm
Standard: EN 795-B.
Art No Number of people Measurement mm Weight kg

19.09AP-0070-1 2 1125 6
10
10:39
Fall Protection Anchorage Eye Bolt PLGW-PSA

General: The pewag PLGW-PSA anchorage point is part of the anchorage system
on which personal fall protection equipment can be fastened.
The PLGW-PSA is available in „Basic“ and „Supreme“: PLGW-PSA Basic is intend-
ed for permanent assembly to the anchorage system (e.g. tripod) and is mounted
using a commercial Allen key.
The PLGW-PSA Supreme version has a patented system which allows for tool-free
assembly and disassembly once the anchorage point is no longer in use and needs
to be removed.
Material: Alloy steel grade 10. 3/*:36$%DVLF3/*:36$6XSUHPH
Safety factor: 5:1.
Marking: WLL, thread length, permitted number of persons and an individual serial number.
Standard: 795:2012 (1 person) and CEN/TS 16415 (2 persons).
Standard: EN 795.
Art. nr. Basic Art. nr. Supreme Type Gevind Antal personer a b c d e f n n max. Vægt
mm mm kg/stk.
19.0961066 19.0960928 PLGW PSA M12 M12 1 30 55 12 32 63 55 20 160 8 0,31
19.0961067 19.0960929 PLGW PSA M16 M16 2 35 64 14 36 70 62 25 160 10 0,48
19.0961069 19.0960927 PLGW PSA M20 M20 2 40 69 16 41 78 66 30 160 12 0,63
Anchorage Point D-Bolt

General: Anchorage point, D-bolt.
Materialt: Steel or stainless.
Marking: Supplier symbol, product id, art no, serial no, production year, standards, max. load.
Standard: EN 795-A.
Art No Finish Max. number of persons Weight kg

19.10AP-058 Powder coated 3 0,62
19.10AP-063-GPS Stainless/Yellow powder coated 3 0,62
19.10AP-063-GPS Stainless 3 0,62
10
10:40
Anchor Clamp IPTKUM

General: This anchor clamp is suitable as an anchor device for one person,
for the attachment of components forming part of a personal protection
system.
Finish: Galvanized.
Marking: Max. load, ID number, RFID chip and CE.
Features:
- Easy to operate (ergonomic).
- Low own weight.
- Double locking system.
- Up to 45° side loading and 15° cross loading with 100% WLL.
- Spindle with hexagon head for fast pneumatical or electronic opening and
closing.
- Frame is galvanized (sherardised).
Art No Code Max. number of persons Jaw A C D E H J K Weight

mm kg
19.092709991 IPTKUM 1 75-190 A+100 121 76 22 99 19 6
Anchor Points
General: Fixed anchor point for mounting horizontally, vertically or obliquely (12 mm
bolt to be used/ ø14 mm hole). Max. load 12kN.
Standard: EN 795 Class A1.
Standard: EN 795-A.
Art No Model Max. number of persons Measure mm Weight kg.

19.101691001ALU PA Alu 1 135 x 62 0,3
19.101691001G PA Grey 1 135 x 62 0,3
19.10169100Y PA Yellow 1 135 x 62 0,3
19.10169100O PA Orange 1 135 x 62 0,3
10
10:41
Single Anchor Point Secupin

The new SECUPIN is especially designed for use with stationary
building types. It can be inconspicuous once mounted or make a

statement when used on modern architecture.
The SECUPIN’s capability is demonstrated in its application as a
single anchor point according to EN 795 A or as a sub-assembly
for the SKYLINE System according to EN 795 C. As a single
anchor point, the SECUPIN can be used simultaneously by up
to three people. The anchor point with [A] integrated fall indicator
can be freely [B] rotated 360°. SECUPIN TUBE is the connecting
sleeve for models used on thermally insulated roofs and is an op-
substrates are available on request.

SECUPIN single anchor point:
• In accordance with EN 795 A:2012; approved for various sub-
-
tion in accordance with DIBt for concrete and wood
beams with supplied and approved fastening material.
• Can be used by up to three people
• Available in three models:
• Concrete
-
ing underlayer
• Wooden lagging, wood beams
• 360° rotating belay
• Fall indicator
• No deformation with normal pre-loading without a fall (static load up to 80 kg)
• Completely made of stainless steel
• Ø 20 mm solid shaft
SECUPIN system support

• According to EN 795 C as sub-assembly for intermediate restraints in rope or rail systems
• Designs such as SECUPIN single anchor point
SECUPIN PLUS:
• Reinforced design with a Ø 42 mm pipe
• According to EN 795 C as sub-assembly for end supports and bends in rope systems
10
10:42
Jackpod Davit Set

General: The Jackpod Davit Set is a mobile davit which can be used when and where it's needed.
raising and lowering a worker to an area below the davit itself. Using a davit is an important part when
495-718mm
Bearing-out: 495-718 mm.

Material: Aluminium, steel zinc galvanized. h
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Consists of Max. number of persons Total height h Weight

mm kg
19.15JP-100-1 JP-001-1+JP-002-1+JP-003-1 2 2.186-2.416 42,6
19.15JP-100-2 JP-001-1+JP-002-2+JP-003-1 2 2.490-2.720 42,6
19.15JP-100-3 JP-001-2+JP-002-1+JP-003-1 2 2.491-2.711 42,6
19.15JP-100-4 JP-001-2+JP-002-2+JP-003-1 2 2.795-3.015 42,6
Jackpod Davit Um
Bearing-out: 495-718 mm.
Finish: Aluminium, steel zinc galvanized.
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Height upper pylon Weight

mm kg
19.15JP-001-1 1.170-1.400 10,08
19.15JP-001-2 1.475-1.695 10,08
Jackpod Davit LM
Finish: Aluminium.
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Height lower pylon Weight
19.15JP-002-1
19.15JP-002-2
mm
1.016
1.320
kg
5,24
5,24
10
10:43
Jackpod Base Portable

General: Portable base.
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Weight kg
19.15JP-003-1 27,28
Jackpod Base Floor Mount

General:
Finish:
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Weight kg
19.15JP-003-4 8,82
Jackpod Base Wall Mount

General: Mounting bracket for wall mounting.
Finish:
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Weight kg
19.15JP-003-5 4,72
Jackpod Base Barrel Mount Fix

General:
Finish: Steel zinc galvanized.
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Weight kg
19.15JP-003-7 20,45
10
10:44
Jackpod Boom Base

General: Base assembly, horisontal entry system.
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Weight kg
19.15JP-006 36,44
Jackpod Boom
General: Arm assembly, horizontal entry system.
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Weight kg
19.15JP-005 16,86
Jackpod Winch 1
General: Winch incl. steel cable and carabiner.
Finish: Steel (electrogalvanized), synthetic.
Standard: EN 795-B + EN 1496.
Art No Code Steel cable Weight

m kg
19.15JP-008-1 JP-008-1 18 16,4
Jackpod Winch 2
General: Winch incl. steel cable and carabiner.
Finish: Steel (electrogalvanized), synthetic.
Standard: EN 795-B + EN 1496.
Art No Code Steel cable

m
19.15JP-008-2 JP-008-2 45
10
10:45
JP Winch 1 Bracket Davit

General: Winch 1 bracket davit for Jackpod Davit.
Finish: Steel (electrogalvanized), aluminium.
Standard: EN 795.
Art No Weight kg
19.15JP-010-1 2,01
Jackpod Winch Direct Drive

General: Winch direct drive to be used for material only.. Input rotation speed 300 rpm without coupling.
Finish: Steel (electrogalvanized).
Art No Weight kg
19.15JP-009-2 0,86
Jackpod Winch Overload Protection

General: Overload protection coupling to be used for material only, 200 kg overload protection.
Finish: Steel (electrogalvanized).
Art No Weight kg
19.15JP-009-3 2,28
Jackpod Tri 2 - tall

General:
adjustment.
Hole Diameter: 1040-2250mm.
Material: Aluminium, Steel (Electrogalvanized).
Standard: EN 795.
10 Art No
19.15JP-011-2
Height min./max.
mm
1.550-3.020
Weight
kg
23,77
10:46
Rope Pulley Standard Roll 2L

General:
and comply with EN 12278 and UIAA 127.
Area of application: Rescue, rope access/rigging.
Standard: EN 12278.
Art No Max. working load Breaking load, major axis Hole diameter Weight
kN kN mm kg
19.09H-072 2 32 27 0,21
Safety Tripod TM-9

General: Safety Tripod for use in manholes, shafts, evacuation and lifting, delivered with
Winch and block should be ordered separately.

Steel head is equipped with four anchor points. Telescopic aluminium legs with 7-step
height adjustment. Each leg is equipped with a winch mount. Non-slip feet allow for using
the unit on slippery surfaces.
Shipping dimensions: 175x23x23 cm.
Standard: EN 795.
Art No WLL Breaking Height Diameter of the opening Feet Max. number of Weight with web- Weight with
force below the tripod spacing persons bing chain
tons kN cm cm cm kg kg
19.19AT011 0,5 22 147-229 140-213 119-182 1 14,3 17,3
2QO\WULSRG
Rescue Lifting Device RUP -502

Typical application: Rescue lifting and lowering winch equipped with an ø 6,3 mm steel galvanized cable
and automatic emergency brake.
Standard: EN 1496 Class B.
Art No WLL Type With wire Weight without wire

tons m kg
19.19AT05020 0,14 AT 050 20 20 13
19.19AT05025 0,14 AT 050 25 25 14
Bag AX-016
Typical application: Tripod bag for TM-9.
Material: PVC.
Colours: Blue, red or yellow.
10
Art No Size mm
19.09AX-016 1800 x 230 x 200
10:47
Horizontal Lifeline System Skyline

General:
applications.
Functional description: The SKYLINE RUN can be attached or removed at any point of the
system. The user can freely move along the rope without having to reposition the intermediate
anchor and curved parts.
Norm:
- SKYLINE RUN: EN 795-B/C
- SKYLINE ÜBERKOPFLÄUFER: EN 795-C
Materials: All system components made from stainless steel. Stainless steel 8mm in diameter.
Underground attachment:
masonry, wood, system supports, etc., using suitable fastening methods and technology (in-
volving screws/bolts and
dowels)
Positioning: Floor, wall, ceiling.
Number of users:
Standard: EN 795.
10
10:48
Skyrail
The SKYRAIL SYSTEM is made of seawater resistant aluminium
-
ing to EN 795/D and may also be used for rope access work.
turn modules for horizontal direction changes. The ball bearing

mounted runner is subject to less wear and provides excellent run-
ning properties even in rope access applications. The runner may
be inserted or removed anywhere in the system.
Since a variety of supports is available, numerous installation
requirements are met.
- Great mounting distances.
- Approved for 3-persons use (max.).
- EN 795/D:2012 CEN/TS 16415:2013.
Standard: EN 795-D.
Vertical Lifeline System Skytac

The Skytac Height Access System allows for fall-proof climbing up and down to any height and depth at
steel, and the rungs are provided with an extra zink layer for better protection against corrosion.
Speed, the new patented runner for height access systems from SKYLOTEC is ahead of its time. While
work on improving the safety standard EN 353-1 for guided type fall arresters on a rigid anchor line con-
tinues, we have solved the problem: With our new runner SPEED.
Standard: EN 353-1.
Speed Attach
General: SPEED ATTACH is a runner of the latest generation that can be attached and detached at any point of
-
nism also prevent reversed placement or opening under load. A green indicator shows secure locking at any
time. Therefore, operating errors are virtually impossible. The runner is suitable for back-pull and drag operation.
Solid aluminium housing, stainless steel axles and metal guide rollers ensure low wear. Even after a fall, the run-
ner can still be reconditioned. Provided with fall indicator. Carabiner on device: SWIVEL LOAD INDICATOR TRI
Weight: 1.27 kg.
Material: Aluminium, stainless steel, steel.
Standard: EN 353-1.
10
Art. No.: 19.09TAC-0004
10:49
10
10:50
Services
Sikkerhedskrog
Services »
Inspektion and testing »
Service »
CertMax+ »
Sales- and delivery terms » Chapter 11
Services
• Experience
CERTEX is • Special components
• ISO 9001 certified • CertMax+
• ISO 14001 certified To maintain safety in your work place, you – as the employer
• OHSAS 18001 certified and owner of lifting gear – must meet current norms, stan-
• AT 1109 + GWO dard, and legislation. We help you meet the requirements by
continuous surveillance of your lifting gear and fall protection
• LEEA certified
equipment. Usually we carry out tests on site, but you may
also choose to send your equipment to one of our service
CERTEX carry out ongoing supervision centres.
• Lifting equipment
• Cranes When you order a service inspection from us, CertMax+ is
• Fall protection equipment included in the price. This web service gives you access to
• Ladders
history, documentation and planned activities for each prod-
uct.
CERTEX carries out continuous inspection of:

Hoisting and lifting gear and fall protection equipment.
We perform regular inspection of lifting equipment in accor-

dance with AFS 2006:06 stating that lifting equipment must
be checked before use for safety reasons. The equipment
must be checked visually or by a non-destructive test.
Even fall protection equipment must be controlled

regularly. CERTEX carries out inspection of personal fall
protection equipment and systems according to the recom-
mendations of the manufacturer.
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
11 11:2
www.certex.dk HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
© Copyright CERTEX Danmark A/S 2018
Lifting Products and Services Lifting Products and Services
Inspektion and testing

We offer a wide range of services within lifting inspection
and testing, fall protection equipment, installation and
CERTEX Services
assembling, advice, including:
• Advice on legislation • 3 Service centres
• Development of inspection and maintenance procedures • 12 Servicevans
• Regulatory inspection
• Re-certification • 14 Service engineers
• Load test
• Non-destructive testing (NDT) CERTEX Service engineers
• Education and teaching
• Certified and examined every 3 years by
In addition, we offer: the Kranbranchen
• Product lifetime optimization • Updated continuously on product
• Increased profitability and efficiency knowledge
• Improved security and risk management
• Tester on location or in-house in our
• Repair and maintenance
service centers
CERTEX can offer a total service concept within inspection
and tests that ensure that our customers achieve legal and regulatory compliance, and achieve best prac-
tice in safe working conditions, while significantly enhancing and streamlining operational levels.
Our dedicated inspection team is one of the most well-trained, qualified and accredited experts in Europe,
fully supported by an outstanding on- and offshore network and independent inspection specialists. We
have an impressive track record, resulting in the crucial flexibility required by customers to minimize their
standstill times and realize significant cost savings.
CERTEX delivers high quality repair and maintenance solutions that are essential to minimize downtime
and maximize the operational life of your equipment.
An advanced training and comprehensive 3rd party accreditation program ensures that CERTEX engine-
ers and service professionals possess the highest level of skills, experience, skills and qualifications requi-
red to safely perform the most demanding tasks in the most demanding on- and offshore environments.

VOJENS
HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 74 54 14 37
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
www.certex.dk 11
11:3
Service of lifting equipment

CERTEX Service agreement
• Hydraulisk løfteværktøj
All lifting equipment must be inspected as a minimum • Mekanisk løfteværktøj
once a year by a compenent body. • Mandskabskurve
• Magnetløft
tløft
With a service agreement with CERTEX, you are sure 020
• Donkrafte
afte 6/2
that your lifting equipment will inspected right on time. 01 2
We contact you when it’s time, so your lifting equipment • Surringerer
01
2
7/2
always meets the authorities’ inspection requirements • Kraner
021
every 12 months. • Taljer
• Stiger
We mark approved lifting gear with annual color, so you
19
• Løfteåg
/20
can quickly determine if the gear is approved and in
5
01
• Løftekløerer
2
01
what year.
2 4/2
0 18
• Vakuumløft
mløft
We also register your item in CertMax+, where you • Anhugningsgrej
ningsgrej
always have access to your inspection reports. You • Sikkerhedsudstyr
get CertMax+ automatically when you make a service
agreement with us.
11 www.certex.dk
VOJENS
HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 74 54 14 37
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
11:4
Service of cranes
- We do also deliver new cranes at your de-
mands
• A service appointment ensures, that
your crane is inspected in time every
When you buy your crane from us, we make a lot of
year preparatory work to clarify your exact needs, in co-
operation with you and based on our solid experience.
• We contact you when the time comes,
so your crane always meets regulatory A consultant will come to you so you can make initial ma-
requirements for inspection every 12 neuvers on the crane’s next location.
months
Infinitely many factors involved in the design and choice of
• RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) crane, and exactly why we focus on the initial stage.
marking of your crane, so you always
can follow your equipments status in
When you buy your crane from us, it is not just a purchase
CertMax+
but a collaboration!

VOJENS
HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 74 54 14 37
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
www.certex.dk 11
11:5
Service of fall protection equipment

– For safe work in heights • Permanent systems
For work in heights, safety protection of people is top • Fall protection systems
priority for CERTEX.
• Harnesses
We deliver everything from a single harness to com-
plete fall protection systems, including: • Blocks
• Horizontal steel wire systems
• Horizontal rail systems • Manyards
• Vertical steel wire system
(height-access system with fall protection device) • Carabiner
• Anchor points
We carry out inspection of all fall protection equipment.
11 www.certex.dk
VOJENS
HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 74 54 14 37
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
11:6
Tests and special services

– Trained and well performed service work
CERTEX offers knowhow in inspection, maintenance,

service, and certified tests. We perform all sorts of
tests and services both onshore and offshore.
We are the proud owners of Scandinavia’s largest

tension test bench. With our 1200 tons horizontal test
bench we are able to perform pulls of up to 1200 tons
in direct drives, and break tests up to 960 tons.
Our test equipment also includes wide range of water

bags designed for testing cranes, lifeboats, bridges,
and platforms.
We know how busy our customers are every day. With

this in mind, we have now made a service database.
If you have a service agreement with us, we monitor
the certificates of your lifting equipment, and we make
sure to carry out inspection of your lifting equipment
on time..
CERTEX
People are . . . .
• Safety-oriented
• Solution and action-oriented, always with a
customer focus
• Highly committed problem-solvers with a passion
for business
• Reliable and trustworthy
• Well educated and trained
CERTEX CERTEX performs inspections

Employees and equipment: • Compulsory tests of lifting equipment
• Ready to go 365 days a year • Test and inspection according to standards
• Rigger jobs/solutions offshore and onshore • Customised inspections and inspections adapted to a trade
• Installation work/wire installation organization
• Installation of cranes and rail systems • Calibration of crane weights /dynamometers
• Lashing work/solutions
• Socketing
• Wire spooling using tension
CERTEX handles
• Administration of documents
CERTEX performs tests • Visible marking after compulsory inspection
• Online certificate system CertMax+
• Test of all types of cranes and lifting equipment

• Test with water bags to test cranes, bridges, plat
forms etc.
• Tension test in our own test bench up to 1,200 tons
• Test on location and/or in-house
Specifications and products are subjects to change VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37

AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
11:7
Rental
– It can be an economical advantage to rent your
lifting gear
CERTEX rents lifting equipment, which has been tested and

examined according to the applicable rules, and associated
certificates.
We have a standard range of equipment ready, but if you have

a special need, just ask us.
Examples of rental equipment:

• Air, electric and hydraulic winches of different sizes
• Manual chain- and lever hoists
• Electric hoists, airhoists and hydraulic hoists (up to 100
tonnes)
• Blocks
• Chain and wireslings
• Shackles (up to 300 tons WLL)
• Coils (up to 200 tons)
• Heavy-duty transport rollers
Lifting- and testing equipment
• Available when the need arises

• Ready for immediate action 365 days a year
Equipment rental . . .
• Does not bind capital
• Means financial flexibility
• Does not charge the company with investments
• No interest and depreciation charges
• Rental expense is operating expenses and fully
deductible
CERTEX
Employees are . . .
Rental means safety . . . • Safety-oriented
• Solution and action-oriented
• Lifting and testing equipment is the latest technology • Engaged problem solvers with passion for business
• All equipment meets all legal requirements • Reliable and trustworthy
• Certified, controlled and complies with all statutory • Competent and ongoing kept up to date
requirements standards for quality management,
safety, environment and work environment
11 www.certex.dk
VOJENS
HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 74 54 14 37
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
11:8
+
– Effective online control of your lifting gear
• Online service database
When you make a service agreement with CERTEX about
the annual statutory inspection of cranes and lifting gear, • Full overview of all your lifting equipment
you as a customer can access your report via a login to our
CertMax+, service database. • RFID equiped lifting gear
CertMax+ is a revolutionizing software system used to con- • Online access via pc, tablet and
trol certifications of lifting gear completely. Users can recre- smartphone
ate reports and certificates in real time from any location,
because the system is accessible from the internet, thus • Paperless access to inspection reports,
removing the need for expensive paper based systems and
test certificates and possible information
eliminating potential errors.
about safe use
The system facilitates the inspection and certification of
lifting gear. It reduces costs considerably and secures that • Free when you have a service agreement
safety is always maintained, so that the users can focus with us
on their main activities. CertMax+ makes it possible to use
radio frequency identification (RFID) to identify and monitor
the issue of certificates.

VOJENS
HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 74 54 14 37
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
www.certex.dk 11
11:9
Sales- and delivery terms

General Sales and Delivery Terms (UK)
1. Introduction:
These Sales and Delivery Terms shall apply unless otherwise agreed The seller shall only be obliged to remedy the defect up to three (3)
in writing by the parties. The Sales and Delivery Terms shall apply to months after the buyer’s first complaint in writing.
all agreements regarding sale of goods and services which the buyer If the defects have not been remedied, e.g. by replacement delivery,
has concluded with CERTEX Danmark A/S (hereinafter jointly referred within three (3) months after the buyer’s first complaint in writing, the
to as “the seller”). buyer shall, however, be entitled to cancel the deal if the defect is consi-
dered material.
2. Product information: The buyer’s right to complain shall lapse in the event of product interven-
Product information in catalogues, pricelists, advertisements or the like tion and/or modification made by the buyer or third party and in the event
shall only be binding on the seller if reference is made thereto in the of natural wear and tear, incorrect or careless handling, overloading, in-
offer or the acceptance/order confirmation. Individual requirements and correct operating equipment or failure to observe the seller’s installation/
conditions on the part of the buyer shall solely be binding on the seller operating instructions.
if accepted in writing by the seller.
All drawings and other technical documents regarding the product 8. Complaints:
which is handed over to the buyer before or after the conclusion of the Complaints must be made in writing within eight (8) days from the buyer’s
agreement shall remain the seller’s property and shall not be redistribu- receipt of the delivery concerned; otherwise, the buyer shall forfeit his
ted or misused in any other manner. right to invoke to the conditions giving rise to the complaint.
3. Prices: 9. Reservation of ownership:

Invoicing will take place at the prices ruling on the date of delivery. In The seller will retain ownership of the goods sold until all payments, incl.
case of changes regarding contract wages and salaries, raw materials default interest, have been made. If several goods are sold under the
and/or exchange rates, customs rates, freight, insurance premiums, same agreement, the reservation of ownership shall apply until the pur-
etc. entailing increases of the seller’s manufacturing prices, the seller chase price for all goods have been paid.
reserves the right to make similar changes in the prices stated. This
shall also apply in case of successive deliveries where such changes 10. Return goods:
as mentioned above should be made during the delivery period. Return goods will only be accepted subject to prior agreement and mini-
mum 20% of the purchase price of the return goods will be deducted from
The time of payment shall be agreed by the seller and the buyer from the return costs. Specially manufactured or purchased goods cannot be
time to time. Default interest at a rate of 1.5% per commenced month returned.
will be charged from the due date.
11. Liability for damage caused by the goods (Product Liability)
4. Right of prior sale The seller is not liable for personal injury unless it is proved that the injury
Until the buyer has accepted an offer made by the seller, the seller shall was caused by serious mistake or gross negligence on the part of the
be entitled to enter into an agreement, in whole or in part, with third seller or others for whom the seller is responsible.
party concerning the products comprised by the offer with the effect The seller is not liable for damage to real and personal property, including
that the offer lapses. products/property in which the product forms part, unless it is proved that
the damage was caused by serious mistake or gross negligence on the
5. Place of delivery: part of the seller or others for whom the seller is responsible. The seller
Delivery shall be made ex works to the effect that the buyer will bear the is in no circumstances liable for operating loss, loss of earnings or other
risk of unforeseen contingencies relating to the goods hereafter. This indirect losses.
also applies where it is agreed that the seller shall defray the costs of If and to the extent that product liability toward a third party is imposed on
the further transport of the goods. the seller, the buyer shall be obliged to indemnify the seller to the same
extent as the seller’s liability is limited, cf. above.
6. Force majeure: In case a third party sets up a claim against one of the parties concerning
In case the delivery is hindered or considerably impeded as a conse- liability to pay damages according to this clause, the party concerned
quence of war, war-like situations, disturbances, directions or actions shall be obliged to notify the other party hereof without delay.
from authorities or governments, incl. import or export restrictions, The seller and the buyer are mutually obliged to let themselves be sued
strikes, lockouts, breakdown of machinery, accidents during testing at the court of law or the arbitration tribunal hearing the claim for dama-
or transport, extensive fire damage, lack of supply of raw materials or ges set up against one of the parties based on the damage allegedly
other circumstances beyond the seller’s control, the time of delivery caused by the equipment.
shall be postponed for the duration of said troubles. In such event the
buyer shall not be entitled to terminate or cancel the deal, and the seller 12. Compensation:
shall not be held liable for any delay of delivery arising as a result of the In the event that the seller, irrespective of the above, incurs liability in
above circumstances. In case the troubles as stated continue for three damages to the buyer, the claim shall not, however, at any time exceed
(3) months, counted from the date of delivery stipulated, the buyer as the value of the product delivered. The seller shall neither be held liable
well as the seller shall, however, be entitled to cancel the deal without for operating loss, loss of profit or other indirect loss.
the other party being entitled to set up claims on that account against
the party cancelling the deal. In case of current deliveries similar provi- 13. Invalidity
sions shall apply to the individual deliveries. If one or more provisions of these Sales and Delivery Terms cannot be
enforced because they are contrary to mandatory law or for some other
7. Defects: reason are regarded as not accepted, this shall not affect the validity of
If defects in the goods supplied are ascertained, the seller shall be un- the other provisions of these Sales and Delivery Terms.
der an obligation to remedy the defect free of charge unless the seller
chooses to make a replacement delivery instead. The buyer shall not 14. Venue:
be entitled to cancel the deal, to demand replacement delivery, or to All sales are subject to Danish law. All disputes shall be settled by the
require proportional reduction of the purchase price or compensation. Court in Sønderborg, Denmark, unless otherwise agreed with the buyer.
11 www.certex.dk
VOJENS
HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 74 54 14 37
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
11:10
Eye nut 802 2:61

A Eyebolt 2:58 - 2:60, 2:62
Accessories for alu gantry cranes 6:28 F
Air chain hoists 5:23 - 5:29 Fall arrest kits 10:4
Alu lifting beam 6:54 Fall arrester 10:37
Alu wire ratchet hoist 5:9 Fall protection block 10:15 - 10:18
Aluminium gantry crane 6:27 - 6:28 Ferrules 1:38, 9:5
Anchor clamp 10:41 Flat hook with stop 7:8
Anchor point, Secupin 10:42 Fork hook 2:27
Anchorage points 10:40 - 10:41 Fork lift beam 6:55
Anti-slip mats 7:41 Fork lift jib 6:55
Automotive gantry cranes 6:7 Foundry hook 2:21 - 2:22
B G
Baby winch 5:35 Galvanized safety pin 2:90
Bags 10:35, 10:38, 10:47 Gantry cranes 6:7
Ball bearing swivel 2:86 Grab hook 2:22 - 2:24, 2:39, 7:23, 7:33
Basic-Lift 6:29 Grommet-sling 1:34
Beam clamp 5:40 H
Beamclamp Beamtac 10:39 Half-long link chain 2:86
Big bag lifting beam 6:54 Hamburgers 7:38
Blockstop 5:34 Hand rope winch 5:41 - 5:47
Boogie (crane) 6:5 Harnesses 10:5 - 10:12, 10:24 - 10:26, 10:32 - 10:34
Braided wire rope slings 1:33 Height safety device 10:15 - 10:18
Bride UltraBridles 10:23 Helicopter lifting beams 6:47 - 6:48
Brilube lubrication 1:74 Helmet 10:21
C Hoists for cranes 6:6
Cable drum pallet 4:19 Hook 2:20 - 2:24, 2:42 - 2:43, 7:22 - 7:23, 7:32 - 7:33
Cable drum stands 4:19 Hook, automatic 4:18
Cable sock 1:54 - 1:55 Horizontal lifeline system Skyline 10:48 - 10:49
Cambuckles 7:14 Hydraulic bottle jack 4:23
Cambucle, fast lashing 7:7 Hydraulic jacks 4:20
Carabiner 10:19 - 10:20 Hydraulic pulling hoist 5:11
Cargo skates 4:24 Hydraulic wire rope cutter 1:70, 1:71
Carrying case for chain hoist 5:3, 5:7 I
CERTEX - Protekt G - PU Spray Coating 3:15 Industrial lifting bags 4:33
Chain 2:8, 2:86 - 2-88, 7:26, 7:30, 7:38 IP lifting clamp 4:12 - 4:15
Chain, short link 2:87 J
Chainbag 5:5 Jackpod Davit System 10:43 - 10:46
Chainlock, Connex 2:17, 2:33 Jacks 4:20 - 4:23
CLAD-BOY® 6:38 Jib crane industrial 6:23
CLAD-MAN® 6:39 Junior lashing 7:6
Clam on line tensionmeter 4:32 K
Claw hook 7:9, 7:13 Key-lock 7:15
Clevis choker hook 2:31 Klemmfix anchorage connector 10:40
Clevis for turnbuckle for lashing chain 7:21 L
Clevis load pin 2:30 Lanyards 10:13-10:14, 10:29 - 10:31, 10:35 - 10:36
Clevis reeving link 2:26 Lashing chain 7:20, 7:28 - 7:29
Clevis shortening hook 2:24 -2:25 Lever hoist 5:7 - 5:9
Clevis sling hook 7:22 Lifeline horizontal gurtband 10:39
Closed swage socket 1:53 Lift belt 10:35
Coil hooks 6:48 Lifting bag accessories 4:33
Coil lifting sling 3:10 Lifting bar 4:25
Compression tool for talurit 1:71 - 1:72 Lifting beam 6:41 - 6:54
Connex connecting link 7:21, 7:32 Lifting eye 2:44 - 2:53, 2:54, 2:58
Container lifting beam 6:53 Lifting eye bolt 2:67
Container lifting lug 2:68 Lifting eye nut 2:67
Container net 7:39 Lifting grab 6:60 - 6:61
Container wire sling 1:35 Lifting magnets 6:61 - 6:64
Corner protection 3:23, 3:24 Lifting points, weldable 2:63 - 2:65, 2:66
Cotter pins 2:90 Lifting-belt-sling 3:16
Crane block 1:65, 1:69 Light cranes and accessories 6:9 - 6:15
Crane end stop 1:51 Load binder 7:20, 7:21, 7:30, 7:31, 7:36, 7:37, 7:38
Crane kits 6:5 Load diagram, chain grade 10 2:5
Crane scale 4:29 - 4:30 Load diagram, chain grade 12 2:32
Cranes 6:3 Load distributor 2:16, 2:35
D Load lashing 7:4, 7:7
D-ring 7:9, 7:12 Long-link chain 2:86, 2:87, 2:88, 7:38
D-ring with welding flipper 7:38 Loop 10:37
Drum lifter 4:16 - 4:17, 4:19 Lory Pro Descender 10:22
Dunnage bag inflator 7:42 Lubrication 1:74, 9:15
Dunnage bags 7:42 M
Dynamometer 4:28 Man riding basket 6:56
E Manual chain hoist 5:3 - 5:6
Edge protection 3:22, 3:23, 3:24, 7:16 - 7:17 Master link 2:8 - 2:9, 2:11 - 2:12, 2:15 - 2:16, 2:34, 7:23
Electric winches 5:50 - 5:54 Mobile anchor point 10:39
Electrick chain hoist 5:12, 5:13 - 5:22 Mooring links 8:17
Electrick rope hoist 5:30, - 5:32 - 5:33 Movable swing crane 6:21
Elektrisk rebtalje 5:31 N
Energy absorber 10:17, 10:21 Nemag rope pear socket 1:48
Eureka wire rope clamp 1:39 Nemag shackle 1:48
EXTREEMA® protection 3:9, 7:16 O
VOJENS
HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 74 54 14 37
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
www.certex.dk
11
11:11
One-way ratchet 7:15 Stainless thimble 9:6

Open swage socket 1:52 Stainless transition link 9:18
Outrigger blocks 7:44 Stainless wire rope clip 9:7
Overhead cranes 6:4 Stainless wire rope clip 9:7
Oversize master link 2:13 Standard swivelling unit 90° 6:36
P Standard turning unit 180º 6:37
Pallet fork 6:57 Steel wire rope strap, CAB Herkules S 12 10:21
Pile pitching clamp 4:17 Steel wire ropes 1:8 - 1:22, 1:29 - 1_32
Pillar jib cranes 6:16 - 6:18 STOBIFORM corner protection KW 2:91
Pipe plug 4:34 - 4:35 STOBITEX - PU edge protection DF 7:17
Pipe plug accessories 4:35 STOBITEX chain and wire protection PU-S 2:91
Pipe suspension, WIMAG 4:17 Stretcher 10:23
Plate hook 2:27 Studling chaincables 8:18
Position rope 10:14 Super Lock hook 2:42
Positioning rope/line 10:15, 10:36 Suspension relief straps 10:20
Powertex beam clamp 5:40 Svivel hook 2:20. 2:42
PP-webbing 50 mm 7:15 Swing block 1:67
Protection, chain and wire 1:73 Swing crane 6:19 - 6:26
Pulling and lifting hoist 5:10 - 5:11 Swivels 2:83 - 2:85
PullzAll electrick winch 5:50 T
PVCcorner protection 7:17 Talurit ferrules 1:38, 9:5
Q Terrier lifting clamps 4:3 - 4:9
Quick link, galvanized 2:89 Terrier spare parts 4:10
Quicklash lock 7:15 Thimble 1:36 - 1:37
R Tool securing 10:21
Rail buckle 7:12 Top hook for KITO EQ 5:12
Railway jack 4:21 Tow sling 7:43
Ratchet 7:9, 7:10, 7:11 Trailer winch 5:48
Regular swivel 2:82 Transfer carts 6:6
Release handle for key-lock 7:15 Transition link 2:9, 2:28
Remote control 6:8 Transport set 4:26 - 4:27
Rescue lifting device 10:47 Triangles 7:11
Rexcue devices 10:22 Trigger set 2:29, 2:30, 2:40
Ring pins 2:90 Tripod TM-9 10:47
Rope 8:4 - 8:8, 8:10 - 8:16 Trolley 5:36 - 5:40
Rope pear socket 1:48, 1:51 Turnbuckles 1:60 - 1:61
Rope pulley 10:47 Turnbuckles 1:57 - 1:60
Rope pulling clamps 1:56 Twistlocks 7:39
Round sling 3:4 - 3:8 U
Round sling hook 3:17 U-hook 7:11
Rubber bands 7:40 Ultrabelt X-TREME 10:23
Rubber ladder 7:40 Uncoiling machine 1:73
S Unilock conncting link 2:31
Safety hook 2:18, 2:19 - 2:21, 2:37 - 2:38, 4:18, 7:22, 7:32 - 7:33 V
Safety vest incl. Harness 10:26 - 10:27 Vacuum beams 6:30 - 6:39
Sales- and delivery terms 11:10 Vacuum components 6:37
Screw-clamp 4:11 Vaks cargo skates 4:24 - 4:25
Secupin anchor point 10:42 verolube S® Spray 1:74
Self-retracting lifeline 10:28 - 10:31 Vest 10:11
Services 11:2 - 11:9 W
Shackle fitting 2:66 Wall mounted crane 6:5
Shackles 2:25, 2:69 - 2:81 Wall mounted jib crane 6:24
Sheave blocks 1:67 - 1:68 Webbing band 7:8, 7:9, 7:10, 7:11
Shorck cord 8:8 Webbing sling 3:12 - 3:15
Skyboard 10:12 Wedge socket 1:23
Sling shackle 3:18 - 3:21 Wedge socket 1:42 - 1:44
Snap hook 2:88, 10:20 Welcable lifting points 2:63 - 2:65, 2:66
Snatch block 1:62 - 1:64 Weld-on hook 2:65
Special lifting eyes 2:57 WIMAG pipe suspension grab 4:17
Spelter socket 1:45 - 1:47, 1:50 Winch, Jackpod 10:45
Split overhaul ball 1:65 Winner lashing chain 7:20
Spreader beams 6:49 - 6:52 Wire hook 7:8, 7:9, 7:10, 7:11
Spring pins 2:89 Wire pulley wheel 1:66, 1:68
Stainles steel wire rope 9:3 - 9:4 Wire rope cutter 1:70
Stainless blocks 9:14 Wire rope grip 1:39 - 1:41
Stainless chain 9:17, 9:32 Wireless loadshackle 4:28
Stainless chain components 9:17 - 9:21 Wirelock - socketing compound 1:49
Stainless connex connecting link 9:20
Stainless enlarged master link 9:18
Stainless eye sling hook 9:21
Stainless ferrules 9:5
Stainless lifting eye 9:23
Stainless lifting eye bolt/eye nut 9:26
Stainless pump chain 9:25
Stainless quick link 9:31
Stainless rigging screws 9:8 - 9:9
Stainless safety shackle 9:24
Stainless shackles 9:27 - 9:29
Stainless shortener 9:19
Stainless snap hook 9:30 - 9:31
Stainless spare parts 9:21
Stainless special master link assembly 9:19
Stainless terminals 9:10- 9:14
11 www.certex.dk
VOJENS
HVIDOVRE
AALBORG
+45 74 54 14 37
+45 36 77 40 30
+45 98 13 18 88
Der tages forbehold for trykfejl og udgåede varer
11:12
Lifting Products and Servic
Load diagram
Chain sling Grade 80 Wire rope slings 6X36 IWRC 1960N/mm2
1-leg sling 2-leg sling 3- and 4-leg sling Endless Loop chain Single 2-leg sling 3- and 4-leg sling Endless
Angle of
- - 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° - 0°- 45° 0°- 45°
inclination
Angle of
Load factor 1 0,8 1,4 1 1,12 0,8 2,1 1,5 1,6 1,4 2,1 1-leg Laced U-lift 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 1-part Laced U
inclination

Type d WLL ton
Load factor 1 0,8 2 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 2 1,6
Ni 6 G8 6 1,12 0,9 1,6 1,12 1,25 0,9 2,36 1,7 1,8 1,6 2,36
mm WLL ton
Ni 7 G8 7 1,5 1,2 2,12 1,5 1,7 1,2 3,15 2,24 2,5 2,12 3,15
8 0,8 0,65 1,6 1,15 0,8 1,7 1,2 1,6 1,3
Ni 8 G8 8 2,0 1,6 2,8 2,0 2,24 1,6 4,25 3,0 3,15 2,8 4,25
9 1,05 0,8 2,1 1,45 1,05 2,2 1,8 2,1 1,7
Ni 10 G8 10 3,15 2,5 4,25 3,15 3,55 2,5 6,7 4,75 5,0 4,25 6,7
10 1,3 1,0 2,6 1,8 1,3 2,7 1,9 2,6 2,0
Ni 13 G8 13 5,3 4,25 7,5 5,3 5,9 4,25 11,2 8,0 8,5 7,5 11,2
11 1,5 1,2 3,0 2,2 1,5 3,3 2,3 3,0 2,5
Ni 16 G8 16 8,0 6,3 11,2 8,0 9,0 6,3 17,0 11,8 12,5 11,2 17,0
12 1,8 1,4 3,6 2,6 1,8 3,9 2,8 3,6 3,0
Ni 19 G8 19 11,2 8,95 16,0 11,2 12,5 8,95 23,6 17,0 18,0 16,0 23,6
13 2,2 1,8 4,4 3,0 2,2 4,5 3,2 4,4 3,5
NI 20 G8 20 12,5 10,0 17,5 12,5 14,0 10,0 26,25 18,75 20,0 17,5 26,25
14 2,5 2,0 5,0 3,5 2,5 5,3 3,8 5,0 4,0 1
Ni 22 G8 22 15,0 12,0 21,2 15,0 17,0 12,0 31,5 22,4 23,6 21,2 31,5
16 3,3 2,6 6,6 4,6 3,3 6,9 4,9 6,6 5,2 1
Ni 26 G8 26 21,2 16,95 30,0 21,2 23,7 16,95 45,0 31,5 33,5 30,0 45,0
18 4,1 3,3 8,2 5,8 4,1 8,7 6,2 8,2 6,6 1
Ni 32 G8 32 31,5 25,2 45,0 31,5 35,2 25,2 67,0 47,5 50,0 45,0 67,0
20 5,1 4,1 10,2 7,2 5,1 10,7 7,7 10,2 8,2 2
22 6,2 5,0 12,4 8,7 6,2 13,0 9,3 12,4 10,0 2
Chain sling Grade 100

24 7,4 5,9 14,8 10,3 7,4 15,5 11,1 14,8 11,8 2
26 8,7 7,0 17,4 12,1 8,7 18,2 13,0 17,4 13,8 3
28 10,0 8,0 20,0 14,0 10,0 21,0 15,0 20,0 16,0 4
1-leg sling 2-leg sling 3- and 4-leg sling Endless Loop chain 32 13,0 10,4 26,0 18,4 13,0 27,5 19,7 26,0 21,0 5
36 16,6 13,3 33,0 23,0 16,6 35,0 25,0 33,0 26,5 6
Safety factor 4:1 DS/EN 818-4*
40 20,5 16,4 41,0 29,0 20,5 43,0 31,0 41,0 33,0 8

44 25,0 20,0 50,0 35,0 25,0 52,0 37,0 50,0 40,0 1
48 29,5 23,6 59,0 41,0 29,5 62,0 44,0 59,0 47,0 1
Angle of 52 35,0 28,0 70,0 48,0 35,0 73,0 52,0 70,0 55,0 1
- - 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° - 0°- 45° 0°- 45°
* with higher WLL
inclination 56 40,0 32,0 80,0 56,0 40,0 84,0 60,0 80,0 64,0 1
Load factor 1 0,8 1,4 1 1,12 0,8 2,1 1,5 1,6 1,4 2,1 60 46,0 37,0 92,0 65,0 46,0 97,0 69,0 92,0 74,0 1
Type d WLL ton
WIN 5 5 1,0 0,8 1,4 1,0 1,12 0,8 2,0 1,5 1,6 1,4 2,0
WIN 6 6 1,4 1,12 2,0 1,4 1,6 1,12 3,0 2,12 2,24 2,0 3,0 Wire rope slings 6X36 FC 1960N/mm2
WIN 7 7 1,9 1,5 2,65 1,9 2,12 1,5 4,0 2,8 3,0 2,65 4,0
Single 2-leg sling 3- and 4-leg sling Endless
WIN 8 8 2,5 2,0 3,55 2,5 2,8 2,0 5,3 3,75 4,0 3,55 5,3
WIN 10 10 4,0 3,15 5,6 4,0 4,25 3,15 8,0 6,0 6,3 5,6 8,0
WIN 13 13 6,7 5,3 9,5 6,7 7,5 5,3 14,0 10,0 10,6 9,5 14,0
WIN 16 16 10,0 8,0 14,0 10,0 11,2 8,0 21,2 15,0 16,0 14,0 21,2
WIN 19 19 14,0 11,2 20,0 14,0 16,0 11,2 30,0 21,2 22,4 20,0 30,0
WIN 22 22 19,0 15,0 26,5 19,0 21,2 15,0 40,0 28,0 30,0 26,5 40,0
WIN 26 26 26,5 21,2 37,5 26,5 30,0 21,2 56,0 40,0 42,5 37,5 56,0 Angle of
WIN 32 32 40,0 31,5 56,0 40,0 45,0 31,5 85,0 60,0 63,0 56,0 85,0 1-leg Laced U-lift 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 1-leg Laced
inclination
Load factor 1 0,8 2 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 2 1,6
Chain sling Grade 120 mm

8 0,75 0,6 1,5
WLL ton
1,1 0,75 1,6 1,1 1,4 1,2
9 0,9 0,8 1,8 1,26 0,9 2,0 1,4 1,8 1,5
1-leg sling 2-leg sling 3- and 4-leg sling Endless Loop chain
10 1,2 0,95 2,4 1,7 1,2 2,5 1,8 2,4 1,9
11 1,4 1,1 2,8 2,0 1,4 3,0 2,2 2,8 2,3
Safety factor 4:1
12 1,7 1,3 3,4 2,4 1,7 3,6 2,6 3,4 2,7

13 2,0 1,6 4,0 2,8 2,0 4,2 3,0 4,0 3,2
14 2,3 1,8 4,6 3,2 2,3 4,8 3,5 4,6 3,7
Angle of 16 3,0 2,4 6,0 4,2 3,0 6,3 4,5 6,0 4,8
- - 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° - 0°- 45° 0°- 45°
inclination 18 3,8 3,1 7,6 5,3 3,8 8,0 5,7 7,6 6,1
Load factor 1 0,8 1,4 1 1,12 0,8 2,1 1,5 1,6 1,4 2,1 20 4,7 3,8 9,4 6,6 4,7 10,0 7,1 9,4 7,6
Type d WLL ton 22 5,7 4,6 11,4 8,0 5,7 12,0 8,5 11,4 9,2
WINPRO 7 7 2,36 1,9 3,35 2,36 2,65 1,9 5,0 3,55 3,75 3,35 5,0 24 6,8 5,4 13,6 9,5 6,8 14,3 10,2 13,6 11,0
WINPRO 8 8 3,0 2,36 4,25 3,0 3,35 2,36 6,3 4,5 4,75 4,25 6,3 26 8,0 6,4 16,0 11,2 8,0 16,8 12,0 16,0 12,8
WINPRO 10 10 5,0 4,0 7,1 5,0 5,6 4,0 10,6 7,5 8,0 7,1 10,6 28 9,3 7,4 18,6 13,0 9,3 19,5 14,0 18,6 15,0
WINPRO 13 13 8,0 6,3 11,2 8,0 9,0 6,3 17,0 11,8 12,5 11,2 17,0 32 12,0 9,7 24,0 16,8 12,0 25,5 18,0 24,0 19,5
36 15,0 12,0 30,0 21,0 15,0 32,0 23,0 30,0 25,0
40 19,0 15,0 38,0 27,0 19,0 40,0 28,5 38,0 30,0
Round sling polyester
1-leg U-lift Laced 1-leg angled 2-leg sling 3- and 4-leg sling Webbing
1-leg U-lift Laced 1-leg angled 2-leg sling 3- and 4-leg s

Angle of
0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60°
inclination
Load factor 1 2 0,8 1,4 1 1,4 1 2,1 1,5 Angle of
0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45° - 60° 0°- 45° 45°
Farve WLL ton inclination
Violet 1,0 2,0 0,8 1,4 1,0 1,4 1,0 2,1 1,5 Load factor 1 2 0,8 1,4 1 1,4 1 2,1 1
Green 2,0 4,0 1,6 2,8 2,0 2,8 2,0 4,2 3,0 Width WLL ton
Yellow 3,0 6,0 2,4 4,2 3,0 4,2 3,0 6,3 4,5 30 mm 1,0 2,0 0,8 1,4 1,0 1,4 1,0 2,1 1
Grey 4,0 8,0 3,2 5,6 4,0 5,6 4,0 8,4 6,0 50 mm 1,0 2,0 0,8 1,4 1,0 1,4 1,0 2,1 1
Red 5,0 10,0 4,0 7,0 5,0 7,0 5,0 10,5 7,5 60 mm 2,0 4,0 1,6 2,8 2,0 2,8 2,0 4,2 3
Brown 6,0 12,0 4,0 8,4 6,0 8,4 6,0 12,6 9,0 90 mm 3,0 6,0 2,4 4,2 3,0 4,2 3,0 6,3 4
Blue 8,0 16,0 6,4 11,2 8,0 11,2 8,0 16,8 12,0 120 mm 4,0 8,0 3,2 5,6 4,0 5,6 4,0 8,4 6
Orange 10,0 20,0 8,0 14,0 10,0 14,0 10,0 21,0 15,0 150 mm 5,0 10,0 4,0 7,0 5,0 7,0 5,0 10,5 7
Orange 12,0 24,0 9,6 16,8 12,0 16,8 12,0 25,2 18,0 180 mm 6,0 12,0 4,8 8,4 6,0 8,4 6,0 12,6 9
Orange 15,0 30,0 12,0 21,0 15,0 21,0 15,0 31,5 22,5 240 mm 8,0 16,0 6,4 11,2 8,0 11,2 8,0 16,8 1
Orange 20,0 40,0 16,0 28,0 20,0 28,0 20,0 42,0 30,0 300 mm 10,0 20,0 8,0 14,0 10,0 14,0 10,0 21,0 1
VOJENS +45 74 54 14 37
AALBORG +45 98 13 18 88
www.certex.dk
CERTEX Danmark A/S

Trekanten 6-8
DK-6500 Vojens
Tlf.: +45 74 54 14 37 Jernholmen 43-47D Virkelyst 17b
Fax: +45 74 54 05 62 DK-2650 Hvidovre DK-9400 Nørresundby
E-mail: salg@certex.dk Tlf.: +45 36 77 40 30 Tlf.: +45 98 13 18 88
www.certex.dk Fax: +45 36 77 40 48 Fax: +45 98 13 18 77

CERTEX Catalog UK 2018 PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

CERTEX Catalog UK 2018 PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Lifting Products and Services

Products Expertise Services People

CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX

We call this “The Lifting KnowHow”.

EFFICIENT TOOLS SPREAD KNOWHOW

• Traditional load tables

You can download and read more about the app on

Construction Manufacturing industry Cranes

Wind power Entertainment Steel industry

Transportation Ports Energy

Our production unit is located in Vojens where we

We have a wide network of sub suppliers who

When you receive your lifting gear, it is CE-

CERTEX’ database includes 35 years of experi-

Contact us anytime if you need assistance and

Special lifting beams for the windmill industry

CERTEX people are...

E X CERTEX’ range of standard products is

T C cannot be guaranteed ordinary requirements. Naturally, all our

9KTGTQRGCPFƜVVKPIU %JCKPCPFEQORQPGPVU 6GZVKNGNKHVKPI

(CNNRTQVGEVKQPGSWKROGPV *QKUVUCPFYKPEJGU 1VJGTNKHVKPI

5RGEKCNRTQFWEVU *GCX[NKHV %TCPGU

.CUJKPI /CTKVKOGCPFƜDTGTQRGU 5VCKPNGUUCTVKENGU

5VCTEQP %QPUWNVKPICPFECNEWNCVKQP 5GTXKEGU

4GPVCN 1ƛUJQTG Wind

Notice Correct Wrong Warning

Steel wire rope » Chainsling and components G10 »

Roundsling and webbing » Lifting clamps » Chain hoists »

6 Cranes and special products 7 Lashing 8 Maritime and ﬁbre rope

Crane systems » Standard lashings » Fibre ropes »

Stainless steel wire rope » Personal fall protection equipment » Services »

Steel wire rope »

Crane steel wire ropes 1:8

Right hand langs lay on

Ordinary right hand lay on

Ordinary left hand lay on

Double parallell lay

Compacted strands Not for lifting

Galavanized on request Bright oiled Bright oiled on request

Stainless steel Fill factor Maks. arbejdstemperatur

Tower crane Mobile crane Wire rope

Kranbil Loading crane Elevator rope

Mobile port crane Lattice Overhead cranes

Piling crane Container crane �������

Use and maintenance

Coil Cross Drum

WARNING!Wrong handling/lifting can damage the rope.

WARNING!Incorrect storing can cause damage to the wire rope. Never

Wire Rope Diameter

Steel wire ropes for general applications

Steel wire ropes for person elevators

- Reels should be rolled out or alternatively placed on a turnable centre.

WARNING! Wrong "opening" of packing can cause serious ��������������������������������K

"Seizing" Disc cutter Oxy-Acetylene

Steel wire rope

The crane wire ropes are designed and developed speci-

All crane wire ropes have extra security

Each product has undergone a test for steel wire-rotating

23-2 +2% - +4%

Art No Wire rope Steel Min breaking strenght Weight

23-2 +2% - +4%

Art No Wire rope Steel Min breaking strength Weight

Main hoist rope Pipe handling rope/

Piling crane Container crane ��

WARNING! Wrong "opening" of packing can cause serious ��K